As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 29, 2022.

 

Registration No. 333-265969

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Amendment No. 4

FORM F-1

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Bruush Oral Care Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

British Columbia, Canada   3843   N/A

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

128 West Hastings Street, Unit 210

Vancouver, British Columbia V6B 1G8

Canada

(844) 427-8774

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including

area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Cogency Global Inc.

122 East 42nd Street, 18th Floor

New York, NY 10168

(800) 221-0102

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

 

Joseph M. Lucosky, Esq.

Lahdan S. Rahmati, Esq.

Lucosky Brookman LLP

101 Wood Avenue South, 5th Floor

Woodbridge, NJ 08830

(732) 395-4402

jlucosky@lucbro.com

Anthony W. Basch, Esq.

Chenxi Lu, Esq.

Kaufman & Canoles, P.C.

Two James Center

1021 East Cary Street, Suite 1400

Richmond, VA 23219

(804) 771-5700

awbasch@kaufcan.com

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☒

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Emerging growth company ☒

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 
 

 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

This registration statement contains two forms of prospectus, as set forth below.

 

  Public Offering Prospectus. A prospectus to be used for the initial public offering by the registrant of units (the “Public Offering Prospectus”), through the underwriter named on the cover page of the Public Offering Prospectus.
     
  Security Holder Prospectus. A prospectus to be used in connection with the potential distribution by the Security Holders of common stock. (the “Security Holder Prospectus”).

 

The Public Offering Prospectus and the Security Holder Prospectus will be identical in all respects except for the following principal points:

 

  they contain different front covers;
     
  they contain different tables of contents;
     
  the Prospectus Summary is deleted from the Security Holder Prospectus;
     
  they contain different Use of Proceeds sections;
     
  the “Dilution” section in the Public Offering Prospectus is deleted from the Security Holder Prospectus;
     
  an “Common Stock Registered for Distribution” section is included in the Security Holder Prospectus;
     
  the “Underwriting” section from the Public Offering Prospectus is deleted and replaced by a “Plan of Distribution” section in the Security Holder Prospectus;
     
  The “Legal Matters” section in the Security Holder Prospectus deletes the reference to counsel for the underwriter; and
     
  they contain different back covers.

 

The registrant has included in this registration statement, after the financial statements, a set of alternate pages to reflect the foregoing differences between the Public Offering Prospectus and the Security Holder Prospectus.

 

 

 

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JULY 29, 2022

 

 

Up to 2,469,136 Units

Each Unit Consisting of

One Share of Common Stock and

One Warrant to Purchase One Share of Common Stock

Up to [●] Pre-Funded Units Each Consisting of
One Pre-Funded Warrant to Purchase One Share of Common Stock and One Warrant to Purchase One Share of Common Stock

 

This is the initial public offering of Bruush Oral Care Inc. (the “Company”). We are offering units (the “Units”, not inclusive of the Pre-funded Units, as defined below), each unit consisting of one share of common stock (“Common Stock”) and one warrant (each a “Warrant” and collectively, the “Warrants”) to purchase one share of Common Stock. The Units have no stand-alone rights and will not be certificated or issued as stand-alone securities. The shares of Common Stock and the Warrants comprising the Units are immediately separable and will be issued separately in this offering. Each Warrant offered hereby is immediately exercisable on the date of issuance and will expire five years from the date of issuance. The Company may, at its option, redeem the Warrants if shares of Common Stock trade at a price of at least 200% of the exercise price for 30 consecutive trading days.

 

It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $5.20 and $7.20 per Unit, and the exercise price of each Warrant included in the Unit will be $6.20, equal to 100% of the initial public offering price per Unit, based on an assumed public offering price of $6.20 per Unit, the midpoint of the price range of the Units (the “Initial Exercise Price”).  

 

We are also offering to those purchasers, if any, whose purchase of Units in this offering would otherwise result in the purchaser, together with its affiliates and certain related parties, beneficially owning more than 4.99% of our outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately following the consummation of this offering, the opportunity to purchase, if they so choose, up to [●] pre-funded units, or, each, a Pre-funded Unit, in lieu of the Units that would otherwise result in ownership in excess of 4.99% (or, at the election of the purchaser, 9.99%) of our outstanding shares of Common Stock, with each Pre-funded Unit consisting of a pre-funded warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock, or a Pre-funded Warrant, and one Warrant. The purchase price of each Pre-funded Unit will equal the price per Unit, minus $0.001, and the exercise price of each Pre-funded Warrant included in the Pre-funded Unit will be $0.001 per share of Common Stock. The Pre-funded Units have no stand-alone rights and will not be certificated or issued as stand-alone securities. The Pre-funded Warrants and Warrants are immediately separable and will be issued separately in this offering. There can be no assurance that we will sell any of the Pre-funded Units being offered. The Pre-funded Warrants offered hereby will be immediately exercisable and may be exercised on the date of issuance at any time until exercised in full. A purchaser may, at their option, purchase both Units and Pre-funded Units and is not required to purchase any Pre-funded Units if purchasing Units would cause the purchaser to exceed the disclosed beneficial ownership amounts. A purchaser exceeding the disclosed beneficial ownership amounts would trigger a requirement of the purchaser to make securities filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, disclosing such fact.

 

For each Pre-funded Unit we sell, the number of Units we are offering will be decreased on a one-for-one basis. Because we will issue a Warrant as part of each Unit or Pre-funded Unit, the number of Warrants sold in this offering will not change as a result of a change in the mix of the Units and Pre-funded Units sold.

 

In the event of certain future dilutive issuances of securities by us that result in a reduction of the exercise price of the Warrant, in aggregate, to 50% of the Initial Exercise Price, then in connection with such reduction, each holder of Warrants that purchases at least 80,646 Warrants (based on an assumed public offering price of $6.20 per Unit, the midpoint of the price range of the Units) in connection with this offering (a “Qualified Holder”), will receive two warrants (“Additional Warrants”) for each one Qualified Warrant (as defined below) held by such holder on the date of such reduction. The term “Qualified Warrants” means at least 80,646 Warrants purchased in connection with the offering by any Warrant holder, including each beneficial holder of the Warrants, taken together with all affiliates of such Warrant holder and/or beneficial holder. The maximum number of Warrants subject to such adjustment by a given Qualified Holder will be limited to the number of Warrants purchased by such Qualified Holder in connection with this offering. Qualified Holders will also receive Additional Warrants in the event of certain adjustments to the exercise price of the Warrants on the date that is 90 calendar days immediately following the initial issuance date of the Warrants. On such date, the exercise price of the Warrants will be adjusted to be equal to the greater of (a) 50% of the Initial Exercise Price or (b) 100% of the lowest daily volume weighted average price per share of Common Stock occurring during the 90 calendar days following the issuance date of the Warrants, or the Reset Price, provided that such value is less than the exercise price in effect on that date. The lowest Reset Price is $3.10, which is 50% of Initial Exercise Price, based on an assumed public offering price of $6.20 per Unit, the midpoint of the price range of the Units. We are therefore also registering under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part the Additional Warrants and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise thereof See “Description of the Securities—Additional Warrants” for more information.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of Common Stock, Warrants, Pre-funded Warrants, or the Additional Warrants. We have applied to list shares of our Common Stock and the Warrants on The Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbols “BRSH” and “BRSHW”, respectively. Listing on Nasdaq is subject to the approval of the Nasdaq in accordance with its listing requirements. No assurance can be given that an active trading market for our shares will develop. We have not applied and do not intend to apply to have the Pre-funded Warrants or Additional Warrants listed on any securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system.

 

We are a “foreign private issuer”, and an “emerging growth company” each as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, we will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Foreign Private Issuer” for additional information.

 

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

 

   Per Unit   Per
Pre-Funded
Unit
   Total 
Initial public offering price  $

6.2000

   $6.1990   $15,308,643 
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)  $

0.4340

   $

0.4339

   $

1,071,605

 
Proceeds to us (before expenses)(2)(3)  $

5.7660

   $

5.7651

   $

14,237,038

 

 

(1) We have also agreed to issue warrants to purchase shares of our Common Stock to the underwriter and to reimburse the underwriter for certain expenses. See “Underwriting”.

 

(2) The amount of offering proceeds to us presented in this table does not give effect to any exercise of the: (i) over-allotment option we have granted to the underwriter as described below; (ii) warrants being issued to the underwriter in this offering; or (iii) Warrants or Additional Warrants.

 

(3) Does not include proceeds from the exercise of Warrants or Additional Warrants, if any.

 

We have granted to the underwriter an option to purchase from us up to 370,370 additional shares of Common Stock and/or Pre-funded Warrants, and/or up to 370,370 additional Warrants, for 45 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any. The purchase price to be paid per additional share of Common Stock or Pre-Funded Warrant will be equal to the public offering price of one Unit or Pre-Funded Unit (less $0.01 allocated to each Warrant), as applicable, less the underwriting discount, and the purchase price to be paid per over-allotment Warrant will be $0.01. If the underwriter exercises the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions will be $1,232,346, and the proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $16,372,592.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriter expects to deliver the securities to investors in this offering on or about [●], 2022.

 

Sole Book-Running Manager

 

Aegis Capital Corp.

 

The date of this prospectus is __________ , 2022.

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
About This Prospectus 1
Enforcement of Civil Liabilities 1
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 2
Prospectus Summary 3
Risk Factors 8
Capitalization 21
Dividend Policy 22
Use of Proceeds 23
Dilution 25
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 26
Business 37
Management 42
Executive and Director Compensation 46
Principal Shareholders 47
Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions 48
Description of Securities 49
Shares Eligible for Future Sale 51
Certain Material Tax Considerations 52
Underwriting 58
Selling Restrictions 62
Legal Matters 63
Experts 63
Where You Can Find More Information 63
Index to Financial Statements F-1

 

 
 

 

About This Prospectus

 

Neither we nor the underwriter have authorized anyone to provide information different from or additional to that contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf. Neither we nor the underwriter take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any information other than the information in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus, and any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor the sale of our securities in this offering means that information contained in this prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy these shares in any circumstances under which such offer or solicitation is unlawful.

 

We present our financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or the IASB. None of the financial statements included herein were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or US GAAP.

 

We and the underwriter are offering to sell the shares, and seeking offers to buy the shares, only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the securities.

 

For investors outside of the United States: Neither we nor the underwriter have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States. See “Selling Restrictions”.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “we”, “us”, the “Company”, and “our” refer to Bruush Oral Care Inc.

 

Enforcement of Civil Liabilities

 

We are a company incorporated under the law of British Columbia, Canada. Some of our directors and officers, and some of the experts named in this prospectus, are residents of Canada or otherwise reside outside of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of their assets, and all or a substantial portion of our assets, are located outside of the United States. We have appointed an agent for service of process in the United States, but it may be difficult for shareholders who reside in the United States to effect service within the United States upon those directors, officers and experts who are not residents of the United States. It may also be difficult for shareholders who reside in the United States to realize in the United States upon judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon our civil liability and the civil liability of our directors, officers and experts under the United States federal securities laws. There can be no assurance that U.S. investors will be able to enforce against us, directors, officers or certain experts named herein who are residents of Canada or other countries outside the United States, any judgments in civil and commercial matters, including judgments under the federal securities laws.

 

 
 

 

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

We discuss in this prospectus our business strategy, market opportunity, capital requirements, product introductions and development plans and the adequacy of our funding. Other statements contained in this prospectus, which are not historical facts, are also forward-looking statements. We have tried, wherever possible, to identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates” and other comparable terminology.

 

We caution investors that any forward-looking statements presented in this prospectus, or that we may make orally or in writing from time to time, are based on the beliefs of, assumptions made by, and information currently available to, us. These statements are based on assumptions, and the actual outcome will be affected by known and unknown risks, trends, uncertainties and factors that are beyond our control or ability to predict. Although we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, they are not a guarantee of future performance, and some will inevitably prove to be incorrect. As a result, our actual future results can be expected to differ from our expectations, and those differences may be material. Accordingly, investors should use caution in relying on forward-looking statements, which are based only on known results and trends at the time they are made, to anticipate future results or trends. Certain risks are discussed in this prospectus and also from time to time in our other filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). For additional information regarding risk factors that could affect the Company’s projections, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 of this prospectus, and as may be included from time-to-time in our reports filed with the SEC.

 

This prospectus and all subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. The forward-looking statements speak only as of the time of such statements and we do not undertake or plan to update or revise such forward-looking statements as more information becomes available or to reflect changes in expectations, assumptions or results, except as and to the extent required by applicable securities laws. We can give no assurance that such expectations or forward-looking statements will prove to be correct. An occurrence of, or any material adverse change in, one or more of the risk factors or risks and uncertainties referred to in this prospectus, could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, and our future performance.

 

Industry Data and Forecasts

 

This prospectus contains data related to the oral healthcare products industry in Canada and the United States. This industry data includes projections that are based on a number of assumptions which have been derived from industry and government sources which we believe to be reasonable. The oral healthcare products industry may not grow at the rate projected by industry data, or at all. The failure of the industry to grow as anticipated is likely to have a material adverse effect on our business and the market price of shares of our Common Stock. In addition, the rapidly changing nature of the oral healthcare products industry and consumer preferences subjects any projections or estimates relating to the growth prospects or future condition of our industries to significant uncertainties. Furthermore, if any one or more of the assumptions underlying the industry data turns out to be incorrect, actual results may, and are likely to, differ from the projections based on these assumptions.

 

 2 
 

 

Prospectus Summary

 

The following summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our securities. You should carefully read this prospectus in its entirety before investing in our securities, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Our Company

 

Overview

 

The Company is on a mission to inspire confidence through brighter smiles and better oral health. Founded in 2018 by Chief Executive Officer Aneil Manhas, a former investment banker and private equity investor turned entrepreneur, we are an oral care company that is disrupting the space by reducing the barriers between consumers and access to premium oral care products because it is our belief that high-quality oral care products should be more accessible. We are an e-commerce business with a product portfolio that currently consists of a sonic-powered electric toothbrush kit and brush head refills. Through our website, consumers can purchase a Brüush starter kit (the “Brüush Kit”), which includes: (i) the Brüush electric toothbrush (the “Brüush Toothbrush”); (ii) three brush heads; (iii) a magnetic charging stand and USB power adapter; and (iv) a travel case. We also sell the brush heads separately which come in a three-pack (the “Brüush Refill”) and can be purchased on a subscription basis, where the customer will automatically receive a Brüush Refill every six months (the “Subscription”). We consider a Subscription to be active (an “Active Subscription”) until it is either cancelled by the customer or terminated due to payment failure (for example, a lost or expired credit card). Later this calendar year, we plan to expand our portfolio with the launch of several new subscription-based consumable oral care products, including toothpaste, mouthwash, dental floss, a whitening pen, as well as an electric toothbrush designed for kids.

 

The Opportunity

 

According to a study conducted by the Oral Health Foundation in 2019, people who use an electric toothbrush have healthier gums, less tooth decay and keep their teeth for longer compared with those who use a manual toothbrush. Electric toothbrushes can generate upwards of 30,000 brush strokes per minute (versus around 300 with a manual toothbrush) and create better oral care habits with features like a smart timer and multiple brush modes. However, despite the oral health benefits, most people still use a traditional manual toothbrush. According to an independent report by consumer marketing analysis firm Mintel, only 36 percent of adults say they use an electric/powered toothbrush. They are more popular among older age groups and people with higher incomes, as Mintel reports that half of people 55 years and older with an annual income of $75,000 or more prefer using an electric brush over a manual one.

 

The low adoption rate despite the clear oral care benefits shows that consumers, especially the younger generations, do not find the current electric toothbrush value propositions compelling enough to upgrade from a manual toothbrush for a number of reasons. First and foremost, electric toothbrushes are traditionally expensive, with high-end models retailing for over $200. Furthermore, the buying experience for an electric toothbrush and replacement heads is annoying from the consumer perspective, as they are often locked up in cases within the aisle, which requires finding a store attendant to gain access and then figuring out which brush head is compatible with the consumer’s device. Historically, electric toothbrushes have not been aesthetically pleasing and consumers do not want the devices or charging stands cluttering their countertops.

 

Our Value Proposition

 

With such a glaring opportunity in the market, we have developed an electric toothbrush that makes upgrading to an electric brush appealing. The key tenets of our value proposition include:

 

  (i)

Quality: Through our direct-to-consumer business model, we eliminate the “middleman” (i.e., the retailer such as a grocery/drug store) and believe that we offer consumers a high-quality electric toothbrush at a more affordable price than a comparable electric toothbrush from the competition. The Brüush Toothbrush is equipped with sonic technology that delivers over 31,000 brush strokes per minute and features that include: (i) six cleaning modes; (ii) a smart timer that pauses every 30 seconds to prompt the user to move the toothbrush to a different quadrant of their mouth and then shuts off after two minutes; (iii) a rechargeable battery that lasts an incredible four weeks on a single charge; and (iv) a custom-designed brush head that is equipped with extra soft DuPont™ Tynex® bristles.

     
  (ii) Design: In addition to being highly functional, we believe that the Brüush Toothbrush is one of the sleekest looking brushes on the market. Our goal was to develop a toothbrush that our consumers would be proud to showcase on their countertop. We paid significant attention to detail, not only to the aesthetics of the device itself, but also the packaging to facilitate a premium unboxing experience. The Brüush Toothbrush comes in three core colors – black, white and pink – as well as a variety of trend-driven seasonal colors that are introduced on a limited quantity basis.
     
  (iii) Convenience: A 2018 independent survey conducted by Electric Teeth indicated that over 40% of people do not change their toothbrush or the brush head at least once every three months as recommended by the American Dental Association, which could cause the bristles to become frayed or excess bacteria to develop on the brush head. To help consumers maintain good oral health by changing their brush head regularly, as well as eliminate the frustrating experience of purchasing replacement heads at the grocery/drug store, we give our customers the option to subscribe to a brush head refill program. The Subscription automatically sends a three-pack of brush heads every six months at a price that we believe is lower than comparable brush heads from competing brands. As an incentive to subscribe, we offer the consumer a discount on the Brüush Kit if they enroll in the Subscription at the time of purchase, but they have the flexibility to cancel their Subscription at any time. Once the initial purchase of the Brüush Kit is made, the cost of the Subscription is in-line with what a consumer would pay to regularly replace their manual brush. Additionally, we send an email every two months to remind the subscriber that it is time to change their brush head. Overwhelmingly, almost 80% of our customers purchased a Brüush Kit with a Subscription and the churn rate so far has been very low, as only one percent of Active Subscriptions are cancelled on a monthly basis.

 

 3 
 

 

Growth Strategy

 

Our mission is to disrupt the oral care industry by reducing the barriers between consumers and access to premium oral care products. We currently have over 28,000 Active Subscriptions in our program and plan to grow by continuing to pursue the following key growth strategies:

 

Scale e-commerce sales

 

To ensure a steady build of awareness and conversion, the Company employs an always-on digital advertising strategy with a focus on delivering brand and direct response creative throughout Facebook, Instagram and Google, among other channels. With a focus on driving qualified traffic to the website and increasing conversion, this approach allows us to learn, optimize and evolve. We see significant opportunity to continue increasing overall demand and improving conversion at every touchpoint across our subscriber acquisition funnel and plan to test new paid social channels that we have already seen success in from an organic perspective, in addition to scaling other paid media channels such as podcast and streaming media. Additionally, we will continue to drive brand awareness through top-of-funnel social media campaigns, influencer collaborations, public relations initiatives and affiliate partnerships. We will keep differentiating from the competition and build a strong foundation that binds all brand activations.

 

Expand distribution channels

 

Although our focus is scaling our e-commerce business, we will also look to increase awareness by expanding into new distribution channels through partnerships with other millennial-focused brands, brick-and-mortar retailers (both in-store and online) and dental practices. The focus of any new partnership will be to reach new consumers without compromising our brand identity and maintaining the premium nature of our brand. Additionally, we currently sell our products in the United States and Canada, which are very competitive markets for oral care. We will evaluate expanding our sales to other less competitive countries in the future.

 

Introduce new products

 

Later this calendar year, the Company plans to launch a set of auxiliary oral care products including four consumable products (the “Consumables”): toothpaste, mouthwash, dental floss and a whitening pen, in addition to an electric toothbrush designed for kids. We have already finalized the formulas for each of the Consumables, as well as the form, type and artwork for both the primary and secondary packaging. The last step before production of the Consumables is to await the results of stability and compatibility testing with the packaging and formula, which is expected to be completed this summer. Of the Consumables, only the toothpaste is subject to registration with the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). Please refer to “Business – Regulatory Environment”. Mouthwash, dental floss and whitening pen are categorized as cosmetic products, which do not require FDA approval.

 

The introduction of the new oral care products provides an opportunity for us to continue to increase touch points through our retention funnel, deepen our relationship with our existing subscribers, increase our average order value and grow our monthly recurring revenue. We are currently evaluating additional products that we intend to launch in 2023 and beyond, as our long-term goal is to “own the bathroom”. All new products will be high quality and deliver a similar premium experience to the Brüush Toothbrush.

 

Grow the team

 

With team members in Toronto, Ontario and Vancouver, British Columbia, the Company has seven employees under contract, which does not include consultants or board members. We have a strong management team in place and will focus on growing the team as we scale the business.

 

Business Challenges

 

As a new company in a competitive space, we face risks and limitations that could harm our business and inhibit our strategic plans, which include:

 

Reliance on third-party manufacturers

 

We rely on third-party manufactures based in Canada and China. Since we do not have direct control over our manufacturing processes, we do not have certainty that our manufacturers can continue to satisfy our production requirements or meet our product and packaging quality standards. Although we have not faced any major issues to date, this does not guarantee that our third-party contract manufacturers will continue to be able to produce and deliver products that meet our specifications on a timely basis, or at all, which could be caused by unforeseen circumstances such as capacity constraints, raw material shortages or workplace disruptions caused by COVID-19.

 

Effectiveness of our marketing strategy

 

As an e-commerce business, we are dependent on paid marketing efforts that include digital advertising, podcast and streaming media campaigns, influencer collaborations, public relations initiatives, affiliate partnerships and special discount offers, to drive traffic to our website and ultimately generate sales. These marketing efforts are expensive and may not result in cost-effective acquisitions of customers, as the net profit from new customers could ultimately exceed the cost of acquiring those customers. Additionally, although discount offers help improve customer conversion, they directly lower the profit from the sale. As such, it will make it more challenging for the Company to attain profitability if we offer discounts at a high level.

 

Competition from large, well-funded oral care companies

 

Our industry is intensely competitive, and we have many competitors across the oral care space, including Philips Sonicare and Oral-B, who have dominated the electric toothbrush industry for many years, in addition to new brands that have emerged such as Burst, Goby, Moon and Quip. Some of our competitors have long operating histories, significant brand recognition, large and entrenched customer bases and/or deep financial resources, making it challenging to compete against them.

 

A history of operating losses

 

As a result of recurring net losses and limited cash reserves, our independent auditor has included a going concern paragraph to its report on our financial statements for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 and January 31, 2021 due to the substantial doubt that exists in our ability to continue as a going concern. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our ability to raise additional capital and to achieve sustainable revenues and profitable operations. Since inception, we have raised funds primarily through the sale of equity securities and the issuance of debt. We will need and are currently seeking additional funds to operate our business and the recent volatility of global capital markets has made the raising of capital by equity or debt financing more difficult.

 

Additional information regarding the risk factors can be found starting on page 8.

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Foreign Private Issuer

 

We qualify as an “emerging growth company”, as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will report under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status under the Exchange Act, and we will be exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies. In addition, we will not be required to file annual reports and financial statements with the SEC as promptly as U.S. domestic companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, and are not required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information. See “Risk Factors – We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies”.

 

Both foreign private issuers and emerging growth companies are also exempt from certain executive compensation disclosure rules under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010. Even if we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, so long as we remain a foreign private issuer, we will continue to be exempt from certain executive compensation disclosures required of companies that are neither an emerging growth company nor a foreign private issuer. See “Risk Factors – We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses”. 

 

 4 
 

 

The Offering

 

Issuer   Bruush Oral Care Inc.
     
Offered securities  

Up to 2,469,136 Units, each Unit consisting of one share of Common Stock and one Warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock. The Units will not be certificated or issued in stand-alone form. The shares of our Common Stock and the Warrants comprising the Units are immediately separable upon issuance and will be issued separately in this offering.

 

We are also offering to those purchasers, if any, whose purchase of Units in this offering would otherwise result in the purchaser, together with its affiliates and certain related parties, beneficially owning more than 4.99% of our outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately following the consummation of this offering, the opportunity to purchase, if they so choose, up to [●] Pre-funded Units, in lieu of the Units that would otherwise result in ownership in excess of 4.99% (or, at the election of the purchaser, 9.99%) of our outstanding shares of Common Stock, with each Pre-funded Unit consisting of one Pre-funded Warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock and one Warrant. The purchase price of each Pre-funded Unit will equal the price per Unit, minus $0.001, and the exercise price of each Pre-funded Warrant included in the Pre-funded Unit will be $0.001 per share of Common Stock. The Pre-funded Units have no stand-alone rights and will not be certificated or issued as stand-alone securities. The Pre-funded Warrants and Warrants are immediately separable and will be issued separately in this offering. There can be no assurance that we will sell any of the Pre-funded Units being offered. The Pre-funded Warrants offered hereby will be immediately exercisable and may be exercised on the date of issuance at any time until exercised in full. A purchaser may, at their option, purchase both Units and Pre-funded Units.

     
Anticipated Initial public offering price   $6.20 per Unit, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
     
Over-allotment option   We have granted the underwriter an option exercisable for a period of 45 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase from us up to 370,370 additional shares of Common Stock and/or Pre-Funded Warrants, and/or up to 370,370 additional Warrants. The purchase price to be paid per additional share of Common Stock or Pre-Funded Warrant will be equal to the public offering price of one Unit or Pre-Funded Unit (less $0.01 allocated to each Warrant), as applicable, less the underwriting discount, and the purchase price to be paid per over-allotment Warrant will be $0.01.
     
The Warrants  

The exercise price of the Warrants is $6.20 per share (100% of the initial public offering price per Unit, based on an assumed public offering price of $6.20 per Unit, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). Each Warrant is exercisable for one share of Common Stock, subject to adjustment in the event of stock dividends, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications, reorganizations or similar events affecting the Common Stock as described herein. Each Warrant will be exercisable immediately upon issuance and will expire five years after the initial issuance date. If shares of Common Stock trade at a price of at least 200% of the exercise price for 30 consecutive trading days, the Company may, at its option, redeem the Warrants. The terms of the Warrants will be governed by a Warrant Agreement, dated as of the effective date of this offering, between us and Endeavor Trust Corporation, as the warrant agent (the “Warrant Agent”). We have applied to list the Warrants on the Nasdaq Capital Market. This prospectus also relates to the offering of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.

 

Subject to certain exemptions set forth in the Warrant, for a period commencing on the date the Warrants are issued to the later of: (i) two years from the date of issuance of the Warrant, or (ii) on the date no Qualified Holders (as defined below) hold any Warrants, if we sell, enter into an agreement to sell, or grant any option to purchase, or sell, enter into an agreement to sell, or grant any right to reprice, or otherwise dispose of or issue (or announce any offer, sale, grant or any option to purchase or other disposition) any shares of Common Stock or a security convertible into shares of Common Stock, at an effective price per share less than the exercise price of the Warrant then in effect, (each a “Dilutive Issuance”), the exercise price of the Warrant shall be reduced to equal the effective price per share in such Dilutive Issuance; provided, however, that in no event shall the exercise price of the Warrant be reduced to an exercise price lower than 50% of the initial public offering price per Unit.

 

On the date that is 90 calendar days immediately following the initial issuance date of the Warrants, the exercise price of the Warrants will be reduced to the Reset Price, provided that such value is less than the exercise price in effect on that date. The Reset Price is equal to the greater of (a) 50% of the Initial Exercise Price or (b) 100% of the lowest daily volume weighted average price per share of Common Stock occurring during the 90 calendar days following the issuance date of the Warrants. The lowest Reset Price is $3.10 per share of common stock, which is 50% of the initial public offering price per Unit, based on an assumed public offering price of $6.20 per Unit, the midpoint of the price range of the Units.

 

See “Description of Securities—Warrants”.

     
Additional Warrants  

Until the later of (a) two years after the date the Warrants are issued or (b) the date no Qualified Holders (as defined below) hold any Warrants, in the event of a reduction of the exercise price of the Warrants, in aggregate, to 50% of the Initial Exercise Price as a result of a Dilutive Issuance, then in connection with such reduction, each Qualified Holder will receive two Warrants (“Additional Warrants”) for each one Qualified Warrant held by such holder on the date of such reduction. The maximum number of Warrants subject to such adjustment by a given Qualified Holder will be limited to the number of Warrants purchased by such Qualified Holder in connection with this offering. Qualified Holders will receive Additional Warrants as a result of the Reset Price if the Reset Price is equal to 50% of the Initial Exercise Price. Additional Warrants shall be on substantially the same terms as the as-adjusted Warrant; provided, however, that (i) the term of the Additional Warrants shall be five (5) years from the date they are issued, and (ii) such Additional Warrants will not be tradable warrants and not listed on any securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system.

 

The term “Qualified Holder” means each holder of Warrants that purchases at least 80,646 Warrants (based on an assumed public offering price of $6.20 per Unit, the midpoint of the price range of the Units) in connection with this offering and the term “Qualified Warrants” means at least 80,646 Warrants purchased in connection with the offering by any Warrant holder, including each beneficial holder of the Warrants, taken together with all affiliates of such Warrant holder and/or beneficial holder.

 

See “Description of Securities—Additional Warrants”.

     
Pre-funded Warrants   Each Pre-funded Warrant will be immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $0.001 per share of Common Stock and may be exercised at any time until exercised in full. To better understand the terms of the Pre-funded Warrants, you should carefully read the “Description of the Securities” section of this prospectus. You should also read the form of Pre-funded Warrant, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
     
Shares outstanding prior to this offering (1)   3,615,116 (1)(2)(3) shares of Common Stock.
     
Shares outstanding after this offering (2)   6,084,252 (2)(3) shares of Common Stock assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option, the exercise of any Pre-Funded Warrants, and that none of the Warrants, Additional Warrants, or Underwriter’s Warrants issued in this offering are exercised (or 6,454,622 shares if the underwriter exercises the overallotment in full with respect to shares of Common Stock).
     
Underwriter’s Warrants   Upon the closing of this offering, we have agreed to issue to Aegis Capital Corp., warrants (“Underwriter’s Warrants”), to purchase that number of shares of our Common Stock equal to eight percent (8%) of the aggregate number of Units sold in this offering (excluding shares of Common Stock sold to cover over-allotments, if any). The Underwriter’s Warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the period commencing 180 days following the commencement of sales in this offering and expiring five years from the commencement of sales in the offering at an exercise price of $7.75 (equal to 125% of the initial public offering price per Unit and based on an assumed public offering price of $6.20 per Unit, the midpoint of the price range of the Units). See “Underwriting—Underwriter’s Warrants”. The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part also covers the Underwriter’s Warrants and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise thereof.
     
Use of proceeds  

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $13.2 million, assuming an offering price of $6.20 per Unit, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full, we estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $15.4 million, assuming an offering price of $6.20 per Unit, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.

 

We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily to execute our growth strategy, fund working capital and repay outstanding bridge loans.

 

See “Use of Proceeds” for more a complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

 

 

1 Subsequent to the fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021, 1,219,850 Class B shares (prior to the reverse split) were returned to treasury, all outstanding shares of our Class A shares and Class B shares were converted at a conversion ratio of 1:1 into shares of Common Stock and a subsequent reverse stock split of 3.86:1 occurred, effective July [●], 2022.

 

2 In connection with the issuance of secured promissory notes in December 2021 and April 2022, the Company has committed to issue shares of Common Stock to the note holders based on final Unit pricing determined in the Company’s initial public offering. Since these shares of Common Stock will not be issued until subsequent to the close of this initial public offering, they have not been included. Based on an assumed public offering price of $6.20 per Unit, the midpoint of the price range of the Units, the Company will issue 508,064 shares of Common Stock after the closing of this initial public offering.

 

3 Does not include conversion of existing stock options, restricted stock units or warrants that are issued and outstanding prior to this offering.

 

 5 
 

 

Lock-Up Agreements   We and our directors, officers and holders of 5% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, have agreed not to offer for sale, issue, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of our Common Stock or securities convertible into shares of Common Stock for a period of 180 days after the closing date of this Offering. See “Underwriting—Lock-Up Agreements”.
     
Dividends   We do not anticipate paying dividends on our Common Stock for the foreseeable future.
     
Risk Factors   You should read the “Risk Factors” section starting on page 8 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in our securities.
     
Proposed Nasdaq trading symbols   We have applied to list the shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BRSH” and the Warrants under the symbol “BRSHW”. We have not applied and do not intend to apply to have the Pre-funded Warrants or Additional Warrants listed on any securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system.
     
Transfer Agent, Registrar and Warrant Agent   Our transfer agent, registrar and warrant agent is Endeavor Trust Corporation, located in Vancouver, British Columbia.

 

(1) The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to this offering reflects: (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Class A shares and Class B shares at a conversion ratio of 1:1 into shares of Common Stock, and (ii) a subsequent reverse stock split of 3.86:1, effective July [●], 2022.

 

(2) The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding after this offering reflects the following occurring after the end of the fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021: (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Class A shares and Class B shares at a conversion ratio of 1:1 into shares of Common Stock; (ii) 1,219,850 Class B shares (prior to the reverse split) were returned to treasury; (iii) a subsequent reverse stock split of 3.86:1, effective July [●], 2022; and (iv) the number of shares of Common Stock offered hereby as part of the Units and excludes:

 

  Any exercise by the underwriter of its over-allotment option;
  Any exercise of the Underwriter’s Warrants;
  Any share of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of a Warrant, an Additional Warrant or Pre-Funded Warrant;
  Shares issuable in connection with the secured promissory notes issued in December 2021 and April 2022;
  Any conversion of existing stock options, restricted stock units or warrants that are issued and outstanding prior to this offering; and
  Shares of Common Stock issuable under our Stock Option Plan or the 2022 Incentive Plan.

 

In connection with the issuance of secured promissory notes in December 2021 and April 2022, the Company has committed to issue shares to the note holders based on final Unit pricing determined in the Company’s initial public offering. Since these shares will not be issued until subsequent to the closing of this initial public offering, they have not been included.

 

Unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriter of the overallotment option or of the Underwriter’s Warrants.

 

 6 
 

 

Summary Historical Financial Data

 

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The following summary financial data as at and for the fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021, and as at and for the fiscal year (twelve months) ended January 31, 2021 have been derived from our audited financial statements at such dates and for the periods then ended, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results expected in any future period.

 

On March 16, 2022, the board of directors of the Company approved a change to the Company’s fiscal year end from January 31 to October 31, effective immediately so that the fiscal year following the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021 would be the fiscal year ending on October 31, 2021. Accordingly, the financial statements of the Company included elsewhere in this prospectus include audited financial statements as at and for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 (comprising the nine months from February 1, 2021 to October 31, 2021) and January 31, 2021 (comprising a full 12-month period).

 

The financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Balance Sheet Data

 

   As at
October 31, 2021
   As at
January 31, 2021
 
   (audited)   (audited) 
Assets          
Total current assets   1,031,268    2,068,422 
           
Non-current assets          
Intangible asset   11,466    - 
Property and equipment   7,432    3,196 
Total assets  $1,050,166   $2,071,618 
           
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity          
Total liabilities   4,993,364    1,908,479 
           
Shareholder’s equity          
Total shareholders’ equity   (3,943,198)   163,139 
           
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity   $1,050,166   $2,071,618 

 

Income Statement Data

 

  

For the fiscal year
(nine months) ended

October 31, 2021

  

For the fiscal year
(twelve months) ended

January 31, 2021

 
  

(audited)

   (audited) 
Revenues  $1,965,441   $901,162 
           
Gross Profit  $

987,198

   $609,967 
           
Net and Comprehensive Loss  $(4,211,271)  $(8,890,431)

 

Please see financial statements and the notes accompanying the financial statements

 

 7 
 

 

Risk Factors

 

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks are realized, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

 

Risks Related to the Company’s Business

 

We face competition from companies with longer operating histories, greater brand recognition and significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources.

 

Our business is rapidly evolving and intensely competitive and we have many competitors across the oral care space. Our competition with respect to these offerings includes toothbrush and brush head manufacturers as well as ancillary product manufacturers. Our core toothbrush product competes with new and established manufacturers, direct-to-consumer companies and white label in-house brands offered by some large retail chains and department stores, some of which are sold at a lower price point than ours. We believe that our ability to compete successfully depends upon many factors both within and beyond our control, including:

 

  the size and composition of our customer base;
  the quality, consumer appeal, price and reliability of our products;
  the range of products we offer on our website and through our third-party retail partners;
  our ability to improve and iterate on our existing product line and introduce new products;
  our ability to find reliable and cost-effective suppliers of our products;
  our ability to distribute our products and manage our inventory and operations;
  our selling and marketing efforts; and
  our reputation and brand strength.

 

Some of our current competitors have, and potential competitors may have, longer operating histories, greater brand recognition, larger fulfilment infrastructures, faster and less costly shipping, greater resources and technical capabilities, significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and larger customer bases than we do. These factors may allow our competitors to derive greater revenues and profits from their existing customer base, capture market share from us, acquire customers at lower costs or respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in consumer preferences or habits. These competitors may engage in more extensive research and development efforts, undertake larger and more impactful marketing campaigns and adopt more aggressive pricing strategies, which may allow them to build larger customer bases or generate revenues from their customer bases more effectively than we do.

 

We must maintain and enhance our brand or we may not achieve our growth objectives.

 

Our brand name and image are integral to the growth of our business and to the implementation of our strategies for expanding our business. We believe that our brand image has significantly contributed to the success of our business and is critical to maintaining and expanding our customer base. Maintaining and enhancing our brand may require us to make substantial investments in research and development, marketing and building awareness, and these investments may not be successful.

 

We anticipate that, as our business expands into new markets and new product categories, and as the industries in which we operate become increasingly competitive, maintaining and enhancing our brand may become difficult and expensive. For example, consumers in any new international markets into which we expand may not know our brand and/or may not accept our brand resulting in increased costs to market and attract customers to our brand. Further, as we develop retail partnerships, it may be difficult for us to maintain control of our brand with our retail partners, which may result in negative perceptions of our brand. Our brand may also be adversely affected if our public image or reputation is tarnished by negative publicity, including negative social media campaigns or poor reviews of our products or customer experiences. In addition, ineffective marketing, product diversion to unauthorized distribution channels, product defects, unfair labor practices and failure to protect our intellectual property rights are some of the potential threats to the strength of our brand, and those and other factors could rapidly and severely diminish consumer confidence in us. Failure to maintain the strength of our brand could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 8 
 

 

Our inability to successfully launch new products may adversely affect our business.

 

Launching new products can involve a significant investment in advertising and public relations campaigns. There are also certain risks involved in launching new products, including increased costs in the near term associated with the introduction of new product lines, development delays, failure of new products to achieve anticipated levels of market acceptance, the possibility of increased competition with our current products and unrecovered costs associated with failed product introductions.

 

Our ability to design, develop and commercially launch new products depends on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, our ability to design and implement solutions at an acceptable cost and quality, the availability of critical components from third parties and our ability to successfully complete the development of products in a timely manner. There is no guarantee that we will be able to respond to market demands. If we are unable to respond effectively to technological changes, or we fail to develop products in a timely and cost-effective manner, our products may become obsolete, and we may be unable to recover our research and development expenses which could negatively impact sales, profitability and the continued viability of our business.

 

Launching new products or updating existing products may also leave us with inventory that we may not be able to sell, or we may be required to sell at significantly discounted prices. Further, as we expand into new markets, we may not accurately predict consumer preferences in that market, which could result in lower-than-expected sales. Additionally, launching new products requires substantial investments in research and development. Investments in research and development are inherently speculative and require substantial capital and other expenditures. Unforeseen obstacles and challenges that we encounter in the research and development process could result in delays or the abandonment of plans to launch new products and may substantially increase development costs. If we are unable to maintain the high product-quality standards expected by our customers when we launch new products, or if our competitors are able to produce higher quality or more accessible products, our sales may be harmed. Should this occur, we may need to increase our investments in research and development and manufacturing processes, lower our prices or take other measures to address any loss of sales, which could increase our expenses, reduce our margins and/or negatively impact our brand and our ability to execute our overall pricing and promotion strategy. We may not be successful in executing our growth strategy related to launching new products, and failure to successfully launch new products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are dependent on the effectiveness of our marketing programs.

 

We are dependent on the effectiveness of our marketing programs and the efficiency of our related expenditures in generating consumer awareness and sales of our products. We rely on a combination of paid and unpaid advertising and public relations efforts to market our products.

 

Our paid marketing efforts include digital advertising, podcast and streaming media campaigns, influencer collaborations, public relations initiatives, affiliate partnerships and special discount offers. These efforts are expensive and may not result in the cost-effective acquisition of customers. We cannot ensure that the net profit from new customers we acquire will ultimately exceed the cost of acquiring those customers. Moreover, we rely in part upon third parties, such as marketing agencies, social media influencers and product reviewers, for both paid and unpaid services, and we are unable to fully control their efforts. We obtain a significant amount of traffic via search engines and, therefore, rely on search engines such as Google. Search engines frequently update and change the logic that determines the placement and display of results of a user’s search, such that the purchased or algorithmic placement of links to our site can be negatively affected. Moreover, a search engine could, for competitive or other purposes, alter its algorithms or results in a manner that negatively affects our paid or unpaid search ranking, and competitive dynamics could impact the effectiveness of search engine marketing or search engine optimization. We also obtain a significant amount of traffic via social networking websites or other channels used by current and prospective customers. As e-commerce and social networking continue to evolve rapidly, we must continue to establish relationships with these channels and may be unable to develop or maintain these relationships on acceptable terms. If we are unable to cost-effectively drive traffic to our sites, our ability to acquire new customers and our financial condition would suffer. In addition, the number of third-party providers of consumer product reviews, consumer recommendations and referrals is growing across industries and may influence consumers.

 

 9 
 

 

Moreover, if any of the third parties on which we rely were to cease operations, temporarily or permanently, face financial distress or other business disruption, we could suffer increased costs and delays in their ability to provide similar services until an equivalent service provider could be found, or until we could develop replacement technology or operations, any of which could also have an adverse impact on our business and financial performance. We continue to evolve our marketing strategies by adjusting our messages, the amount we spend on advertising and where we spend it with no assurance that we will be successful in developing future effective messages or in achieving efficiency in our marketing and advertising expenditures. Our marketing activities and the marketing activities of any third parties on which we rely are subject to various types of regulations, including laws relating to the protection of personal information, consumer protection and competition.

 

Product liability claims could hurt our business.

 

We may be required to pay for losses or injuries purportedly caused by our products or be subject to various product liability claims in the future. Claims could be based on allegations that, among other things, our products contain contaminants, include inadequate instructions or provide inadequate warnings concerning side effects or interactions with other products or substances. In addition, product liability claims may result in negative publicity that may materially adversely affect our sales. Also, if one of our products is found to be defective, we may be required to recall it, which may result in substantial expense and adverse publicity and materially adversely affect our sales. Potential product liability claims may exceed the amount of our insurance coverage or potential product liability claims may be excluded under the terms of our policy, which could adversely affect our financial condition. In addition, we may be required to pay higher premiums and accept higher deductibles in order to secure adequate insurance coverage in the future.

 

Changing consumer preferences may negatively impact our business.

 

The market for electric toothbrushes as a retail category is still emerging and if it does not continue to grow, if it grows more slowly than expected or if it does not achieve the growth potential we expect, our brand, business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected. The Company’s success depends on the ongoing need for and appeal of an electric toothbrush with subscription-based brush head replacement program. Consumer preferences with respect to such personal items are continuously changing and are difficult to predict. As a result of changing consumer preferences, many specialized toothbrushes are successfully marketed for a short period of time, but then interest or demand or consumer requirements change. We cannot ensure that our electric toothbrush will achieve customer acceptance or that it will continue to be popular with consumers for any significant period of time. We also cannot ensure that new products will achieve an acceptable degree of market acceptance, or that if such acceptance is achieved, it will be maintained for any significant period of time. Our success is dependent upon our ability to develop, introduce and gain customer acceptance and their willingness to continue on a long-term basis to adapt their normal hygiene routine to using the Company’s electric toothbrush and to keep enticing new customers to transition from a manual toothbrush to an electric toothbrush. The failure of our product to achieve and sustain market acceptance could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We have a limited operating history.

 

We have a limited operating history with the current scale of our business, which makes it difficult to forecast our future results, particularly with respect to our own and third-party retail channels, which we have only recently developed. You should not rely on our past annual or quarterly results of operations as indicators of future performance. You should consider and evaluate our prospects in light of the risks and uncertainty frequently encountered by companies like ours. We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations due to seasonality and other factors, which could make sequential quarter to quarter comparison an unreliable indication of our performance.

 

Failure to attract new customers and subscribers, or retain existing customers and subscribers, or failure to do either in a cost-effective manner will harm our business.

 

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to attract new customers and retain existing subscribers in a cost-effective manner. Although we have historically experienced a high percentage of customers enroll in our brush head refill plan, where they are automatically charged and shipped a three-pack of replacement brush heads every six months, our customers may choose not to do so in the future or we may encounter difficulties during the technical processing of the renewal of credit card processing due to, for instance, the expiration or blocking of the applicable credit card. We have made, and we expect that we will continue to make, significant investments in attracting and retaining customers and subscribers through paid marketing efforts including digital advertising, podcast and streaming media campaigns, influencer collaborations, public relations initiatives, affiliate partnerships and special discount offers. Marketing campaigns can be expensive and may not result in the cost-effective acquisition or retention of customers and subscribers. Further, as our brand becomes more widely known, future marketing campaigns may not attract new or retain customers and subscribers at the same rate as past campaigns. If we are unable to attract new customers and subscribers, or retain existing customers and subscribers, our business will be harmed.

 

 10 
 

 

We rely on social media and influencers.

 

We use third-party social media platforms as marketing tools, among other things. For example, we deliver brand and direct response creative throughout Facebook, Instagram, Google, YouTube, Tik Tok and Snapchat, as well as maintain our own Facebook, Instagram and Tik Tok accounts. We also maintain relationships with social media influencers and engage in sponsorship initiatives. As existing e-commerce and social media platforms continue to rapidly evolve and new platforms develop, we must continue to maintain a presence on these platforms and establish presences on new or emerging popular social media platforms. If we are unable to cost-effectively use social media platforms as marketing tools or if the social media platforms we use do not evolve quickly enough for us to fully optimize such platforms, our ability to acquire new consumers and our financial condition may suffer. Furthermore, as laws and regulations rapidly evolve to govern the use of these platforms and devices, the failure by us, our employees, our network of social media influencers, our sponsors or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of these platforms and devices or otherwise could subject us to regulatory investigations, class action lawsuits, liability, fines or other penalties and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

Our reliance on third-party contract manufacturers and inability to fully control them may harm our business.

 

Our products are produced by third-party contract manufacturers. We face the risk that these third-party contract manufacturers may not produce and deliver our products on a timely basis, or at all. These difficulties may include reductions in the availability of production capacity, errors in complying with product specifications and customer requirements, insufficient quality control, sharing competitively sensitive information with our competitors, failure to meet production deadlines, failure to achieve our product or packaging quality standards, inability to access new or quality materials, shipping mistakes, increases in costs of materials and manufacturing or other business interruptions. The ability of our manufacturers to effectively satisfy our production requirements could also be impacted by manufacturer financial difficulty or damage to their operations caused by fire, terrorist attack, natural disaster or other events. The failure of any manufacturer to perform to our expectations could result in supply shortages or delays for certain products and harm our business. If we experience significantly increased demand, or if we need to replace an existing manufacturer due to lack of performance, we may be unable to supplement or replace our manufacturing capacity on a timely basis or on terms that are acceptable to us, which may increase our costs, reduce our margins or harm our ability to deliver our products on time. For certain of our products, it may take a significant amount of time to identify and qualify a manufacturer that has the capability and resources to produce our products to our specifications in sufficient volume and satisfy our service and quality control standards.

 

The capacity of our manufacturers to produce our products is also dependent upon the availability of raw materials. Our manufacturers may not be able to obtain sufficient supply of raw materials, which could result in delays in deliveries of our products by our manufacturers or increased costs. Any shortage of raw materials or inability of a manufacturer to produce or ship our products in a timely manner, or at all, could impair our ability to ship orders of our products in a cost-efficient, timely manner and could cause us to miss the delivery requirements of our customers. As a result, we could experience cancellations of orders, refusals to accept deliveries or reductions in our prices and margins, any of which could harm our financial performance, reputation and results of operations. Moreover, third-party manufacturers of our products and components must comply with applicable regulatory requirements, which may require significant resources and subject our manufacturers to potential regulatory inspections, stoppages or enforcement actions. It is difficult for us to accurately and consistently monitor and control third-party manufacturer compliance with all application laws, rules and regulations. Additionally, we currently have third-party manufacturing partners located in Canada and China, where it is even more difficult for us to ensure compliance with all applicable domestic and foreign laws, rules and regulations. Our reliance on third-party manufacturers and inability to fully control any operational difficulties with our third-party manufacturers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 11 
 

 

We have contracts with our manufacturers who may breach these agreements, and we may not be able to enforce our rights under these agreements or may incur significant costs attempting to do so. As a result, we cannot predict with certainty our ability to obtain products in adequate quantities, of required quality and at acceptable prices from our suppliers and manufacturers in the future. Any one of these risks could harm our ability to deliver our products on time, or at all, damage our reputation and our relationships with our retail partners and customers or increase our product costs thereby reducing our margins.

 

Also, because most of our arrangements with our manufacturers are not exclusive, manufacturers could produce similar products for our competitors. Even when we have exclusivity arrangements, those manufacturers could choose to breach our agreements and work with our competitors and we may not become aware of such breaches or have remedies against the manufacturer for such breaches.

 

Manufacturing risks, including risks related to manufacturing in China, may adversely affect our ability to manufacture our products and could reduce our gross margin and our profitability.

 

We rely on third party manufacturers in China to manufacture our products. As a result, our business is subject to risks associated with doing business in China, including:

 

  trade protection measures, such as tariff increases, import and export licensing and control requirements;
  potentially negative consequences from changes in tax laws;
  difficulties associated with the Chinese legal system, including increased costs and uncertainties associated with enforcing contractual obligations in China;
  historically lower protection of intellectual property rights;
  unexpected or unfavorable changes in regulatory requirements; and
  changes and volatility in currency exchange rates.

 

Economic regulation, trade restrictions and increasing manufacturing costs in China could adversely impact our business and results of operations.

 

We contract with manufacturing facilities in China. For many years, the Chinese economy has experienced periods of rapid growth. An increase in the cost of labor or taxes on wages in China may lead to an increase in the cost of goods manufactured in China. Significant increases in wages or wage taxes paid by contract manufacturing facilities may increase the cost of goods manufactured in China which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s profit margins and profitability. Additionally, government trade policies, including the imposition of tariffs, export restrictions, sanctions or other retaliatory measures could limit our ability to source materials and products from China at acceptable prices or at all. We do not currently have arrangements with contract manufacturers in other countries that may be acceptable substitutes. We cannot predict what actions may ultimately be taken with respect to tariffs, export controls, countermeasures or other trade measures between the U.S. and China or other countries and what products may be subject to such actions. To the extent such actions inhibit our transactions with contract manufacturing facilities and suppliers in China, our business may be materially adversely affected.

 

13

 

 

The COVID-19 pandemic may negatively impact the manufacturing of our products by third-party manufacturers and the shipment of products to our fulfilment center in the United States.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic and the travel restrictions, quarantines and related public health measures and actions taken by governments and the private sector have adversely affected global economies and financial markets. The extent to which it may continue to impact our future results of operations and overall financial performance remains uncertain. The global macroeconomic effects of the pandemic may persist for an indefinite period of time, even though the initial waves of the pandemic have subsided.

 

We develop and manufacture products with third-party manufacturing partners located in China and Canada. The sourcing and purchase of raw materials is managed by the Company’s third-party manufacturing partners. Although to date we have not experienced any material interruptions or delays related to the manufacture of our products in China or Canada or moving our products from our manufacturers in China and Canada to our third-party fulfilment and logistics partner in Salt Lake City, Utah, there can be no assurance that we will not experience these impacts in the future. Such impacts if material and sustained would affect, among other things:

 

  inventory shortages caused by longer lead-times and component shortages in the manufacturing of our products due to work restrictions related to COVID-19, disruption of international suppliers or adverse import/export conditions such as port congestion or local government orders;
  disruptions of the operations of our third-party suppliers, which could impact our ability to purchase components at efficient prices and in sufficient amounts; and
  our ability to meet consumer demand and delays in the delivery of our products to our customers, potentially negatively affecting our reputation and customer relationships.

 

Our failure or the failure of third-party service providers to protect our sites, networks and systems against security breaches, or otherwise to protect our confidential information, could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and operating results.

 

We collect, maintain, transmit and store data about our customers, employees, contractors, suppliers, vendors and others, including credit card information and personally identifiable information, as well as other confidential and proprietary information. We also employ third-party service providers that store, process and transmit certain proprietary, personal and confidential information on our behalf. We rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties in an effort to securely transmit, encrypt, anonymize or pseudonymize certain confidential and sensitive information, including credit card numbers. Advances in computer capabilities, new technological discoveries or other developments may result in the whole or partial failure of this technology to protect transaction and personal data or other confidential and sensitive information from being breached or compromised.

 

Our security measures, and those of our third-party service providers, may not detect or prevent all attempts to hack our systems, denial-of-service attacks, viruses, malicious software, break-ins, phishing attacks, ransom-ware, social engineering, security breaches or other attacks and similar disruptions that may jeopardize the security of information stored in or transmitted by our sites, networks and systems, or that we or our third-party service providers otherwise maintain, including payment card systems and human resources management platforms. We and our service providers may not anticipate, discover or prevent all types of attacks until after they have already been launched, and techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or sabotage systems change frequently and may not be known until launched against us or our third-party service providers. In addition, security breaches can also occur as a result of non-technical issues, including intentional or inadvertent breaches by our employees or by persons with whom we have commercial relationships.

 

Breaches of our security measures or those of our third-party service providers or cyber security incidents could result in: (i) unauthorized access to our sites, networks and systems; (ii) unauthorized access to and misappropriation of personal information, including consumers’ and employees’ personally identifiable information, or other confidential or proprietary information of ourselves or third parties; (iii) limited or terminated access to certain payment methods or fines or higher transaction fees to use such methods; (iv) viruses, worms, spyware or other malware being served from our sites, networks or systems; (v) deletion or modification of content or the display of unauthorized content on our sites; (vi) interruption, disruption or malfunction of operations; (vii) costs relating to breach remediation, deployment or training of additional personnel and protection technologies, responses to governmental investigations and media inquiries and coverage; (vii) engagement of third-party experts and consultants; or (vii) litigation, regulatory action and other potential liabilities. If any of these breaches of security occur: (i) our reputation and brand could be damaged; (ii) our business may suffer; (iii) we could be required to expend significant capital and other resources to alleviate problems caused by such breaches; or (iv) we could be exposed to a risk of loss, litigation or regulatory action and possible liability. In addition, any party who is able to illicitly obtain a customer’s password could access that customer’s transaction data or personal information. Any compromise or breach of our security measures, or those of our third-party service providers, could violate applicable privacy, data security and other laws, and cause significant legal and financial exposure, adverse publicity and a loss of confidence in our security measures, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. We may need to devote significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by breaches, diverting resources from the growth and expansion of our business.

 

Global economy risk may negatively impact our business operations and our ability to raise capital.

 

The volatility of global capital markets over the past several years has generally made the raising of capital by equity or debt financing more difficult. We may be dependent upon capital markets to raise additional financing in the future. As such, the Company is subject to liquidity risks in meeting its operating expenditure requirements and future cost requirements in instances where adequate cash positions are unable to be maintained or appropriate financing is unavailable. These factors may impact our ability to raise equity or obtain loans and other credit facilities in the future and on favorable terms. If these levels of volatility persist or if there is a further economic slowdown, our operations, our ability to raise capital and the trading price of our Company’s securities could be adversely impacted.

 

14

 

 

Our success depends on management and key personnel.

 

Our success is currently largely dependent on the performance of our directors and officers, specifically our founder and CEO, Aneil Manhas. The loss of the services of any of these persons could have a materially adverse effect on our business and prospects. There is no assurance we can retain the services of our directors, officers or other qualified personnel required to operate our business. As our business activity grows, we will require additional key financial, operations, and marketing personnel as well as additional administrative staff. There can be no assurance that these efforts will be successful in attracting, training and retaining qualified personnel as competition for persons with these skill sets increase. If we are not successful in attracting, training and retaining qualified personnel, the efficiency of our operations could be impaired, which could have an adverse impact on our operations and financial condition.

 

Claims and legal proceedings may harm our business and divert the attention of management.

 

From time to time in the ordinary course of our business, or otherwise, the Company and/or its directors and officers may be subject to a variety of civil or other legal proceedings, with or without merit including commercial, employment and other litigation and claims, as well as governmental and other regulatory investigations and proceedings. Such matters can be time-consuming, divert management’s attention and resources and cause the Company to incur significant expenses. Furthermore, because litigation is inherently unpredictable, the results of any such actions may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results or financial condition.

 

We may be subject to intellectual property claims that create uncertainty about ownership or use of technology essential to our business and divert our managerial and other resources.

 

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to operate without infringing the intellectual property rights of others. Third parties may, in the future, claim our current or future products, trademarks, technologies, business methods or processes infringe their intellectual property rights or challenge the validity of our intellectual property rights. We may be subject to patent infringement claims or other intellectual property infringement claims that would be costly to defend and could limit our ability to use certain critical technologies or business methods. We may also become subject to interference proceedings conducted in the patent and trademark offices of various countries to determine the priority of inventions.

 

The defense and prosecution, if necessary, of intellectual property suits, interference proceedings and related legal and administrative proceedings can become very costly and may divert our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. We may not prevail in any of these suits or proceedings. An adverse determination of any litigation or defense proceedings could require us to pay substantial compensatory and exemplary damages, could restrain us from using critical technologies, business methods or processes, and could result in us losing or not gaining valuable intellectual property rights.

 

Furthermore, due to the voluminous amount of discovery frequently conducted in connection with intellectual property litigation, some of our confidential information could be disclosed to competitors during this type of litigation. In addition, public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments in the litigation could be perceived negatively by investors and thus have an adverse effect on the trading price of our Common Stock.

 

 15 
 

 

Complying with requirements related to being a reporting company may be difficult, costly, divert the attention of management and harm our business.

 

Upon becoming a reporting issuer, the Company will be subject to reporting requirements under applicable securities law, the listing requirements of Nasdaq and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these requirements will increase legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time consuming or costly and increase demand on existing systems and resources. Among other things, the Company will be required to file annual and current reports with respect to its business and results of operations and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm the Company’s business and results of operations. The Company may need to hire additional employees to comply with these requirements in the future, which would increase its costs and expenses.

 

Management of the Company expects that being a reporting issuer will make it more expensive to obtain and maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and the Company may in the future be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain or maintain adequate coverage. This factor could also make it more difficult for the Company to retain qualified directors and executive officers.

 

Compliance with new and changing corporate governance and public disclosure requirements adds uncertainty to our compliance policies and increases our costs of compliance.

 

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, new SEC regulations, rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market, are creating uncertainty for companies like ours and adding complexity to our corporate compliance regime. These new or changed laws, regulations and standards may lack specificity and are subject to varying interpretations. Their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs of compliance as a result of ongoing revisions to such governance standards. We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure, and our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards in this regard have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and significant management time and attention. In addition, the new laws, regulations and standards regarding corporate governance may make it more difficult for us to obtain or maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. Further, our board members, chief executive officer and chief financial officer could face an increased risk of personal liability in connection with the performance of their duties. As a result, we may face difficulties attracting and retaining qualified board members and executive officers, which could harm our business. In certain instances, compliance requirements under certain rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market are more onerous than those under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. For example, our board of directors is required to state that they have established internal financial controls to be followed by the Company and that such internal financial controls are adequate and were operating effectively.

 

If we fail to or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

 

We are subject to reporting obligations under U.S. securities laws. The SEC, as required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, has adopted rules requiring every public company to include a report of management on the effectiveness of such company’s internal control over financial reporting in its annual report. In addition, an independent registered public accounting firm must issue an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

We recognize that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and our management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, we and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting at a reasonable assurance level. This could in turn result in the loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. Furthermore, we have incurred and anticipate that we will continue to incur considerable costs and use significant management time and other resources in an effort to comply with Section 404 and other requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we are not able to continue to meet the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we might be subject to sanctions or investigation by the SEC, the Nasdaq or other regulatory authorities. Any such action could adversely affect the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting.

 

 16 
 

 

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor internal controls attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We currently prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, so we are unable to make use of the extended transition period. However, in the event that we convert to US GAAP (which we do not currently intend to do) while we remain an emerging growth company, we have irrevocably elected to opt out of such extended transition period.

 

As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of the following: (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual revenues were at least $1.07 billion; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt securities over a three-year period; or (iv) the last day of the fiscal year during which we meet the following conditions: (i) the worldwide market value of our common equity securities held by non-affiliates as of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter is at least $700 million; (ii) we have been subject to U.S. public company reporting requirements for at least 12 months; or (iii) we have filed at least one annual report as a U.S. public company.

 

If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

 

Emerging growth companies are exempt from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. An emerging growth company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.

 

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of any fiscal year for so long as either: (i) the market value of our shares of Common Stock held by non-affiliates does not equal or exceed $250 million as of the prior June 30th; or (ii) our annual revenues did not equal or exceed $100 million during such completed fiscal year. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.

 

 17 
 

 

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

 

We are a foreign private issuer, and therefore, we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. The determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. We would lose our foreign private issuer status if, for example, more than 50% of Common Stock is directly or indirectly held by residents of the United States on the date of determination, and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to maintain our foreign private issuer status. If we lose our foreign private issuer status on such date, we will be required to file with the SEC periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms beginning at the end of the first fiscal year ending after such date, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We will also have to comply with U.S. federal proxy requirements and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements under the Nasdaq listing rules. As a U.S. listed public company that is not a foreign private issuer, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we do not incur as a foreign private issuer, and accounting, reporting and other expenses in order to maintain a listing on a U.S. securities exchange. These expenses will relate to, among other things, the obligation to reconcile our financial information that is reported according to IFRS to U.S. GAAP and to report future results according to U.S. GAAP.

 

Because we are a corporation incorporated in British Columbia and some of our directors and officers are resident in Canada, it may be difficult for investors in the United States to enforce civil liabilities against us based solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States.

 

We are a corporation incorporated under the laws of British Columbia with our principal place of business in Toronto, Canada. Some of our directors and officers and the auditors or other experts named herein are residents of Canada and all or a substantial portion of our assets and those of such persons are located outside the United States. Consequently, it may be difficult for U.S. investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or our directors or officers or such auditors who are not residents of the United States, or to realize in the United States upon judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon civil liabilities under the Securities Act. Investors should not assume that Canadian courts: (i) would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws or the securities or “blue sky” laws of any state within the United States; or (ii) would enforce, in original actions, liabilities against us or such persons predicated upon the U.S. federal securities laws or any such state securities or “blue sky” laws.

 

Risks Related to the Company’s Securities

 

Because of the speculative nature of investment risk, you may lose your entire investment.

 

An investment in the Company’s securities carries a high degree of risk and should be considered as a speculative investment. The Company has no history of earnings, limited cash reserves, a limited operating history, has not paid dividends and is highly unlikely to pay dividends in the immediate or near future. The likelihood of success of the Company must be considered in light of the problems, expenses, difficulties, complications and delays frequently encountered in connection with the establishment of any business. An investment in the Company’s securities may result in the loss of an investor’s entire investment. Only potential investors who are experienced in high-risk investments and who can afford to lose their entire investment should consider an investment in the Company.

 

Our auditor has expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. We may be unable to obtain additional capital on favorable terms.

 

As a result of recurring net losses and limited cash reserves, our independent auditor has included a going concern paragraph to its report on our financial statements for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021, and January 31, 2021 due to the substantial doubt that exists in our ability to continue as a going concern. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our ability to raise additional capital and to achieve sustainable revenues and profitable operations. Since inception, we have raised funds primarily through the sale of equity securities and the issuance of debt. We will need and are currently seeking additional funds to operate our business and the recent volatility of global capital markets has made the raising of capital by equity and debt financing more difficult. No assurance can be given that any future financing will be available or, if available, that it will be on terms that are satisfactory to us. Even if we are able to obtain additional financing, it may contain undue restrictions on our operations or cause substantial dilution for our stockholders. If we are unable to obtain additional funds, our ability to carry out and implement our planned business objectives and strategies will be significantly delayed, limited or may not occur. We cannot guarantee that we will become profitable. Even if we achieve profitability, given the competitive and evolving nature of the industry in which we operate, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability and our failure to do so would adversely affect our business, including our ability to raise additional funds.

 

 18 
 

 

There is no existing market for our securities and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity.

 

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our securities. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for shares of our Common Stock will develop following this offering, or if it does develop, it may not be maintained. You may not be able to sell your shares of our Common Stock or the Warrants quickly or at the market price if trading in our securities is not active. The initial public offering price for the Units offered hereby will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriter and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market.

 

The price per Unit offered under this prospectus may not accurately reflect the value of your investment.

 

The offering price for shares of Common Stock and Warrants offered under this prospectus has been determined by negotiation among us and the underwriter. We cannot predict the price at which our shares of Common Stock or the Warrants will trade upon the closing of the offering.

 

Securities or industry analysts may not regularly publish reports on us which could cause the price of our securities or trading volumes to decline.

 

The trading market for our securities could be influenced by research and reports that industry and/or securities analysts may publish us, our business, the market or our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts and cannot assure that such analysts will cover us or provide favorable coverage. If any of the analysts who may cover our business change their recommendation regarding our securities adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our securities would likely decline. If any analysts who may cover our business were to cease coverage or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the price of our securities or trading volumes to decline.

 

Our publicly traded securities may experience price volatility.

 

The Company’s securities do not currently trade on any exchange or stock market and the Company has applied to list the Company’s securities on Nasdaq. Health and wellness companies have experienced substantial volatility in the past, often based on factors unrelated to the companies’ financial performance or prospects. These factors include macroeconomic developments in North America and globally and market perceptions of the attractiveness of particular industries.

 

Other factors unrelated to our performance that may affect the price of the Company’s securities include the following: (i) the extent of analytical coverage available to investors concerning our business may be limited if investment banks with research capabilities do not follow the Company; (ii) lessening in trading volume and general market interest in the Company’s securities may affect an investor’s ability to trade significant numbers of the Company’s securities; (iii) the size of our public float may limit the ability of some institutions to invest in the Company’s securities; and (iv) a substantial decline in the price of the Company’s securities that persists for a significant period of time could cause the Company’s securities, if listed on an exchange, to be delisted from such exchange further reducing market liquidity. As a result of any of these factors, the market price of the Company’s securities at any given point in time may not accurately reflect our long-term value. Class action litigation often has been brought against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of their securities. We may in the future be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and damages and divert management’s attention and resources.

 

The fact that no market currently exists for the Company’s securities may affect the pricing of the Company’s securities in the secondary market, the transparency and availability of trading prices and the liquidity of the Company’s securities. The market price of the Company’s securities is affected by many other variables which are not directly related to our success and are therefore not within our control. These include other developments that affect the market for all health and wellness sector securities, the breadth of the public market for our Company’s securities and the attractiveness of alternative investments. The effect of these and other factors on the market price of the Company’s securities is expected to make the price of the Company’s securities volatile in the future, which may result in losses to investors.

 

 19 
 

 

Our investors may experience dilution upon investment in our securities.

 

Sales or issuances of equity securities could decrease the value of the Company’s securities, dilute shareholders’ voting power and reduce future potential earnings per share. We may sell additional equity securities in subsequent offerings (including through the sale of securities convertible into Common Stock) and may issue additional equity securities to finance our operations, acquisitions or other business projects. We cannot predict the size of future sales and issuances of equity securities or the effect, if any, that future sales and issuances of equity securities will have on the market price of the Common Stock. Sales or issuances of a substantial number of equity securities, or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Company’s securities. With any additional sale or issuance of equity securities, including sales or issuances of equity securities in connection with this offering, investors will suffer dilution of their voting power and may experience dilution in our earnings per share. Moreover, to the extent outstanding options, Warrants or Additional Warrants are exercised, you will incur further dilution.

 

We have not and do not intend to declare or pay any dividends with respect to our Common Stock.

 

To date, the Company has not paid any dividends on its outstanding shares of Common Stock. Any decision to pay dividends on the shares of common stock of the Company will be made by the board of directors on the basis of the Company’s earnings, financial requirements and other conditions. See “Dividend Policy”.

 

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

 

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of our net proceeds from this offering and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for execute our growth strategy, fund working capital and repay outstanding bridge loans. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment or use of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence the decision on how to use the net proceeds from this offering.

 

There is no public market for our securities and there is no assurance that one to develop.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of Common Stock or for the Warrants and there is no assurance such a market will develop. Without an active market, the liquidity of our shares of Common Stock and Warrants will be limited.

 

There is no assurance that the price of the shares of Common Stock will exceed the exercise price of the Warrants and the Warrants may therefore become worthless upon expiration.

 

The Warrants are exercisable for shares of Common Stock. The Warrants issued in this offering will be immediately exercisable and expire five years from issuance. The Warrants will have an initial exercise price equal to $6.20. If our Common Stock price does not exceed the exercise price of the Warrants during the period when the Warrants are exercisable, the Warrants may become worthless on expiration.

 

Since the Warrants are executory contracts, they may have no value in a bankruptcy or reorganization proceeding.

 

In the event a bankruptcy or reorganization proceeding is commenced by or against us, a bankruptcy court may hold that any unexercised Warrants are executory contracts that are subject to rejection by us with the approval of the bankruptcy court. As a result, holders of the Warrants may, even if we have sufficient funds, not be entitled to receive any consideration for their Warrants or may receive an amount less than they would be entitled to if they had exercised their Warrants prior to the commencement of any such bankruptcy or reorganization proceeding.

 

Holders of our Warrants will have no rights as a shareholder until they acquire shares of our Common Stock.

 

Until investors acquire shares of our Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrants offered in this offering, they will have no rights with respect to our Common Stock such as voting rights or the right to receive dividends. Upon exercise of such Warrants, holders will be entitled to exercise the rights of a shareholder only as to matters for which the record date occurs after the exercise date.

 

We may amend the terms of the Warrants in a way that may be adverse to holders with the approval by the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Warrants.

 

The Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the Warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision. All other modifications or amendments, including any amendment to increase the exercise price of the Warrants or shorten the exercise period of the warrants, shall require the written consent of the registered holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Warrants.

 

The Additional Warrants will not be listed on any securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system.

 

We have not applied and we do not intend to apply to have the Additional Warrants issuable to Qualified Holders upon the occurrence of certain dilutive events listed on any securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system. Therefore, there can be no assurance that there will be any active trading market for the Additional Warrants.

 

 20 
 

 

Capitalization

 

The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization, as of October 31, 2021:

 

  on an actual basis; and
   
  on a pro forma, as adjusted basis giving effect to: (i) the sale of 2,469,136 Units by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $6.20 per Unit (the midpoint of the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and (2) an amendment to warrants held by five of the holders to change the exercise price from a Canadian dollar denominated CAD$0.90 to a U.S. dollar denominated $0.69 which reduces the warrant derivative $165,650.

 

You should read the following table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

   Actual   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
Cash  $14,530   $8,406,530 
Loan payable  $ (27,144)  $(27,144)
Warrant derivative     (1,582,977 )     (2,182,759 )
           
Class A common shares   6,416,904    - 
Class B common shares   6,860,005    - 
Common stock   -     25,914,127  
Reserves   400,936    400,936 
Accumulated deficit   (17,621,043)   (17,621,043)
Total stockholders’ equity    (3,943,198)  $ 8,694,020  
Total capitalization  $ (5,553,319 )   $

6,484,117

 

The Warrants issued as part of this offering to Qualified and non-Qualified holders are classified as financial liabilities in the chart above and will be included in the warrant derivative line on the Company’s financial statements. The Warrants were valued using valuation techniques with the inputs determined as follows: (i) expected remaining life is determined using the information in the warrant terms: (ii) fair value of the underlying stock is determined based on the mid-point of this Unit offering and a calculated allocation of the selling price to Common Stock; (iii) volatility is estimated based on market data and industry assessment; (iv) risk-free interest rate is determined based on central bank rates for a similar period to the expected remaining life; and (v) dividend yield is estimated using the Company’s past performance and future expectations.

 

Pre-Funded Warrants are classified as equity instruments in the chart above.

 

The number of shares of our Common Stock outstanding after this offering reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Class A shares and Class B shares at a conversion ratio of 1:1 into shares of Common Stock, (ii) a subsequent reverse stock split of 3.86:1, effective July [●], 2022 and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock offered hereby as part of the Units, and excludes:

 

  Any exercise by the underwriter of its over-allotment option;
  Any exercise of the Underwriter’s Warrants;
  Any share of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of a Warrant, an Additional Warrant or a Pre-Funded Warrant;
  Shares issuable in connection with the secured promissory notes issued in December 2021 and April 2022;
  Any conversion of existing stock options, restricted stock units or warrants that are issued and outstanding prior to this offering; and
  Shares of Common Stock issuable under our Stock Option Plan or the 2022 Incentive Plan.

  

 21 
 

 

Dividend Policy

 

Since inception, we have not declared or paid any dividends on our Common Stock. We do not have any current plans to pay any such dividends in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business. Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on shares of Common Stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gains and you may never receive a return on your investment.

 

The determination to pay dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and may be based on a number of factors, including our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual and legal restrictions and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant.

 

22

 

 

Use of Proceeds

 

Based upon an assumed public offering price of $6.20 per Unit (the mid-point of the estimated offering price range described on the cover of this prospectus), we estimate that the net proceeds in this offering will be approximately $13,237,000 after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, or $15,372,000 if the underwriter exercises its over-allotment option in full.

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $6.20 per Unit would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $2,272,000 assuming that the number of Units offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of Units we are offering. An increase or decrease of 100,000 Units offered by us in this offering would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us by approximately $571,000, assuming that the assumed price per Unit to the public remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change by these amounts in the offering price to the public or the Units offered by us would have a material effect on our uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

 

Assuming all 2,469,136 Units are sold by us, we expect that the net proceeds, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents will enable us to fund our operations for at least 24 months. In addition, we have granted the underwriter a 45-day option to purchase up to 370,370 additional shares of Common Stock and up to 370,370 Warrants to cover over-allotments in this offering. We will use the proceeds from the sale of these additional securities for working capital and general corporate purposes.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to execute our growth strategy, fund working capital and repay outstanding bridge loans. We plan to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for the following purposes:

 

   Use of Net Proceeds 
Execute Growth Strategy  $5,035,000 
Fund Working Capital  $3,357,000 
Repay Bridge Loans  $4,845,000 
Total  $13,237,000 

 

Execute Growth Strategy

 

Net proceeds will be used to execute our growth strategy, of which the key tenets are:

 

  (i) Scale e-commerce sales: We intend to increase our digital advertising efforts on Facebook, Instagram and Google, test new paid social channels that we have already seen success in from an organic perspective and scale other paid media channels, such as podcast and streaming media. We also plan to drive brand awareness through top-of-funnel social media campaigns, influencer collaborations, public relations initiatives and affiliate partnerships. As our advertising efforts grow, we will need to create more brand content that we can utilize across our website, paid media programs and social media channels.
     
  (ii) Expand distribution channels: We will look to increase awareness through partnerships with other millennial-focused brands, brick-and-mortar retailers (both in-store and online) and dental practices, as well as evaluate expanding our sales into new geographical regions.

 

23

 

 

  (iii) Introduce new products: We plan to launch a set of auxiliary oral care products including toothpaste, mouthwash, dental floss, a whitening pen and an electric toothbrush designed for kids. We are formulating an aggressive launch plan for these new products, which includes digital advertising, paid media, social media, influencer marketing and public relations components.
     
  (iv) Grow the Team: We have a strong management team in place and will focus on growing the team as we scale the business.

 

Fund Working Capital

 

We require capital for ongoing general working capital needs, most notably the purchase of inventory and to fund the Company’s ongoing negative cash flows used in operating activities, while the Company works towards becoming cash flow positive.

 

Repay Bridge Loans

 

The repayment of debt includes $4,650,000 of principal and approximately $195,000 of accrued interest on the following two bridge financings. The proceeds from the bridge financings were primarily used to fund marketing and customer acquisition efforts.

 

December 2021 Bridge Loan

 

The repayment of debt includes $3,000,000 of principal and approximately $160,000 in accrued interest on our December 2021 bridge financing. Each promissory note issued in the December 2021 bridge financing (each, a “Senior Secured Note”) accrues interest at an annual rate of 8% and is due and payable on the maturity date. Each Senior Secured Note is due and payable on the earlier of: (i) December 3, 2022; (ii) the closing of a “Subsequent Offering” (as defined in each of Senior Secured Notes); or (iii) the closing of an initial public offering.

 

April 2022 Bridge Loan

 

The repayment of debt also includes $1,650,000 of principal and $35,000 in accrued interest on our April 2022 bridge financing. Each promissory note issued in the April 2022 bridge financing (each, a “Second Senior Secured Note”) accrues interest at an annual rate of 8% and is due and payable on the maturity date. Each Second Senior Secured Note is due and payable on the earlier of: (i) December 2, 2022; (ii) the closing of a “Subsequent Offering” (as defined in each of the Second Senior Secured Notes); or (iii) the closing of an initial public offering.

 

The expected use of net proceeds represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve and change. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures, specifically with respect to working capital, may vary significantly depending on numerous factors. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of such net proceeds. If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this offering differently than as described in this prospectus. Furthermore, in the event we make significant capital expenditures, the net proceeds of this offering may not be sufficient to fund such expenditures and we may need to raise additional capital. To the extent that the net proceeds we receive from this offering are not immediately used for the above purposes, we intend to invest our net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing bank deposits or debt instruments.

 

24

 

 

Dilution

 

If you invest in shares of Common Stock in this offering, your interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of Common Stock included as part of the Units and or that may be issued upon the exercise of any Pre-funded Warrants included in the pre-funded Units in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of Common Stock immediately after this offering, assuming no value is ascribed to the Warrants. For the purposes of calculating the potential impact of dilution, the full value of the offering price of $6.20 per Unit has been ascribed to the shares of Common Stock and no value has been ascribed to the Warrants. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per share of Common Stock.

 

Our historical net tangible book value as of October 31, 2021, was ($3,954,664), or ($1.01) per share of Common Stock (based on a conversion ratio for Class A common stock and Class B common stock at a conversion ratio of 1:1 and a reverse stock split of 3.86:1). Our net tangible book value is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities. Our net tangible book value per share of Common Stock is our net tangible book value divided by the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as of October 31, 2021.

 

The pro forma net tangible book value of our Common Stock as of October 31, 2021 was $0.98 per share of Common Stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share of Common Stock represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments referenced under “Capitalization”.

 

After giving effect to the sale of Units in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $6.20 per Unit, assuming the exercise of any Pre-Funded Warrants that are sold in the offering, no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option and no exercise of any of the Warrants or Underwriter’s Warrants issued pursuant to this offering, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our net tangible book value on a pro forma adjusted basis as of October 31, 2021 would have been $3,837,554, or $0.60 per share of Common Stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.61 per share of Common Stock to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of ($5.60) per share of Common Stock to new investors participating in this offering. Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the public offering price per share paid by new investors.

 

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share  $6.20 
Net tangible book value per Common Stock as of October 31, 2021  $(1.01)
Pro forma net tangible book value per share of Common Stock as of October 31, 2021  $ 0.98
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of Common Stock as of October 31, 2021, to give effect to this offering  $ 0.60
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering  $ 5.60  

 

The following table summarizes on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us on an as converted basis, the total consideration paid and the weighted-average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $6.20 per share, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

   Total Shares   Total Consideration   Weighted Average Price 
   Number   Percent   Amount   Percent   per Share 
Existing stockholders   3,615,116    59%  $6,568,085    30%  $1.82 
New investors   2,469,136    41%  $15,308,643    70%  $6.20 
Total   6,084,252    100%  $21,876,728    100%     

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $6.20 per Unit would increase (decrease) the as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $0.35 and increase (decrease) dilution to new investors in this offering by $0.65 per share, in each case assuming that the number of Units offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The information above assumes that the underwriter does not exercise their over-allotment option. If the underwriter exercises its over-allotment option in full to purchase shares, the as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $0.88 per share, the increase in net tangible book value to existing stockholders would be $1.89 per share and the dilution to new investors would be $5.32 per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $6.20 per share.

 

The information above assumes all 6,824,126 Class A shares and 8,350,073 Class B shares outstanding as of October 31, 2021 have been converted into shares of Common Stock at a conversion ratio 1:1 and gives effect to the 3.86:1 reverse stock split effected after such conversion excludes the following:

 

  Any exercise by the underwriter of its over-allotment option;
  Any exercise of the Underwriter’s Warrants;
  Any share of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of a Warrant, an Additional Warrant or a Pre-Funded Warrant;
  Shares of Common Stock issuable under our Stock Option Plan or the 2022 Incentive Plan;
  Shares issuable in connection with the secured promissory notes issued in December 2021 and April 2022; and
  Any issuance of Common Stock to Senior Secured Noteholders.

  

25

 

 

MANAGEMENT’s DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and the notes accompanying those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

We present our financial statements in United States dollars (U.S. dollars) and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, which may differ in material respects from generally accepted accounting principles in other jurisdictions, including generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP.

 

The statements in this discussion regarding industry outlook, our expectations regarding our future performance, liquidity and capital resources and other non-historical statements are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including the risks and uncertainties described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in the following discussion and analysis, as well as the section titled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

Our audited financial statements for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 (covering the nine-month period then ended) and January 31, 2021 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and are presented in U.S. dollars. We manage our business based on one operating and reportable segment. Our presentation and functional currency is the U.S. dollar and all the amounts in this management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are in U.S. dollars unless otherwise indicated. Amounts shown as of and for the nine months ended October 31, 2020 have been included for comparison purposes, are unaudited. See “Results of Operations – October 31, 2021 compared to October 31, 2020”.

 

Non-IFRS Financial Measures

 

This discussion may refer to certain non-IFRS measures. These measures are not recognized measures under IFRS, do not have a standardized meaning prescribed by IFRS and therefore may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies. Rather, these measures are provided as additional information to complement those IFRS measures by providing further understanding of our results of operations from management’s perspective. Accordingly, these measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial information reported under IFRS.

 

Going Concern

 

As of and for the nine-month period ended October 31, 2021, the Company has recurring losses, a working capital deficit of $3,962,096 (January 31, 2021 – working capital of $159,943), an accumulated deficit totaling $17,621,043 (January 31, 2021 – accumulated deficit of $13,409,772) and negative cash flows used in operating activities of $671,169 (January 31, 2021 – negative cash flows used in operating activities of $4,052,350). The ability of the Company to carry out its business objectives is dependent on its ability to secure continued financial support from related parties, to obtain equity financing or to ultimately attain profitable operations in the future. The Company will need to raise additional capital during the next twelve months and beyond to support current operations and planned development. Whether and when the Company can attain profitability and positive cash flows is uncertain. While the Company has been successful in securing financing in the past, there is no assurance that we will be able to obtain financing in the future on terms acceptable to us.

 

Change in Fiscal Year

 

On March 16, 2022, the board of directors of the Company approved a change to the Company’s fiscal year end from January 31 to October 31, effective immediately so that the fiscal year following the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021 would be the fiscal year ending on October 31, 2021. Accordingly, the financial statements of the Company included elsewhere in this prospectus include audited financial statements as at and for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 (comprising the nine months from February 1, 2021 to October 31, 2021) and January 31, 2021 (comprising a full 12-month period).

 

To enable meaningful comparisons in the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows, unaudited financial information as at and for the nine-months ended October 31, 2020 and for the 12 months ended January 31, 2020 are presented in this section.

 

Company Overview

 

The Company is on a mission to inspire confidence through brighter smiles and better oral health. Founded in 2018 by Chief Executive Officer Aneil Manhas, a former investment banker and private equity investor turned entrepreneur, we are an oral care company that is disrupting the space by reducing the barriers between consumers and access to premium oral care products because it is our belief that high-quality oral care products should be more accessible. We are an e-commerce business with a product portfolio that currently consists of a sonic-powered electric toothbrush kit and brush head refills. Through our website, consumers can purchase a Brüush starter kit (the “Brüush Kit”), which includes: (i) the Brüush electric toothbrush (the “Brüush Toothbrush”); (ii) three brush heads; (iii) a magnetic charging stand and USB power adapter; and (iv) a travel case. We also sell the brush heads separately which come in a three-pack (the “Brüush Refill”) and can be purchased on a subscription basis, where the customer will automatically receive a Brüush Refill every six months (the “Subscription”). We consider a Subscription to be active (an “Active Subscription”) until it is either cancelled by the customer or terminated due to payment failure (for example, a lost or expired credit card). Later this calendar year, we plan to expand our portfolio with the launch of several new subscription-based consumable oral care products, including toothpaste, mouthwash, dental floss, a whitening pen, as well as an electric toothbrush designed for kids.

 

Company Highlights

 

  Revenues for the fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021 were $1,965,441, compared to $901,162 for the fiscal year (twelve months) ended January 31, 2021. The primary reason for the increase in revenues was a 67% increase in sales of Brüush Kits from $817,778 to $1,367,778, which is attributed to expanded marketing and customer acquisition efforts, as well as a 617% increase in sales of Brüush Refills from $83,384 to $597,663 as our Active Subscription base continued to grow. Since pricing remained relatively consistent between periods, the rise in revenues is primarily due to an increase in the number of Brüush Kit and Brüush Refill units sold.

 

26

 

 

 

  Gross profit for the fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021 was $987,198, compared to $609,967 for the fiscal year (twelve months) ended January 31, 2021. The primary reason for this rise was a 118% increase in revenues that was partially offset by a 236% increase in cost of goods sold. The cause of the higher increase in cost of goods sold in comparison to revenues was an increase in the proportion of sales earned from Brüush Refills, which have a lower gross margin than Brüush Kits. Brüush Refills represented 30% of revenues for the fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021 compared to 9% of revenues for the fiscal year (twelve months) ended January 31, 2021.
     
  Total expenses for the fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021 were $5,156,462, compared to $8,970,609 for the fiscal year (twelve months) ended January 31, 2021. The primary reason for this decrease was a reduction in share-based compensation of $4,857,165 as no shares were issued for services rendered during fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021.
     
  Net cash used in operating activities was $671,169 for the fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021, compared to $4,052,350 for the fiscal year (twelve months) ended January 31, 2021. The reduction in cash used for operating activities is primarily due to increased change in accounts payable and accruals of $3,057,343 compared to $31,999 in the year ended January 31, 2021 and a $402,130 decrease in inventory as compared to a $577,656 increase in the year ended January 31, 2021.
     
  Net loss for the fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021 was $4,211,271, compared to a net loss of $8,890,431 for the fiscal year (twelve months) ended January 31, 2021. This improvement in net loss was primarily caused by an increase in the Company’s gross profit of $126,231, decrease in total expenses of $4,065,147 mainly due to a reduction in share-based compensation and decrease in loss on warrant derivate of $443,291.
     
  Loss per share – Basic and Diluted was $0.28 for fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021, compared to $0.93 for the fiscal year (twelve months) ended January 31, 2021. This improvement reflected net loss recorded for the fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021 and the increased weighted average number of shares outstanding for the fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021.

 

Financial Operations Overview

 

Revenues

 

Revenues are comprised of sales of Brüush Kits and of Brüush Refills net of changes in the provision for payment discounts and product return allowances.

 

Cost of goods sold

 

Cost of goods sold consists of: (i) the costs of finished goods sold; and (ii) the freight expense of transporting the finished goods from the manufacturer to our third-party distribution facility in Salt Lake City, Utah.

 

Operating expenses

 

Operating expenses consist primarily of advertising and marketing expenses, salaries and wages, consulting services, professional fees, general office and administrative expenses, and shipping and delivery expense. We offer free regular shipping on all of our website orders. All of these expenses have increased year-over-year and are expected to keep rising as we continue to scale our brand building and customer acquisition efforts, as well as expand our operations to facilitate higher revenues.

 

Results of Operations – October 31, 2021 compared to October 31, 2020

 

The table below sets forth a summary of our results of operations for the fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021 and for the nine months ended October 31, 2020. The nine months ended October 31, 2021 constitutes our most recent fiscal year after the change in our fiscal year end from January 31 to October 31.

 

27

 

 

    Nine Months Ended October 31,              
    2021     2020              
    (audited)     (unaudited)     Change     % Change  
                         
Revenues   $ 1,965,441     $ 315,541     $ 1,649,900       523  
Cost of goods sold     978,243       120,958       857,285       709  
Gross profit   $ 987,198     $ 194,583     $ 792,615       407  
Gross margin     50 %     62 %                

 

Revenues

 

Our revenues increased 523% for the fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021 to $1,965,441 from $315,541 for the nine months ended October 31, 2020. The primary reason for the increase in revenues was an increase in sales of Brüush Kits from $271,815 to $1,367,778, which is attributed to expanded marketing and customer acquisition efforts, as well as an increase in sales of Brüush Refills from $43,726 to $597,663 as our Active Subscription base continued to grow. During the fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021, the Company participated in multiple flash sales and influencer collaborations that featured product discounts, which resulted in the average selling price per Brüush Kit decreasing by approximately 10% when compared to the nine months ended October 31, 2020.

 

Cost of goods sold

 

Our cost of goods sold increased 709% to $978,243 for the fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021 from $120,958 for the nine months ended October 31, 2020. This increase was mainly due to a higher number of Brüush Kit sales.

 

Gross profit

 

We recorded gross profit of $987,198 and $194,583 for the nine months ended October 31, 2021 and October 31, 2020, respectively. Our gross margin declined to 50% for the nine months ended October 31, 2021 from 62% for the nine months ended October 31, 2020, reflecting our cost of goods sold increasing more than our revenues as described above. This was partly due to our participation in multiple flash sales and influencer collaborations that featured product discounts on Brüush Kits during the fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021 and caused a lower selling price per unit, resulting in an approximate 5% decrease in gross profit margin. The decline in gross profit is also due to the change in product mix, as a larger portion of revenue came from Brüush Refill units sold, which have a lower gross margin compared to Brüush Kits. The split between Brüush Kit and Brüush Refill sales was 70% and 30%, respectively during the fiscal year (nine months) ended October 31, 2021 compared to 86% and 14%, respectively during the nine months ended October 31, 2020, resulting in an approximate 7% decrease in gross profit margin.

 

Operating expenses

 

The following table sets forth our operating expenses for the nine months ended October 31, 2021 and October 31, 2020:

 

   Nine Months Ended October 31,         
   2021   2020         
   (audited)   (unaudited)   Change   % Change 
                 
Advertising and marketing  $2,806,260   $1,620,304   $1,185,956    73 
Commission   26,339    5,151    21,188    411 
Consulting   868,442    200,337    668,105    333 
Amortization and depreciation expense   5,498    -    5,498    100 
Interest and bank charges   60,183    13,969    46,214    331 
Merchant fees   68,073    18,911    49,162    260 
Office and administrative expenses   93,900    43,637    50,263    115 
Professional fees   241,854    153,249    88,605    58 
Salaries and wages   282,003    43,773    238,230    544 
Share-based compensation   92,276    4,949,441    (4,857,165)   (98)
Shipping and delivery   511,567    93,456    418,111    447 
Travel and entertainment   100,068    24,048    76,020    316 
   $5,156,462   $7,166,276   $(2,009,814)   (28)

 

Outside of share-based compensation, our expenses have seen a substantial increase for the nine months ended October 31, 2021, as compared to the nine months ended October 31, 2020. Expenses such as shipping and delivery, advertising and marketing, consulting, professional fees and salaries and wages, which are the result of an increased spending on marketing and brand awareness initiatives, a more aggressive customer acquisition strategy and an expansion in operations due to the increase in revenues.

 

28

 

 

Operating loss before other items

 

Our operating loss before other items was $4,169,264 for the nine months ended October 31, 2021 as compared to an operating loss before other items of $6,971,693 for the nine months ended October 31, 2020. Excluding share-based compensation our operating loss before other items would have been $4,076,988 and $2,022,252 for the nine months ended October 31, 2021 and October 31, 2020, respectively. The increase in operating loss before other items excluding share-based compensation is due to a reduction in the gross margins realized by the Company during the nine months ended October 31, 2021 in addition to an increase in overall operating expenses as the Company increased advertising and marketing efforts, engaged in a more aggressive customer acquisition strategy and increased operations to support higher sales volumes.

 

Other items

 

The following table sets forth our other income (loss) for the nine months ended October 31, 2021 and October 31, 2020:

 

   Nine Months Ended October 31,         
   2021   2020         
   (audited)   (unaudited)   Change   % Change 
                 
Government grant  $8,763   $14,139   $(5,376)   (38)
Foreign exchange   42,148    (46,670)   88,818    (190)
Loss on revaluation of warrant derivative   (92,918)   (548,886)   455,968    (83)
   $(42,007)  $(581,417)  $539,410    (93)

 

Our loss from other items was $42,007 for the nine months ended October 31, 2021 as compared to $581,417 for the nine months ended October 31, 2020. The improvement in other loss is due to the change in valuation of warrant derivatives, with the main driver of the increase in the fair value of the warrants from the time of issuance being the increase in the estimated stock price for the underlying shares. At the time of the issuance of the July/August 2020 warrants, the private placement of units was priced at CAD$0.60 per unit and the fair value allocated to the shares in the unit was CAD$0.48. At the time of issuance of the August/September 2020 warrants, the private placement of units was priced at CAD$1.80 per unit and the fair value allocated to the shares in the unit was CAD$1.46. We believe the increase in share price over a short period of time was caused by: i) a continuing improvement in general market sentiment as the S&P 500 was up almost 6 perfect month over month: (ii) increasing month-over-month revenues of 271% from $19,854 to $53,892; and (iii) investor perception of lower risk due to the Company being in a stronger capital position, as cash on hand increased by over $3 million.

 

The fair market value of the warrants was estimated using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model using the following assumptions:

 

   July / August
2020 warrants
   August / September
2020 warrants
   All warrants as of 
   At issue   October 31, 2021 
Fair value of underlying stock   CAD$0.48    CAD$1.46    CAD$1.46 
Expected dividend yield   0%   0%   0%
Expected volatility   100%   100%   100%
Risk-free rate   0.15%   0.30%   1.11%
Expected remaining life (in years)   2.95    2.84    1.66 
Fair value 

$

178,956  

$

774,894  

$

1,582,977 

 

29

 

 

The following table shows the evolution of the Company’s derivative warrant liability:

 

Balance, January 31, 2021  $1,490,059 
Issued during the period   - 
Change in fair value   92,918 
Balance, October 31, 2021  $1,582,977 

 

The change in the fair value of these derivative instruments of $92,918 is shown as a loss for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2021.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows from (used in) operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the nine months ended October 31, 2021 and October 31, 2020:

 

   Nine Months Ended October 31,         
   2021   2020         
   (audited)   (unaudited)   Change   % Change 
                 
Net cash flows used in operating activities  $(671,169)  $(2,557,570)  $1,886,401    (74)
Net cash flows used in investing activities   (21,201)   (1,801)   (19,400)   1,077 
Net cash flows from financing activities   14,253    4,567,542    (4,553,289)   (100)
   $(678,117)  $2,008,171   $(2,686,288)   (134)

 

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

 

Cash flows from (used in) operations, which is generally the net income or loss adjusted for non-cash items, such as amortization and depreciation and changes in non-cash working capital items, was an outflow of $(671,169) for the nine months ended October 31, 2021, as compared to an outflow of $(2,557,570) for the nine months ended October 31, 2020.

 

The main factors that contributed to the decrease in cash outflow from operations were: (i) the reduction of inventory on hand of $402,130 during the nine months ended October 31, 2021 compared to an increase of $200,145 during the nine months ended October 31, 2020, which both reflect changes in the ordinary course of business; (ii) an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $3,057,343 during the nine months ended October 31, 2021 versus a decrease of $2,235 during the nine months ended October 31, 2020; and (iii) a decrease in prepaid expenses and deposits of $36,795 during the nine months ended October 31, 2021 compared to an increase of $271,174 during the nine months ended October 31, 2020.

 

The Company closely monitors its inventory levels and develops forecasts by analyzing historical results and taking into consideration planned and upcoming marketing initiatives, as well as the overall marketing budget. Since the Subscription automatically sends the customer a Brüush Refill every six months and the churn rate on Active Subscriptions is less than 1% monthly, the Company believes it can forecast its sales of Brüush Refills for the following six-month period with a high degree of confidence. The production lead time for Brüush Refills is six weeks and for Brüush Kits is twelve weeks. Transit time of approximately four weeks is needed to ship the finished goods from our third-party manufacturing partner to our fulfillment center in Salt Lake City, Utah. To minimize freight costs, the Company generally tries to configure a purchase order to fit a 40-foot high-cube container. As such, the Company has historically had a very high level of inventory on hand relative to sales, but this ratio is expected to improve as revenues scale and inventory turns faster.

 

Net cash from (used in) investing activities

 

Cash from (used in) investing activities was $(21,201) for the nine months ended October 31, 2021 as compared to $(1,801) for the nine months ended October 31, 2020. During the fiscal year ended October 31, 2021, the outflow of cash was for the purchase of equipment and intangible assets, namely customer lists.

 

Net cash from (used in) financing activities

 

Cash provided by financing activities was $14,253 for the nine months ended October 31, 2021 as compared to $4,567,542 for the nine months ended October 31, 2020. The reduction in cash provided from financing activities is due to the Company completing equity financing rounds during the nine months ended October 31, 2020, whereas no financing rounds were completed in the nine months ended October 31, 2021.

 

As of October 31, 2021, the Company had a working capital deficit of $3,962,096, compared to a positive working capital of $1,498,660 as of October 31, 2020.

 

30

 

 

Funding requirements

 

As of and for the nine-month period ended October 31, 2021, the Company has recurring losses, a working capital deficit of $3,962,096 (January 31, 2021 – working capital of $159,943), an accumulated deficit totaling $17,621,043 (January 31, 2021 – accumulated deficit of $13,409,772) and negative cash flows used in operating activities of $671,169 (January 31, 2021 – negative cash flows of $4,052,350). The ability of the Company to carry out its business objectives is dependent on its ability to raise additional capital during the next twelve months and beyond to support current operations and planned development. Whether and when the Company can attain profitability and positive cash flows is uncertain. While the Company has been successful in securing financing in the past, there is no assurance that financing will be available in the future on terms acceptable to the Company.

 

Off-balance asset arrangements

 

During the periods presented, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

 

Results of Operations – January 31, 2021 compared to January 31, 2020

 

The table below sets forth a summary of our results of operations for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

   Twelve Months Ended January 31,         
   2021   2020         
   (audited)   (unaudited)   Change   % Change 
                 
Revenues  $901,162   $207,404   $693,758    334 
Cost of goods sold   291,195    66,596    224,599    337 
Gross profit  $609,967   $140,808   $469,159    333 
Gross margin   68%   68%          

 

Revenues

 

Our revenues increased 334% for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021 to $901,162 from $207,404 for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2020. The primary reason for the increase in revenues was an increase in sales of Brüush Kits from $197,813 to $817,778, which is attributed to expanded marketing and customer acquisition efforts, as well as an increase in sales of Brüush Refills from $9,591 to $83,384 as our Active Subscription base continued to grow. During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021, pricing remained relatively unchanged with only a slight increase in the average selling price per Brüush Kit when compared to fiscal year ended January 31, 2020.

 

Cost of goods sold

 

Our cost of goods sold increased 337% to $291,195 for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021 from $66,596 for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2020. This increase was mainly due to a higher volume of Brüush Kit sales.

 

Gross profit

 

We recorded gross profit of $609,967 and $140,808 for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our gross margin remained consistent at 68% for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2021 and January 31, 2020, reflecting our cost of goods sold increasing at the same rate as revenues. The product mix remained comparable year over year, as the split between Brüush Kit and Brüush Refill sales was 91% and 9%, respectively during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021 compared to 95% and 5%, respectively during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2020.

 

31

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

The following table sets forth our operating expenses for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

   Twelve Months Ended January 31,         
   2021   2020         
   (audited)   (unaudited)   Change   % Change 
                 
Advertising and marketing  $2,670,447   $841,944   $1,828,503    217 
Commission   11,207    3,671    7,536    205 
Consulting   556,864    371,152    185,712    50 
Interest and bank charges   18,130    15,408    2,722    18 
Merchant fees   39,180    12,333    26,847    218 
Office and administrative expenses   75,194    54,709    20,485    37 
Professional fees   222,870    51,455    171,415    333 
Salaries and wages   93,460    -    93,460    100 
Share-based compensation   4,949,441    52,409    4,897,032    9,344 
Shipping and delivery   304,591    46,766    257,825    551 
Travel and entertainment   29,225    68,340    (39,115)   (57)
   $8,970,609   $1,518,187   $7,452,422    491 

 

Our operating expenses have seen a substantial increase for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021, as compared to the fiscal year ended January 31, 2020. There has been an increase in every category of expenses, except for travel and entertainment, with this reduction reflecting the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. The increase in shipping and delivery, advertising and marketing, consulting, professional fees, and salaries and wages are the result of a more aggressive customer acquisition strategy and an expansion in operations due to the increase in revenues.

 

Share-based compensation of $4,949,441 for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021 included a total of $2,524,597 as the aggregate estimated fair value of 417,780 Class A shares issued on February 12, 2020 and of 1,963,566 Class A shares of the Company issued on June 24, 2020 to our Chief Executive Officer as nominal consideration for services rendered. Also included is a total of $1,997,611 as the estimated fair value of 1,870,232 Class B shares of the company issued on July 17, 2020 as nominal consideration to directors of the Company for services rendered. Share-based compensation also included $145,933 for the vesting of 157,781 stock options (out of a total of 309,498 options granted during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021) on November 23, 2020.

 

Operating loss before other items

 

Our operating loss before other items was $8,360,642 for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021 as compared to an operating loss before other items of $1,377,379 for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2020, excluding share-based compensation our operating loss before other items would have been $3,411,201 and $1,324,970 for the year ended January 31, 2021 and January 31, 2020, respectively. The increase in operating loss before other items excluding share-based compensation is due to a reduction in the gross margins realized by the Company during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021, as well as an increase in overall operating expenses as the Company increased advertising and marketing efforts, invested in brand building initiatives and expanded operations to support a higher sales volume.

 

Other items

 

   Twelve Months Ended January 31,         
   2021   2020         
   (audited)   (unaudited)   Change   % Change 
                 
Government grant  $14,139   $-   $14,139    100 
Foreign exchange   (7,719)   (1,481)   (6,238)   421 
Loss on revaluation of warrant derivative   (536,209)   -    (536,209)   100 
   $(529,789)  $(1,481)  $(528,308)   35,672 

 

32

 

 

On May 5, 2020, we received a loan in the amount of CAD$40,000 (approximately $28,506) under the Canada Emergency Business Account program. The loan is non-interest bearing and eligible for forgiveness of CAD$10,000 (approximately $7,127) of the principal amount if it is repaid on or before December 31, 2022. If the loan is not repaid by such date, the loan will bear interest at 5% per year and will be due on December 31, 2025. Government grant income of $14,139 reflects the difference between the face value of the loans and the fair value of the loan (as the loan was issued at below market rates) of $7,012 and $7,127, as we expect to repay the loan on or prior to December 31, 2022 and be eligible for the forgiveness of such amount of the principal of the loan. At January 31, 2021, the value of the loan was $17,580.

 

Foreign exchange loss represents losses resulting from the settlement of transactions denominated in currencies other than in U.S. dollars, the functional currency of the Company, and from the remeasurement of monetary items denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars at year end exchange rates.

 

In July and August 2020, in connection with a private placement, we issued 1,033,495 warrants with an exercise price of CAD$0.90 exercisable 24 months from the from the time the Company completes a public offering of shares of its common stock in Canada or the United States (the “Liquidity Event”) Because the warrants have an exercise price denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency, they are derivative financial instruments and measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period. The fair value of the warrants upon issuance was determined to be $178,956 at issue.

 

Additionally, in August and September 2020 in connection with a private placement, we issued 1,557,920 warrants with an exercise price of CAD$2.70 exercisable 24 months from the Liquidity Event. As the warrants have an exercise price denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency, they are derivative financial instruments measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period. The fair value of the warrants upon issuance was determined to be $774,894.

 

The fair market value of the warrants was estimated using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model using the following assumptions:

 

   July / August
2020 warrants
   August / September
2020 warrants
   All warrants as of 
   At issue   January 31, 2021 
Expected dividend yield   0%   0%   0%
Expected volatility   100%   100%   100%
Risk-free rate   0.15%   0.30%   0.25%
Expected remaining life (in years)   2.95    2.84    2.41 
Fair value  $178,956   $774,894   $1,490,059 

 

The following table shows the evolution of the Company’s derivative warrant liability:

 

Balance, January 31, 2020  $- 
Issued during the period   953,850 
Change in fair value   536,209 
Balance, January 31, 2021  $1,490,059 

 

The change in the fair value of these derivative instruments of $536,209 is shown as an expense for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021.

 

33

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows from (used in) operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

   Twelve Months Ended January 31,         
   2021   2020         
   (audited)   (unaudited)   Change   % Change 
                 
Net cash flows used in operating activities  $(4,052,350)  $(1,459,556)  $(2,592,794)   178 
Net cash flows used in investing activities   (3,196)   -    (3,196)   100 
Net cash flows from financing activities   4,567,542    1,578,236    2,989,306    189 
   $511,996   $118,680   $393,316    331 

 

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

 

Net cash used in operating activities, which is generally the net income or loss adjusted for non-cash items, such as depreciation and changes in non-cash working capital items, was an outflow of $(4,052,350) for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021, compared to an outflow of $(1,459,556) for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2020. The main factors which contributed to decrease in cash outflow from operations were the net loss of $8,890,431 the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021, compared to a net loss of $1,378,860 for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2020, and changes in working capital, primarily in inventory and prepaid expenses and deposits.

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

Net cash from (used in) investing activities was $(3,196) for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021 and no cash from or used in investing activities for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2020. For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021, the outflow of cash was for capital expenditures.

 

Net cash from financing activities

 

Net cash from financing activities was $4,567,542 for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021, compared to $1,578,236 for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2020. This increase was due primarily to proceeds from the issuance of shares of $4,973,023 for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021, compared to $1,354,158 of such proceeds in the fiscal year ended January 31, 2020, partially offset in fiscal year 2021 by repayment of loans of $433,987.

 

At January 31, 2021, the Company had working capital (current assets less current liabilities) of $159,943 compared to working capital of $84,956 at January 31, 2020.

 

Off-balance asset arrangements

 

During the periods presented, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

 

34

 

 

Financial Instruments and Risk Management

 

Risk Management

 

In the normal course of our business, we are exposed to a number of financial risks that can affect our operating performance and financial condition. These risks, and the actions taken to manage them, are as noted below.

 

Interest rate risk

 

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Company is not exposed to any material interest rate risk.

 

Credit risk

 

Credit risk is the risk of loss associated with the counterparty’s inability to fulfill its payment obligations. For financial assets, this is typically the gross carrying amount, net of any amounts offset and any impairment losses.

 

The Company’s principal financial assets are cash and trade accounts receivable. The Company’s credit risk is primarily concentrated in its cash which is held with institutions with a high credit worthiness. Credit risk is not concentrated with any particular customer. The Company’s accounts receivable consists primarily of GST receivable. Trade receivables are generally insignificant.

 

At October 31, 2021, the Company’s maximum credit risk exposure is $175,577.

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

Foreign currency risk arises from fluctuations in foreign currencies versus the U.S. dollar that could adversely affect reported balances and transactions denominated in those currencies. As at October 31, 2021, a portion of the Company’s financial assets are held in Canadian dollars. The Company’s objective in managing its foreign currency risk is to minimize its net exposure to foreign currency cash flows by transacting, to the greatest extent possible, with third parties in U.S. dollars. The Company does not currently use foreign exchange contracts to hedge its exposure of its foreign currency cash flows as management has determined that this risk is not significant at this point in time. The Company is not exposed to any material foreign currency risk.

 

At October 31, 2021, the Company held the following assets denominated in Canadian dollars: Cash of CAD$388 and accounts and other receivables of CAD$127,432.

 

Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company has a planning and budgeting process in place to help determine the funds required to support the Company’s normal operating requirements on an ongoing basis.

 

Historically, the Company’s primary source of funding has been the issuance of equity securities for cash, primarily through the issuance of common shares. The Company’s access to financing is always uncertain. There can be no assurance of continued access to significant equity funding.

 

The following is an analysis of the contractual maturities of the Company’s financial liabilities as at October 31, 2021:

 

   Within one year   Between one
and five years
  

More than

five years

 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  $3,366,062   $-   $- 
Loans payable   27,144    -    - 
   $3,393,206   $-   $- 

 

As of October 31, 2021, the Company had cash of $14,530 and current liabilities of $4,993,364, compared to $692,647 and $1,908,479, respectively, as of January 31, 2021. Appropriate going concern disclosures have been made in Notes to the financial statements. To address the negative working capital balance and any short-term cash shortfalls as of October 31, 2021, the Company closed a bridge loan on December 3, 2021 for $3,000,000 and a second bridge loan on April 28, 2022 for $1,650,000 to provide short term financing while the Company addresses longer term solutions to capital management. In connection with the December 2021 financing, the Company issued investors warrants containing a provision that allows the warrants to benefit from any more favorable terms in subsequent financings.

 

35

 

 

Capital Management

 

In the management of capital, the Company includes components of shareholders’ equity. The Company aims to manage its capital resources to ensure financial strength and to maximize its financial flexibility by maintaining strong liquidity and by utilizing alternative sources of capital including equity, debt and bank loans or lines of credit to fund continued growth. The Company sets the amount of capital in proportion to risk and based on the availability of funding sources. The Company manages the capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. Issuance of equity has been the primary source of capital to date. Additional debt and/or equity financing may be pursued in future as deemed appropriate to balance debt and equity. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may issue new shares, take on additional debt or sell assets to reduce debt.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

All of our contractual maturities for liabilities as at October 31, 2021 and January 31, 2021 are within one year, consisting of accounts payable and accrued expenses and loans payable.

 

Related Party Transactions

 

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing, and controlling the activities of the Company, directly or indirectly. Key management personnel include the Company’s executive officers and Board of Director members.

 

All related party transactions are in the normal course of operations. All amounts either due from or due to related parties other than specifically disclosed are non-interest bearing, unsecured and have no fixed terms of repayments.

 

a) Related party transactions with directors, subsequent and former directors and companies and entities over which they have significant influence over:

 

   October 31, 2021   January 31, 2021 
Director fees  $72,541   $54,585 
Professional fees  $-   $55,625 
Share-based compensation  $-   $1,997,611 

 

b) Key management compensation

 

   October 31, 2021   January 31, 2021 
Consulting fees  $270,427   $206,507 
Share-based compensation  $-   $2,527,596 

 

c) Accounts payable and accrued liabilities – As of October 31, 2021 $155,979 (January 31, 2021 - $2,740) due to related parties was included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

 

Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments

 

The preparation of the Company’s Financial Statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised, if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future periods, if revision affects current and future periods.

 

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date, which have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are prepared in accordance with the same accounting policies, critical estimates and methods described in the Company’s Financial Statements. The Company based its assumptions and estimates on parameters available when the Financial Statements were prepared. Existing circumstances and assumptions about future developments, however, may change due to market changes or circumstances arising that are beyond the control of the Company. Such changes are reflected in the assumptions when they occur. See Note 3 of the Financial Statements for additional information.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

None that specifically apply to the Company as evaluated by management.

 

36

 

 

Business

 

Overview

 

The Company, incorporated under the Business Corporations Act of British Columbia on October 10, 2017 under the name “Bruush Oral Care Inc.”, is on a mission to inspire confidence through brighter smiles and better oral health. Founded in 2018 by Chief Executive Officer Aneil Manhas, a former investment banker and private equity investor turned entrepreneur, we are an oral care company that is disrupting the space by reducing the barriers between consumers and access to premium oral care products because it is our belief that high-quality oral care products should be more accessible. We are an e-commerce business with a product portfolio that currently consists of a sonic-powered electric toothbrush kit and brush head refills. Through our website, consumers can purchase a Brüush starter kit (the “Brüush Kit”), which includes: (i) the Brüush electric toothbrush (the “Brüush Toothbrush”); (ii) three brush heads; (iii) a magnetic charging stand and USB power adapter; and (iv) a travel case. We also sell the brush heads separately, which come in a three-pack (the “Brüush Refill”) and can be purchased on a subscription basis, where the customer will automatically receive a Brüush Refill every six months (the “Subscription”). We consider a Subscription to be active (an “Active Subscription”) until it is either cancelled by the customer or terminated due to payment failure (for example, a lost or expired credit card). Later this calendar year, we plan to expand our portfolio with the launch of several new subscription-based consumable oral care products, including toothpaste, mouthwash, dental floss, a whitening pen, as well as an electric toothbrush designed for kids.

 

The Opportunity

 

According to a study conducted by the Oral Health Foundation in 2019, people who use an electric toothbrush have healthier gums, less tooth decay and keep their teeth for longer compared with those who use a manual toothbrush. Electric toothbrushes can generate upwards of 30,000 brush strokes per minute (versus around 300 with a manual toothbrush) and create better oral care habits with features like a smart timer and multiple brush modes. However, despite the oral health benefits, most people still use a traditional manual toothbrush. According to an independent report by consumer marketing analysis firm Mintel, only 36 percent of adults say they use an electric/powered toothbrush. They are more popular among older age groups and people with higher incomes, as Mintel reports that half of people 55 years and older with an annual income of $75,000 or more prefer using an electric brush over a manual one.

 

The low adoption rate despite the clear oral care benefits shows that consumers, especially the younger generations, do not find the current electric toothbrush value propositions compelling enough to upgrade from a manual toothbrush for a number of reasons. First and foremost, electric toothbrushes are traditionally expensive, with the high-end models retailing for over $200. Furthermore, the buying experience for an electric toothbrush and replacement heads is annoying from the consumer perspective, as they are often locked up in cases within the aisle, which requires finding a store attendant to gain access and then figuring out what brush head is compatible with the consumer’s device. Historically, electric toothbrushes have not been aesthetically pleasing and consumers do not want the devices or charging stands cluttering their countertops.

 

Our Value Proposition

 

With such a glaring opportunity in the market, we have developed an electric toothbrush that makes upgrading to an electric brush appealing. The key tenets of our value proposition include:

 

  (i)

Quality: Through our direct-to-consumer business model, we eliminate the “middleman” (i.e., the retailer such as a grocery/drug store) and believe that we offer consumers a high-quality electric toothbrush at a more affordable price than a comparable electric toothbrush from the competition. The Brüush Toothbrush is equipped with sonic technology that delivers over 31,000 brush strokes per minute and features that include: (i) six cleaning modes; (ii) a smart timer that pauses every 30 seconds to prompt the user to move the toothbrush to a different quadrant of their mouth and then shuts off after two minutes; (iii) a rechargeable battery that lasts an incredible four weeks on a single charge; and (iv) a custom-designed brush head that is equipped with extra soft DuPont™ Tynex® bristles.

     
  (ii) Design: In addition to being highly functional, we believe that the Brüush Toothbrush is one of the sleekest looking brushes on the market. Our goal was to develop a toothbrush that our consumers would be proud to showcase on their countertop. We paid significant attention to detail, not only to the aesthetics of the device itself, but also the packaging to facilitate a premium unboxing experience. The Brüush Toothbrush comes in three core colors – black, white and pink – as well as a variety of trend-driven seasonal colors that are introduced on a limited quantity basis.
     
  (iii) Convenience: A 2018 independent survey conducted by Electric Teeth indicated that over 40% of people do not change their toothbrush or the brush head at least once every three months as recommended by the American Dental Association, which could cause the bristles to become frayed or excess bacteria to develop on the brush head. To help consumers maintain good oral health by changing their brush head regularly, as well as eliminate the frustrating experience of purchasing replacement heads at the grocery/drug store, we give our customers the option to subscribe to a brush head refill program. The Subscription automatically sends a three-pack of brush heads every six months at a price that we believe is lower than comparable brush heads from competing brands. As an incentive to subscribe, we offer the consumer a discount on the Brüush Kit if they enroll in the Subscription at the time of purchase, but they have flexibility to cancel their Subscription at any time. Once the initial purchase of the Brüush Kit is made, the cost of the Subscription is in-line with what a consumer would pay to regularly replace their manual brush. Additionally, we send an email every two months to remind the subscriber that it is time to change their brush head. Overwhelmingly, almost 80% of our customers purchased a Brüush Kit with a Subscription and the churn rate so far has been very low, as only one percent of Active Subscriptions are cancelled on a monthly basis.

 

37

 

 

Production and Distribution

 

The Company develops and manufactures products with third-party manufacturing partners located in Canada and China. The sourcing and purchase of raw materials is managed by the Company’s third-party manufacturing partners. Although the COVID-19 pandemic has caused global manufacturing challenges and supply chain disruption, particularly in Asia, to date we have not experienced any material interruptions or delays related to the manufacture of our products in China or Canada or moving our products from our manufacturers in China and Canada to our third-party fulfilment and logistics partner in Salt Lake City, Utah. Additionally, to management’s knowledge, there have been no recent significant availability problems or supply shortages for raw materials or supplies that could have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet the business objectives as set out in this prospectus.

 

We distribute our products through a third-party fulfilment and logistics partner based in Salt Lake City, Utah. We offer free regular shipping to our customers, which takes 2-5 business days depending on the geographical location, as well as express 2-day shipping for a $10 charge.

 

Sales Channels

 

We currently sell products in the United States and Canada. The size of the oral care market in North American is an estimated $12 billion, of which electric toothbrushes account for over $1 billion. Our market share is currently infinitesimal. As an e-commerce business, our website – www.bruush.com – accounts for the majority of our sales. We also sell through Amazon and have commercial agreements with some third-party retailers including Indigo, Harry Rosen, Macy’s and Urban Outfitters, who all sell our products on their websites under a drop-ship arrangement. We are not dependent on any one of these third-party commercial agreements.

 

The Company’s breakdown of sales between the United States and Canada is as follows:

 

   9-months ended
October 31, 2021
   12-months ended
January 31, 2021
   12-months ended
January 31, 2020
 
United States of America  $1,238,259   $512,094   $95,091 
Canada   727,182    389,068    112,313 
   $1,965,441   $901,162   $207,404 

 

Seasonality

 

Since the Brüush Kit makes a great gift, the holiday season (November and December) is a peak period for sales. Other than a spike during the holiday shopping period, the business does not face any seasonal fluctuations in terms of revenues throughout the year.

 

Customers

 

We focus our marketing efforts on recruiting consumers that are between 18 and 45 years of age and currently using a manual toothbrush and convincing them that there has never been a more compelling opportunity to upgrade to an electric brush. Currently, this age range is underpenetrated relative to baby boomers when it comes to using an electric toothbrush, but this is expected to shift due to an increased understanding around the importance of oral hygiene among younger people. This group also consists of the first digital generations when it comes to shopping, as recent research has indicated that 67 percent of millennials prefer purchasing online, with self-care driving their spending habits. Studies have also found that the millennial and Generation Z groups have further shifted their preference away from in-store shopping during the COVID-19 pandemic and that even as life returns to normal, issues such as long lines and crowds will remain deterrents, with both groups citing convenience and price comparison among the top benefits of online shopping.

 

Currently, we have over 28,000 Active Subscriptions in our program, with an estimated 70 percent of our customer base between 18 and 45 years old. So far, our value proposition is resonating strongly, as the consumer feedback has been incredibly positive. We have received over 3,000 organic reviews, with a remarkable 90 percent five-star rating. Furthermore, despite offering a 90-day no questions asked return policy, our return rate is less than one percent, which is extremely low for an e-commerce company in the consumer goods space. Our low churn rate on Active Subscriptions of only one percent cancelled monthly, is further proof that our subscribers are enjoying the product. As such, we see a big opportunity to leverage our loyal customers to generate incremental sales. As we prepare to launch new products, we will give exclusive offers to our existing subscriber base to encourage them to expand their Subscriptions to include Consumables.

 

38

 

 

Competition

 

The electric toothbrush industry has traditionally been dominated by two major brands: (i) Philips Sonicare (owned by Dutch conglomerate Koninklijke Philips N.V.); and (ii) Oral-B (owned by American multinational consumer goods corporation Proctor & Gamble). In our view, these companies make high-quality products, but they can be expensive with their high-end models retailing for over $200. In North America, it is our belief that both Philips Sonicare and Oral-B primarily sell their products to the baby boomer generation through their brick-and-mortar retail networks, where the buying experience can be poor and there is a limited ability to lower prices. From a marketing standpoint, it seems that both companies rely on traditional initiatives, such as television ads and print media, with messaging that is targeted to an older demographic and may not resonate as well with the younger millennial and Generation Z groups.

 

In recent years, a number of competing brands have emerged, such as Burst, Goby, Moon and Quip. These companies usually offer electric toothbrushes at a lower price point than Philips Sonicare and Oral-B, but we feel that the product quality is inferior. Our value proposition is centered around offering an electric toothbrush that we believe is comparable to the high-end models of Philips Sonicare and Oral-B in terms of quality, but at the lower price point, which is more in-line with the emerging competition. Additionally, we are focused on: (i) distributing our products online versus through a brick-and-mortar retail network; (ii) offering our consumers the option to conveniently have their replacement brush heads shipped automatically to their door through our Subscription; and (iii) marketing to a younger demographic that is between 18 and 45 years of age through relevant channels such as social media.

 

Brand Strategy

 

Our brand strategy is focused on becoming the go-to oral care brand for the 18 to 45-year-old age group. The Company has helped differentiate itself from the competition by building a unique and human brand identity that resonates with the millennial and Generation Z cohorts. We have helped accomplish this by creating supercharged content that features bright colors and bold expressions and fits with our objective of shaking up the traditionally dull oral care category. We utilize this content across our website, paid media programs and social media channels. In addition to our campaign assets, we generate omni-channel content through customer excitement that has driven a steady stream of user-generated content and brand mentions.

 

The millennial and Generation Z demographic groups have a propensity to naturally and purposefully engage in social media to endorse the brands and products that they use and love. As such, we are very active on social media, where we aim to connect deeper with our target customer by building a community to drive brand engagement. We have primarily focused our social media efforts on Instagram, where we currently have over 28,000 followers. As part of our social media strategy, we have collaborated with over 200 on-brand influencers, mostly in an unpaid capacity. To facilitate these collaborations, we work both directly (outreach from the Company to the influencer) and with best-in-class influencer seeding tools to gift the Brüush Kit to influencers in exchange for a product review or authentic content (both static and video) that showcases our product in a genuine manner. We embed this content across our owned and operated social channels and in our customer outreach initiatives, repurposing it to our audience so they get direct product feedback from their peers. We also receive many inbound requests from micro-influencers, who want to collaborate with us to promote the Brüush Toothbrush. We continue to engage with our top performing influencers to turn them into a team of loyal brand ambassadors that we can leverage as we introduce new products to market.

 

Media exposure has also proven to be successful in terms of building the brand by way of creative pitching and tactical product seeding, often to existing relationships with commerce editors. In 2021, the Company received over 200 brand-elevating press placements, the majority of which were earned (unpaid), including coverage in Allure Magazine, New York Times, Vogue, Refinery29, The Wall Street Journal, Essence and Rolling Stone Magazine. Having these notable publications backlink our website not only improved search engine optimization, but also generated a rise in key performance indicators on our site for up to 48 hours after new placements. When we engage in paid placements, it is mainly focused in the affiliate channel, where we typically provide a small commission on sales that are generated by a publication covering our product. Even in this capacity, an editor typically chooses among several different electric toothbrushes, whereby the Brüush Toothbrush would need to be deemed the strongest before they would cover or advocate for our brand.

 

Partnership with Kevin Hart

 

On November 23, 2020, the Company announced that award-winning comedian and actor, Kevin Hart, had joined as a partner and celebrity endorser. With Kevin Hart’s authentic love for the product, wide demographic appeal and natural alignment with our brand, the partnership is aimed at shaking up the all-too-often humorless, ignorable oral care category by utilizing Mr. Hart’s talents in campaigns, content and social media.

 

Pursuant to the endorsement agreement between the Company and K. Hart Enterprises, Inc., the Company agreed to compensate K. Hart Enterprises through a combination of (i) cash payable in two installments of $750,000 for a total amount of $1,500,000; (ii) royalty payments of three percent based on gross revenues received by the Company during the term of the agreement from the sales of any Brüush products or subscriptions; and (iii) stock options to purchase 309,498 Class B common shares of the Company. Kevin Hart’s deliverables consist of a range of promotional activities including a production day to create comedic videos, appearances, media interviews and social ambassadorship of the Company to his 143 million Instagram followers. The initial two-year term of the endorsement agreement commenced on November 23, 2020 and ends on November 23, 2022, and may be extended for up to two additional years, if mutually agreed upon. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the endorsement agreement.

 

39

 

 

Growth Strategy

 

Our mission is to disrupt the oral care industry by reducing the barriers between consumers and access to premium oral care products. We currently have over 28,000 Active Subscriptions in our program and plan to grow by continuing to pursue the following key growth strategies:

 

Scale e-commerce sales

 

To ensure a steady build of awareness and conversion, the Company employs an active digital advertising strategy with a focus on delivering brand and direct response creative throughout Facebook, Instagram and Google, among other digital channels. With a focus on driving qualified traffic to the website and increasing conversion, this approach allows us to learn, optimize and evolve. We see significant opportunity to continue increasing overall demand and improving conversion at every touchpoint across our subscriber acquisition funnel and plan to test new paid social channels that we have already seen success in from an organic perspective, in addition to scaling other paid media channels such as radio and podcast. Additionally, we will continue to drive brand awareness through top-of-funnel social media campaigns, influencer collaborations, public relations initiatives and affiliate partnerships. We will keep differentiating from the competition and build a strong foundation that binds all brand activations.

 

Expand distribution channels

 

Although our focus is scaling our e-commerce business, we will also look to increase awareness by expanding into new distribution channels through partnerships with other millennial-focused brands, brick-and-mortar retailers (both in-store and online) and dental practices. The focus of any new partnership will be to reach new consumers without compromising our brand identity and maintaining the premium nature of our brand. Additionally, we currently sell our products in the United States and Canada, which are very competitive markets for oral care. We will evaluate expanding our sales to other less competitive countries in the future.

 

Introduce new products

 

Later this calendar year, the Company plans to launch a set of auxiliary oral care products including four consumable products (the “Consumables”): toothpaste, mouthwash, dental floss and a whitening pen, in addition to an electric toothbrush designed for kids. We have already finalized the formulas for each of the Consumables, as well as the form, type and artwork for the packaging. The last step before production of the Consumables is to await the results of stability and compatibility testing with the packaging and formula, which is expected to be completed this summer. Of the Consumables, only the toothpaste is subject to registration with the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). Mouthwash, dental floss and whitening pen are categorized as cosmetic products, which do not require FDA approval.

 

The introduction of the new oral care products provides an opportunity for us to continue to increase touch points through our retention funnel, deepen our relationship with our existing subscribers, increase our average order value and grow our monthly recurring revenue. We are currently evaluating additional products that we intend to launch in 2023 and beyond, as our long-term goal is to “own the bathroom”. All new products will be high quality and deliver a similar premium experience to the Brüush Toothbrush.

 

Grow the team

 

With team members in Toronto, Ontario and Vancouver, British Columbia, the Company has seven employees under contract, which does not include consultants or board members. We have a strong management team in place and will focus on growing the team as we scale the business.

 

Regulatory Environment

 

In the United States, powered toothbrushes, such as the Brüush Toothbrush and the new electric brush designed for kids that we will be releasing, are regulated as a Class I device by the FDA, Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and other regulatory authorities (regulation number: 872.6865 and product code: JEQ). The FDA has exempted almost all Class I devices (with the exception of reserved devices) from the premarket notification requirement. The Brüush Toothbrush falls under the exemption and therefore the Company is not required to submit a premarket notification application or obtain FDA clearance before marketing the product in the U.S., however, the Company is required to register its establishment with the FDA. The Company’s annual renewal for the medical device establishment has been successfully completed for 2022 (registration number: 3014925406 and owner operator number: 10058820).

 

Of the Consumables that we will be launching later this year, only the toothpaste is subject to registration with the FDA. Mouthwash, dental floss and the whitening pen are all categorized as cosmetic products, which do not require FDA authorization. Our toothpaste will be classified as an over-the-counter (“OTC”) drug product, which is subject to the FDA OTC drug regulatory requirements due to the inclusion of sodium fluoride as an active ingredient. Third-party manufacturing facilities for OTC drug products must comply with the FDA’s drug Good Manufacturing Practices (GMPs) that require them to maintain, among other things, good manufacturing processes, including stringent vendor qualifications, ingredient identification, manufacturing controls and record keeping. The third-party manufacturer of our toothpaste located in Canada is registered with the FDA and in full compliance with the FDA’s GMPs, as they already produce a range of OTC toothpastes that are currently selling in the United States.

 

As an OTC drug product, our toothpaste will be permitted to be produced and marketed without prior approval from FDA, but it must comply with the monograph for OTC anticaries drug products, which regulate its formulation, packaging and indications by establishing acceptable active ingredients, labelling requirements and product claims that are generally recognized as safe and effective. If our toothpaste is not in compliance with the applicable FDA monograph for OTC anticaries drug products, we may be required to stop making claims or stop selling the product until we are able to obtain the requisite FDA approvals. Based on separate assessments conducted by our team, manufacturing partner in Canada and third-party regulatory advisors, we are confident that our toothpaste will comply with FDA OTC drug regulatory requirements.

 

In Canada, electronic toothbrushes are a Class II device and require ISO 13485:2016 with Medical Device Single Audit Program (MDSAP) certification through a recognized registrar, in addition to a Medical Device License application. To facilitate the possibility of Canadian-based warehousing and fulfilment, we are currently working towards ISO 13485:2016 certification and expect to obtain it, as well as receive the Medical Device License, this year. For Canada, our toothpaste will require a Natural Product Number (“NPN”) and bilingual packaging. Getting an NPN requires pre-market approval from Health Canada, which can take at least 60 days from the submission date. We do not anticipate any issues receiving Health Canada approval, since the formula and the OTC ingredients are in the prescribed levels in the monograph and all packaging will follow Canadian labelling, requirements. Additionally, the third-party manufacturer of our toothpaste is located in Canada, registered with Health Canada, and already produces a range of OTC toothpastes that are currently selling in the Canadian market.

 

40

 

 

Intellectual Property

 

The Company has a registered United States design patent for the ornamental and industrial design for the manufacture of The Brüush Toothbrush, which expires on November 19, 2034. We also have a similar industrial design registration for The Brüush Toothbrush in Canada that expires on December 13, 2028. We do not intend to file any new patents as it relates to the new products that we will be launching later this year. Additionally, the Company retains trademarks in the United States, Canada, Australia, United Kingdom and the European Union for our name and symbol “BRÜUSH”.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise from time to time that may harm our business.

 

There are no material proceedings to which any director or officer is a party that is adverse to the Company or has a material interest adverse to the Company. We do not believe that any lawsuit filed to date is material or would have a material adverse impact on our Company. No director or executive officer has been a director or executive officer of any business which has filed a bankruptcy petition or had a bankruptcy petition filed against it during the past ten years. No current director or executive officer has been convicted of a criminal offense or is the subject of a pending criminal proceeding during the past ten years. No current director or executive officer has been the subject of any order, judgment or decree of any court permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities during the past ten years. No current director or officer has been found by a court to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law during the past ten years.

 

Corporate Information

 

The Company’s principal office is located at 128 West Hastings Street, Unit 210, Vancouver, BC V6B 1G8. Our telephone number is (844) 427-8774 and website address is www.bruush.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our securities.

 

41

 

 

Management

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus:

 

Name   Age   Position
Executive Officers        
Aneil Manhas   38   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
Matthew Kavanagh   38   Chief Financial Officer
Alan MacNevin   46   Chief Operating Officer
         
Non-Executive Directors        
Kia Besharat   39   Director
Dr. Robert Ward   38   Director Nominee

Brett Yormark

  55   Director Nominee

 

Executive Officers

 

Aneil Manhas, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

 

Aneil Manhas, the founder of the Company, has served as Chief Executive Officer since inception in 2018. Mr. Manhas has a career spanning over 15 years working in the financial services industry and in CEO positions of his previous companies.

 

Recently, he was CEO of Surface 604 from 2015 until 2019, an electric bike company that he founded and grew to be one of North America’s leading e-bike brands. During the same period, he was also President and CEO of GVA Brands / Rosso Sports from 2014 until 2019, a company he purchased and transformed into Canada’s leader in entry-level powersports.

 

Mr. Manhas previously worked at Credit Suisse in Los Angeles, California for two years as an Investment Banking Analyst before joining Onex Corporation in Toronto, Ontario as a member of the investment team for five years, evaluating and executing large private equity transactions across multiple industries.

 

Aneil holds an Honors Business Administration (HBA) from the Richard Ivey School of Business at the University of Western Ontario.

 

Matthew Kavanagh, Chief Financial Officer

 

Matthew Kavanagh joined the Company in February 2022 as Chief Financial Officer to direct and oversee the Company’s finance department. Mr. Kavanagh has over 15 years of experience in a variety of leadership, managerial, financial, accounting, regulatory compliance, assurance, tax and advisory areas.

 

From 2017 to 2021, prior to joining the Company, Mr. Kavanagh was Vice President of Finance for Zenabis Global Inc., where he established the finance department from the ground up to manage all accounting, inventory costing, finance, reporting, budgeting, tax and payroll functions. Mr. Kavanagh led the finance department though the reverse take-over of Bevo Agro Inc. (TSX-V: BEVO) and subsequent up listing from the TSX Venture Exchange to the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX: ZENA).

 

Prior to Zenabis, Mr. Kavanagh was an Assurance and Advisory Manager at Deloitte LLP in Vancouver, British Columbia and BDO USA, LLP in Madison, Wisconsin from 2014 to 2017, and previously, was a Senior Accountant in Madison, Wisconsin from 2011 to 2014.

 

Mr. Kavanagh holds both a Bachelor of Accounting and Financial Management, as well as a Master of Accounting from the University of Waterloo.

 

Alan MacNevin, Chief Operating Officer

 

Alan MacNevin joined the Company in June 2022 as Chief Operating Officer and leads the Company across all aspects of operations, driving strategic growth by directing and overseeing the scale of digital commerce, execution of strategic partnerships, launch of new products and expansion into new geographical markets. Mr. MacNevin has over 20 years of experience in executive-level positions managing large teams globally, while leading the growth at start-up e-commerce and subscription-based businesses and building them into category leaders.

 

Mr. MacNevin joins the Company from Rakuten Kobo, where over the past ten years he has held various executive positions including Chief Revenue Officer (2014-2015), Chief Marketing Officer (2015-2019), and most recently, Chief Operating Officer (2019-2022), where he managed the day-to-day global operations of the company. Driving growth, profitability and international expansion, Mr. MacNevin played a key role in Kobo’s emergence as a dominant player in the eReading industry.

 

Prior to joining Rakuten Kobo, Mr. MacNevin was a member of the executive team at Sirius Satellite Radio for six years from 2005 to 2011. At Sirius, Mr. MacNevin led the subscriber management team as the company grew from inception to over two million subscribers before it merged with XM Canada in 2011. Mr. MacNevin has also held senior marketing and operational roles at the Canadian Broadcasting Company, Chapters-Indigo Online and Bell Mobility.

 

42

 

 

Non-Executive Directors

 

Kia Besharat, Director

 

Kia Besharat has over 15 years of extensive founder, private equity, investment banking and directorship experience. As Senior Managing Director and Head of Capital Markets Origination at Gravitas Securities Inc., Mr. Besharat leads the advisory, restructuring, corporate finance and mergers and acquisitions mandates across the firm’s platform with a recent focus on the following industry groups: consumer/retail, natural resources, internet/new media, technology and healthcare.

 

Since joining the firm in 2016, he has played a pivotal role in establishing Gravitas Securities Inc. as one of the top independent investment banks in Canada. At Gravitas Securities Inc., his transactions have totaled more than $1 billion and in aggregate of more than $4 billion over the span of his career. Since 2020, Mr. Besharat has been a founder and Director of EMERGE Commerce Ltd. (TSXV: ECOM), a disciplined, diversified, rapidly growing acquirer and operator of direct-to-consumer e-commerce brands across North America. He has also been a founder and Director of Mednow Inc. (TSXV: MNOW) since 2020, a healthcare technology company offering virtual access with exceptional care. as well as a Director of Gravitas II Capital Corp. (TSXV: GII.P).

 

Mr. Besharat holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from McGill University, as well as a Master of Science degree (specializing in Finance and Investment) from the University of Edinburgh.

 

Dr. Robert Ward, Director Nominee

 

Dr. Robert Ward is a Certified Specialist in Orthodontics licensed in the provinces of Manitoba and Alberta, where he maintains a private practice. He is also the CEO of XerosGuard, a company that he founded in 2018 and offers dentists a revolutionary product that maintains intra-oral isolation and moisture control while a patient occludes their teeth.

 

Previously, from 2016-2019, Dr. Ward’s ownership group successfully acquired and green-fielded 11 dental and orthodontic offices in Central Canada and proceeded to have a successful exit in the summer of 2019. This sale is widely believed to be one of the largest transactions in the space in Canadian history. Dr. Ward is passionate about innovative, cutting-edge techniques and technologies to provide the highest level of care to patients. This keen interest has led to his involvement in several intellectual property-focused dental start-up businesses and he currently holds three dental-related patents in the United States.

 

Dr. Ward attended the University of Manitoba and holds a Bachelor of Science (Biology), Bachelor of Science (Dentistry), Doctor of Medicine in Dentistry and Master of Science in Orthodontics. Dr. Ward is involved with several continuing education and professional organizations, including the Canadian Association of Orthodontists and American Association of Orthodontists. He also maintains a part-time professor position in the College of Dentistry at University of Manitoba in Orthodontics.

 

Brett Yormark, Director Nominee

 

In June 2022, Brett Yormark was named the Big 12 Conference’s fifth Commissioner. Previously, since 2019, Mr. Yormark served as the COO of Roc Nation and Co-CEO of Roc Nation Unified. Roc Nation, founded in 2008 by JAY-Z, is a full-service entertainment company supporting a diverse roster of talent through artist management, music publishing, touring, production, strategic brand development and more. The client list includes some of the world’s most recognizable names in the entertainment and sports worlds.

 

Prior to Roc Nation, Mr. Yormark spent 14 years as President and CEO of Brooklyn Sports & Entertainment (BSE) Global, which manages and controls Barclays Center, the Brooklyn Nets and the Nets’ NBA G League team, the Long Island Nets. During his tenure, he also expanded BSE’s venue footprint by leading the renovation, reopening and subsequent operation of NYCB LIVE, home of the Nassau Veterans Memorial Coliseum on Long Island and Manhattan’s iconic Webster Hall. While at BSE Global, Mr. Yormark had oversight for all facets of Barclays Center and NYCB LIVE, including operations, event programming, sales and marketing.

 

Prior to BSE Global, Mr. Yormark worked for NASCAR for six years, where he helped build the stock-car racing company into a major sports property. Mr. Yormark was named the maximum three times to the “Forty Under 40” list by Sports Business Journal and was selected twice to the “40 Under 40” list by Crain’s New York Business. He is also on the board of the City Parks Foundation, the TJ Martell Foundation and NYC & Company.

 

Corporate Governance

 

Director Independence

 

The board of directors has reviewed the independence of directors based on Nasdaq listing standards. Based on this review, the board of directors has determined that Kia Besharat, Dr. Robert Ward and Brett Yormark are independent within the meaning of the Nasdaq rules. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each of these non-employee directors has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence. As required under applicable Nasdaq rules, we anticipate that our independent directors will meet in regularly scheduled executive sessions at which only independent directors are present.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

The board of directors has established an Audit Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and a Compensation Committee. The members of the Audit Committee will be Kia Besharat (Chairman), Dr. Robert Ward and Brett Yormark. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be Kia Besharat (Chairman) and Dr. Robert Ward. The Compensation Committee will be Kia Besharat (Chairman) and Dr. Robert Ward. Each of the directors on the Audit Committee has been determined by our board of directors to be independent.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Audit Committee is governed by a written charter, which is approved and annually adopted by the board of directors. The board of directors has determined that the members of the Audit Committee meet the applicable independence requirements of the SEC and the Nasdaq Stock Market, that all members of the Audit Committee fulfill the requirement of being financially literate and that Kia Besharat is an Audit Committee financial expert as defined under current SEC regulations.

 

The Audit Committee is appointed by the board of directors and is responsible for, among other matters, overseeing the:

 

  integrity of the Company’s financial statements, including its system of internal controls;
     
  Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;
     
  independent auditor’s qualifications and independence;
     
  retention, setting of compensation for, termination and evaluation of the activities of the Company’s independent auditors, subject to any required shareholder approval; and
     
 

performance of the Company’s independent audit function and independent auditors.

 

43

 

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is appointed by the board of directors and is responsible for, among other matters:

 

  reviewing the structure, size and composition of board of directors and making recommendations to the board of directors with regard to any adjustments that are deemed necessary;
     
  identifying candidates for the approval of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board as and when they arise as well as developing plans for succession, in particular, of the chairman and executive officers;
     
  overseeing the annual evaluation of the board of directors of its performance and the performance of other board committees;
     
  retaining, setting compensation and retentions terms for and terminating any search firm to be used to identify candidates; and
     
 

developing and recommending to the board of directors for adoption a set of Corporate Governance Guidelines applicable to the Company and to periodically review the same.

 

Compensation Committee

 

The Compensation Committee is appointed by the board of directors and is responsible for, among other matters:

 

  establishing and periodically reviewing the Company’s compensation programs;
     
  reviewing the performance of directors, officers and employees of the Company who are eligible for awards and benefits under any plan or program and adjust compensation arrangements as appropriate based on performance;
     
  reviewing and monitoring management development and succession plans and activities;
     
  reporting on compensation arrangements and incentive grants to the board of directors;
     
  retaining, setting compensation and retention terms for, and terminating any consultants, legal counsel or other advisors that the Compensation Committee determines to employ to assist it in the performance of its duties; and
     
  preparing any Compensation Committee report included in our annual proxy statement.

 

Risk Oversight

 

Our board of directors oversees a company-wide approach to risk management. Our board of directors determines the appropriate risk level for us generally, assess the specific risks faced by us and review the steps taken by management to manage those risks. While our board of directors will have ultimate oversight responsibility for the risk management process, its committees will oversee risk in certain specified areas.

 

Specifically, our compensation committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements, and the incentives created by the compensation awards it administers. Our audit committee oversees management of enterprise risks and financial risks, as well as potential conflicts of interests. Our board of directors is responsible for overseeing the management of risks associated with the independence of our board of directors.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

Our board of directors adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees. A copy of this code is available on our website. We intend to disclose on our website any amendments to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and any waivers of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that apply to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller or persons performing similar functions.

 

44

 

 

Family Relationships

 

There are no family relationships among our directors and/or executive officers.

 

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

To the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers has, during the past 10 years, been involved in any legal proceedings described in subparagraph (f) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K that are material to an evaluation of the ability or integrity of any director or executive officer of the Company.

 

Equity Compensation Plan

 

On June 30, 2022, our board of directors approved an Omnibus Securities and Incentive Plan effective June 29, 2022, replacing the Stock Option Plan previously approved on August 6, 2021. We plan to grant awards under this new plan, See “Executive and Director Compensation – Stock Option and Other Incentive Plans” for a description of the 2022 plan.

 

Board Diversity

 

While we do not have a formal policy on diversity, our board of directors considers diversity to include the skill set, background, reputation, type and length of business experience of our board members as well as a particular nominee’s contributions to that mix. Our board of directors believes that diversity promotes a variety of ideas, judgments and considerations to the benefit of our Company and shareholders.

 

On August 6, 2021, the Securities and Exchange Commission approved a proposed rule from Nasdaq on diversity of boards of directors of companies listed on Nasdaq. Under the rule as approved, “foreign private issuers” can meet the diversity requirement with either two female directors or one female director and one director who is an underrepresented individual based on national, racial, ethnic, indigenous, cultural, religious or linguistic identity in its home country or LGBTQ+. Companies with five or fewer directors can meet the requirement by having at least one director who meets the definition of “diverse” under the new rule. The requirements will become effective from August 7, 2023.

 

45

 

 

Executive and Director Compensation

 

The following information is related to the compensation paid, distributed or accrued by us for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2021 and January 31, 2021 for our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) serving during the year ended October 31, 2021 and the other most highly compensated executive officer serving at January 31, 2021 whose total compensation exceeded $100,000 (the “Named Executive Officers”).

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Compensation

 

The following table sets out the compensation paid to the individuals in U.S. dollars who were Named Executive Officers during the years ended October 31, 2021 and January 31, 2021.

 

Name and Principal Position  Year ended  (Salary $)  

(Stock-based compensation $)

   (Total $) 
Aneil Manhas, Chief Executive Officer (1)   October 31, 2021  $121,124     $121,124 
   January 31, 2021  $200,717  $

2,527,596

   $2,728,313 
Matthew Kavanagh, Chief Financial Officer (2)   October 31, 2021               
   January 31, 2021               
Alan MacNevin, Chief Operating Officer (3)   October 31, 2021               
   January 31, 2021               

 

(1) Mr. Manhas has served as Chief Executive Officer of the Company since inception in 2018. Pursuant to his employment agreement with the Company dated July 28, 2022, his compensation includes: (i) an annual salary of $400,000; and (ii) an annual cash bonus equal to the higher of an amount determined by the board of directors or 1.5% of the Company’s total gross revenues for the Company’s fiscal year ending October 31st of each year. If Mr. Manhas is terminated without cause, the Company must pay him a severance, in a lump sum upon termination or as and when normal payroll payments are made, in the amount of equal to two years of his then annual salary and the prior year’s cash bonus and retain the benefits as set forth in the Mr. Manhas’ employment agreement for the balance of the term and all outstanding compensation owing as of the termination date.

 

(2) Mr. Kavanagh became the Chief Financial Officer of the Company starting on February 22, 2022. His compensation includes an annual salary of CAD$200,000 and stock options to acquire 150,000 Class B common shares at a strike price of CAD$1.80 per share. The stock options will vest annually in equal increments of 37,500 Class B common shares per year over a four-year term. The Company may at any time terminate Mr. Kavanagh without just cause. If Mr. Kavanagh is terminated without cause, the Company must pay him a lump sum amount equal to one month of his then annual salary. Mr. Kavanagh’s employment agreement also includes a Change of Control provision, whereby a change of control means: (i) the occurrence of or combination of, a sale of shares, amalgamation, merger or other consolidation of the Company to which the beneficial shareholders of the Company prior thereto do not retain more than 50% of the beneficial ownership; (ii) a sale, lease or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the company; and (iii) for greater certainty an initial public offering on a stock exchange shall not be deemed to constitute a change of control. If Mr. Kavanagh is terminated without cause 60 days preceding or 90 days following a change in control, Mr. Kavanagh will be entitled to an amount equal to 25% of his then annual salary. If within 90 days following a change in control, good reason exists (good reason shall mean, unless consented to in writing by Mr. Kavanagh, a material reduction in title, position or responsibilities, or any material reduction in salary), Mr. Kavanagh shall be entitled to terminate employment by giving the Company one month written notice and will be entitled to an amount equal to 25% of his then annual salary.

 

(3) Mr. MacNevin became the Chief Operating Officer of the Company starting on June 6, 2022. His compensation includes an annual salary of CAD$250,000 and stock options to acquire 300,000 Class B common shares at a strike price of CAD$1.80 per share. The stock options will vest annually in equal increments of 75,000 Class B common shares per year over a four-year term. The Company may at any time terminate Mr. MacNevin without just cause. If Mr. MacNevin is terminated without cause in the first year of employment, the Company must pay him a lump sum amount equal to two months of his then annual salary. One month of Mr. MacNevin’s annual salary will be added for each full calendar year he has been working at Company up to a maximum lump sum payment of 12 months of then annual salary.

 

The compensation set out above is based on current conditions in the Company’s industry and on the associated approximate allocation of time for the Named Executive Officers listed above and is subject in future to adjustments based on changing market conditions and corresponding changes to required time commitments. Following the Listing, the Company will review its compensation policies and may adjust them if warranted by factors such as market conditions.

 

Stock Options and Other Incentive Plans

 

On June 30, 2022, our board of directors approved the 2022 Omnibus Securities and Incentive Plan (the “2022 Incentive Plan”) effective June 29, 2022, replacing the Stock Option Plan previously approved on August 6, 2021.

 

The 2022 Incentive Plan was implemented for the purpose granting incentive share options, non-qualified share options, restricted share awards, restricted share unit awards, share appreciation rights, unrestricted share awards (collectively, “Awards”) to incentivize our directors, employees and consultants and the directors, employees and consultants of our subsidiary companies.

 

The board of directors may grant Awards from time to time under the 2022 Incentive Plan to one or more employees, directors or consultants that the Company determines to be eligible for participation in the 2022 Incentive Plan, as the board may determine at its discretion, subject to an aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the 2022 Incentive Plan limited to 20% of the overall outstanding shares of the Company.

 

Class of Share: An Award granted under the 2022 Incentive Plan entitles the option holder, subject to the satisfaction, waiver or acceleration of specific exercise conditions, to subscribe for shares of Common Stock.

 

Adjustment of Award: In the event there is any variation in our share capital that affects the value of the options, adjustments to the number and purchase price of shares subject to each Award in accordance with the plan. Any adjustment to an incentive share option shall comply with the requirements of Section 424(a) of the Code and any adjustment to a non-qualified share option shall comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

Transferability: No Award under the 2022 Incentive Plan may be assigned, transferred, sold, exchanged, encumbered, pledged or otherwise hypothecated or disposed of by the holder (other than in the case of an assignment to personal representatives upon death or the by gift to any family member (as defined in the 2022 Incentive Plan).

 

Amendment: The 2022 Incentive Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date on which it is adopted by the board of directors. The board of directors in its discretion may terminate the 2022 Incentive Plan at any time with respect to any share for which Awards have not been granted. The board may alter or amend the 2022 Incentive Plan; however, certain changes to the plan will require shareholder approval. No change in any Award granted under the 2022 Incentive Plan may be made that would materially and adversely impair the rights of the holder of the Award without the consent of such holder.

 

Exercise of Options by Directors and Named Executive Officers

 

During the year ended October 31, 2021, none of the Named Executive Officers or directors of the Company were granted options or other rights to acquire securities of the Company.

 

External Management Companies

 

The Company has not entered into any agreement with any external management company that employs or retains one or more of the Named Executive Officers or Directors and, other than as disclosed below, the Company has not entered into any understanding, arrangement or agreement with any external management company to provide executive management services to the Company, directly or indirectly, in respect of which any compensation was paid by the Company.

 

Pension Plan Benefits

 

The Company does not anticipate having any deferred compensation plan or pension plan that provide for payments or benefits at, following or in connection with retirement.

 

Director Compensation

 

Starting July 1, 2020, the Company has paid each of its directors an annual fee of CAD$60,000. Any additional compensation to be paid to the executive officers and directors of the Company after the date of Listing will be determined by the board of directors.

 

46

 

 

Principal Shareholders

 

Except as specifically noted, the following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our shares of our capital stock of:

 

  each of our directors and executive officers; and
     
  each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our capital stock on an as-converted basis.

 

The calculations in the table below are based on 7,130,222.50 Class B shares and 6,824,126 Class A shares issued and outstanding as of July 21, 2022.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion of any other security. These shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Bruush Oral Care Inc., 128 West Hastings Street, Unit 210, Vancouver, BC V6B 1G8, Canada.

 

   Class A Shares
Beneficially Owned (1)(2)
   Class B Shares
Beneficially Owned (1)(2)
 
Name of Beneficial Owner  Number   Percentage   Number   Percentage 
Greater than 5% Stockholders                    
Aneil Manhas (3)    3,333,214      48.84 %       
Yaletown Bros Ventures Ltd. (4)   1,657,580    24.29%       
Prodigy Capital Corp.             734,382     10.30% 
                     
Executive Officers and Directors                    
Aneil Manhas   

3,333,214

    

48.84

%   

    

Kia Besharat (5)           734,382

    10.30

%
Dr. Robert Ward (6)             92,134    1.29%
All executive officers and directors as a group    3,333,214      48.84 %   826,516    11.59%

 

 

(1) Figures are rounded to the nearest hundredth of a percent.

(2) Holders of Class A stock are entitled to cast one vote for each share held of the Class A stock on all matters presented to the stockholders of the Company for stockholder vote. Class B shares are non-voting shares. See “Description of Securities”.

(3) Aneil Manhas is the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Company.

(4) Yaletown Bros Ventures Ltd. is jointly owned by Matthew Friesen and Bradley Friesen.

(5) Prodigy Capital Corp. is owned by Kia Besharat, a non-executive director.

(6) Shares are held in Ward Dental Corp. which is owned by Dr. Robert Ward, a non-executive director.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

 

The following table sets forth information as of July 21, 2022 with respect to our compensation plans under which equity securities may be issued.

 

Plan Category 

Number of Securities to be Issued upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights

  

Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights

  

Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in Column (a))

 
  

(a)

  

(b)

   (c) 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:            
Stock options   859,498   $1.80 CAD      
Restricted stock units   

1,900,000

    

-

      
Total   2,759,498         275,341 

 

47

 

 

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions

 

The following includes a summary of transactions since February 1, 2019 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described under “Executive and Director Compensation.” We also describe below certain other transactions with our directors, executive officers and stockholders.

 

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2021, we did not pay any share-based compensation. For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021, we paid share-based compensation in the amount of $2,527,596 to the Chief Executive Officer consisting of 2,381,346 Class A common shares.

 

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2021, we had accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the amount of $139,312 to the Chief Executive Officer. For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2021, we had accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the amount of $Nil to the Chief Executive Officer.

 

48

 

 

Description of Securities

 

Units

 

We are offering Units in this offering. Each Unit consists of one share of our Common Stock and one Warrant to purchase one share of our Common Stock. Units will not be certificated and the shares of our Common Stock and the Warrants that comprise the Units are immediately separable. We are also registering the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. You should review the form of Warrant, each filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the Warrants.

 

Pre-funded Units

 

We are offering the Pre-funded Units at a price equal to the price per Unit, minus $0.001, and the exercise price of each Pre-funded Warrant included in the Pre-funded Unit will be $0.001 per share of Common Stock. Each Pre-funded Unit consists of one Pre-funded Warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock and one Warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock. The Pre-funded Warrants and Warrants may be transferred separately immediately upon issuance.

 

Class A Voting Common Shares

 

The holders of Class A shares are entitled to one vote in respect of each Class A share held. The holders of the Class A shares are entitled, out of any or all profits or surplus available for dividends, to receive, when, as and if declared by the directors, those dividends as may be declared from time to time in respect of the Class A shares. No dividends may be declared on the Class A shares unless dividends of an equivalent amount per share are also declared on the Class B shares. The Class A shares are not redeemable or retractable.

 

Class B Non-Voting Common Shares

 

The holders of Class B shares do not have any voting rights for the election of directors or for any other purpose and will not be entitled to receive any notice of, or to attend, any meeting of the shareholders of Company. The holders Class B shares will be entitled, out of any or all profits or surplus available for dividends, to receive when, as and if declared by the directors, those dividends as may be declared from time to time in respect of the Class B Shares. No dividends may be declared on the Class B shares unless dividends of an equivalent amount per share are also declared on the Class A shares. The Class B shares are not redeemable or retractable.

 

Conversion of Class A Shares and Class B Shares into Shares of Common Stock

 

Prior to the offering, all outstanding shares of our Class A shares and Class B shares were converted into shares of Common Stock at a conversion ratio of 1:1.

 

Common Stock

 

The following is a description of our common stock and the material provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

 

All of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. Shares of our Common Stock are issuable in registered form and are issued when registered in our register of members. Holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to one vote in respect of each share held. The holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled, out of any or all profits or surplus available for dividends, to receive, when, as and if declared by the directors, those dividends as may be declared from time to time in respect of shares of Common Stock. Shares of Common Stock are not redeemable or retractable Unless the board of directors determine otherwise, each holder of shares of Common Stock will not receive a certificate evidencing such shares. Holders of shares of Common Stock who are non-residents of British Columbia may freely hold and vote their shares.

 

We are authorized to issue an unlimited amount of common shares with no par value per share. Subject to the provisions of the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (“Business Corporations Act”) and our articles regarding redemption and purchase of the shares, the directors have general and unconditional authority to allot (with or without confirming rights of renunciation), grant options over or otherwise deal with any unissued shares to such persons, at such times and on such terms and conditions as they may decide. Such authority could be exercised by the directors to allot shares which carry rights and privileges that are preferential to the rights attaching to common shares. No share may be issued at a discount except in accordance with the provisions of the Business Corporations Act. The directors may refuse to accept any application for shares and may accept any application in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason.

 

After conversion of the Class A and Class B shares into shares of Common Stock at their respective conversion ratios and prior to the offering, the Company effected a 3.86:1 reverse stock split, resulting in 3,615,116 shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the offering.

 

Warrants included in the Units and Pre-funded Units

 

Overview. The following summary of certain terms and provisions of the Warrants offered hereby is not complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the provisions of the warrant agent agreement (the “Warrant Agent Agreement”) between us and Endeavor Trust Corporation (the “Warrant Agent”), and the form of Warrant, both of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Prospective investors should carefully review the terms and provisions set forth in the Warrant Agent Agreement, including the annexes thereto, and form of Warrant.

 

49

 

 

Exercisability. The Warrants are exercisable at any time after their original issuance and at any time up to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, five years after the closing of this offering. The Warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the Warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the Warrant Agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the Warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of Warrants being exercised. Under the terms of the Warrant Agreement, we must use our best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement and current prospectus relating to shares of our Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants until the expiration of the Warrants. If we fail to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement and current prospectus relating to the Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, the holders of the Warrants shall have the right to exercise the Warrants solely via a cashless exercise feature provided for in the Warrants, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and current prospectus.

 

Exercise Price. Each Warrant is exercisable for one share of Common Stock at a price equal to $6.20 per share (equal to 100% of the initial public offering price per Unit). The exercise price is subject to adjustment in the event of certain stock dividends and distributions, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications or similar events affecting shares of Common Stock and also upon any distributions of assets, including cash, stock or other property to our shareholders. Subject to certain exemptions outlined in the Warrant, for a period commencing on the date the Warrants are issued to the later of: (i) two years from the date of issuance of the Warrant, or (ii) on the date no Qualified Holders hold any Warrants, if we sell, enter into an agreement to sell, or grant any option to purchase, or sell, enter into an agreement to sell, or grant any right to reprice, or otherwise dispose of or issue (or announce any offer, sale, grant or any option to purchase or other disposition) any shares of Common Stock or a security convertible into shares of Common Stock, at an effective price per share less than the exercise price of the Warrant then in effect (each a “Dilutive Issuance”), the exercise price of the Warrant shall be reduced to equal the effective price per share in such Dilutive Issuance; provided, however, that in no event shall the exercise price of the Warrant be reduced to an exercise price lower than 50% of initial public offering price per Unit.

 

On the date that is 90 calendar days immediately following the initial issuance date of the Warrants, the exercise price of the Warrants will be reduced to the Reset Price, provided that the Reset Price is less than the exercise price in effect on that date. The Reset Price is equal to the greater of (a) 50% of the Initial Exercise Price of the Warrants on the issuance date or (b) 100% of the lowest daily volume weighted average price per share of Common Stock occurring during the 90 calendar days following the issuance date of the Warrants. The lowest Reset Price is $3.10 per share of Common Stock, which is 50% of the initial public offering price per Unit, based on an assumed public offering price of $6.20 per Unit, the midpoint of the price range of the Units.

 

The term “Qualified Holder” means each holder of Warrants that purchases at least 80,646 Warrants (based on an assumed public offering price of $6.20 per Unit, the midpoint of the price range of the Units) in connection with this offering and the term “Qualified Warrants” means at least 80,646 Warrants purchased in connection with the offering by any Warrant holder, including each beneficial holder of the Warrants, taken together with all affiliates of such Warrant holder and/or beneficial holder.

 

Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued upon exercise of the Warrants. If, upon exercise of the Warrant, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, pay a cash adjustment in respect of such fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the exercise price. If multiple Warrants are exercised by the holder at the same time, we shall pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the exercise price.

 

Transferability. Subject to applicable laws, the Warrants may be offered for sale, sold, transferred or assigned without our consent.

 

Redemption. If shares of Common Stock trade at a price of at least 200% of the exercise price for 30 consecutive trading days, the Company may, at its option, redeem the Warrants.

 

Listing. We have applied to list our Warrants on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BRSHW.” No assurance can be given that our listing application will be approved.

 

Global Certificate. The Warrants will be issued in registered form under a Warrant Agent Agreement between the Warrant Agent and us. The Warrants shall initially be represented only by one or more global warrants deposited with the Warrant Agent, as custodian on behalf of The Depository Trust Company (DTC) and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, or as otherwise directed by DTC.

 

Fundamental Transactions. In the event of a fundamental transaction, as described in the Warrants and generally including any reorganization, recapitalization or reclassification of our Common Stock, the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our properties or assets, our consolidation or merger with or into another person, the acquisition of more than 50% of our outstanding Common Stock or any person or group becoming the beneficial owner of 50% of the voting power represented by our outstanding Common Stock, the holders of the Warrants will be entitled to receive the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that the holders would have received had they exercised the Warrants immediately prior to such fundamental transaction. The holders of the Warrants may also require us or any successor entity to purchase the Warrants from the holders by paying to the holder an amount in cash (or other types or form of consideration in special circumstances listed in the Warrant) equal to the Black Scholes value of the remaining unexercised portion of the Warrant on the date of the fundamental transaction.

 

Home Country Practice. For so long as any of the Warrants remains outstanding, the Company will elect to follow home country practice in lieu of any rules and regulations of the trading market that would limit the Company’s ability to effect the provisions of the Warrants, including but not limited to shareholder approval rules related to the issuance of securities or adjustment of terms of this Warrant for the benefit of warrant holders.

 

Rights as a Stockholder. The Warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of Common Stock or any voting rights until they exercise their Warrants and receive shares of Common Stock. After the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

 

Governing Law. The Warrants and the Warrant Agent Agreement are governed by the law of the State of New York.

 

Pre-funded Warrants Included in the Pre-funded Units

 

The following summary of certain terms and provisions of the Pre-funded Warrants offered hereby is not complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the provisions of the warrant agent agreement between us and Endeavor Trust Corporation, as warrant agent, and the form of Pre-funded Warrant, both of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Prospective investors should carefully review the terms and provisions set forth in the warrant agent agreement, including the annexes thereto, and form of Pre-funded Warrant.

 

The term “pre-funded” refers to the fact that the purchase price of our shares of Common Stock in this offering includes almost the entire exercise price that will be paid under the Pre-funded Warrants, except for a nominal remaining exercise price of $0.001. The purpose of the Pre-funded Warrants is to enable investors that may have restrictions on their ability to beneficially own more than 4.99% (or, upon election of the holder, 9.99%) of our outstanding shares of Common Stock following the consummation of this offering the opportunity to make an investment in the Company without triggering their ownership restrictions, by receiving Pre-funded Warrants in lieu of our shares of Common Stock which would result in such ownership of more than 4.99% (or 9.99%), and receive the ability to exercise their option to purchase the shares underlying the Pre-funded Warrants at such nominal price at a later date.

 

Exercise of Pre-funded Warrants. Each Pre-funded Warrant is exercisable for one share of Common Stock, with an exercise price equal to $0.001 per share of Common Stock, at any time that the Pre-funded Warrant is outstanding. There is no expiration date for the Pre-funded Warrants. The holder of a Pre-funded Warrant will not be deemed a holder of our underlying shares of Common Stock until the Pre-funded Warrant is exercised.

 

Subject to limited exceptions, a holder of Pre-funded Warrants will not have the right to exercise any portion of its Pre-funded Warrants if the holder (together with such holder’s affiliates, and any persons acting as a group together with such holder or any of such holder’s affiliates) would beneficially own a number of shares of Common Stock in excess of 4.99% (or, at the election of the purchaser prior to the date of issuance, 9.99%) of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding after giving effect to such exercise.

 

The exercise price and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Pre-funded Warrants is subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of recapitalization events, stock dividends, stock splits, stock combinations, reclassifications, reorganizations or similar events affecting our shares of Common Stock. The Pre-funded Warrant holders must pay the exercise price in cash upon exercise of the Pre-funded Warrants, unless such Pre-funded Warrant holders are utilizing the cashless exercise provision of the Pre-funded Warrants.

 

Upon the holder’s exercise of a Pre-funded Warrant, we will issue the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Pre-funded Warrant within two trading days following our receipt of a notice of exercise, provided that payment of the exercise price has been made (unless exercised to the extent permitted via the “cashless” exercise provision). Prior to the exercise of any Pre-funded Warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock, holders of the Pre-funded Warrants will not have any of the rights of holders of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise, including the right to vote, except as set forth therein.

 

The Pre-funded Warrant holders must pay the exercise price in cash upon exercise of the Pre-funded Warrants unless there is not an effective registration statement covering the issuance of the shares underlying the Pre-funded Warrants (in which case, the Pre-funded Warrants may only be exercised via a “cashless” exercise provision).

 

The Pre-funded Warrant holder will not have the right to exercise any portion of the Pre-funded Warrant if the holder (together with its affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of 4.99% of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the Pre-funded Warrants. However, any Pre-funded Warrant holder may increase or decrease such percentage to any other percentage not in excess of 9.99%, provided that any increase in such percentage shall not be effective until 61 days following notice from the holder to us.

 

Fundamental Transaction. In the event of a fundamental transaction, as described in the Pre-funded Warrants and generally including any reorganization, recapitalization or reclassification of our shares of Common Stock, the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our properties or assets, our consolidation or merger with or into another person, the acquisition of more than 50% of our outstanding shares of Common Stock, or any person or group becoming the beneficial owner of 50% of the voting power represented by our outstanding shares of Common Stock, the holders of the Pre-funded Warrants will be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Pre-funded Warrants the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that the holders would have received had they exercised the Pre-funded Warrants immediately prior to such fundamental transaction without regard to any limitations on exercised contained in the Pre-funded Warrants.

 

Warrant Agent. The Pre-funded Warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agent agreement between Endeavor Trust Corporation, as warrant agent, and us. The Pre-Funded Warrants shall initially be represented only by one or more global warrants deposited with the warrant agent, as custodian on behalf of DTC, and registered in the name of Cede & Co., a nominee of DTC, or as otherwise directed by DTC.

 

Exchange Listing. We do not intend to apply to list the Pre-funded Warrants on any securities exchange or other trading system.

 

Additional Warrants

 

Until the later of (a) two years after the date the Warrants are issued or (b) the date no Qualified Holders (as defined below) hold any Warrants, in the event of a reduction of the exercise price of the Warrants, in aggregate, to 50% of the Initial Exercise Price as a result of a Dilutive Issuance, then in connection with such reduction, each Qualified Holder will receive two warrants (“Additional Warrants”) for each one Qualified Warrant held by such holder on the date of such reduction. The maximum number of Warrants subject to such adjustment by a given Qualified Holder will be limited to the number of Warrants purchased by such Qualified Holder in connection with this offering. Qualified Holders will receive Additional Warrants as a result of the Reset Price if the Reset Price is equal to 50% of the Initial Exercise Price.

 

Additional Warrants shall be on substantially the same terms as the as-adjusted Warrant; provided, however, that (i) the term of the Additional Warrants shall be five (5) years from the date they are issued, and (ii) such Additional Warrants will not be tradable warrants and not listed on any securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system.

 

Transfer Agent, Registrar and Warrant Agent

 

Our transfer agent, registrar and warrant agent is Endeavor Trust Corporation located at 702-777 Hornby Street, Vancouver, BC, V6Z 1S4. Their phone number is (604) 559-8880.

 

50

 

 

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

 

Sales of substantial amounts of shares of Common Stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding Warrants, or the anticipation that such sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our securities. Upon completion of this offering, we will have 6,084,252 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding, including the shares issued in this offering, the conversion of Class A and Class B shares into shares of Common Stock and the reverse stock split effected after such conversion and prior to the offering, assuming the exercise of any Pre-funded Warrants and that the underwriter does not exercise its over-allotment option and that the Underwriter’s Warrant and the Warrants are not exercised. All of the shares of Common Stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than by our affiliates.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

We have agreed not to offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, encumber, grant any option for the sale of or otherwise dispose of any shares of our shares of common stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such shares for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days from the closing date of this offering without the prior written consent of the underwriter.

 

In addition, our executive officers, directors, employees and stockholders holding at least 5% of Common Stock outstanding as of the effective date of the registration statement for this offering have agreed not to offer, sell, agree to sell, directly or indirectly, or otherwise dispose of any of such shares for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days from the closing date of this offering (the Lock-Up Period).

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof, beginning 90 days after the date hereof, a person who holds restricted shares (assuming there are any restricted shares) and is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned these restricted shares for at least six months, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of such shares, provided current public information about us is available. In addition, under Rule 144, a person who holds restricted shares in us and is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned these restricted shares for at least one year, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the closing of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available. Beginning 90 days after the date hereof, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months will be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  1% of the number of shares of our Common Stock then issued and outstanding; or
     
  the average weekly trading volume of shares of our Common Stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale; provided that current public information about us is available and the affiliate complies with the manner of sale requirements imposed by Rule 144.

 

Affiliates are also subject to additional restrictions on the manner of sales under Rule 144 and notice filing requirements. We cannot estimate the number of our shares that our existing affiliated or non-affiliated shareholders will elect to sell on the Nasdaq Capital Market following this offering.

 

Regulation S

 

Regulation S under the Securities Act provides that securities owned by any person may be sold without registration in the United States, provided that the sale is affected in an “offshore transaction” and no “directed selling efforts” are made in the United States (as these terms are defined in Regulation S), subject to certain other conditions. In general, this means that our shares may be sold in some manner outside the United States without requiring registration in the United States.

 

Rule 701

 

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory share plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell such shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

 

THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS A GENERAL SUMMARY. IT DOES NOT COVER ALL SHARE TRANSFER RESTRICTION MATTERS THAT MAY BE OF IMPORTANCE TO A PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN LEGAL ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR SECURITIES LAWS AND TRANSFER RESTRICTION CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING, AND DISPOSING OF THE COMMON STOCK AND WARRANTS INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

51

 

 

Certain Material Tax Considerations

 

The following summary contains a description of some of the material Canadian and U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock and warrants.

 

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of purchasing, owing and disposing of shares of our common stock and warrants. This discussion is included for general informational purposes only, does not purport to consider all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that might be relevant to a U.S. Holder, and does not constitute, and is not, a tax opinion for or tax advice to any particular U.S. Holder. The summary does not address any U.S. tax matters other than those specifically discussed. The summary is based on the provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing Treasury Regulations (including temporary regulations) issued thereunder, judicial decisions and administrative rulings and pronouncements and other legal authorities, all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Any such change could alter the tax consequences described herein.

 

The discussion below applies only to U.S Holders holding shares of our common stock and warrants as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment), and does not address the tax consequences that may be relevant to U.S. Holders who, in light of their particular circumstances, may be subject to special tax rules, including without limitation:

 

  insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, brokers or dealers in securities or foreign currencies, banks and other financial institutions, mutual funds, retirement plans, traders in securities that elect to mark-to-market, certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents;
     
  U.S. Holders that are classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as partnerships and other pass-through entities and investors therein;
     
  U.S. Holders who hold shares as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale, conversion, or other integrated or risk-reduction transaction, as “qualified small business stock,” within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Code or as Section 1244 stock for purposes of the Code;
     
  U.S. Holders who hold shares through individual retirement or other tax-deferred accounts;
     
  U.S. Holders that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar;
     
  U.S. Holders who are subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code or the tax on net investment income imposed by Section 1411 of the Code;
     
  U.S. Holders who acquire common stock pursuant to any employee share option or otherwise as compensation;
     
  U.S. Holders required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income with respect to their holding of shares of our common stock as a result of such income being recognized on an applicable financial statement; or
     
  U.S. Holders who hold or held, directly or indirectly, or are treated as holding or having held under applicable constructive attribution rules, 10% or more of our shares, measured by voting power or value.

 

Any such U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors.

 

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” means a holder of shares of our common stock or warrants that is or is treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as (i) an individual citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia or any entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust (A) the administration over which a U.S. court exercises primary supervision and all of the substantial decisions of which one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control, or (B) that has a valid election in effect under the applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person under the Code.

 

52

 

 

If a partnership or other pass-through entity (including any entity or arrangement treated as such for purposes of U.S. federal income tax law) holds our shares, the tax treatment of a partner of such partnership or member of such entity will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and other pass-through entities holding our shares, and any person who is a partner or member of such entities should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of the shares.

 

Tax Treatment of the Pre-Funded Warrants

 

We intend to treat our Pre-funded Warrants as a class of our common stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, our position is not binding on IRS and the IRS may treat the Pre-funded Warrants as warrants to acquire our shares of common stock. Accordingly, you should consult your tax adviser regarding the U.S. federal tax consequences of an investment in the pre-funded warrants. The following discussion assumes our Pre-funded Warrants are properly treated as a class of our common stock.

 

Exercise or Expiry of Pre-Funded Warrants and Warrants

 

No gain or loss will be realized on the exercise of a Pre-funded Warrant or Warrant. When a Pre-funded Warrant or Warrant is exercised, the U.S. Holder’s cost of the common share acquired thereby will be equal to the U.S. Holder’s adjusted cost basis of the Pre-funded Warrant and Warrant plus the exercise price paid for the common share. The expiry of an unexercised Pre-funded Warrant and Warrant will generally give rise to a capital loss equal to the adjusted cost basis to the U.S. Holder of the expired Pre-funded Warrant and Warrant. The holding period of the common share acquired thru the exercise of a Pre-Funded Warrant and Warrant includes the holding period of the Pre-funded Warrant and Warrant.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

 

A non-U.S. corporation will be classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, if, in the case of any particular taxable year, either (i) 75% or more of its gross income for such taxable year consists of certain types of “passive” income or (ii) 50% or more of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets) during such taxable year is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, a foreign corporation will be treated as owning its proportionate share of the assets and earning its proportionate share of the income of any other non-U.S. corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, more than 25% (by value) of the stock. In the PFIC analysis, cash is categorized as a passive asset, and the company’s un-booked intangibles associated with active business activities may generally be classified as active assets. Passive income generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and gains from the disposition of passive assets.

 

Based upon its current income and assets and projections as to the value of our shares of common stock, it is not presently expected that we will be classified as a PFIC for the 2022 taxable year or the foreseeable future.

 

The determination of whether we will be or become a PFIC will depend upon the composition of our income (which may differ from our historical results and current projections) and assets and the value of its assets from time to time, including, in particular the value of its goodwill and other unbooked intangibles (which may depend upon the market value of the shares of our common stock from time to time and may be volatile). Among other matters, if our market capitalization is less than anticipated or subsequently declines, we may be classified as a PFIC for the 2022 taxable year, or future taxable years. It is also possible that the IRS may challenge the classification or valuation of our assets, including goodwill and other unbooked intangibles, or the classification of certain amounts received by us, including interest earnings, which may result in our being, or becoming classified as, a PFIC for the 2022 taxable year, or future taxable years.

 

The determination of whether we will be or become a PFIC may also depend, in part, on how, and how quickly, we use liquid assets and the cash proceeds of this offering or otherwise. If we were to retain significant amounts of liquid assets, including cash, the risk of being classified as a PFIC may substantially increase. Because there are uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules and PFIC status is a factual determination made annually after the close of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for the 2022 taxable year or any future taxable year, and no opinion of counsel has or will be provided regarding our classification as a PFIC. If we were classified as a PFIC for any year during which a holder held shares of our common stock, we generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such holder held our shares. The discussion below under “—Dividends Paid on Shares of Common Stock” and “—Sale or Other Disposition of Shares” is written on the basis that we will not be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Dividends Paid on Shares of Common Stock

 

We have never paid dividends with respect to our Common Stock, and have no plan to do so in the foreseeable future. Holders of our Warrants and Pre-Funded Warrants will not be entitled to receive dividends. In the event our dividend policy were to change, the following discussion addresses the U.S. tax consequences of any dividends we might distribute. Subject to the PFIC rules described below, any cash distributions (including constructive distributions) paid with respect to the shares of our common stock out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, will generally be includible in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as dividend income on the day actually or constructively received by the U.S. Holder. Because we do not intend to determine our earnings and profits on the basis of U.S. federal income tax principles, any distribution will generally be treated as a “dividend” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Under current law, a non-corporate recipient of a dividend from a “qualified foreign corporation” will generally be subject to tax on the dividend income at the lower applicable net capital gains rate rather than the marginal tax rates generally applicable to ordinary income, provided certain holding period and other requirements are met.

 

53

 

 

A non-U.S. corporation (other than a corporation that is classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) will generally be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation (i) if it is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and which includes an exchange of information program, or (ii) with respect to any dividend it pays on stock, which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. We believe we are eligible for the benefits of the Convention Between the United States of America and Canada with Respect to Taxes on Income and Capital (or the United States-Canada income tax treaty), which the Secretary of the Treasury of the United States has determined is satisfactory for this purpose and includes an exchange of information program, in which case we would be treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends paid in respect of our shares of common stock. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends in their particular circumstances. Dividends received in respect of our shares of common stock shares will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations.

 

Sale or Other Disposition of Shares

 

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder of our common stock and warrants will generally recognize capital gain or loss, if any, upon the sale or other disposition of common stock and warrants in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized upon such sale or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such shares. Any capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year and will generally be United States source capital gain or loss for United States foreign tax credit purposes. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate taxpayers are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation.

 

Disposition of Foreign Currency

 

U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of receiving, converting or disposing of any non-U.S. currency received as dividends on our common stock.

 

Tax on Net Investment Income

 

U.S. Holders may be subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare tax on some or all of such U.S. Holder’s “net investment income.” Net investment income generally includes income from the shares unless such income is derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). You should consult your tax advisors regarding the effect this tax may have, if any, on your acquisition, ownership or disposition of common stock and warrants.

 

Allocation of Purchase Price and Tax Basis

 

For United States federal income and other applicable tax purposes, each purchaser of Units in this offering must allocate its purchase price between each component (i.e. the shares of Common Stock and Warrants) based on the relative fair market value of each at the time of issuance. These allocated amounts will be the holder’s tax basis in each component. Because each investor must make its own determination of the relative value of each component of the Units, we urge each investor to consult their tax advisor in connection with this analysis.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

 

If we are classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds shares of our Common Stock, unless the holder makes a mark-to-market election (as described below), the holder will, except as discussed below, be subject to special tax rules that have a penalizing effect, regardless of whether we remain a PFIC, on (i) any “excess distribution” that we make to the holder (which generally means any distribution paid during a taxable year to a holder that is greater than 125% of the average annual distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the holder’s holding period for the shares), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition, including, under certain circumstances, a pledge, of shares of our common stock.

 

Under the PFIC rules:

 

  The excess distribution and/or gain will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the common stock;
     
  The amount of the excess distribution or gain allocated to the taxable year of the distribution or disposition and any taxable years in the U.S. Holder’s holding period prior to the first taxable year in which we are classified as a PFIC, or a pre-PFIC year, will be taxable as ordinary income; and
     
  The amount of the excess distribution or gain allocated to each taxable year other than the taxable year of the distribution or disposition or a pre-PFIC year, will be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect applicable to the individuals or corporations, and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

 

54

 

 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds the shares of our common stock and any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries is also a PFIC, such holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC for purposes of the application of these rules. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

 

As an alternative to the foregoing rules, a U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined in the Code and the regulations) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such shares, provided that the shares “regularly traded” (as defined in the Code and the regulations) on a national securities exchange, such as The Nasdaq Capital Market where we have applied for the shares to be listed. No assurances may be given regarding whether shares of our common stock will qualify or, if so qualified, will continue to be qualified, as being “regularly traded” for purposes of the Code and the regulations. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election, such U.S. Holder will generally (i) include as ordinary income, for each taxable year that we are a PFIC, the excess, if any, of the fair market value of common stock held at the end of the taxable year over the adjusted tax basis of such shares and (ii) deduct as an ordinary loss the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of the shares over the fair market value of such shares held at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. The U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the common stock would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss resulting from the mark-to-market election. If a U.S. Holder makes an effective mark-to-market election, in each year that we are a PFIC, any gain recognized upon the sale or other disposition of common stock will be treated as ordinary income and loss will be treated as ordinary loss, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of a mark-to-market election with respect to such shares.

 

If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election in respect of a corporation classified as a PFIC and such corporation ceases to be classified as a PFIC, the holder will not be required to take into account the mark-to-market gain or loss described above during any period that such corporation is not classified as a PFIC.

 

Because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for any lower-tier PFICs that a PFIC may own, a U.S. Holder who makes a mark-to-market election with respect to its holding of shares of our common stock may continue to be subject to the general PFIC rules with respect to such holder’s indirect interest in any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries that is classified as a PFIC.

 

We do not intend to provide information necessary for any U.S. Holder to make a “qualified electing fund” election, which, if available, would result in tax treatment different from the general tax treatment for PFICs described above. However, as described above under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” it is not presently expected that we will be classified as a PFIC for the 2021 taxable year or the foreseeable future.

 

As discussed above under “Dividends Paid on Shares of Common Stock,” dividends paid in respect of shares of our common stock will not be eligible for the reduced tax rate that applies to qualified dividend income if we are classified as a PFIC for either the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year. In addition, if a U.S. Holder owns shares during any taxable year that we are a PFIC, such holder must file an annual information return on Form 8621 with the IRS. Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisor concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of purchasing, holding, and disposing shares of our common stock should we be or become a PFIC, including the possibility of making a mark-to-market election and the unavailability of the qualified electing fund election.

 

Information reporting and backup withholding

 

Certain U.S. Holders are required to report information to the IRS relating to interests in “specified foreign financial assets,” including shares issued by a non-U.S. corporation, for any year in which the aggregate value of all specified foreign financial assets exceeds fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) (or a higher U.S. dollar amount prescribed by the IRS), subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in custodial accounts maintained with a United States financial institution). These rules also impose penalties if a holder is required to submit such information to the IRS and fails to do so.

 

55

 

 

In addition, U.S. Holders may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and backup withholding with respect to dividends on and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock. Information reporting will apply to payments of such dividends and to proceeds from such sale or other disposition by a paying agent within the United States to a holder, other than holders that are exempt from information reporting and properly certify their exemption. A paying agent within the United States will be required to withhold at the applicable statutory rate, currently 20%, in respect of any payments of dividends on, and the proceeds from the disposition of, shares of our common stock within the U.S. to a U.S. Holder (other than holders that are exempt from backup withholding and properly certify their exemption) if the holder fails to furnish its correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with applicable backup withholding requirements. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide a properly completed IRS Form W-9.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. A U.S. Holder generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS in a timely manner and furnishing any required information. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult with its tax advisor regarding the application of the United States information reporting rules to their particular circumstances.

 

This summary is of a general nature only, is not exhaustive of all possible Canadian federal income tax considerations and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any particular Holder. Accordingly, Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to their particular circumstances.

 

Certain Canadian Tax Considerations

 

The following is a summary of the principal Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable to a purchaser who acquires shares pursuant to this offering. This summary applies only to a purchaser who is a beneficial owner shares acquired pursuant to this offering and who, for the purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations thereunder (the “Tax Act”) and at all relevant times: (i) deals at arm’s length with the company and is not affiliated with the company and (ii) holds the shares as capital property (a “Holder”).

 

Shares of our common stock will generally be considered to be capital property of a Holder unless they are held in the course of carrying on a business or were acquired in one or more transactions considered to be an adventure or concern in the nature of trade. A purchaser who is resident in Canada for purposes of the Tax Act and whose shares might not otherwise qualify as capital property may be entitled to make the irrevocable election provided by subsection 39(4) of the Tax Act to have the shares and every other “Canadian security” (as defined in the Tax Act) owned by such purchaser in the taxation year of the election and in all subsequent taxation years deemed to be capital property. Purchasers should consult their own tax advisors for advice as to whether an election under subsection 39(4) of the Tax Act is available and/or advisable in their particular circumstances.

 

This summary is not applicable to a Holder: (i) that is a “financial institution” within the meaning of section 142.2 of the Tax Act; (ii) that is a “specified financial institution” as defined in the Tax Act; (iii) that has made a “functional currency” reporting election under section 261 of the Tax Act to report its “Canadian tax results” in a currency other than Canadian currency; (iv) an interest in which is, or for whom a share would be, a “tax shelter investment” for the purposes of the Tax Act; or (v) that has entered or will enter into a “derivative forward agreement” or “synthetic disposition arrangement”, as those terms are defined in the Tax Act, in respect of the shares. Such Holders should consult their own tax advisors.

 

This summary does not address the possible application of the “foreign affiliate dumping” rules that may be applicable to a Holder that is a corporation resident in Canada (for the purposes of the Tax Act) that is, or that becomes, or does not deal at arm’s length for purposes of the Tax Act with a corporation resident in Canada that is or becomes, as part of a transaction or event or series of transactions or events that includes the acquisition of shares, controlled by a non-resident corporation for purposes of the rules in section 212.3 of the Tax Act.

 

This summary is based upon: (i) the current provisions of the Tax Act in force as of the date hereof; (ii) all specific proposals to amend the Tax Act that have been publicly announced by, or on behalf of, the Minister of Finance (Canada) and published in writing prior to the date hereof (the “Proposed Amendments”); and (iii) counsel’s understanding of the current administrative policies and assessing practices of the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) published in writing and publicly available prior to the date hereof. No assurance can be given that the Proposed Amendments will be enacted or otherwise implemented in their current form, if at all. Other than the Proposed Amendments, this summary does not take into account or anticipate any changes in law, administrative policy or assessing practice, whether by legislative, regulatory, administrative, governmental or judicial decision or action, nor does it take into account the tax laws of any province or territory of Canada or of any jurisdiction outside of Canada.

 

56

 

 

Holders Not Resident in Canada

 

This portion of the summary is generally applicable to a Holder who, at all relevant times, for purposes of the Tax Act: (a) is not, and is not deemed to be, resident in Canada; and (b) does not use or hold the shares in connection with carrying on a business in Canada (a “Non-Resident Holder”). This portion of the summary does not apply to a Holder that carries on, or is deemed to carry on, an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere or that is an “authorized foreign bank” (as defined in the Tax Act) and such Holders should consult their own tax advisors.

 

Dividends

 

Dividends paid or credited (or deemed to be paid or credited) by the Corporation to a Non-Resident Holder will be subject to Canadian withholding tax at the rate of 25%, subject to any reduction in the rate of withholding to which the Non-Resident Holder is entitled under an applicable income tax convention between Canada and the country in which the Non-Resident Holder is resident. For example, where a Non-Resident Holder is a resident of the United States, is fully entitled to the benefits under the Canada-United States Tax Convention (1980), as amended, and is the beneficial owner of the dividend, the applicable rate of Canadian withholding tax is generally reduced to 15%.

 

Dispositions of Shares

 

A Non-Resident Holder will not be subject to tax under the Tax Act in respect of any capital gain realized on a disposition or deemed disposition of a share unless the share is, or is deemed to be, “taxable Canadian property” of the Non-Resident Holder for the purposes of the Tax Act and the Non-Resident Holder is not entitled to an exemption under an applicable income tax convention between Canada and the country in which the Non-Resident Holder is resident.

 

Generally, a share will not constitute taxable Canadian property of a Non-Resident Holder provided that the shares are listed on a “designated stock exchange” for the purposes of the Tax Act (which currently includes the Canadian Securities Exchange), unless at any time during the 60-month period immediately preceding the disposition, (a) at least 25% of the issued shares of any class or series of the capital stock of the company were owned by or belonged to any combination of: (i) the Non-Resident Holder, (ii) persons with whom the Non-Resident Holder did not deal at arm’s length, and (iii) partnerships in which the Non-Resident Holder or a person described in (ii) holds a membership interest directly or indirectly through one or more partnerships; and (b) at such time, more than 50% of the fair market value of such shares was derived, directly or indirectly, from any combination of real or immovable property situated in Canada, “Canadian resource property” (as defined in the Tax Act), “timber resource property” (as defined in the Tax Act), or options in respect of, interests in, or for civil law rights in such properties, whether or not such property exists.

 

If a Non-Resident Holder disposes (or is deemed to have disposed) of a share that is taxable Canadian property of that Non-Resident Holder, and the Non-Resident Holder is not entitled to an exemption under an applicable income tax convention, the consequences described above under the headings “Holders Resident in Canada — Dispositions of Shares” and “Holders Resident in Canada — Taxable Capital Gains and Losses” will generally be applicable to such disposition. Such Non-Resident Holders should consult their own tax advisors.

 

57

 

 

Underwriting

 

We have entered into an underwriting agreement with Aegis Capital Corp., the underwriter of this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriter, and the underwriter has agreed to purchase at the initial public offering price per Unit less the underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of Units set forth opposite its name in the following table:

 

   Number of Units   Number of Pre-Funded Units 
Aegis Capital Corp.          [●] 
           
Total        [●] 

 

The underwriter is committed to purchase all of the Units offered by us, other than those covered by the underwriter’s over-allotment option described below, if they purchase any Units. The obligations of the underwriter may be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the underwriting agreement. Furthermore, pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the underwriter’s obligations are subject to customary conditions, representations, and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, such as receipt by the underwriter of officers’ certificates and legal opinions.

 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriter may be required to make in respect thereof.

 

The underwriter is offering the Units subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel and other conditions specified in the underwriting agreement. The underwriter reserves the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public, and to reject orders in whole or in part.

 

Over-Allotment Option

 

We have granted the underwriter an option, exercisable one or more times in whole or in part, not later than 45 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase from us up to additional 370,370 shares of Common Stock and/or Pre-funded Warrants and/or up to an additional 370,370 Warrants to cover over-allotments, if any. The underwriter may exercise the over-allotment option with respect to shares only, Pre-funded Warrants only, Warrants only, or any combination thereof. The purchase price to be paid per additional share of Common Stock or Pre-funded Warrant will be equal to the public offering price of one Unit or one Pre-funded Unit (less the $0.01 allocated to each Warrant), less the underwriting discount, and the purchase price to be paid per additional Warrant will be $0.01. If any additional shares of Common Stock, Pre-funded Warrants, or Warrants are purchased, the underwriter will offer them on the same terms as those on which shares of Common Stock, Pre-funded Warrants, and Warrants are being offered hereunder. If this option is exercised in full, the total offering price to the public will be $6.20 and the total net proceeds, before expenses and after the deduction of the underwriting discounts and commissions described below, to us will be $16,372,591.

 

Discounts, Commissions, and Reimbursement

 

The following table shows the per Unit and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriter. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional Shares.

 

       Per   Total 
   Per Unit  

Pre-Funded

Unit

  

No

Exercise

  

Full

Exercise(1)

 
Initial Public offering price  $6.2000   $6.1990   $15,308,643   $17,604,937 
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us (7.0%)  $0.4340   $0.4339   $1,071,605   $1,232,346 
Proceeds, before expenses, to us  $5.7660   $5.7651   $14,237,038   $16,372,591 

 

(1) Assumes exercise for Units or Pre-Funded Units only. The underwriter will not receive any discounts or commissions upon exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase Warrants.

 

The underwriter proposes to offer the Units to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. In addition, the underwriter may offer some of the Units to other securities dealers at such price less a concession of $[●] per Unit. If all of the Units offered by us are not sold at the initial public offering price, the underwriter may change the offering price and other selling terms by means of a supplement to this prospectus.

 

58

 

 

We have agreed to pay the underwriter a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 1% of the total gross proceeds of the Offering. We have also agreed to pay all expenses relating to the offering, including: (a) all filing fees and expenses relating to the registration of the securities with the Commission; (b) all fees and expenses relating to the listing of the Units on Nasdaq; (c) all fees associated with the review of the offering by FINRA; (d) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of shares offered under “blue sky” securities laws or the securities laws of foreign jurisdictions designated by the underwriter, including the reasonable fees and expenses of the underwriter’s blue sky counsel; (e) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of the shares under the securities laws of such foreign jurisdictions; (f) the costs of mailing and printing the offering materials; (g) transfer and/or stamp taxes, if any, payable upon our transfer of the shares to the underwriter; and (h) the fees and expenses of our accountants; and (i) actual accountable expenses of the underwriter not to exceed $100,000, which amount includes expenses for the underwriter’s legal counsel and road show expenses.

 

Discretionary Accounts

 

The underwriter does not intend to confirm sales of the securities offered hereby to any accounts over which it has discretionary authority.

 

Underwriter’s Warrants

 

We have agreed to issue to the underwriter (or its designed affiliates) warrants (the “Underwriter’s Warrants”) to purchase shares of Common Stock equal to total of 8% of the shares of the Common Stock underlying the Units sold in this offering. The Underwriter’s Warrants will be non-exercisable for six (6) months after the commencement of sales under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and will expire five (5) years after the commencement of sales. The Underwriter’s Warrants will be exercisable at a price equal to 125% of the public offering price in connection with this offering. The Underwriter’s Warrants shall not be redeemable. The Company shares of Common Stock underlying the Underwriter’s Warrants under the Securities Act in this offering the Underwriter’s Warrants may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days following the commencement of sales under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, except that they may be assigned, in whole or in part, to any officer or partner of the underwriter. The Underwriter’s Warrants may be exercised as to all or a lesser number of shares of Common Stock for a period of five (5) years after the commencement of sales under the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, will provide for cashless exercise in the event an effective registration statement for the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter’s Warrants is not available. The Underwriter’s Warrants shall further provide for anti-dilution protection (adjustment in the number and price of such Warrants and the shares underlying such Warrants) resulting from corporate events (which would include dividends, reorganizations, mergers, etc.) when the public stockholders have been proportionally affected and otherwise in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(vi).

 

Right of First Refusal

 

For the period of fifteen (15) months from after the closing of the offering, we have granted the underwriter a right of first refusal to act as the sole book-runner, sole manager, sole placement agent or sole agent with respect to future public and private equity, equity-linked, convertible or debt securities (excluding commercial bank debt) offerings during such 15-month period of the Company, or any successor to or any subsidiary of the Company.

 

59

 

 

Determination of Offering Price

 

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Accordingly, the public offering price will be negotiated between us and the underwriter. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations are:

 

  the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriter;
  the prospects for our Company and the industry in which we operate;
  an assessment of our management;
  our past and present financial and operating performance;
  our prospects for future earnings;
  financial and operating information and market valuations of publicly traded companies engaged in activities similar to ours;
  the prevailing conditions of United States securities markets at the time of this offering; and
  other factors deemed relevant.

 

Neither we nor the underwriter can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for shares of our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

Our executive officers, directors, employees and stockholders holding at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock have agreed not to, without the prior written consent of the underwriter, directly or indirectly, offer to sell, sell, pledge or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of shares of our common stock (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the transfer or disposition by any person at any time in the future of our common stock, enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of shares of Common Stock, make any demand for or exercise any right or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or any other of our securities or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, subject to customary exceptions, for a period of one hundred eighty180 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Clear Market

 

Without the prior written consent of underwriter, the Company has agreed, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days from the closing date of the offering, that it will not (a) offer, sell, issue, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any equity of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for equity of the Company; (b) file or caused to be filed any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any equity of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for equity of the Company; or (c) enter into any agreement or announce the intention to effect any of the actions described in subsections (a) or (b) hereof (all of such matters, the “Standstill”). So long as none of such equity securities shall be saleable in the public market until the expiration of the one hundred eighty (180) day period described above, the following matters shall not be prohibited by the Standstill: (i) the adoption of an equity incentive plan and the grant of awards or equity pursuant to any equity incentive plan, and the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8; and (ii) the issuance of equity securities in connection with an acquisition or a strategic relationship, which may include the sale of equity securities. In no event should any equity transaction during the Standstill period result in the sale of equity at an offering price to the public less than that of the initial public offering price.

 

Tail Period

 

In the event that this offering is not consummated as contemplated herein, the underwriter will be entitled to receive a cash fee equal to (a) eight percent (8.0%) of the gross proceeds received by the Company from any financing or capital raising transaction and (b) warrants to purchase common stock equal to eight percent (8%) of the number of shares of Common Stock sold in a subsequent offering, to the extent that such proceeds are provided to the Company by any investor directly introduced by the underwriter to the Company during the period beginning on October 1, 2021 and ending on October 1, 2022 or the earlier termination of the engagement (the “Engagement Period”) and transaction is consummated at any time during the Engagement Period or within the five (5) month period following the Engagement Period.

 

60

 

 

Electronic Offer, Sale, and Distribution of Securities

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the underwriter. The underwriter may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriter and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriter and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us, and should not be relied upon by investors.

 

Listing

 

We have applied to list the shares of Common Stock and the Warrants on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbols “BRSH” and “BRSHW”, respectively.

 

Stabilization

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriter may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate-covering transactions, penalty bids, and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.

 

  Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase securities so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the securities while the offering is in progress.
     
  Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriter of securities in excess of the number of securities the underwriter is obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of securities over-allotted by the underwriter is not greater than the number of securities that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of securities involved is greater than the number of securities in the over-allotment option. The underwriter may close out any short position by exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing securities in the open market.
     
  Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of securities in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of securities to close out the short position, the underwriter will consider, among other things, the price of securities available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase securities through exercise of the over-allotment option. If the underwriter sells more securities than could be covered by exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying securities in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the securities in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

  Penalty bids permit the underwriter to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the securities originally sold by that syndicate member are purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

 

These stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our securities or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our securities. As a result, the price of our securities in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriter make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our securities. These transactions may be affected on the Nasdaq Stock Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

 

Passive Market Making

 

In connection with this offering, underwriter, and selling group members may engage in passive market making transactions in our securities on the Nasdaq Stock Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the shares and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, then that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

 

61

 

 

Selling Restrictions

 

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriter that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

 

Canada

 

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

 

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriter is not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

European Economic Area

 

The information in this document has been prepared on the basis that all offers of securities will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Directive 2003/71/EC (“Prospectus Directive”), as implemented in Member States of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from the requirement to produce a prospectus for offers of securities.

 

An offer to the public of securities has not been made, and may not be made, in a Relevant Member State except pursuant to one of the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive as implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
     
  to any legal entity that has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during its last fiscal year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements), and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements);
     
  to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of our Company or any underwriter for any such offer; or
     
  in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities shall result in a requirement for the publication by our Company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

United Kingdom

 

Neither the information in this document nor any other document relating to the offer has been delivered for approval to the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom and no prospectus (within the meaning of section 85 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”)) has been published or is intended to be published in respect of the securities. This document is issued on a confidential basis to “qualified investors” (within the meaning of section 86(7) of FSMA) in the United Kingdom, and the securities may not be offered or sold in the United Kingdom by means of this document, any accompanying letter or any other document, except in circumstances which do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to section 86(1) FSMA. This document should not be distributed, published or reproduced, in whole or in part, nor may its contents be disclosed by recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom.

 

Any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) received in connection with the issue or sale of the securities has only been communicated or caused to be communicated and will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in the United Kingdom in circumstances in which section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to our company.

 

In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed at, persons (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) (investment professionals) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotions) Order 2005 (“FPO”), (ii) who fall within the categories of persons referred to in Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.) of the FPO or (iii) to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated (together “relevant persons”). The investments to which this document relates are available only to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

62

 

 

Legal Matters

 

We are being represented by Lucosky Brookman LLP with respect to certain legal matters as to the federal law of the United States of America and the law of the State of New York. The validity of the shares of common stock and warrants offered in this offering and other legal matters as to the law of Canada and the Province of British Columbia will be passed upon for us by DuMoulin Black LLP. The underwriter is being represented by Kaufman & Canoles, P.C., Richmond, Virginia with respect to matters of U.S. law.

 

Experts

 

The financial statements of the Company as of and for the nine-months ended October 31, 2021 and the financial statements as of and for the year ended January 31, 2021 appearing in this prospectus have been audited by Dale Matheson Carr-Hilton LaBonte LLP, Chartered Professional Accountants, as set forth in their report thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to such financial statements) appearing elsewhere herein and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

Where You Can Find More Information

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act relating to this offering of shares of our common stock. This prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit certain information from this prospectus that is included in the registration statement. Statements made in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are summaries of all material information about the documents summarized but are not complete descriptions of all terms of these documents. If we filed any of these documents as an exhibit to the registration statement, you may read the document itself for a complete description of its terms.

 

You may read and copy the registration statement, including the related exhibits and schedules, and any document we file with the SEC without charge at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our filings with the SEC are also available to the public through the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act that are applicable to foreign private issuers, and under those requirements are filing reports with the SEC. Those other reports or other information may be inspected without charge at the locations described above. As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. registrants whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we will be required to file with the SEC an annual report on Form 20-F containing, among other information, our financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, or such other time as prescribed by the SEC, and will furnish unaudited quarterly financial information to the SEC on Form 6-K promptly after they are available.

 

We maintain a corporate website at https://www.bruush.com. Information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference. We will post on our website any materials required to be so posted on such website under applicable corporate or securities laws and regulations.

 

63

 

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  Page
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OCTOBER 31, 2021 F-2
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT F-3
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION F-4
STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS F-5
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY F-6
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS F-7
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-8
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JANUARY 31, 2021 F-23
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT F-24
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION F-25
STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS F-26
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY F-27
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS F-28
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-29

 

F-1
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

OCTOBER 31, 2021

 

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

 

F-2
 

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the shareholders and the board of directors of Bruush Oral Care Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying statements of financial position of Bruush Oral Care Inc (the “Company”) as of October 31, 2021 and January 31, 2021, the related statements of comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows, for the nine month period ended October 31, 2021 and the year ended January 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of October 31, 2021 and January 31, 2021, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the nine-month period ended October 31, 2021 and the year ended January 31, 2021, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Going Concern

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company incurred losses that has primarily been funded through financing activities and has stated that substantial doubt exists about its ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ DMCL

 

DALE MATHESON CARR-HILTON LABONTE LLP

CHARTERED PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021

Vancouver, Canada

June 30, 2022, except for Notes 3, 15 and 16 to the financial statements, as to which the date is July 15, 2022.

 

F-3
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

As at

 

   Note  

October 31, 2021

   January 31, 2021 
             
ASSETS              
Current              
Cash      $14,530   $692,647 
Accounts and other receivables  4    161,047    81,159 
Inventory  5    774,117    1,176,247 
Prepaid expenses and deposits  6    81,574    118,369 
        1,031,268    2,068,422 
Non-current              
Intangible asset  8    11,466    - 
Property and equipment  7    7,432    3,196 
Total assets      $1,050,166   $2,071,618 
               
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY              
Current              
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  9,11   $3,366,062   $308,719 
Loan payable  10    27,144    17,580 
Deferred revenue       17,181    92,121 
Warrant derivative  13    1,582,977    1,490,059 
Total liabilities       4,993,364    1,908,479 
               
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY              
Class A common shares  12    6,416,904    6,416,904 
Class B common shares  12    6,860,005    6,847,347 
Reserves  12    400,936    308,660 
Accumulated deficit       (17,621,043)   (13,409,772)
Total shareholders’ equity       (3,943,198)   163,139 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficiency      $1,050,166   $2,071,618 

 

Nature of operations and going concern (Note 1)

Subsequent events (Note 17)

 

Approved and authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on July 15, 2022.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

 

       9-months ended   12-months ended 
       October 31,   January 31, 
   Note   2021   2021 
             
Revenues       $1,965,441   $901,162 
Cost of goods sold   5    978,243    291,195 
Gross Profit        987,198    609,967 
                
Expenses               
Advertising and marketing        2,806,260    2,670,447 
Commission        26,339    11,207 
Consulting   11,12    868,442    556,864 
Amortization and depreciation expense        5,498    - 
Interest and bank charges        60,183    18,130 
Merchant fees        68,073    39,180 
Office and administrative expenses        93,900    75,194 
Professional fees        241,854    222,870 
Salaries and wages        282,003    93,460 
Selling fees        -    - 
Share-based compensation   12    92,276    4,949,441 
Shipping and delivery        511,566    304,591 
Travel and entertainment        100,068    29,225 
         (5,156,462)   (8,970,609)
                
Other items               
Government grant   10    8,763    14,139 
Foreign exchange        42,148    (7,719)
Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrant derivative   13    (92,918)   (536,209)
         (42,007)   (529,789)
                
Net and comprehensive loss       $(4,211,271)  $(8,890,431)
                
Loss per share - Basic and diluted       $(0.28)  $(0.93)
                
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - basic and diluted        15,167,945    9,590,802 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

 

  

Class A

Common Shares

  

Class B

Common Shares

             
  

Number

of shares

   Amount  

Number

of shares

   Amount  

Subscriptions

received

  

Reserves

  

Accumulated

Deficit

  

Total

 
                                 
Balance, January 31, 2020   3,868,332   $3,278,547    940,005   $1,023,864   $301,886   $-   $(4,519,341)  $84,956 
Private placement of shares - CAD$1.44   574,448    610,761    348,150    377,239    (301,886)   -    -    686,114 
Shares issued for services   2,381,346    2,527,596    1,887,640    1,997,610    -    -    -    4,525,206 
Private placement units - CAD$0.60   -    -    2,066,997    746,365    -    -    -    746,365 
Private placement units - CAD$1.80   -    -    2,919,047    3,265,078    -    -    -    3,265,078 
Share issuance cost - shares   -    -    179,434    (38,745)   -    38,745    -    - 
Share issuance cost – broker warrants   -    -    -    (123,981)   -    123,981    -    - 
Share issuance cost - cash   -    -    -    (400,083)   -    -    -    (400,083)
Stock options granted   -    -    -    -    -    145,934    -    145,934 
Net and comprehensive loss   -    -    -    -    -    -    (8,890,431)   (8,890,431)
Balance, January 31, 2021   6,824,126   $6,416,904    8,341,273   $6,847,347   $-   $308,660   $(13,409,772)  $163,139 
Shares issued for services   -    -    8,800    12,658    -    -    -    12,658 
Stock options granted   -    -    -    -    -    92,276    -    92,276 
Net and comprehensive loss   -    -    -    -    -    -    (4,211,271)   (4,211,271)
Balance, October 31, 2021   6,824,126   $  6,416,904    8,350,073   $  6,860,005   $-   $  400,936   $  (17,621,043)  $  (3,943,198)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

 

   9-months ended   12-months ended 
   October 31,   January 31, 
   2021   2021 
Cash flows from operating activities          
Net loss  $(4,211,271)  $(8,890,431)
Items not affecting cash:          
Amortization and depreciation   5,499    - 
Government grant   (8,763)   (14,139)
Share-based compensation   92,276    4,949,441 
Consulting   12,658    - 
Loss on revaluation of warrant derivative   92,918    536,209 
Interest expense   2,699    1,782 
Unrealized foreign exchange   1,375    1,431 
           
Changes in non-cash working capital          
Accounts and other receivables   (79,888)   (68,190)
Inventory   402,130    (577,656)
Prepaid expenses and deposits   36,795    (114,917)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   3,057,343    31,999 
Deferred revenue   (74,940)   92,121 
           
Net cash flows used in operating activities   (671,169)   (4,052,350)
           
Cash flows from investing activities          
Purchase of property and equipment   (6,201)   (3,196)
Purchase of intangible asset   (15,000)   - 
           
Net cash flows used in investing activities   (21,201)   (3,196)
           
Cash flows from financing activities          
Proceeds received on the issuance of shares   -    4,973,023 
Proceeds from loans   14,253    28,506 
Repayment of loans   -    (433,987)
           
Net cash flows provided by financing activities   14,253    4,567,542 
           
Change in cash  $(678,117)  $511,996 
           
Cash          
Beginning of year  $692,647   $180,651 
End of year  $14,530   $692,647 
           
Supplemental cash flow disclosure          
Interest  $-   $- 
Taxes paid  $-   $- 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-7
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

9-months ended October 31, 2021, and 12-months ended January 31, 2021

 

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND GOING CONCERN

 

Bruush Oral Care Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in British Columbia under the Business Corporations Act on October 10, 2017. The Company is in the business of selling electric toothbrushes. The Company is located at 30 Wellington Street West, 5th Floor, Toronto, Ontario M5L 1E2.

 

As of and for the nine months period ended October 31, 2021, the Company has recurring losses, a working capital deficit of $3,962,096 (January 31, 2021 – working capital of $159,943), an accumulated deficit totaling $17,621,043 (January 31, 2021 – accumulated deficit of $13,409,772) and negative cash flows used in operating activities of $671,169 (January 31, 2021 – negative cash flows of $4,052,350). The ability of the Company to carry out its business objectives is dependent on its ability to secure continued financial support from related parties, to obtain equity financing, or to ultimately attain profitable operations in the future. The Company will need to raise additional capital during the next twelve months and beyond to support current operations and planned development. Whether and when the Company can attain profitability and positive cash flows is uncertain. While the Company has been successful in securing financing in the past, there is no assurance that financing will be available in the future on terms acceptable to the Company.

 

On March 11, 2020, the outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus specifically identified as “COVID-19” was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization. The outbreak has resulted in governments worldwide enacting emergency measures to combat the spread of the virus which in turn have caused material disruption to business globally resulting in an economic slowdown. Global equity markets have experienced significant volatility and weakness. Governments and central banks have reacted with significant monetary and fiscal interventions designed to stabilize economic conditions. In light of the evolving nature of COVID-19 and the uncertainty it has produced around the world, the Company does not believe it is possible to predict with precision the pandemic’s cumulative and ultimate impact on its future business operations, liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, the Company cannot predict the impact the COVID-19 pandemic will have on its business partners and third-party vendors, and the Company may be adversely impacted as a result of the adverse impact its business partners and third-party vendors suffer. Additionally, concerns over the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic have caused volatility in financial markets, which may adversely impact the Company’s stock price and the Company’s ability to access capital markets.

 

These factors form a material uncertainty that may cast significant doubt upon the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. These financial statements do not give effect to adjustments to the carrying value and classification of assets and liabilities and related expense that would be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. If the going concern assumption is not appropriate, material adjustments to the statements could be required.

 

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

Basis of presentation and statement of compliance

 

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and interpretations of the International Financial Reporting Issues Committee (“IFRIC”). The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all periods presented, unless otherwise stated.

 

These financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, modified where applicable. In addition, these financial statements have been prepared using the accrual basis of accounting except for cash flow information.

 

The Company has changed its fiscal year end from January 31 to October 31, which became effective for the period ended October 31, 2021. The Company determined that the change in year end would better reflect the annual business cycle given that the holiday season (November and December) is a peak period for sales. Given the fiscal year ended October 31, 2021 is for a 9-month period, the results may not be comparable to the 12-month period ended January 31, 2021.

 

F-8
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

9-months ended October 31, 2021, and 12-months ended January 31, 2021

 

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND USE OF ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS

 

Revenue recognition

 

The Company’s revenue is generated from the sale of finished product to customers. Those sales predominantly contain a single performance obligation and revenue is recognized at a single point in time when ownership, risks and rewards transfer, which is typically the date of receipt by the customer. When the Company has collected payment from a customer, but the product is in transit, the Company will defer the recognition of the product sale in revenues until such time the product is delivered to the customer. A provision for payment discounts and product return allowances is recorded as a reduction of sales in the same period the revenue is recognized. The revenue recorded is presented net of sales and other taxes the Company collect on behalf of governmental authorities.

 

Foreign currency translation

 

The functional currency of each entity is determined using the currency of the primary economic environment in which that entity operates. The Company’s financial statements are presented in United States dollars.

 

The functional currency for the Company is the United States dollar.

 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency of the Company, using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions (spot exchange rate). Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the remeasurement of monetary items denominated in foreign currency at year end exchange rates are recognized in the statement of loss and comprehensive loss.

 

Non-monetary items are not retranslated at year end and are measured at historical cost (translated using the exchange rates at the transaction date), except for non-monetary items measured at fair value which are translated using the exchange rates at the date when fair value was determined.

 

 

Operating segments

 

For management purposes, the Company is organized into one operating and reportable segment based on the products of the Company, which are complimentary to each other.

 

Inventory

 

Inventory consists entirely of finished goods and is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The cost of inventory is maintained using the average-cost method. The net realizable value of finished goods is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses. The cost of finished goods inventory is based on landed cost, which includes all costs incurred to bring inventory to the Company’s distribution centers including product costs, inbound freight and duty. If the Company determines that the estimated net realizable value of its inventory is less than the carrying value of such inventory, it records a charge to cost of goods sold.

 

Property and equipment

 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred; cost of major additions and betterments are capitalized. Upon sale or other disposition of a depreciable asset, cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from property and equipment and any gain or loss is reflected as a gain or loss from operations.

 

The estimated useful lives are:

 

Computers and Software 3 years

 

F-9
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

9-months ended October 31, 2021, and 12-months ended January 31, 2021

 

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND USE OF ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS (continued)

 

Intangible assets

 

Purchased intangible assets are recognized as assets in accordance with IAS 38 – Intangible Assets, where it is probable that the use of the asset will generate future economic benefits and where the cost of the asset can be determined reliably. Intangible assets acquired are initially recognized at cost of purchase and are subsequently carried at cost less accumulated amortization, if applicable, and accumulated impairment losses. The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite. All finite-lived intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated impairment.

 

The Company’s intangible asset consists of customer lists with an estimated useful life of 2 years.

 

Impairment of assets

 

The Company performs impairment tests on its long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets, when new events or circumstances occur, or when new information becomes available relating to their recoverability. When the recoverable amount of each separately identifiable asset or cash generating unit (“CGU”) is less than its carrying value, the asset or CGU’s assets are written down to their recoverable amount with the impairment loss charged against profit or loss. A reversal of the impairment loss in a subsequent period will be charged against profit or loss if there is a significant reversal of the circumstances that caused the original impairment. The impairment will be reversed up to the amount of depreciated carrying value that would have otherwise occurred if the impairment loss had not occurred.

 

Leases

 

The Company assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. That is, if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company applies a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases, except for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets. The Company recognizes lease liabilities to make lease payments and right-of-use assets representing the right to use the underlying assets.

 

At the commencement date of the lease, the Company recognizes lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. Lease payments include fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. Lease payments also include the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised by the Company and payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Company exercising the option to terminate. Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognized as expenses in the period in which the event or condition that triggers the payment occurs. In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the lease payments or a change in the assessment of an option to purchase the underlying asset.

 

The Company recognizes right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e., the date the underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognized, initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received.

 

As at October 31, 2021 and January 31, 2021, the Company did not have any leases in place.

 

F-10
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

9-months ended October 31, 2021, and 12-months ended January 31, 2021

 

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND USE OF ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS (continued)

 

Research and development costs

 

Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new technical knowledge and understanding, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred. During the nine months ended October 31, 2021, $Nil (January 31, 2021 - $6,486) of research and development costs were recorded in Consulting in the Statement of Comprehensive Loss.

 

Development activities involve a plan or design for the production of new or substantially improved products and processes. Development expenditure is capitalized only if development costs can be measured reliably, the product or process is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable, and the Company intends to and has sufficient resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset. The expenditure capitalized includes the cost of materials, direct labor, overhead costs that are directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use and borrowing costs on qualifying assets. Other development expenditures are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

 

Research and development costs incurred subsequent to the acquisition of externally acquired intangible assets and on internally generated intangible assets are accounted for as research and development costs.

 

As at October 31, 2021 and January 31, 2021, the Company has not capitalized any research and development costs.

 

Financial instruments

 

(a) Classification

 

The Company classifies its financial instruments in the following categories: at fair value through profit and loss (“FVTPL”), at fair value through other comprehensive income (loss) (“FVTOCI”) or at amortized cost. The Company determines the classification of financial assets at initial recognition. The classification of debt instruments is driven by the Company’s business model for managing the financial assets and their contractual cash flow characteristics. Equity instruments that are held for trading are classified as FVTPL. For other equity instruments, on the day of acquisition the Company can make an irrevocable election (on an instrument-by-instrument basis) to designate them as at FVTOCI. Financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost, unless they are required to be measured at FVTPL (such as instruments held for trading or derivatives) or if the Company has opted to measure them at FVTPL.

 

(b) Measurement

 

Financial assets and liabilities at amortized cost

 

Financial assets and liabilities at amortized cost are initially recognized at fair value plus or minus transaction costs, respectively, and subsequently carried at amortized cost less any impairment.

 

Financial assets and liabilities at FVTPL

 

Financial assets and liabilities carried at FVTPL are initially recorded at fair value and transaction costs are expensed in the statements of loss and comprehensive loss. Realized and unrealized gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of the financial assets and liabilities held at FVTPL are included in the statements of loss and comprehensive loss in the period in which they arise.

 

F-11
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

9-months ended October 31, 2021, and 12-months ended January 31, 2021

 

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND USE OF ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS (continued)

 

Debt investments at FVTOCI

 

These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Interest income calculated using the effective interest method, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment are recognized in profit or loss. Other net gains and losses are recognized in OCI. On derecognition, gains and losses accumulated in OCI are reclassified to profit or loss.

 

Equity investments at FVTOCI

 

These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Dividends are recognized as income in profit or loss unless the dividend clearly represents a recovery of part of the cost of the investment. Other net gains and losses are recognized in OCI and are never reclassified to profit or loss.

 

(c) Impairment of financial assets at amortized cost

 

The Company recognizes a loss allowance for expected credit losses on financial assets that are measured at amortized cost. At each reporting date, the Company measures the loss allowance for the financial asset at an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses if the credit risk on the financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition. If at the reporting date, the financial asset has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the Company measures the loss allowance for the financial asset at an amount equal to the twelve month expected credit losses. The Company shall recognize in the statements of loss and comprehensive loss, as an impairment gain or loss, the amount of expected credit losses (or reversal) that is required to adjust the loss allowance at the reporting date to the amount that is required to be recognized.

 

(d) Derecognition

 

Financial assets

 

The Company derecognizes financial assets only when the contractual rights to cash flows from the financial assets expire, or when it transfers the financial assets and substantially all of the associated risks and rewards of ownership to another entity.

 

Financial liabilities

 

The Company derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expire. The Company also derecognizes a financial liability when the terms of the liability are modified such that the terms and/or cash flows of the modified instrument are substantially different, in which case a new financial liability based on the modified terms is recognized at fair value.

 

Gains and losses on derecognition are generally recognized in profit or loss.

 

F-12
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

9-months ended October 31, 2021, and 12-months ended January 31, 2021

 

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND USE OF ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS (continued)

 

Income taxes

 

Current income tax:

 

Current income tax assets and liabilities for the current period are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted, at the reporting date, in the countries where the Company operates and generates taxable income.

 

Current income tax relating to items recognized directly in other comprehensive income or equity is recognized in other comprehensive income or equity and not in profit or loss. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in the tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate.

 

Deferred tax:

 

Deferred tax is recognized on temporary differences at the reporting date arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available to allow all or part of the temporary differences to be utilized.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted and are expected to apply by the end of the reporting period. Deferred tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities are offset if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current income tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

 

Loss per share

 

Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing the loss attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding in the period. For all periods presented, the loss attributable to common shareholders equals the reported loss attributable to owners of the Company.

 

Share capital

 

Common shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of common shares are recognized as a deduction from shareholders’ equity, net of tax. In the event that the financing is not completed, these costs are expensed to profit or loss.

 

The Company may engage in equity financing transactions to obtain the funds necessary to continue operations. These equity financing transactions may involve issuance of common shares or units. A unit comprises a certain number of common shares and a certain number of share purchase warrants. Depending on the terms and conditions of each financing agreement, the warrants are exercisable into additional common shares prior to expiry at a price stipulated by the agreement. Warrants that are part of units are assigned a residual value if the unit is issued at a price exceeding the market price of underlying share at the time of issuance otherwise the warrants are assigned no value and included in share capital with the common shares that are concurrently issued. Warrants that are issued as payment for an agency fee or other transactions costs are accounted for as share-based payment transaction costs.

 

Warrants that are exercisable in currencies other than the Company’s functional currency of U.S. dollars are considered to be derivative financial instruments. The Company presents such warrants as derivative liabilities on the balance sheet and measures them at fair value at the end of each reporting period.

 

F-13
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

9-months ended October 31, 2021, and 12-months ended January 31, 2021

 

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND USE OF ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS (continued)

 

Critical accounting estimates and significant management judgments

 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the Company to use judgment in applying its accounting policies and make estimates and assumptions about reported amounts at the date of the financial statements and in the future. The Company’s management reviews these estimates and underlying assumptions on an ongoing basis, based on experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Revisions to estimates are adjusted for prospectively in the period in which the estimates are revised.

 

Fair value measurement of broker warrants and warrant derivative

 

The Company measures the cost of equity-settled transactions by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date on which they are granted. When the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded in the Statements of Financial Position cannot be measured based on quoted prices in active markets, their fair value is measured using valuation techniques. Estimating fair value for broker warrants and the warrant derivative requires determining the most appropriate valuation model, which is dependent on the terms and conditions of the grant. This estimate also requires the determination of the most appropriate inputs to the valuation model including the expected remaining life of the broker warrants and the warrant derivative, fair value of the underlying stock, volatility, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield and making assumptions about them. Where possible the Company will utilize contractual and publicly available information to determine valuation model inputs. If no such information is available, the Company will use historical performance and if required, the Company will make estimations based on the best information available. Expected remaining life is determined using the information in the warrant terms, fair value of the underlying stock is determined based the most recently completed financing, volatility is estimated based on market data and industry assessment, risk-free interest rate is determined based on central bank rates for a similar period to the expected remaining life and dividend yield is estimated using the Company’s past performance and future expectations. The assumptions and models used for estimating fair value for broker warrants and the warrant derivative are disclosed in Note 12. These are either classified as equity instruments or derivative liabilities subject to whether the exercise price is fixed or variable.

 

Fair value of Class B common shares

 

The fair value of the Class B common shares that are underlying and drive the fair value of warrants and stock-based compensation are estimated at the date on which the equity instruments are granted. As the Company is not publicly traded and there is no quoted price available, management estimates the fair value of the Class B common shares by reference to the price of the most recently completed private placement financing. Where the most recently completed financing is a financing of units, management estimates the fair value to be allocated to the share component by performing a numerical iteration on the Black-Scholes calculation for the fair value of the attached warrants. The Company determined that absent significant changes in the operations of the Company, the fair value of the Class B common shares is best estimated utilizing the most recently completed financing due to there being no quoted price available.

 

Useful lives of property and equipment

 

Estimates of the useful lives of property and equipment are based on the period over which the assets are expected to be available for use. The estimated useful lives are reviewed annually and are updated if expectations differ from previous estimates due to physical wear and tear, technical or commercial obsolescence, not electing to exercise renewal options on Leases, and legal or other limits on the use of the relevant assets. In addition, the estimation of the useful lives of the relevant assets may be based on internal technical evaluation and experience with similar assets. It is possible, however, that future results of operations could be materially affected by changes in the estimates brought about by changes in the factors mentioned above. The amounts and timing of recorded expenses for any period would be affected by changes in these factors and circumstances. A reduction in the estimated useful lives of the property and equipment would increase the recorded expenses and decrease the non-current assets.

 

Income taxes

 

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is probable that the tax position will be sustained based on its technical merits. The Company measures and record the tax benefits from such a position based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company’s estimated liabilities related to these matters are adjusted in the period in which the uncertain tax position is effectively settled, the statute of limitations for examination expires or when additional information becomes available. The amount and timing of future taxable income for unrecognized tax benefits requires the use of assumptions and significant judgement to estimate the exposures associated with our various filing positions. The Company has not recognized the value of any deferred tax assets in its statements of financial position. Although the Company believes that the judgements and estimates made are reasonable, actual results could differ and resulting adjustments could materially affect our effective income tax rate and income tax provision.

 

Provisions for taxes are made using the best estimate of the amount expected to be paid based on a qualitative assessment of all relevant factors. The Company reviews the adequacy of these provisions at the end of the reporting period. However, it is possible that at some future date an additional liability could result from audits by taxing authorities. Where the final outcome of these tax-related matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will affect the tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

 

Other significant judgments

 

The preparation of these financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the Company to make judgments, apart from those involving estimates, in applying accounting policies. The most significant judgments in applying the Company’s financial statements include:

 

- The assessment of the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and whether there are events or conditions that may give rise to significant uncertainty;
- The determination of the Company’s functional currency; and
- Whether there are indicators of impairment of the Company’s long-lived assets.

 

F-14
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

9-months ended October 31, 2021, and 12-months ended January 31, 2021

 

4. ACCOUNTS AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

 

   October 31, 2021   January 31, 2021 
Trade receivables  $36,734   $7,206 
Sales taxes receivable   124,313    73,953 
   $161,047   $81,159 

 

5. INVENTORY

 

Inventory consisted entirely of finished goods made up of electric toothbrushes, replacement toothbrush heads and accessories.

 

During the nine months ended October 31, 2021, $978,243 (January 31, 2021 - $291,195) of inventory was sold and recognized in cost of goods sold, and $35,683 (January 31, 2021 - $64,161) of inventory was used for promotional purposes and recognized in other expense categories, such as selling and marketing and investor relations.

 

6. PREPAID EXPENSES AND DEPOSITS

 

   October 31, 2021   January 31, 2021 
Prepaid expenses  $7,067   $7,067 
Deposits on inventory   74,507    111,302 
   $81,574   $118,369 

 

7. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

COST  Equipment    Total 
Balance, January 31, 2020  $-    $- 
Additions   3,196     3,196 
Balance, January 31, 2021  $3,196    $3,196 
Additions   6,200     6,200 
Balance, October 31, 2021  $9,396    $9,396 

 

ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION  Equipment    Total 
Balance, January 31, 2020  $-    $- 
Additions   -     - 
Balance, January 31, 2021  $-    $- 
Additions   1,964     1,964 
Balance, October 31, 2021  $1,964    $1,964 

 

NET BOOK VALUE  Equipment    Total 
Balance, January 31, 2021  $3,196    $3,196 
Balance, October 31, 2021  $7,432    $7,432 

 

F-15
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

9-months ended October 31, 2021, and 12-months ended January 31, 2021

 

8. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

On May 13, 2021, the Company acquired certain assets of The Dollar Brush, a direct-to-consumer player in the electric toothbrush subscription space. The assets acquired included customer lists and supplemental customer leads. In consideration, the Company made a cash payment of $15,000.

 

COST  Customer lists   Total 
Balance, January 31, 2021  $-   $- 
Additions   15,000    15,000 
Balance, October 31, 2021  $15,000   $15,000 

 

ACCUMULATED AMORTIZATION  Customer lists   Total 
Balance, January 31, 2021  $-   $- 
Amortization   3,534    3,534 
Balance, October 31, 2021  $3,524   $3,534 

 

NET BOOK VALUE  Customer lists   Total 
Balance, January 31, 2021  $-   $- 
Balance, October 31, 2021  $11,466   $11,466 

 

9. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

 

   October 31, 2021   January 31, 2021 
Accounts payable  $2,299,177   $236,806 
Accrued liabilities   1,066,885    71,913 
   $3,366,062   $308,719 

 

10. LOANS PAYABLE

 

On May 5, 2020, the Company received a loan in the principal amount of CAD$40,000 ($28,506) under the Canada Emergency Business Account (“CEBA”) program. The loan is non-interest bearing and eligible for CAD$10,000 ($7,127) forgiveness if repaid by December 31, 2022. If not repaid by December 31, 2022, the loan bears interest at 5% per annum and is due on December 31, 2025. The Company intends to repay the loan by December 31, 2022 and management has assessed that the Company will have the financial ability to do so. As it is probable that the conditions for the forgiveness of the loan will be met, the Company has recognized the CAD$10,000 ($7,127) loan forgiveness as government grant income during the year ended January 31, 2021. As the loan was issued at below market rates, the initial fair value of the loan was determined to be $20,160, which was determined using an estimated effective interest rate of 15%. The difference between the face value of the loan and the fair value of the loans of $14,139 has been recognized as government grant income during the year ended January 31, 2021.

 

On April 7, 2021, the Company received an additional CAD$20,000 ($14,253) under the CEBA program. The additional loan is non-interest bearing and eligible for CAD$10,000 ($7,704) forgiveness if repaid by December 31, 2022. If not repaid by December 31, 2022, the loan bears interest at 5% per annum and is due on December 31, 2025. The Company intends to repay the loan by December 31, 2022 and management has assessed that the Company will have the financial ability to do so. As it is probable that the conditions for the forgiveness of the loan will be met, the Company has recognized the CAD$10,000 ($7,704) loan forgiveness as government grant income during the nine months ended October 31, 2021. As the loan was issued at below market rates, the initial fair value of the loan was determined to be $7,703, which was determined using an estimated effective interest rate of 15%.

 

F-16
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

9-months ended October 31, 2021, and 12-months ended January 31, 2021

 

10. LOANS PAYABLE (continued)

 

The difference between the face value of the loan and the fair value of the loans of $8,763 has been recognized as government grant income during the nine months ended October 31, 2021.

 

For the nine months ended October 31, 2021, the Company recognized interest expense of $2,699 related to the loan (Year ended January 31, 2021 - $1,782).

 

As at October 31, 2021, the carrying value of the loan was $27,144 (January 31, 2021 - $17,580).

 

11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Key Management Compensation

 

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Company, directly or indirectly. Key management personnel include the Company’s executive officers and Board of Director members.

 

All related party transactions are in the normal course of operations. All amounts either due from or due to related parties other than specifically disclosed are non-interest bearing, unsecured and have no fixed terms of repayments.

 

a) Related party transactions with directors, subsequent and former directors and companies and entities over which they have significant influence over:

 

   October 31, 2021   January 31, 2021 
Director fees   72,541    54,585 
Professional fees   -    55,625 
Share-based compensation  $-   $1,997,611 

 

b) Key management compensation

 

   October 31, 2021   January 31, 2021 
Consulting fees  $270,427   $206,507 
Share-based compensation  $-   $2,527,596 

 

c) Accounts payable and accrued liabilities – As of October 31, 2021 $155,979 (January 31, 2021 - $2,740) due to related parties was included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

 

d) Loans payable – As of October 31, 2021 $Nil (January 31, 2021 - $Nil) was owing to the CEO of the Company. The loan was non-interest bearing, due on demand and unsecured.

 

12. SHARE CAPITAL

 

a) Share capital

 

Authorized share capital

 

Unlimited Class A Voting Common Shares common shares (“Class A shares”), without par value.

 

Unlimited Class B Non-Voting Common Shares common shares (“Class B Shares”), without par value.

 

Shares outstanding

 

As at October 31, 2021: 6,824,126 Class A shares and 8,350,073 Class B shares were issued and outstanding (January 31, 2021 – Class A: 6,824,126, Class B: 8,341,273).

 

F-17
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

9-months ended October 31, 2021, and 12-months ended January 31, 2021

 

12. SHARE CAPITAL (continued)

 

On July 17, 2020, the Company enacted a stock split of 1 to 3.4815. All share and per share amounts in the financial statements have been retroactively restated to present the post stock split amounts.

 

Nine months ended October 31, 2021:

 

On August 13, 2021, the Company issued 8,800 Class B shares to a consultant for services rendered. The fair value of the shares was estimated to be $12,658 based on the price of the most recently completed private placement financing.

 

Year ended January 31, 2021:

 

On February 12, 2020, the Company issued 417,780 Class A shares for nominal consideration to its CEO for services rendered. The fair value of the shares is estimated to be $452,694 and is recorded as share-based compensation in the statements of comprehensive loss.

 

On February 12, 2020, the Company issued 139,260 Class A shares at CAD$1.44 ($1.08) per share for gross proceeds of CAD$200,000 ($150,898).

 

On February 13, 2020, the Company issued 348,150 Class B shares at CAD$1.44 ($1.08) per share for gross proceeds of CAD$525,000 ($377,239).

 

On June 24, 2020, the Company issued 1,963,566 Class A shares for nominal consideration to its CEO for services rendered. The fair value of the shares is estimated to be $2,074,902 is recorded as share-based compensation in the statements of comprehensive loss.

 

On June 24, 2020, the Company issued 435,188 Class A shares at CAD$0.57 ($0.43) per share for gross proceeds of CAD$250,000 ($183,945). As the shares were issued at a price lower than other financings held during the same period, the Company has determined that the fair value of the shares issued to be $459,863 based on the share price of the most recent financing of Class A shares. The difference between the proceeds received and the fair value of the shares of $275,918 has been recognized as consulting fees in the statements of comprehensive loss.

 

On July 17, 2020, the Company issued 1,887,640 Class B shares for nominal consideration to directors of the Company for services rendered. The fair value of the shares is estimated to be $1,997,611 and has been recorded as share-based compensation on the statements of comprehensive loss.

 

In July and August 2020, the Company completed a private placement of 2,066,997 units at CAD$0.60 ($0.45) per unit for gross proceeds of CAD$1,240,198 ($746,365). Each unit comprises of one Class B share and on half-warrant exercisable at CAD$0.90 ($0.67) for twenty-four months from the time the Company completes a bone-fide public offering of common shares under a prospectus or registration statement filed with the securities regulatory authorities in Canada or the United States (the “Liquidity Event”). The fair value of the attached warrants was determined to be $178,955 and was estimated using the Black-Scholes Options Pricing Model using the following assumptions: fair value of underlying stock - CAD$0.48, expected dividend yield - 0%, expected volatility - 100%, risk-free interest rate - 0.28% and an expected remaining life - 2.95 years.

 

In August and September 2020, the Company completed a brokered private placement of 2,919,047 units at CAD$1.80 ($1.34) per unit for gross proceeds of CAD$5,311,684 ($3,2165,078). Each unit comprises of one Class B share and on half-warrant exercisable at CAD$2.70 ($2.02) for twenty-four months from Liquidity Event. The fair value allocated to the attached warrants upon issuance was estimated to be $774,894 and was estimated using the Black-Scholes Options Pricing Model using the following assumptions: fair value of the underlying stock - CAD$1.46, expected dividend yield - 0%, expected volatility - 100%, risk-free interest rate - 0.30% and an expected remaining life - 2.84 years. In conjunction with the private placement, the Company paid finders fees of $400,083 and issued 179,434 finders’ units. Each finders’ unit comprises of one Class B share and on half-warrant with the same terms as the unit warrants. The Company also issued 236,073 broker warrants with the same terms as the unit warrants.

 

F-18
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

9-months ended October 31, 2021, and 12-months ended January 31, 2021

 

12. SHARE CAPITAL (continued)

 

The fair value of the broker warrants upon issuance was determined to be $123,981 and was estimated using the Black-Scholes Options Pricing Model using the following assumptions: fair value of the underlying stock - CAD$1.46, expected dividend yield - 0%, expected volatility - 100%, risk-free interest rate - 0.30% and an expected remaining life - 2.84 years.

 

a) Options

 

The Company has established a stock option plan for its directors, officers, employees, and consultants under which the Company may grant options (each, an “Option”) from time to time to acquire Shares. The exercise price of each Option shall be determined by the Board of Directors. Options may be granted for a maximum term of five years from the date of grant. Options are non-transferable and expire immediately upon termination of employment for cause, or within 30 days of termination of employment for cause, or within 30 days of termination of employment or holding office as director or officer of the Company or in the case of death. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable grant agreement, Options fully vest upon the grant thereof.

 

During the nine months ended October 31, 2021, the Company had no option issuances.

 

During the year ended January 31, 2021, the Company granted 309,498 options exercisable at CAD$1.80 until November 9, 2025. 157,781 of the options vested on November 23, 2020, with the remaining options vesting on November 23, 2021. The fair value of the options was determined to be $246,071 and was estimated using the Black-Scholes Options Pricing Model using the following assumptions: fair value of the underlying stock - CAD$1.46, expected dividend yield - 0%, expected volatility - 100%, risk-free interest rate - 0.25% and an expected remaining life - 5 years.

 

During the nine months ended October 31, 2021, the Company recognized share-based compensation expense of $92,276 for the vesting of options (Year ended January 31, 2021 - $145,933).

 

Continuity of the options issued and outstanding are as follows:

 

   Number of options   Weighted average exercise price 
Balance, January 31, 2020   -   $- 
Granted   309,498    1.80CAD 
Exercised   -    - 
Balance, January 31, 2021   309,498   $1.80CAD 
Granted   -    - 
Exercised   -    - 
Balance, October 31, 2021   309,498   $1.80CAD 

 

13. DERIVATIVE WARRANT LIABILITY

 

In July and August 2020, in connection with a private placement, the Company issued 1,033,495 warrants with an exercise price of CAD$0.90 ($0.69) per warrant with an expiry date of twenty-four months from the Liquidity Event. As the warrants have an exercise price denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency, they are derivative financial instruments measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period. The fair value of the warrants upon issuance was determined to be $178,956 and was estimated using the Black-Scholes Options Pricing Model using the following assumptions: fair value of the underlying stock - CAD$0.48, expected dividend yield - 0%, expected volatility - 100%, risk-free interest rate - 0.15% and an expected remaining life - 2.95 years. As at October 31, 2021, the fair value of the warrants was determined to be $818,871 based on the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model using the following assumptions: fair value of the underlying stock - CAD$1.46, expected dividend yield - 0%, expected volatility - 100%, risk-free interest rate – 1.11% and an expected remaining life – 1.66 years (January 31, 2021 - $778,213 based on the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model using the following assumptions: fair value of the underlying stock - CAD$1.46, expected dividend yield - 0%, expected volatility - 100%, risk-free interest rate - 0.17% and an expected remaining life - 2.41 years).

 

F-19
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

9-months ended October 31, 2021, and 12-months ended January 31, 2021

 

13. DERIVATIVE WARRANT LIABILITY (continued)

 

In August and September 2020, in connection with a private placement, the Company issued 1,475,468 warrants with an exercise price of CAD$2.70 ($2.02) per warrant with an expiry date of twenty-four months from the Liquidity Event. As the warrants have an exercise price denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency, they are derivative financial instruments measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period. The fair value of the warrants upon issuance was determined to be $774,895 and was estimated using the Black-Scholes Options Pricing Model using the following assumptions: fair value of the underlying stock - CAD$1.46, expected dividend yield - 0%, expected volatility - 100%, risk-free interest rate - 0.30% and an expected remaining life - 2.84 years. As at October 31, 2021, the fair value of the warrants was determined to be $764,106 based on the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model using the following assumptions: fair value of the underlying stock - CAD$1.46, expected dividend yield - 0%, expected volatility - 100%, risk-free interest rate – 1.11% and an expected remaining life – 21.66 years (January 31, 2021 - $711,846 based on the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model using the following assumptions: fair value of the underlying stock - CAD$1.46, expected dividend yield - 0%, expected volatility - 100%, risk-free interest rate - 0.17% and an expected remaining life - 2.41 years).

 

The following is a continuity of the Company’s derivative warrant liability:

 

Balance, January 31, 2020  $- 
Issued during the period   953,850 
Change in fair value of derivative   536,209 
Balance, January 31, 2021  $1,490,059 
Issued during the period   - 
Change in fair value of derivative   92,918 
Balance, October 31, 2021  $1,582,977 

 

14. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT RISK MANAGEMENT

 

Classification of financial instruments

 

Financial assets included in the statement of financial position are as follows:

 

   Level in fair
value
hierarchy
  October 31, 2021   January 31, 2021 
Amortized cost:             
Cash     14,530   $692,647 
Accounts receivable     161,047    81,159 
       175,577   $773,806 

 

Financial liabilities included in the statement of financial position are as follows:

 

   Level in fair
value
hierarchy
  October 31, 2021   January 31, 2021 
Amortized cost:             
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     3,366,062   $308,719 
Loans payable     27,144    17,580 
              
FVTPL:             
Warrant derivative liability  Level 2   1,582,977    1,490,059 
       4,976,183   $1,816,358 

 

F-20
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

9-months ended October 31, 2021, and 12-months ended January 31, 2021

 

14. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

Fair value

 

Financial instruments measured at fair value are classified into one of three levels in the fair value hierarchy according to the relative reliability of the inputs used to estimate the fair values. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are:

 

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly; and
Level 3 – Inputs that are not based on observable market data.

 

The carrying value of the Company’s cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued liabilities as at approximate their fair value due to their short terms to maturity.

 

The following table shows the valuation techniques used in measuring Level 3 fair values for the derivative liability as well as the significant unobservable inputs used.

 

Type   Valuation technique   Key inputs   Inter-relationship between significant inputs and fair value measurement
Warrant derivative liability   The fair value of the warrant derivative liability at initial recognition and at period-end has been calculated using the Black Scholes option pricing model.  

Key observable inputs

● Share price

● Risk free interest rate

● Dividend yield

Key unobservable inputs

● Expected volatility

 

 

The estimated fair value would increase (decrease) if:

● The share price was higher (lower)

● The risk-free interest rate was higher (lower)

● The dividend yield was lower (higher)

● The expected volatility was higher (lower)

 

For the fair values of the derivative liability, reasonably possible changes to the expected volatility, the most significant unobservable input would have the following effects:

 

Unobservable Inputs  Change   Impact on comprehensive loss 
       October 31, 2021   January 31, 2021 
Volatility   20%  $258,303   $144,370 

 

The Company is exposed in varying degrees to a variety of financial instrument related risks. The Board of Directors approves and monitors the risk management processes, inclusive of documented investment policies, counterparty limits, and controlling and reporting structures.

 

The Company is exposed in varying degrees to a variety of financial instrument related risks. The Board of Directors approves and monitors the risk management processes, inclusive of documented investment policies, counterparty limits, and controlling and reporting structures.

 

Credit risk

 

The Company’s principal financial assets are cash and trade accounts receivable. The Company’s credit risk is primarily concentrated in its cash which is held with institutions with a high credit worthiness. Credit risk is not concentrated with any particular customer. The Company’s accounts receivable consists primarily of GST receivable. Trade receivables are generally insignificant.

 

The Company’s maximum credit risk exposure is $175,577.

 

Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company has a planning and budgeting process in place to help determine the funds required to support the Company’s normal operating requirements on an ongoing basis.

 

Historically, the Company’s primary source of funding has been the issuance of equity securities for cash, primarily through the issuance of preferred shares. The Company’s access to financing is always uncertain. There can be no assurance of continued access to significant equity funding.

 

The following is an analysis of the contractual maturities of the Company’s financial liabilities as at October 31, 2021:

 

   Within one year   Between one
and five years
   More than five
years
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  $3,366,062   $     -   $   - 
Loans payable   27,144    -    - 
   $3,393,206   $-   $- 

 

F-21
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

9-months ended October 31, 2021, and 12-months ended January 31, 2021

 

14. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

Foreign currency risk arises from fluctuations in foreign currencies versus the United States dollar that could adversely affect reported balances and transactions denominated in those currencies. As at October 31, 2021, a portion of the Company’s financial assets are held in Canadian dollars. The Company’s objective in managing its foreign currency risk is to minimize its net exposure to foreign currency cash flows by transacting, to the greatest extent possible, with third parties in United States dollars. The Company does not currently use foreign exchange contracts to hedge its exposure of its foreign currency cash flows as management has determined that this risk is not significant at this point in time. The Company is not exposed to any material foreign currency risk.

 

Interest rate risk

 

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Company is not exposed to any material interest rate risk.

 

Capital Management

 

In the management of capital, the Company includes components of shareholders’ equity. The Company aims to manage its capital resources to ensure financial strength and to maximize its financial flexibility by maintaining strong liquidity and by utilizing alternative sources of capital including equity, debt and bank loans or lines of credit to fund continued growth. The Company sets the amount of capital in proportion to risk and based on the availability of funding sources. The Company manages the capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. Issuance of equity has been the primary source of capital to date. Additional debt and/or equity financing may be pursued in future as deemed appropriate to balance debt and equity. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may issue new shares, take on additional debt or sell assets to reduce debt.

 

15. SEGMENTED INFORMATION

 

The Company’s breakdown of sales by geographical region is as follows:

 

   9-months ended
October 31, 2021
   12-months ended
January 31, 2021
 
United States of America  $1,238,259   $512,094 
Canada   727,182    389,068 
   $1,965,441   $901,162 

 

The Company’s breakdown of sales by product segment is as follows:

 

   9-months ended
October 31, 2021
   12-months ended
January 31, 2021
 
Devices  $1,367,778   $817,778 
Consumables   597,663    83,384 
   $1,965,441   $901,162 

 

16. COMPARATIVE FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Due to the change in the Company’s fiscal year end, the comparative income statement information for the 9-months ended October 31, 2020 is as follows:

 

   9-months ended   9-months ended 
   October 31,   October 31, 
   2021   2020 
   (audited)   (unaudited) 
         
Revenues  $1,965,441   $315,541 
Cost of goods sold   978,243    120,958 
Gross Profit   987,198    194,583 
           
Expenses          
Advertising and marketing   2,806,260    1,620,304 
Commission   26,339    5,151 
Consulting   868,442    200,337 
Amortization and depreciation expense   5,498    - 
Interest and bank charges   60,183    13,969 
Merchant fees   68,073    18,911 
Office and administrative expenses   93,900    43,637 
Professional fees   241,854    153,249 
Salaries and wages   282,003    43,773 
Selling fees   -    - 
Share-based compensation   92,276    4,949,441 
Shipping and delivery   511,566    93,456 
Travel and entertainment   100,068    24,048 
    (5,156,462)   (7,166,276)
           
Other items          
Government grant   8,763    14,139 
Foreign exchange   42,148    (46,670)
Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrant derivative   (92,918)   (548,886)
    (42,007)   (581,417)
           
Net and comprehensive loss  $(4,211,271)  $(7,553,110)

 

17. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On December 3, 2021, the Company issued senior secured promissory notes (the “Senior Secured Promissory Notes”) in the amount of $3,000,000. The Senior Secured Promissory Notes have a maturity date of December 3, 2022 (the “Maturity Date”) and bear interest at 8% per annum. The Senior Secured Promissory Notes are secured by the Company’s assets.

 

Should the Company complete any public offering of securities or any other financing or capital-raising transaction of any kind (each a “Subsequent Offering”) for gross proceeds of over $5,000,000 prior to the Maturity Date, the Company shall repay the notes in their entirety.

 

In conjunction with the issuance of the Senior Secured Promissory Notes, the Company is to issue warrants to the holders of the Secured Promissory Notes. The number of warrants is determined by dividing 50% of the principal amount of the Secured Promissory Notes by the share price of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”) (the “Warrant Calculation”).

 

The Company will issue an initial 1,059,039 warrants of the Company. The number of warrants to be issued was calculated by dividing 50% of the principal amount of the Secured Promissory Notes by a placeholder of CAD$1.80, which was the price of the Company’s most recently completed financing. The Company and the holders have agreed to adjust the number of warrants upon the closing of the IPO to update the Warrant Calculation for the IPO share price.

 

Each warrant is exercisable into one Class B common share of the Company at an exercise price equal to the share price of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”). The warrants will expire five and a half years after the closing of the Company’s IPO.

 

In conjunction with the issuance of the Senior Secured Promissory Notes, the Company is to issue Class B common shares to the holders of the Secured Promissory Notes (“Commitment Shares”). The number of Commitment Shares is determined by dividing 50% of the principal amount of the Secured Promissory Notes by the share price of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”) (the “Commitment Calculation”).

 

The Company will issue an initial 1,059,039 Commitment Shares. The number of Commitment Shares to be issued was calculated by dividing 50% of the principal amount of the Secured Promissory Notes by a placeholder of CAD$1.80, which was the price of the Company’s most recently completed financing. The Company and the holders have agreed to adjust the number of Commitment Shares upon the closing of the IPO to update the Commitment Calculation for the IPO share price.

 

On April 28, 2022, the Company issued senior secured promissory notes (the “April Senior Secured Promissory Notes”) in the amount of $1,650,000. The April Senior Secured Promissory Notes have a maturity date of December 2, 2022 (the “April Maturity Date”) and bear interest at 8% per annum. The April Senior Secured Promissory Notes are secured by the Company’s assets.

 

Should the Company complete any public offering of securities or any other financing or capital-raising transaction of any kind (each a “April Subsequent Offering”) for gross proceeds of over $5,000,000 prior to the April Maturity Date, the Company shall repay the notes in their entirety.

 

In conjunction with the issuance of the Senior Secured Promissory Notes, the Company is to issue Class B common shares to the holders of the Secured Promissory Notes (“Commitment Shares”). The number of Commitment Shares is determined by dividing 50% of the principal amount of the Secured Promissory Notes by the share price of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”) (the “Commitment Calculation”).

 

The Company will issue an initial 1,059,042 Commitment Shares. The number of Commitment Shares to be issued was calculated by dividing 100% of the principal amount of the Secured Promissory Notes by a placeholder of CAD$1.80, which was the price of the Company’s most recently completed financing. The Company and the holders have agreed to adjust the number of Commitment Shares upon the closing of the IPO to update the Commitment Calculation for the IPO share price.

 

F-22
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

JANUARY 31, 2021

 

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

 

F-23
 

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the shareholders and the board of directors of Bruush Oral Care Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying statements of financial position of Bruush Oral Care Inc (the “Company”) as of January 31, 2021, the related statements of comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows, for the year ended January 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as January 31, 2021, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the year ended January 31, 2021, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Going Concern

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company incurred losses that has primarily been funded through financing activities and has stated that substantial doubt exists about its ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.

 

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ DMCL

 

DALE MATHESON CARR-HILTON LABONTE LLP

CHARTERED PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021

Vancouver, Canada

June 30, 2022, except for Notes 3 and 14 to the financial statements, as to which the date is July 15, 2022.

 

F-24
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

As at

 

    

 

January 31, 2021

  January 31, 2020 
    Note   (audited)   (unaudited) 
             
ASSETS              
Current              
Cash      $692,647   $180,651 
Accounts and other receivables  4    81,159    12,969 
Inventory  5    1,176,247    598,591 
Prepaid expenses and deposits  6    118,369    3,452 
        2,068,422    795,663 
Non-current              
Property and equipment       3,196    - 
Total assets      $2,071,618   $795,663 
               
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY              
Current              
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  7,9   $308,719   $276,720 
Loan payable  8    17,580    433,987 
Deferred revenue       92,121    - 
Warrant derivative  11    1,490,059    - 
Total liabilities       1,908,479    710,707 
               
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY              
Subscriptions received  10    -    301,886 
Class A common shares  10    6,416,904    3,278,547 
Class B common shares  10    6,847,347    1,023,864 
Reserves  10    308,660    - 
Accumulated deficit       (13,409,772)   (4,519,341)
Total shareholders’ equity       163,139    84,956 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficiency      $2,071,618   $795,663 

 

Nature of operations and going concern (Note 1)

Subsequent events (Note 15)

 

Approved and authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on July 15, 2022.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-25
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

For the years ended January 31,

 

     2021   2020 
   Note  (audited)   (unaudited) 
            
Revenues     $901,162   $207,404 
Cost of goods sold 

5

   291,195    66,596 
Gross Profit      609,967    140,808 
              
Expenses             
Advertising and marketing      2,670,447    841,944 
Commission      11,207    3,671 
Consulting  9,10   556,864    371,152 
Interest and bank charges      18,130    15,408 
Merchant fees      39,180    12,333 
Office and administrative expenses      75,194    54,709 
Professional fees      222,870    51,455 
Salaries and wages      93,460    - 
Share-based compensation  10   4,949,441    52,409 
Shipping and delivery      304,591    46,766 
Travel and entertainment      29,225    68,340 
       (8,970,609)   (1,518,187)
              
Other items             
Government grant  8   14,139    - 
Foreign exchange      (7,719)   (1,481)
Gain (loss) on revaluation of warrant derivative  11   (536,209)   - 
       (529,789)   (1,481)
              
Net and comprehensive loss     $(8,890,431)  $(1,378,860)
              
Loss per share - Basic and diluted     $(0.93)  $(0.34)
              
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - basic and diluted      9,590,802    4,069,873 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-26
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

 

  

Class A

Common Shares

  

Class B

Common Shares

             
  

Number

of shares

   Amount  

Number

of shares

   Amount  

Subscriptions

received

  

Reserves

  

Accumulated

Deficit

  

Total

 
                                 
Balance, January 31, 2019   3,481,499   $2,948,253    -   $-   $-   $-   $(3,140,481)  $(192,228)
Private placement of shares - $1.15   386,833    330,294    -    -    -    -         330,294 
Private placement of shares - $1.44   -    -    940,005    1,023,864    -    -    -    1,023,864 
Subscriptions received   -    -    -    -    301,886    -    -    301,886 
Net and comprehensive loss   -    -    -    -    -    -    (1,378,860)   (1,378,860)
Balance, January 31, 2020   3,868,332   $  3,278,547    940,005   $  1,023,864   $301,886   $-   $(4,519,341)  $84,956 
                                         
Balance, January 31, 2020   3,868,332   $3,278,547    940,005   $1,023,864   $301,886   $-   $(4,519,341)  $84,956 
Private placement of shares - CAD$1.44   574,448    610,761    348,150    377,239    (301,886)   -    -    686,114 
Shares issued for services   2,381,346    2,527,596    1,887,640    1,997,610    -    -    -    4,525,206 
Private placement units - CAD$0.60   -    -    2,066,997    746,365    -    -    -    746,365 
Private placement units - CAD$1.80   -    -    2,919,047    3,265,077    -    -    -    3,217,886 
Share issuance cost - shares   -    -    179,434    (38,745)   -    38,745    -    - 
Share issuance cost – broker warrants   -    -    -    (123,981)   -    123,981    -    - 
Share issuance cost - cash   -    -    -    (400,083)   -    -    -    (400,083)
Stock options granted   -    -    -    -    -    145,934    -    145,934 
Net and comprehensive loss   -    -    -    -    -    -    (8,890,431)   (8,890,431)
Balance, January 31, 2021   6,824,126   $6,416,904    8,341,273   $6,847,347   $-   $  308,660   $  (13,409,772)  $163,139 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-27
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

 

  

2021

  

2020

 
   (audited)   (unaudited) 
Cash flows from operating activities          
Net loss  $(8,890,431)  $(1,378,860)
Items not affecting cash:          
Government grant   (14,139)   - 
Share-based compensation   4,949,441    - 
Loss on revaluation of warrant derivative   536,209    - 
Interest expense   1,782    - 
Unrealized foreign exchange   1,431    - 
           
Changes in non-cash working capital          
Accounts and other receivables   (68,190)   (10,185)
Inventory   (577,656)   (261,234)
Prepaid expenses and deposits   (114,917)   35 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   31,999    190,688 
Deferred revenue   92,121    - 
           
Net cash flows used in operating activities   (4,052,350)   (1,459,556)
           
Cash flows from investing activities          
Capital expenditures   (3,196)   - 
           
Net cash flows used in investing activities   (3,196)   - 
           
Cash flows from financing activities          
Subscriptions received   -    301,886 
Proceeds received on the issuance of shares   4,973,023    1,354,158 
Proceeds from loans   28,506    (77,808)
Repayment of loans   (433,987)   - 
           
Net cash flows provided by financing activities   4,567,542    1,578,236 
           
Change in cash  $511,996   $118,680 
           
Cash          
Beginning of year  $180,651   $61,971 
End of year  $692,647   $180,651 
           
Supplemental cash flow disclosure          
Interest  $-   $- 
Taxes paid  $-   $- 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-28
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

Year ended January 31, 2021

 

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND GOING CONCERN

 

Bruush Oral Care Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in British Columbia under the Business Corporations Act on October 10, 2017. The Company is in the business of producing and selling electric toothbrushes. The Company’s head office is located at 30 Wellington Street West 5th Floor, Toronto, Ontario M5L 1E2.

 

As of and for the year ended January 31, 2021, the Company has recurring losses, a working capital of $159,943 (2020 – working capital of $103,815), an accumulated deficit totaling $13,409,772 (2020 – accumulated deficit of $4,519,341) and negative cash flows used in operating activities of $4,052,350 (2020 – negative cash flows of $1,459,556). While the Company has positive working capital, the ability of the Company to carry out its business objectives is dependent on its ability to secure continued financial support from related parties, to obtain equity financing, or to ultimately attain profitable operations in the future. The Company will need to raise additional capital during the next twelve months and beyond to support current operations and planned development. Whether and when the Company can attain profitability and positive cash flows is uncertain. While the Company has been successful in securing financing in the past, there is no assurance that financing will be available in the future on terms acceptable to the Company.

 

On March 11, 2020, the outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus specifically identified as “COVID-19” was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization. The outbreak has resulted in governments worldwide enacting emergency measures to combat the spread of the virus which in turn have caused material disruption to business globally resulting in an economic slowdown. Global equity markets have experienced significant volatility and weakness. Governments and central banks have reacted with significant monetary and fiscal interventions designed to stabilize economic conditions. In light of the evolving nature of COVID-19 and the uncertainty it has produced around the world, the Company does not believe it is possible to predict with precision the pandemic’s cumulative and ultimate impact on its future business operations, liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, the Company cannot predict the impact the COVID-19 pandemic will have on its business partners and third-party vendors, and the Company may be adversely impacted as a result of the adverse impact its business partners and third-party vendors suffer. Additionally, concerns over the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic have caused volatility in financial markets, which may adversely impact the Company’s stock price and the Company’s ability to access capital markets.

 

These factors form a material uncertainty that may cast significant doubt upon the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. These financial statements do not give effect to adjustments to the carrying value and classification of assets and liabilities and related expense that would be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. If the going concern assumption is not appropriate, material adjustments to the statements could be required.

 

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

Basis of presentation and statement of compliance

 

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and interpretations of the International Financial Reporting Issues Committee (“IFRIC”). The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all years presented, unless otherwise stated.

 

These financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, modified where applicable. In addition, these financial statements have been prepared using the accrual basis of accounting except for cash flow information.

 

F-29
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

Year ended January 31, 2021

 

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND USE OF ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS

 

Revenue recognition

 

The Company’s revenue is generated from the sale of finished product to customers. Those sales predominantly contain a single performance obligation and revenue is recognized at a single point in time when ownership, risks and rewards transfer, which is typically the date of receipt by the customer. Where the Company has collected payment from a customer, but the product is in transit, the Company will defer the recognition of the product sale in revenues until such time as the product is delivered to the customer, recognition deferral will be recorded as deferred revenue until delivery is completed. A provision for payment discounts and product return allowances is recorded as a reduction of sales in the same period the revenue is recognized. The revenue recorded is presented net of sales and other taxes the Company collect on behalf of governmental authorities.

 

Foreign currency translation

 

The functional currency of each entity is determined using the currency of the primary economic environment in which that entity operates. The Company’s financial statements are presented in United States dollars.

 

The functional currency for the Company is the United States dollar.

 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency of the Company, using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions (spot exchange rate). Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the remeasurement of monetary items denominated in foreign currency at year end exchange rates are recognized in the statement of loss and comprehensive loss.

 

Non-monetary items are not retranslated at year end and are measured at historical cost (translated using the exchange rates at the transaction date), except for non-monetary items measured at fair value which are translated using the exchange rates at the date when fair value was determined.

 

Operating Segments

 

For management purposes, the Company is organized into one operating and reportable segment based on the products of the Company which are determined to be complimentary to one another.

 

Inventory

 

Inventory consists entirely of finished goods and is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The cost of inventory is maintained using the average-cost method. The net realizable value of finished goods is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses. The cost of finished goods inventory is based on landed cost, which includes all costs incurred to bring inventory to the Company’s distribution centers including product costs, inbound freight and duty. If the Company determines that the estimated net realizable value of its inventory is less than the carrying value of such inventory, it records a charge to cost of goods sold.

 

Property and equipment

 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred; cost of major additions and betterments are capitalized. Upon sale or other disposition of a depreciable asset, cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from property and equipment and any gain or loss is reflected as a gain or loss from operations.

 

The estimated useful lives are:

 

  Computers and Software 2 years

 

F-30
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

Year ended January 31, 2021

 

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND USE OF ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS (continued)

 

Property and equipment (continued)

 

The CGU’s recoverable amount is evaluated using fair value less costs to sell calculations. In calculating the recoverable amount, the Company utilizes discounted cash flow techniques to determine fair value when it is not possible to determine fair value from active markets or a written offer to purchase. Management calculates the discounted cash flows based upon its best estimate of a number of economic, operating, engineering, environmental, political and social assumptions. Any changes in the assumptions due to changing circumstances may affect the calculation of the recoverable amount.

 

Impairment of assets

 

The Company performs impairment tests on its long-lived assets, including property and equipment, when new events or circumstances occur, or when new information becomes available relating to their recoverability. When the recoverable amount of each separately identifiable asset or cash generating unit (“CGU”) is less than its carrying value, the asset or CGU’s assets are written down to their recoverable amount with the impairment loss charged against profit or loss. A reversal of the impairment loss in a subsequent period will be charged against profit or loss if there is a significant reversal of the circumstances that caused the original impairment. The impairment will be reversed up to the amount of depreciated carrying value that would have otherwise occurred if the impairment loss had not occurred.

 

Leases

 

The Company assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. That is, if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company applies a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases, except for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets. The Company recognizes lease liabilities to make lease payments and right-of-use assets representing the right to use the underlying assets.

 

At the commencement date of the lease, the Company recognizes lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. Lease payments include fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. Lease payments also include the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised by the Company and payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Company exercising the option to terminate. Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognized as expenses in the period in which the event or condition that triggers the payment occurs. In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the lease payments (e.g., changes to future payments resulting from a change in an index or rate used to determine such lease payments) or a change in the assessment of an option to purchase the underlying asset.

 

The Company recognizes right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e., the date the underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognized, initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received.

 

As at January 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company did not have any leases in place.

 

F-31
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

Year ended January 31, 2021

 

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND USE OF ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS (continued)

 

Research and development costs

 

Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new technical knowledge and understanding, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred. During the year ended January 31, 2021, $6,486 (January 31, 2020 - $6,692) of research and development costs were recorded in Consulting in the Statement of Comprehensive Loss.

 

Development activities involve a plan or design for the production of new or substantially improved products and processes. Development expenditure is capitalized only if development costs can be measured reliably, the product or process is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are probable, and the Company intends to and has sufficient resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset. The expenditure capitalized includes the cost of materials, direct labor, overhead costs that are directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use and borrowing costs on qualifying assets. Other development expenditures are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

 

Research and development costs incurred subsequent to the acquisition of externally acquired intangible assets and on internally generated intangible assets are accounted for as research and development costs.

 

As at January 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company has not capitalized any research and development costs.

 

Financial instruments

 

  (a) Classification

 

The Company classifies its financial instruments in the following categories: at fair value through profit and loss (“FVTPL”), at fair value through other comprehensive income (loss) (“FVTOCI”) or at amortized cost. The Company determines the classification of financial assets at initial recognition. The classification of debt instruments is driven by the Company’s business model for managing the financial assets and their contractual cash flow characteristics. Equity instruments that are held for trading are classified as FVTPL. For other equity instruments, on the day of acquisition the Company can make an irrevocable election (on an instrument-by-instrument basis) to designate them as at FVTOCI. Financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost, unless they are required to be measured at FVTPL (such as instruments held for trading or derivatives) or if the Company has opted to measure them at FVTPL.

 

  (b) Measurement

 

Financial assets and liabilities at amortized cost

 

Financial assets and liabilities at amortized cost are initially recognized at fair value plus or minus transaction costs, respectively, and subsequently carried at amortized cost less any impairment.

 

Financial assets and liabilities at FVTPL

 

Financial assets and liabilities carried at FVTPL are initially recorded at fair value and transaction costs are expensed in the statements of loss and comprehensive loss. Realized and unrealized gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of the financial assets and liabilities held at FVTPL are included in the statements of loss and comprehensive loss in the period in which they arise.

 

F-32
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

Year ended January 31, 2021

 

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND USE OF ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS (continued)

 

Debt investments at FVTOCI

 

These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Interest income calculated using the effective interest method, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment are recognized in profit or loss. Other net gains and losses are recognized in OCI. On derecognition, gains and losses accumulated in OCI are reclassified to profit or loss.

 

Equity investments at FVTOCI

 

These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Dividends are recognized as income in profit or loss unless the dividend clearly represents a recovery of part of the cost of the investment. Other net gains and losses are recognized in OCI and are never reclassified to profit or loss.

 

  (c) Impairment of financial assets at amortized cost

 

The Company recognizes a loss allowance for expected credit losses on financial assets that are measured at amortized cost. At each reporting date, the Company measures the loss allowance for the financial asset at an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses if the credit risk on the financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition. If at the reporting date, the financial asset has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the Company measures the loss allowance for the financial asset at an amount equal to the twelve month expected credit losses. The Company shall recognize in the statements of loss and comprehensive loss, as an impairment gain or loss, the amount of expected credit losses (or reversal) that is required to adjust the loss allowance at the reporting date to the amount that is required to be recognized.

 

  (a) Derecognition

 

Financial assets

 

The Company derecognizes financial assets only when the contractual rights to cash flows from the financial assets expire, or when it transfers the financial assets and substantially all of the associated risks and rewards of ownership to another entity.

 

Financial liabilities

 

The Company derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expire. The Company also derecognizes a financial liability when the terms of the liability are modified such that the terms and/or cash flows of the modified instrument are substantially different, in which case a new financial liability based on the modified terms is recognized at fair value.

 

Gains and losses on derecognition are generally recognized in profit or loss.

 

F-33
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

Year ended January 31, 2021

 

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND USE OF ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS (continued)

 

Income taxes

 

Current income tax:

 

Current income tax assets and liabilities for the current period are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted, at the reporting date, in the countries where the Company operates and generates taxable income.

 

Current income tax relating to items recognized directly in other comprehensive income or equity is recognized in other comprehensive income or equity and not in profit or loss. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in the tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate.

 

Deferred tax:

 

Deferred tax is recognized on temporary differences at the reporting date arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available to allow all or part of the temporary differences to be utilized.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted and are expected to apply by the end of the reporting period. Deferred tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities are offset if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current income tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

 

Loss per share

 

Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing the loss attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding in the period. For all periods presented, the loss attributable to common shareholders equals the reported loss attributable to owners of the Company.

 

Share capital

 

Common shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of common shares are recognized as a deduction from shareholders’ equity, net of tax. In the event that the financing is not completed, these costs are expensed to profit or loss.

 

The Company may engage in equity financing transactions to obtain the funds necessary to continue operations. These equity financing transactions may involve issuance of common shares or units. A unit comprises a certain number of common shares and a certain number of share purchase warrants. Depending on the terms and conditions of each financing agreement, the warrants are exercisable into additional common shares prior to expiry at a price stipulated by the agreement. Warrants that are part of units are assigned a residual value if the unit is issued at a price exceeding the market price of underlying share at the time of issuance otherwise the warrants are assigned no value and included in share capital with the common shares that are concurrently issued. Warrants that are issued as payment for an agency fee or other transactions costs are accounted for as share-based payment transaction costs.

 

Warrants that are exercisable in currencies other than the Company’s functional currency of U.S. dollars are considered to be derivative financial instruments. The Company presents such warrants as derivative liabilities on the balance sheet and measures them at fair value at the end of each reporting period.

 

F-34
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

Year ended January 31, 2021

 

3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND USE OF ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS (continued)

 

Critical accounting estimates and significant management judgments

 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the Company to use judgment in applying its accounting policies and make estimates and assumptions about reported amounts at the date of the financial statements and in the future. The Company’s management reviews these estimates and underlying assumptions on an ongoing basis, based on experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Revisions to estimates are adjusted for prospectively in the period in which the estimates are revised.

 

Fair value measurement of broker warrants and warrant derivative

 

The Company measures the cost of equity-settled transactions by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date on which they are granted. Estimating fair value for broker warrants and the warrant derivative requires determining the most appropriate valuation model, which is dependent on the terms and conditions of the grant. This estimate also requires the determination of the most appropriate inputs to the valuation model including the expected remaining life of the broker warrants and the warrant derivative, fair value of underlying stock, volatility, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield and making assumptions about them. Where possible the Company will utilize contractual and publicly available information to determine valuation model inputs. If no such information is available, the Company will use historical performance and if required, the Company will make estimations based on the best information available. Expected remaining life is determined using the information in the warrant terms, fair value of the underlying stock is determined based the most recently completed financing, volatility is estimated based on market data and industry assessment, risk-free interest rate is determined based on central bank rates for a similar period to the expected remaining life and dividend yield is estimated using the Company’s past performance and future expectations. The assumptions and models used for estimating fair value for broker warrants and the warrant derivative are disclosed in Note 11.

 

Fair value of Class B common shares

 

The fair value of the Class B common shares that are underlying and drive the fair value of warrants and stock-based compensation are estimated at the date on which the equity instruments are granted. As the Company is not publicly traded and there is no quoted price available, management estimates the fair value of the Class B common shares by reference to the price of the most recently completed private placement financing. Where the most recently completed financing is a financing of units, management estimates the fair value to be allocated to the share component by performing a numerical iteration on the Black-Scholes calculation for the fair value of the attached warrants. The Company determined that absent significant changes in the operations of the Company, the fair value of the Class B common shares is best estimated utilizing the most recently completed financing due to there being no quoted price available.

 

Income taxes

 

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is probable that the tax position will be sustained based on its technical merits. The Company measures and record the tax benefits from such a position based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company’s estimated liabilities related to these matters are adjusted in the period in which the uncertain tax position is effectively settled, the statute of limitations for examination expires or when additional information becomes available. The amount and timing of future taxable income for unrecognized tax benefits requires the use of assumptions and significant judgement to estimate the exposures associated with our various filing positions. The Company has not recognized the value of any deferred tax assets in its statements of financial position. Although the Company believes that the judgements and estimates made are reasonable, actual results could differ and resulting adjustments could materially affect our effective income tax rate and income tax provision.

 

Provisions for taxes are made using the best estimate of the amount expected to be paid based on a qualitative assessment of all relevant factors. The Company reviews the adequacy of these provisions at the end of the reporting period. However, it is possible that at some future date an additional liability could result from audits by taxing authorities. Where the final outcome of these tax-related matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will affect the tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

 

Useful lives of property and equipment

 

Estimates of the useful lives of property and equipment are based on the period over which the assets are expected to be available for use. The estimated useful lives are reviewed annually and are updated if expectations differ from previous estimates due to physical wear and tear, technical or commercial obsolescence, not electing to exercise renewal options on Leases, and legal or other limits on the use of the relevant assets. In addition, the estimation of the useful lives of the relevant assets may be based on internal technical evaluation and experience with similar assets. It is possible, however, that future results of operations could be materially affected by changes in the estimates brought about by changes in the factors mentioned above. The amounts and timing of recorded expenses for any period would be affected by changes in these factors and circumstances. A reduction in the estimated useful lives of the property and equipment would increase the recorded expenses and decrease the non-current assets.

 

Other significant judgments

 

The preparation of these financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the Company to make judgments, apart from those involving estimates, in applying accounting policies. The most significant judgments in applying the Company’s financial statements include:

 

  - The assessment of the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and whether there are events or conditions that may give rise to significant uncertainty;
  - The determination of the Company’s functional currency; and
  - Whether there are indicators of impairment of the Company’s long-lived assets.

 

F-35
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

Year ended January 31, 2021

 

4. ACCOUNTS AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

 

   2021   2020 
   (audited)   (unaudited) 
Trade receivables  $7,206   $3,010 
Sales taxes receivable   73,953    9,959 
   $81,159   $12,969 

 

5. INVENTORY

 

Inventory consisted entirely of finished goods made up of electric toothbrushes, replacement toothbrush heads and accessories.

 

During the year ended January 31, 2021, $291,195 (2020 - $66,596) of inventory was sold and recognized in cost of goods sold, and $64,161 (2020 - $Nil) of inventory was used for promotional purposes and recognized in other expense categories, such as selling and marketing and investor relations.

 

6. PREPAID EXPENSES AND DEPOSITS

 

   2021   2020 
   (audited)   (unaudited) 
Prepaid expenses  $7,067   $3,452 
Deposits on inventory   111,302    - 
   $118,369   $3,452 

 

7. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

 

   2021   2020 
   (audit)   (unaudited) 
Accounts payable  $236,806   $257,861 
Accrued liabilities   71,913    18,859 
   $308,719   $276,720 

 

8. LOANS PAYABLE

 

CEBA Loan

 

On May 5, 2020, the Company received a loan in the principal amount of CAD$40,000 ($28,506) under the Canada Emergency Business Account (“CEBA”) program.

 

The loan is non-interest bearing and eligible for CAD$10,000 ($7,127) forgiveness if repaid by December 31, 2022. If not repaid by December 31, 2022, the loan bears interest at 5% per annum and are due on December 31, 2025. The Company intends to repay the loan by December 31, 2022 and management has assessed that the Company will have the financial ability to do so. As it is probable that the conditions for the forgiveness of the loan will be met, the Company has recognized the CAD$10,000 ($7,127) loan forgiveness as government grant income during the period.

 

As the loan was issued at below market rates, the initial fair value of the loan was determined to be $20,160, which was determined using an estimated effective interest rate of 15%. The difference between the face value of the loan and the fair value of the loans of $7,012 has been recognized as government grant income during the period. For the year ended January 31, 2021, the Company recognized interest expense of $1,782 related to the loan.

 

As at January 31, 2021, the carrying value of the loan was $17,580 (2020 - $Nil).

 

F-36
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

Year ended January 31, 2021

 

8. LOANS PAYABLE (continued)

 

BDC Loan

 

On August 14, 2019, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Business Development Bank of Canada (“BDC”) for two loans totaling CAD$250,000 ($187,645).

 

The first loan (“Loan 1”) was in the principal amount of CAD$190,000 ($142,610) bore interest at BDC’s floating base rate plus 2.00% per year.

 

The second loan (“Loan 2”) was in the principal amount of CAD$60,000 ($45,035) and bore interest at BDC’s floating base rate plus 5.80% per year.

 

Both loans were due on August 1, 2026 and were guaranteed by the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) of the Company.

 

Loan 1 was fully repaid on September 18, 2020 and Loan 2 was fully repaid on November 20, 2019.

 

As at January 1, 2021, $Nil was outstanding on this loan (2020 – 143,580).

 

9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Key Management Compensation

 

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Company, directly or indirectly. Key management personnel include the Company’s executive officers and Board of Director members.

 

All related party transactions are in the normal course of operations. All amounts either due from or due to related parties other than specifically disclosed are non-interest bearing, unsecured and have no fixed terms of repayments.

 

  a) Related party transactions with directors, subsequent and former directors and companies and entities over which they have significant influence over:

 

   2021   2020 
   (audited)   (unaudited) 
Director fees   54,585    - 
Professional fees   55,625   $- 
Share-based compensation  $1,997,611   $- 

 

  b) Key management compensation

 

   2021   2020 
   (audited)   (unaudited) 
Consulting fees  $206,507   $55,906 
Share-based compensation  $2,527,596   $- 

 

  c) Accounts payable and accrued liabilities - As of January 31, 2021 $2,740 (2020 - $Nil) due to related parties was included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

 

  d) Loans payable – As of January 31, 2021 $Nil (2020 - $290,407) was owing to the CEO of the Company. The loan was non-interest bearing, due on demand and unsecured.

 

F-37
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

Year ended January 31, 2021

 

10. SHARE CAPITAL

 

  a) Share capital

 

Authorized share capital

 

Unlimited Class A Voting Common Shares common shares (“Class A shares”), without par value.

 

Unlimited Class B Non-Voting Common Shares common shares (“Class B shares”), without par value.

 

Shares outstanding

 

  As at January 31, 2021:   6,824,126 Class A shares and 8,341,273 Class B shares were issued and outstanding (2020 – Class A: 3,868,332, Class B: 940,005).

 

On July 17, 2020, the Company enacted a stock split of 1 to 3.4815. All share and per share amounts in the financial statements have been retroactively restated to present the post stock split amounts.

 

Year ended January 31, 2021:

 

On February 12, 2020, the Company issued 417,780 Class A shares for nominal consideration to its CEO for services rendered. The fair value of the shares is estimated to be $452,694 and is recorded as share-based compensation in the statements of comprehensive loss.

 

On February 12, 2020, the Company issued 139,260 Class A shares at CAD$1.44 ($1.08) per share for gross proceeds of CAD$200,000 ($150,898).

 

On February 13, 2020, the Company issued 348,150 Class B shares at CAD$1.44 ($1.08) per share for gross proceeds of CAD$525,000 ($377,239).

 

On June 24, 2020, the Company issued 1,963,566 Class A shares for nominal consideration to its CEO for services rendered. The fair value of the shares is estimated to be $2,074,903 is recorded as share-based compensation in the statements of comprehensive loss.

 

On June 24, 2020, the Company issued 435,188 Class A shares at CAD$0.57 ($0.43) per share for gross proceeds of CAD$250,000 ($183,945). As the shares were issued at a price lower than other financings held during the same period, the Company has determined that the fair value of the shares issued to be $459,863 based on the share price of the most recent financing of Class A shares. The difference between the proceeds received and the fair value of the shares of $275,918 has been recognized as consulting fees in the statements of comprehensive loss.

 

On July 17, 2020, the Company issued 1,870,232 Class B shares for nominal consideration to directors of the Company for services rendered. The fair value of the shares is estimated to be $1,997,611 and has been recorded as share-based compensation on the statements of comprehensive loss.

 

In July and August 2020, the Company completed a private placement of 2,066,997 units at CAD$0.60 ($0.45) per unit for gross proceeds of CAD$1,240,198 ($746,365). Each unit comprises of one Class B share and on half-warrant exercisable at CAD$0.90 ($0.67) for twenty-four months from the time the Company completes a bone-fide public offering of common shares under a prospectus or registration statement filed with the securities regulatory authorities in Canada or the United States (the “Liquidity Event”). The fair value of the attached warrants was determined to be $178,955 and was estimated using the Black-Scholes Options Pricing Model using the following assumptions: fair value of the underlying stock - CAD$0.48, expected dividend yield - 0%, expected volatility - 100%, risk-free interest rate - 0.28% and an expected remaining life - 2.95 years.

 

F-38
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

Year ended January 31, 2021

 

10. SHARE CAPITAL (continued)

 

In August and September 2020, the Company completed a brokered private placement of 2,919,047 units at CAD$1.80 ($1.34) per unit for gross proceeds of CAD$5,311,684 ($3,217,886). Each unit comprises of one Class B share and on half-warrant exercisable at CAD$2.70 ($2.02) for twenty-four months from Liquidity Event. The fair value allocated to the attached warrants upon issuance was estimated to be $774,894 and was estimated using the Black-Scholes Options Pricing Model using the following assumptions: fair value of the underlying stock - CAD$1.46, expected dividend yield - 0%, expected volatility - 100%, risk-free interest rate - 0.30% and an expected remaining life - 2.84 years. In conjunction with the private placement, the Company paid finders fees of $400,083 and issued 135,599 finders’ units. Each finders’ unit comprises of one Class B share and on half-warrant with the same terms as the unit warrants. The Company also issued 236,073 broker warrants with the same terms as the unit warrants. The fair value of the broker warrants upon issuance was determined to be $123,981 and was estimated using the Black-Scholes Options Pricing Model using the following assumptions: fair value of the underlying stock - CAD$1.46, expected dividend yield - 0%, expected volatility - 100%, risk-free interest rate - 0.30% and an expected remaining life - 2.84 years.

 

Year ended January 31, 2020:

 

Between June 2019 and January 2020, the Company issued 877,783 Class B shares at CAD$1.44 ($1.06) per share for gross proceeds of CAD$1,275,000 ($966,402).

 

On May 6, 2019, the Company issued 386,833 Class A shares at CAD$1.03 ($0.78) per share for gross proceeds of CAD$400,000 ($297,265). As the shares were issued at a price lower than other financings held during the same period, the Company has determined that the fair value of the shares issued to be $330,294 based on the share price of the most recent financing of Class A shares. The difference between the proceeds received and the fair value of the shares of $33,029 has been recognized as share-based compensation in the statements of comprehensive loss.

 

On July 16, 2019, the Company issued 52,223 Class B shares at CAD$0.96 ($0.74) per share for gross proceeds of CAD$50,000 ($38,308). As the shares were issued at a price lower than other financings held during the same period, the Company has determined that the fair value of the shares issued to be $57,462 based on the share price of the most recent financing of Class B shares. The difference between the proceeds received and the fair value of the shares of $19,154 has been recognized as share-based compensation in the statements of comprehensive loss.

 

During the year ended January 31, 2020, the Company received subscriptions in the amount of $320,745 toward the private placement of Class B shares. The Class B shares were issued during the year ended January 31, 2021.

 

  b) Options

 

The Company has established a stock option plan for its directors, officers, employees, and consultants under which the Company may grant options (each, an “Option”) from time to time to acquire Shares. The exercise price of each Option shall be determined by the Board of Directors. Options may be granted for a maximum term of five years from the date of grant. Options are non-transferable and expire immediately upon termination of employment for cause, or within 30 days of termination of employment for cause, or within 30 days of termination of employment or holding office as director or officer of the Company or in the case of death. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable grant agreement, Options fully vest upon the grant thereof.

 

During the year ended January 31, 2021, the Company granted 309,498 options exercisable at CAD$1.80 until November 9, 2025. 157,781 of the options vested on November 23, 2020, with the remaining options vesting on November 23, 2021. The fair value of the options was determined to be $246,071 and was estimated using the Black-Scholes Options Pricing Model using the following assumptions: fair value of the underlying stock - CAD$0.48, expected dividend yield - 0%, expected volatility - 100%, risk-free interest rate - 0.25% and an expected remaining life - 5 years.

 

During the year ended January 31, 2021, the Company recognized share-based compensation expense of $145,933 for the vesting of these options.

 

F-39
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

Year ended January 31, 2021

 

10. SHARE CAPITAL (continued)

 

Continuity of the options issued and outstanding are as follows:

 

   Number of
options
   Weighted average exercise price 
Balance, January 31, 2020   -   $- 
Granted   309,498    1.80CAD 
Exercised   -      
Balance, January 31, 2021   309,498   $1.80CAD 

 

11. DERIVATIVE WARRANT LIABILITY

 

In July and August 2020, in connection with a private placement, the Company issued 1,033,495 warrants with an exercise price of CAD$0.90 ($0.69) per warrant with an expiry date of twenty-four months from the Liquidity Event. As the warrants have an exercise price denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency, they are derivative financial instruments measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period. The fair value of the warrants upon issuance was determined to be $178,956 and was estimated using the Black-Scholes Options Pricing Model using the following assumptions: fair value of the underlying stock - CAD$0.48, expected dividend yield - 0%, expected volatility - 100%, risk-free interest rate - 0.15% and an expected remaining life - 2.95 years. As at January 31, 2021, the fair value of the warrants was determined to be $778,213 based on the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model using the following assumptions: fair value of the underlying stock - CAD$0.48, expected dividend yield - 0%, expected volatility - 100%, risk-free interest rate - 0.25% and an expected remaining life - 2.41 years.

 

In August and September 2020, in connection with a private placement, the Company issued 1,475,468 warrants with an exercise price of CAD$2.70 ($2.02) per warrant with an expiry date of twenty-four months from the Liquidity Event. As the warrants have an exercise price denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency, they are derivative financial instruments measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period. The fair value of the warrants upon issuance was determined to be $774,894 and was estimated using the Black-Scholes Options Pricing Model using the following assumptions: fair value of the underlying stock - CAD$1.46, expected dividend yield - 0%, expected volatility - 100%, risk-free interest rate - 0.30% and an expected remaining life - 2.84 years. As at January 31, 2021, the fair value of the warrants was determined to be $711,846 based on the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model using the following assumptions: fair value of the underlying stock - CAD$1.46, expected dividend yield - 0%, expected volatility - 100%, risk-free interest rate - 0.25% and an expected remaining life - 2.41 years.

 

The following is a continuity of the Company’s derivative warrant liability:

 

Balance, January 31, 2020  $- 
Issued during the period   953,850 
Change in fair value of derivative   536,209 
Balance, January 31, 2021  $1,490,059 

 

F-40
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

Year ended January 31, 2021

 

12. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT RISK MANAGEMENT

 

Classification of financial instruments

 

Financial assets included in the statement of financial position are as follows:

 

   Level in fair
value
hierarchy
  January 31, 2021 (audited)   January 31, 2020 (unaudited) 
Amortized cost:             
Cash    $692,647   $180,651 
Accounts receivable     81,161    12,969 
      $773,808   $193,620 

 

Financial liabilities included in the statement of financial position are as follows:

 

   Level in fair value hierarchy  January 31, 2021   January 31, 2020 
Amortized cost:             
Accounts payable and accrued expenses    $308,719   $276,720 
Loans payable     17,580    433,987 
              
FVTPL:             
Warrant derivative liability  Level 3   1,490,059    - 
      $1,816,358   $710,707 

 

Fair value

 

Financial instruments measured at fair value are classified into one of three levels in the fair value hierarchy according to the relative reliability of the inputs used to estimate the fair values. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are:

 

  Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
  Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly; and
  Level 3 – Inputs that are not based on observable market data.

 

The carrying value of the Company’s cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued liabilities as at approximate their fair value due to their short terms to maturity.

 

The following table shows the valuation techniques used in measuring Level 3 fair values for the derivative liability as well as the significant unobservable inputs used.

 

Type   Valuation technique   Key inputs   Inter-relationship between significant inputs and fair value measurement
Warrant derivative liability   The fair value of the warrant derivative liability at initial recognition and at period-end has been calculated using the Black Scholes option pricing model.  

Key observable inputs

● Share price

● Risk free interest rate

● Dividend yield

● Key unobservable inputs

Expected volatility

 

The estimated fair value would increase (decrease) if:

● The share price was higher (lower)

● The risk-free interest rate was higher (lower)

● The dividend yield was lower (higher)

● The expected volatility was higher (lower)

 

For the fair values of the derivative liability, reasonably possible changes to the expected volatility, the most significant unobservable input would have the following effects:

 

Unobservable Inputs  Change   Impact on comprehensive loss 
       January 31, 2021 
Volatility   20%  $144,370 

 

The Company is exposed in varying degrees to a variety of financial instrument related risks. The Board of Directors approves and monitors the risk management processes, inclusive of documented investment policies, counterparty limits, and controlling and reporting structures.

 

Credit risk

 

The Company’s principal financial assets are cash and trade accounts receivable. The Company’s credit risk is primarily concentrated in its cash which is held with institutions with a high credit worthiness. Credit risk is not concentrated with any particular customer. The Company’s accounts receivable consists primarily of GST receivable. Trade receivables are generally insignificant.

 

The Company’s maximum credit risk exposure is $773,808.

 

F-41
 

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

Year ended January 31, 2021

 

12. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Company has a planning and budgeting process in place to help determine the funds required to support the Company’s normal operating requirements on an ongoing basis.

 

Historically, the Company’s primary source of funding has been the issuance of equity securities for cash, primarily through the issuance of preferred shares. The Company’s access to financing is always uncertain. There can be no assurance of continued access to significant equity funding.

 

The following is an analysis of the contractual maturities of the Company’s financial liabilities as at January 31, 2021:

 

   Within one year   Between one and five years   More than five years 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  $308,719   $-   $- 
Loans payable   17,580    -    - 
   $326,299   $-   $- 

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

Foreign currency risk arises from fluctuations in foreign currencies versus the United States dollar that could adversely affect reported balances and transactions denominated in those currencies. As at January 31, 2021, a portion of the Company’s financial assets are held in Canadian dollars. The Company’s objective in managing its foreign currency risk is to minimize its net exposure to foreign currency cash flows by transacting, to the greatest extent possible, with third parties in United States dollars. The Company does not currently use foreign exchange contracts to hedge its exposure of its foreign currency cash flows as management has determined that this risk is not significant at this point in time. The Company is not exposed to any material foreign currency risk.

 

Interest rate risk

 

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Company is not exposed to any material interest rate risk.

 

Capital Management

 

In the management of capital, the Company includes components of shareholders’ equity. The Company aims to manage its capital resources to ensure financial strength and to maximize its financial flexibility by maintaining strong liquidity and by utilizing alternative sources of capital including equity, debt and bank loans or lines of credit to fund continued growth. The Company sets the amount of capital in proportion to risk and based on the availability of funding sources. The Company manages the capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. Issuance of equity has been the primary source of capital to date. Additional debt and/or equity financing may be pursued in future as deemed appropriate to balance debt and equity. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may issue new shares, take on additional debt or sell assets to reduce debt.

 

13. COMMITMENTS

 

On October 29, 2020, the Company entered into an endorsement and promotional services agreement (the “Agreement”). Under the Agreement the Company has a commitment to make a $750,000 payment by October 30, 2021.

 

14. SEGMENTED INFORMATION

 

The Company’s sales are made to the following geographical locations:

 

   January 31, 2021
(audited)
   January 31, 2020
(unaudited)
 
United States of America  $512,094   $95,091 
Canada   389,068    112,313 
   $901,162   $207,404 

 

The Company’s breakdown of sales by product segment is as follows:

 

   January 31, 2021
(audited)
   January 31, 2020
(unaudited)
 
Devices  $817,778   $197,813 
Consumables   83,384    9,591 
   $901,162   $207,404 

 

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Subsequent to the year ended January 31, 2021, the Company acquired certain assets of The Dollar Brush, a direct-to-consumer player in the electric toothbrush subscription space. The assets acquired included customer lists and supplemental customer leads. In consideration, the Company made a cash payment of $15,000.

 

On December 3, 2021, the Company issued senior secured promissory notes (the “Senior Secured Promissory Notes”) in the amount of $3,000,000. The Senior Secured Promissory Notes have a maturity date of December 3, 2022 (the “Maturity Date”) and bear interest at 8% per annum. The Senior Secured Promissory Notes are secured by the Company’s assets.

 

Should the Company complete any public offering of securities or any other financing or capital-raising transaction of any kind (each a “Subsequent Offering”) for gross proceeds of over $5,000,000 prior to the Maturity Date, the Company shall repay the notes in their entirety.

 

In conjunction with the issuance of the Senior Secured Promissory Notes, the Company is to issue warrants to the holders of the Secured Promissory Notes. The number of warrants is determined by dividing 50% of the principal amount of the Secured Promissory Notes by the share price of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”) (the “Warrant Calculation”).

 

The Company will issue an initial 1,059,039 warrants of the Company. The number of warrants to be issued was calculated by dividing 50% of the principal amount of the Secured Promissory Notes by a placeholder of CAD$1.80, which was the price of the Company’s most recently completed financing. The Company and the holders have agreed to adjust the number of warrants upon the closing of the IPO to update the Warrant Calculation for the IPO share price.

 

Each warrant is exercisable into one Class B common share of the Company at an exercise price equal to the share price of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”). The warrants will expire five and a half years after the closing of the Company’s IPO.

 

In conjunction with the issuance of the Senior Secured Promissory Notes, the Company is to issue Class B common shares to the holders of the Secured Promissory Notes (“Commitment Shares”). The number of Commitment Shares is determined by dividing 50% of the principal amount of the Secured Promissory Notes by the share price of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”) (the “Commitment Calculation”).

 

The Company will issue an initial 1,059,039 Commitment Shares. The number of Commitment Shares to be issued was calculated by dividing 50% of the principal amount of the Secured Promissory Notes by a placeholder of CAD$1.80, which was the price of the Company’s most recently completed financing. The Company and the holders have agreed to adjust the number of Commitment Shares upon the closing of the IPO to update the Commitment Calculation for the IPO share price.

 

On April 28, 2022, the Company issued senior secured promissory notes (the “April Senior Secured Promissory Notes”) in the amount of $1,650,000. The April Senior Secured Promissory Notes have a maturity date of December 2, 2022 (the “April Maturity Date”) and bear interest at 8% per annum. The April Senior Secured Promissory Notes are secured by the Company’s assets.

 

Should the Company complete any public offering of securities or any other financing or capital-raising transaction of any kind (each a “April Subsequent Offering”) for gross proceeds of over $5,000,000 prior to the April Maturity Date, the Company shall repay the notes in their entirety.

 

In conjunction with the issuance of the Senior Secured Promissory Notes, the Company is to issue Class B common shares to the holders of the Secured Promissory Notes (“Commitment Shares”). The number of Commitment Shares is determined by dividing 50% of the principal amount of the Secured Promissory Notes by the share price of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”) (the “Commitment Calculation”).

 

The Company will issue an initial 1,059,042 Commitment Shares. The number of Commitment Shares to be issued was calculated by dividing 100% of the principal amount of the Secured Promissory Notes by a placeholder of CAD$1.80, which was the price of the Company’s most recently completed financing. The Company and the holders have agreed to adjust the number of Commitment Shares upon the closing of the IPO to update the Commitment Calculation for the IPO share price.

 

F-42
 

 

 

Bruush Oral Care Inc.

 

Up to 2,469,136 Units

Each Unit Consisting of

One Share of Common Stock and

One Warrant to Purchase One Share of Common Stock

Up to [●] Pre-Funded Units Each Consisting of
One Pre-Funded Warrant to Purchase One Share of Common Stock and One Warrant to Purchase One Share of Common Stock

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

____ __[●], 2022

 

 

 

Aegis Capital

 

Until [●], 2022 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as the underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 
 

 

[Alternate Page for Security Holders Prospectus]

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JULY 29, 2022

 

 

894,232 Shares of Common Stock

Representing

605,770 Shares of Common Stock and

288,462 Shares of Common Stock Underlying Warrants

 

The selling security holders named in this prospectus, referred to as the “Security Holders” in this prospectus, may offer and sell, from time to time, in one or more offerings, up to 894,232 shares of common stock of the Company, no par value (the “Common Stock”), consisting of 605,770 Shares of Common Stock and 288,462 shares of Common Stock underlying the warrants. The Common Stock may be sold by the Security Holders at prevailing market prices at the times of sale, prices related to the prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. The Common Stock may be offered by the Security Holders to or through underwriters, dealers or other agents, directly to investors or through any other manner permitted by law, on a continued or delayed basis. See “Plan of Distribution” beginning on page 67 of this prospectus. The Security Holders have agreed to a 90-day lock-up for sales into the public market with respect to all of these Common Stock.

 

We are not selling any securities in this offering, and we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of any securities by the Security Holders. The registration of the securities covered by this prospectus does not necessarily mean that any of these securities will be offered or sold by the Security Holders. The timing and amount of any sale is within the respective Security Holder’s sole discretion, subject to certain restrictions. To the extent that any Security Holder sells any securities, such holder may be required to provide you with this prospectus identifying and containing specific information about the selling Security Holder and the terms of the securities being offered.

 

The Common Stock will be quoted on The Nasdaq Stock Market. Usual and customary or specifically negotiated brokerage fees or commissions may be paid by the Security Holders upon the sale of the Common Stock being registered. No sales of Common Stock covered by this prospectus shall occur until the Common Stock sold in our initial public offering begins trading on The Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

The Security Holders and intermediaries through whom the securities are sold may be deemed “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with respect to the securities offered hereby, and any profits realized or commissions received may be deemed underwriting compensation.

 

On July   , 2022, a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to our initial public offering of $________ of the Common Stock and warrants to purchase common stock was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We received approximately $_____ million in net proceeds from the offering of Common Stock after payment of underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses of the offering.

 

We are a “foreign private issuer,” and an “emerging growth company” each as defined under the federal securities laws, and, as such, we will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See the section entitled “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Foreign Private Issuer” for additional information.

 

Investing in the Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any securities, you should carefully read the discussion of material risks of investing in the Common Stock and the company. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The date of this prospectus is ______ , 2022

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
Enforcement of Civil Liabilities 1
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 2
Prospectus Summary 3
Risk Factors 8
Capitalization 21
Dividend Policy 22
Use of Proceeds 65
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 26
Business 37
Management 42
Executive and Director Compensation 46
Principal Shareholders 47
Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions 48
Description of Securities 49
Shares Eligible for Future Sale 51
Certain Material Tax Considerations 52
Common Stock Registered for Distribution 66
Plan of Distribution 67
Legal Matters 68
Experts 68
Where You Can Find More Information 68
Index to Financial Statements F-1

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.

 

No dealer, salesperson or any other person is authorized in connection with this offering to give any information or make any representations about us, the securities offered hereby or any matter discussed in this prospectus, other than those contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, the information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any security other than the securities offered by this prospectus, or an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities by anyone in any circumstance in which the offer or solicitation is not authorized or is unlawful.

 

64

 

 

[Alternate Page for Security Holder Prospectus]

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

There will not be any proceeds from the distribution of the Common Stock by the Security Holders. All proceeds from the sale of the Common Stock will be paid directly to the selling security holders.

 

65

 

 

[Alternate Page for Security Holder Prospectus]

 

COMMON STOCK REGISTERED FOR DISTRIBUTION

 

As part of this prospectus, we are registering up to 894,232 shares of Common Stock for resale, consisting of 605,770 shares of Common Stock and 288,462 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, which are subject to a 90-day lock-up for sales into the public market. The Common Stock described in the following table consist of the Common Stock to be issued in the December 2021 Bridge Loan private placement and April 2022 Bridge Loan private placement thereof. In December 2021, the Company entered into Security Purchase Agreements with the Security Holders and agreed to issue up to 288,462 shares of Common Stock and warrants to purchase 288,462 shares of Common Stock. In April 2022, the Company entered into Security Purchase Agreements with the Security Holders and agreed to issue up to 317,308 shares of Common Stock.

 

As a result of filing the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for the registration and distribution of Common Stock and warrants as an initial public offering, we became obligated to register the Common Stock, held by the Security Holders for public offer and sale under the same registration statement.

 

The Security Holders do not have, nor within the past three years has any of them had, any position, office or other material relationship with us or any of our predecessors or affiliates other than as a result of the ownership of our securities.

 

The following table provides certain information with respect to the Security Holder’s ownership of our securities as of July 26, 2022, extrapolating thereafter for the amount of interest payable and any additional securities that may be sold, the total number of securities it may distribute under this prospectus from time to time, and the number of securities it will own thereafter assuming no other acquisitions or dispositions of our securities. The number of shares may change as the price per unit of the public offering price may change. The Security Holders may distribute all, some or none of its securities hereunder, thus we have no way of determining the number a Security Holder will hold after this offering. Therefore, we have prepared the table below on the assumption that the Security Holders will sell all the Common Stock covered by this prospectus.

 

Any of the corporate Security Holders may dividend or distribute its securities from time to time to their respective security holders. The Security Holders may also transfer Common Stock owned by it by gift. Upon any such transfer the recipient would have the same right of sale as the Security Holder.

 

See our discussion titled “Plan of Distribution” for further information regarding the Security Holder’s method of distribution of the Common Stock.

 

Security Holder Table

 

Name (1)  Shares Being Offered (2)   Shares Owned Before the Offering   Percent of Shares Owned Before Offering
(3)
   Shares Owned After Offering   Percentage Owned After Offering 
Ionic Ventures, LLC   298,075    0    0%   298,075    4.3%
GPL Ventures, LLC   298,075    0    0%   298,075    4.3%
Bigger Capital Fund LP   149,036    0    0%   149,036    2.1%
District 2 Capital Fund LP   149,036    0    0%   149,036    2.1%

 

 

(1)

The address of the security holders are:

 

Ionic Ventures, LLC – 3053 Fillmore St. Suite 256, San Francisco, CA 94123

GPL Ventures, LLC – 450 7th Avenue, Ste 609, New York, NY 10123

Bigger Capital Fund LP – 11700 W Charleston Blvd 170-659, Las Vegas, NV 89135

District 2 Capital Fund LP – 175 W Carver St., Huntington, NY 11743

     
  (2)

The Security Holders listed in the table above acquired the securities being offered in conjunction with their participation in a financing round under the terms of the 2021 and 2022 private placement of loan notes. The amount listed includes an estimate of the maximum of securities to be issued and have been registered pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. If the estimated security amounts are determined to be different, the above table may be amended from time to time to update the securities to be sold hereunder.

     
  (3) Percentages stated in the above table are based on a total of 3,615,116 ordinary shares of Common Stock outstanding as of July 26, 2022 and adjusted for up to 2,469,136 shares of Common Stock issued immediately prior to completion.

 

66

 

 

[Alternate Page for Security Holder Prospectus]

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

We are registering the Common Stock issuable to Security Holders to permit the resale of these securities by the Security Holders from time to time after the date of this prospectus. We will bear all fees and expenses incident to our obligation to register Common Stock issuable to the Security Holders.

 

The Security Holders and any of their pledgees, assignees and successors-in-interest may, from time to time, sell any or all of their respective Common Stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market or any other stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the Common Stock are traded or in private transactions or a combination thereof. These sales may be at fixed or negotiated prices. The Security Holders may use any one or more of the following methods when selling the Common Stock:

 

ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;
block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the securities as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;
purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;
an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;
privately negotiated transactions;
settlement of short sales entered into after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part;
broker-dealers may agree with the selling security holder to sell a specified number of securities at a stipulated price per security;
through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;
a combination of any such methods of sale; or
any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

 

The Security Holders may distribute the Common Stock of which it is the owner by means of a dividend or other form of distribution, including in connection with a declaration of a dividend or distribution, reorganization, combination, consolidation and dissolution.

 

Broker-dealers engaged by any selling Security Holder may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling Security Holders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of the securities, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated, but the maximum amount of compensation to be received by any participating FINRA member may not exceed 8%.

 

We are required to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by us incident to the registration of the Common Stock. The Security Holder is responsible for any selling commissions and other expenses of sale of the securities.

 

Since any one or more of the Security Holders may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act, those deemed Security Holders will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act including Rule 172 thereunder. In addition, any securities covered by this prospectus which qualify for sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act may be sold under Rule 144 rather than under this prospectus. We have been informed by the Security Holders that there is no underwriter or single coordinating broker acting in connection with the proposed distribution of the Common Stock by the Security Holders.

 

We intend, but are not obligated, to keep this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part effective until the earlier to occur of (i) such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all the Common Stock, without volume or manner of sale restrictions during a three month period without registration or (ii) all of the securities have been sold pursuant to this prospectus or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any other rule of similar effect. The public resale of the securities will be sold only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers if required under applicable state securities laws. In addition, in certain states, the public resale of the securities may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable state or an exemption from the registration or qualification requirement is available and is complied with.

 

Pursuant to applicable rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, any person engaged in the distribution of the public resale of securities may not simultaneously engage in market making activities with respect to the Common Stock for the applicable restricted period, as defined in Regulation M, prior to the commencement of the distribution. In addition, the Security Holders will be subject to applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including Regulation M, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of Common Stock by any person. We will make copies of this prospectus available to the Security Holders and have informed the Security Holders of the need to deliver a copy of this prospectus to each purchaser at or prior to the time of the sale (including by compliance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act).

 

67

 

 

[Alternative Page for Security Holder Prospectus]

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

We are being represented by Lucosky Brookman LLP with respect to certain legal matters as to the federal law of the United States of America and the law of the State of New York. The validity of the shares of common stock and other legal matters as to the law of Canada and the Province of British Columbia will be passed upon for us by DuMoulin Black LLP.

 

Experts

 

The financial statements of the Company as of and for the nine-months ended October 31, 2021 and the financial statements as of and for the year ended January 31, 2021 appearing in this prospectus have been audited by Dale Matheson Carr-Hilton LaBonte LLP, Chartered Professional Accountants, as set forth in their report thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to such financial statements) appearing elsewhere herein and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

Where You Can Find More Information

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act relating to this offering of shares of our common stock. This prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit certain information from this prospectus that is included in the registration statement. Statements made in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are summaries of all material information about the documents summarized but are not complete descriptions of all terms of these documents. If we filed any of these documents as an exhibit to the registration statement, you may read the document itself for a complete description of its terms.

 

You may read and copy the registration statement, including the related exhibits and schedules, and any document we file with the SEC without charge at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. Our filings with the SEC are also available to the public through the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act that are applicable to foreign private issuers, and under those requirements are filing reports with the SEC. Those other reports or other information may be inspected without charge at the locations described above. As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. registrants whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we will be required to file with the SEC an annual report on Form 20-F containing, among other information, our financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, or such other time as prescribed by the SEC, and will furnish unaudited quarterly financial information to the SEC on Form 6-K promptly after they are available.

 

We maintain a corporate website at https://www.bruush.com. Information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference. We will post on our website any materials required to be so posted on such website under applicable corporate or securities laws and regulations.

 

68

 

 

 

Bruush Oral Care Inc.

 

894,232 Shares of Common Stock

Representing

605,770 Shares of Common Stock and

288,462 Shares of Common Stock Underlying Warrants

 

PROSPECTUS

 

____ __[●], 2022

 

Until [●], 2022 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as the underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

The Company’s articles provide, to the fullest extent permitted by the Canadian Business Corporations Act, Division 5 of Part 5, for the right to indemnification of the directors and former directors of the Company, who was or is a party to or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, or pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of fact that he/she is or was serving in such capacity.

 

In this regard, investors should be aware of the position of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission respecting such indemnification, which position is as follows: “Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the small business issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.”

 

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered securities.

 

On December 3, 2021, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with several investors, and a Security Agreement, in connection with the issuance of promissory notes in the aggregate principate amount of up to $3,000,000 (the “December Notes”), convertible into shares of common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock”), upon the terms and subject to the limitations and conditions set forth in the December Notes, the issuance of Common Stock Purchase Warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock upon the terms and subject to the limitations and conditions set forth in such warrants (the “Warrants”), and the issuance of shares of Common Stock (the “Commitment Fee Shares”) pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement.

 

On April 28, 2022, the Company entered into a second Securities Purchase Agreement with the same group of investors, and a Security Agreement, in connection with the issuance of promissory notes in the aggregate principate amount of up to $1,650,000 (the “April Notes”), convertible into Common Stock, upon the terms and subject to the limitations and conditions set forth in the April Notes, the issuance of Common Stock Purchase Warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock upon the terms and subject to the limitations and conditions set forth in such warrants (the “Warrants”), and the issuance of shares of Common Stock (the “Commitment Fee Shares”) pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement.

 

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

Exhibit No.   Description
     
1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
     
3.1   Articles of Incorporation*
     
3.2   By-laws*
     
4.1   Specimen certificate evidencing shares of Common Stock
     
4.2   Form of Warrant
     
4.3   Form of Warrant Agent Agreement*
     
4.4   Form of Underwriter’s Warrant
     
4.5   Form of Additional Warrant
     
4.6   Form of Pre-funded Warrant*
     
4.7   Form of Warrant Agent Agreement for Pre-funded Warrants*
     
5.1   Opinion of DuMoulin Black LLP
     
10.1   Endorsement Agreement by and between Kevin Hart Enterprises, Inc. and the Company dated October 29, 2020
     
10.2   Stock Option Plan, dated August 6, 2021 +*
     
10.3   Omnibus Securities and Incentive Plan, effective June 29, 2022 +*
     
10.4   Form of Lock-up Agreement – Shareholder Group I (included in Exhibit 1.1)
     
10.5   Form of Lock-up Agreement – Shareholder Group II (included in Exhibit 1.1)
     
10.6   Form of Lock-up Agreement – Shareholder Group III (included in Exhibit 1.1)
     
10.7   Form of Lock-up Agreement – Officers and Directors (included in Exhibit 1.1)
     
10.8   Employment Agreement between the Company and Aneil Manhas, dated July 26, 2022
     
10.9   Employment Agreement between the Company and Matthew Kavanagh dated February 8, 2022*
     
10.10   Employment Agreement between the Company and Alan MacNevin, dated May 10, 2022*
     
14.1  

Code of Ethics*

     

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of Registrant*

     
23.1   Consent of Dale Matheson Carr-Hilton LaBonte LLP
     
23.2   Consent of DuMoulin Black LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
     
24.1   Power of Attorney (included as part of the signature page of original filed Registration Statement)
     
99.1  

Audit Committee Charter*

     
99.2  

Compensation Committee Charter*

     
99.3  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter*

     
99.4   Consent of Robert Ward to be named as a director nominee
     

99.5

  Consent of Brett Yormark to be named as a director nominee
     
99.6   Insider Trading Policy
     
107   Filing Fee Table

 

* Previously filed.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

Schedules: None

 

 II-1 
 

 

Item 9. Undertakings.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) (§ 230.424(b) of this chapter) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

 

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

 II-2 
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing this registration statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Toronto, Province of Ontario, Canada, on July 29, 2022.

 

  BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.
   
  By: /s/ Aneil Singh Manhas
 

Aneil Singh Manhas

  Chief Executive Officer

 

 II-3 
 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Aneil Singh Manhas and Matthew Kavanagh, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact, proxy and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, proxy and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Title   Date
         
/s/ Aneil Manhas   Aneil Manhas   July 29, 2022
   

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

   
       
/s/ Matthew Kavanagh   Matthew Kavanagh   July 29, 2022
   

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

   
         
/s/ Kia Besharat   Kia Besharat   July 29, 2022
    Director    

 

 II-4 
 

 

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

 

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of the registrant has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in the City and State of New York on July 29, 2022.

 

  COGENCY GLOBAL INC.
     
  By: /s/ Colleen A. De Vries
  Name: Colleen A. De Vries
  Title: Senior Vice-President on behalf of Cogency Global Inc.

 

 II-5 

 

Exhibit 1.1

  

Underwriting Agreement

 

[●], 2022

 

Aegis Capital Corp.

1345 Avenue of the Americas, 27th Floor

New York, NY 10105

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Bruush Oral Care Inc., a corporation incorporated under the law of the Province of British Columbia, Canada (the “Company”), agrees, subject to the terms and conditions in this agreement (this “Agreement”), to issue and sell to Aegis Capital Corp. (the “Underwriter”) an aggregate of [●] units (each, a “Closing Unit”), with each Closing Unit consisting of either: (A) one share of common stock (the “Firm Shares”), no par value, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) and one warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $[●] (representing 100% of the per Closing Common Unit (as defined below) offering price (the “Public Offering Price”) per share (the “Warrant”) (each, a “Closing Common Unit”); or (B) one pre-funded warrant (each, a “Pre-funded Warrant”) to purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.001 and one Warrant (each, a “Closing Pre-funded Unit”). The shares of Common Stock referred to in this Section are hereinafter referred to as the “Closing Shares”; the Warrants referred to in this Section are hereinafter referred to as the “Closing Warrants”; and the Pre-funded Warrants referred to in this Section are hereinafter referred to as the “Closing Pre-funded Warrants.” No Closing Common Units will be certificated, and the Closing Shares and the Closing Warrants comprising the Closing Common Units will be separated immediately upon issuance. No Closing Pre-funded Units will be certificated, and the Closing Pre-funded Warrants and the Closing Warrants comprising the Closing Pre-funded Units will be separated immediately upon issuance. At the option of the Underwriter, the Company agrees, subject to the terms and conditions herein, to issue and sell additional Option Securities (as defined in Section 3(b) hereof). The Closing Units and the Option Securities are herein referred to collectively as the “Securities”. The number of Closing Units and Option Securities to be purchased by the Underwriter is set forth opposite its name in Schedule I hereto. Aegis Capital Corp. has agreed to act as the Underwriter in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities.

 

Definitions

 

“Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

“Applicable Time” means [●] [a.m./p.m.] Eastern Time on the date hereof.

 

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided, however, for clarification, commercial banks shall not be deemed to be authorized or required by law to remain closed due to “stay-at-home”, “shelter-in-place”, “non-essential employee” or any other similar orders or restrictions or the closure of any physical branch locations at the direction of any governmental authority so long as the electronic funds transfer systems (including for wire transfers) of commercial banks in The City of New York generally are open for use by customers on such day.

 

“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Emerging Growth Company means an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

 

 

 

Exempt Issuance” means securities issued pursuant to acquisitions or strategic transactions approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Company, and provided that any such issuance shall only be to a Person (or to the equity holders of a Person) which is, itself or through its subsidiaries, an operating company or an owner of an asset in a business synergistic with the business of the Company and shall provide to the Company additional benefits in addition to the investment of funds, but shall not include a transaction in which the Company is issuing securities primarily for the purpose of raising capital or to an entity whose primary business is investing in securities.

 

“Final Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first filed with the Commission pursuant to and within the time limits described in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act.

 

“Free Writing Prospectus” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means an “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433(h)(1) under the Securities Act.

 

Person” means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, government (or an agency or subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.

 

“Preliminary Prospectus” means any preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement prior to the time at which the Commission declared the Registration Statement effective.

 

“Pricing Disclosure Package” means the Pricing Prospectus collectively with the documents and pricing information set forth in Schedule II hereto.

 

“Pricing Prospectus” means the Preliminary Prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time at which the Commission declared the Registration Statement effective.

 

“Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Closing Units as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriter a prospectus relating to the Closing Units is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Closing Units by Underwriter or dealer.

 

“Qualified Holder” means each Holder, including each “beneficial holder”, together with all Affiliates of such Holder and/or “beneficial holder”, that purchased Qualified Warrants in connection with the public offering.

 

“Qualified Warrants” means at least [●] Warrants purchased in connection with the Offering by any Holder, including each “beneficial holder” of Warrants, taken together with all Affiliates of such Holder and/or “beneficial holder”. Qualified Warrants shall not include Pre-funded Warrants. The number of Qualified Warrants shall be fixed at completion of the Offering.

 

“Registration Statement” means (a) the registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-265969), including a prospectus, registering the offer and sale of the Closing Units under the Securities Act at the time the Commission declared it effective, including each of the exhibits, financial statements and schedules thereto, (b) any Rule 430A Information, and (c) any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.

 

“Rule 430A Information” means the information deemed, pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act, to be part of the Registration Statement at the time the Commission declared the Registration Statement effective.

 

“Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” means an abbreviated registration statement to register the offer and sale of additional Closing Units pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act.

 

 

 

 

“Sarbanes-Oxley Act” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral communication or Written Communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of under the Securities Act and Rule 163B thereunder.

 

“Written Communication” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

“Written Testing-the-Waters Communications” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a Written Communication.

 

1. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

 

The Company hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Underwriter that:

 

(a) Registration Statement.

 

(i) The Company has prepared and filed the Registration Statement with the Commission under the Securities Act. The Commission has declared the Registration Statement effective under the Securities Act and the Company has not as of the date of this Agreement filed a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement. The Commission has not issued any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any order preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, the Final Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and no proceedings for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act have been initiated, are pending before or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission.

 

(ii) The Registration Statement, at the time it became effective, did not contain, and any post-effective amendment thereto, as of the effective date of such amendment, will not contain, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to the Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by the Underwriter for use in the Registration Statement (including any post-effective amendment thereto), the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Final Prospectus (including any amendments or supplements thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by the Underwriter consists of the information described in Section 8(b) hereof (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”).

 

(iii) Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective and at the date hereof, complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act.

 

(b) Pricing Disclosure Package. The Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Closing Date (as defined below) and as of any Additional Closing Date (as defined below), as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

 

 

 

(c) Final Prospectus.

 

(i) Each of the Final Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, as of its date, as of the time it is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act, as of the Closing Date and as of any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

(ii) Each of the Final Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, at the time it is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act, as of the Closing Date and as of any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act.

 

(d) Preliminary Prospectuses.

 

(i) Each Preliminary Prospectus, as of the time it was filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act, if any, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

(ii) Each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time it was filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act, if any, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act.

 

(e) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses.

 

(i) Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to the delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, as of the date of such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and will not, as of the Closing Date and as of any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

(ii) Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, at the time of filing with the Commission, complied or will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act.

 

(iii) The Company has filed, or will file, with the Commission, within the time period specified in Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any Free Writing Prospectus it is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act.

 

(iv) Except for the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses, if any, set forth in Schedule II hereto and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to the Underwriter before first use, the Company has not used, authorized the use of, referred to or participated in the planning for use of, and will not, without the prior consent of the Underwriter, use, authorize the use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any Free Writing Prospectus.

 

 

 

 

(f) Testing-the-Waters Communications.

 

The Company has not (x) alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication and (y) authorized anyone to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications.

 

(g) No Other Disclosure Materials. Other than the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Final Prospectus and the Road Show, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriter, as to which no representation or warranty is given) has not, directly or indirectly, distributed, prepared, used, authorized, approved or referred to, and will not distribute, prepare, use, authorize, approve or refer to, any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities.

 

(h) Ineligible Issuer. At the time of filing of the registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 265969) registering the offer and sale of the Securities submitted to the Commission on July 1, 2022 and any amendment thereto and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

(i) Emerging Growth Company; Foreign Private Issuer. From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an Emerging Growth Company. The Company is a “foreign private issuer” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act and Nasdaq Listing Rule 5005(a)(19).

 

(j) Due Authorization. The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the underwriter’s warrant agreement (the “Underwriter’s Warrant Agreement”) and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby has been duly and validly taken.

 

(k) Underwriting Agreement. Each of this Agreement and the Underwriter’s Warrant Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and each, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto and thereto, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as (i) the enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally or by general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity) relating to enforceability and (ii) rights to indemnification and contribution hereunder may be limited by applicable law and public policy considerations.

 

(l) No Material Adverse Change. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus (in each case exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus: (i) there has been no material adverse change, or any development that would result in a material adverse change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, or results of operations, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as a whole; (ii) there has been no change in the share capital of the Company (other than (A) the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or settlement (including any “net” or “cashless” exercises or settlements) of stock options, restricted share units or warrants described as outstanding, (B) the grant of options and awards under existing equity incentive plans, or (C) the repurchase of shares of Common Stock by the Company, which were issued pursuant to the early exercise of stock options by option holders and are subject to repurchase by the Company, in each case, as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus), or material change in the short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, considered as a whole, and (iii) the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as a whole, have not incurred any material liability or obligation, indirect, direct or contingent (whether or not in the ordinary course of business); nor entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as a whole; and (iv) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company or, except for dividends paid to the Company or other subsidiaries of the Company, any of its subsidiaries on any class of capital stock or repurchase or redemption by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any class of capital stock.

 

 

 

 

(m) Organization and Good Standing of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly organized or incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing under the law of their respective jurisdictions of organization or incorporation, is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which its respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its businesses requires such qualification, and has all power and authority (corporate and other) necessary to own, lease or hold its properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, except where the failure to be in good standing, to be so qualified or to have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as a whole, or adversely affect the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”).

 

(n) Capitalization. The capitalization of the Company is as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization”. All of the outstanding shares of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. The Securities and the Underwriter’s Securities (as defined in Section 3(b)(vi)) have been duly authorized and, when issued and paid for as contemplated herein, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Securities and the Underwriter’s Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Securities and the Underwriter’s Securities has been duly and validly taken. When paid for and issued in accordance with the Underwriter’s Warrant Agreement, the Underlying Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Underlying Shares are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Underwriter’s Warrant Agreement has been duly and validly taken. None of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company were issued in violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, there are no authorized or outstanding options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, any shares of, or other equity interest in, the Company or any of its subsidiaries. All of the outstanding shares of, or other equity interest in, each of the Company’s subsidiaries (i) have been duly authorized and validly issued, (ii) are fully paid and non-assessable and (iii) are owned by the Company, directly or through the Company’s subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, charge, claim or restriction on voting or transfer.

 

(o) Stock Plans. With respect to the stock options (the “Stock Options”) granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company Stock Plans”), (i) each Stock Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), so qualifies, and each Stock Option allocated under Section 102 of the Income Tax Ordinance [New Version], 5721-1961, was allocated properly, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any), to the Company’s knowledge, was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (iii) each such grant was made in all material respects in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans, and (iv) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States (“GAAP”) in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company.

 

 

 

  

(p) No Violation or Default. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is: (i) in violation of its articles of association, by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant, condition or other obligation contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, contract, undertaking or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any property, right or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any of their respective properties or assets, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(q) No Conflicts. None of (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company, (ii) the issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities, (iii) the application of the proceeds of the offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, or (iv) the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will: (x) result in any violation of the terms or provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (y) conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or require the approval of stockholders or any approval or consent of any persons under, any of the terms or provisions of, constitute a default under, result in the termination, modification, or acceleration of, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property, right or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any material indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, note agreement, contract, undertaking or other material agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any property, right or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or (z) result in the violation of any law, statute or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any judgment, order, rule, decree of any court, arbitrator, governmental or regulatory authority, agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, which would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

(r) No Consents Required. No consent, approval, authorization, order, filing, registration, license or qualification of or with any court, arbitrator, or governmental or regulatory authority, agency, or body is required for (i) the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement; (ii) the issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities; or (iii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, except for such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, filings, registrations or qualifications as (x) have already been obtained or made and are still in full force and effect, (y) may be required by FINRA and Nasdaq, and (z) may be required under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase, distribution and resale of the Securities by the Underwriter.

 

(s) Independent Accountants. Matheson Carr-Hilton LaBonte LLP, Chartered Professional Accountants, which expressed its opinion with respect to the financial statements (which term as used in this Agreement includes the related notes thereto) included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the meaning of the rules and regulations of the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and as required by the Securities Act.

 

 

 

 

(t) Financial Statements and Other Financial Data. The financial statements (including the related notes thereto), together with the supporting schedules, included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the entities to which they relate as of and at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and cash flows for the periods specified. Such financial statements, notes and schedules have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be expressly stated in the notes thereto. The financial data set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus under the captions “Capitalization” present fairly the information set forth therein on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.

 

(u) Statistical and Market-Related Data. The statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably and in good faith believes to be accurate and reliable in all material respects.

 

(v) Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

 

(w) Legal Proceedings. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, (i) there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, demands, claims, suits, arbitrations, inquiries or proceedings (collectively, “Actions”) pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be a party or to which any property, right or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would have a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) to the knowledge of the Company, no such Actions are threatened or contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or by others.

 

(x) Labor Disputes. No labor disturbance by or dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened or contemplated that would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(y) Intellectual Property Rights. (i) The Company and its subsidiaries own or have the right to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, and other source indicators and registrations and applications for registration thereof, domain name registrations, copyrights and registrations and applications for registration thereof, technology and know-how, trade secrets, and all other intellectual property and related proprietary rights (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”) necessary to conduct their respective businesses in all material respects; (ii) other than as disclosed in the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement, misappropriation or other conflict with (and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is otherwise aware of any infringement, misappropriation or other conflict with) the Intellectual Property Rights of any other person, except for such infringement, misappropriation or other conflict as would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) to the knowledge of the Company, the Intellectual Property Rights of the Company and its subsidiaries are not being infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by any person.

 

(z) Licenses and Permits. (i) The Company and its subsidiaries possess such valid and current certificates, authorizations, approvals, licenses and permits (collectively, “Authorizations”) issued by, and have made all declarations, amendments, supplements and filings with, the appropriate state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to own, lease and operate their respective properties and to conduct their respective businesses as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus; (ii) all such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Authorizations; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation, termination or modification of, or non-compliance with, any such Authorization or has any reason to believe that any such Authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course, except where, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the failure to possess, make or obtain such Authorizations (by possession, declaration or filing) would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

 

(aa) Title to Property. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries own any real property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to, or have valid and enforceable rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of personal property (other than with respect to Intellectual Property Rights, which is addressed exclusively in Section 1(y)) that are material to the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims, and defects and imperfections of title, except such liens, encumbrances, claims, defects and imperfections as (i) are disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, or (ii) do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to, or have valid and enforceable rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property that are material to the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title, except such liens, encumbrances, claims, defects and imperfections as (i) are disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, or (ii) do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries. All items of real and personal property held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases, with such exceptions as do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

(bb) Taxes. The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof or have timely requested extensions thereof and have paid all taxes required to be paid thereon (except as currently being contested in good faith and for which reserves required by GAAP have been created in the financial statements of the Company). The charges, accruals and reserves in respect of any income and other tax liability in the financial statements of the Company referred to in Section 1(t) are adequate, in accordance with GAAP principles, to meet any assessments for any taxes of the Company accruing through the end of the last period specified in such financial statements.

 

(cc) Investment Company Act. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is or, after giving effect to the offer and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, will be required to register as an “investment company” (as defined in the Investment Company Act).

 

(dd) Insurance. The Company carries or is entitled to the benefits of insurance, with reputable insurers, and in such amounts and covering such risks which the Company believes are reasonably adequate, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able (i) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (ii) to obtain comparable or new coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies in all material respects; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures (other than premiums) are required to be made in order to continue such insurance; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for. There are no claims by the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any such policy as to which any insurer is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause.

 

(ee) No Stabilization or Manipulation. None of the Company, its Affiliates or any person acting on its or any of their behalf (other than the Underwriter, as to which no representation or warranty is given) has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any securities of the Company. The Company acknowledges that the Underwriter may engage in passive market making transactions in the shares of Common Stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market (the “Exchange”) in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act (“Regulation M”).

 

 

 

 

(ff) Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Company will implement such programs and taken reasonable steps to ensure the Company’s compliance (not later than the relevant statutory and regulatory deadlines therefor) with all of the applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

(gg) Accounting Controls. The Company and its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Other than as disclosed in the Registration Statement, since the date of the most recent balance sheet included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, (x) the Company’s auditors have not been advised of (A) any new significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the design or operation of the internal control over financial reporting of the Company and its subsidiaries which could adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial data; or (B) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a role in the internal control over financial reporting of the Company or its subsidiaries; and (y) there have been no significant changes in the internal control over financial reporting of the Company or its subsidiaries or in other factors that could significantly affect, such internal control over financial reporting, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.

 

(hh) Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Company has developed and currently maintains disclosure controls and procedures that will comply with Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act Regulations applicable to it, and such controls and procedures are effective to ensure that all material information concerning the Company will be made known on a timely basis to the individuals responsible for the preparation of the Company’s Exchange Act filings and other public disclosure documents.

 

(ii) Compliance with Environmental Laws. The Company and each of its subsidiaries (i) are, and at all times prior hereto were, in compliance with all Environmental Laws (as defined below) applicable to such entity, which compliance includes, without limitation, obtaining, maintaining and complying with all permits and authorizations and approvals required by Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and (ii) have not received notice or otherwise have knowledge of any actual or alleged violation of Environmental Laws, or of any actual or potential liability for or other obligation concerning the presence, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, and, except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, (x) there are no proceedings that are pending, or known to be contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under Environmental Laws, other than such proceedings regarding which it is reasonably believed that no monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will be imposed; and (y) none of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is aware of any issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, including any pending or proposed Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws or concerning hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company and its subsidiaries; and (z) none of the Company or any of its subsidiaries currently anticipates material capital expenditures relating to Environmental Laws.

 

As used herein, the term “Environmental Laws” means any laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, orders, judgments, decrees, permits or other legal requirements of any governmental authority, including, without limitation, any international, foreign, national, state, provincial, regional, or local authority, relating to pollution, the protection of human health or safety, the environment, or natural resources, or to the use, handling, storage, manufacturing, transportation, treatment, discharge, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants.

 

 

 

 

(jj) Related Party Transactions. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, no relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, other Affiliates, customers or suppliers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the other hand, that would be required by the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.

 

(kk) No Unlawful Contributions or Other Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, Affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government or regulatory official or employee; (iii) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment; or (iv) violated or is in violation of any provision of (y) the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), or (z) any non-U.S. anti-bribery or anti-corruption statute or regulation. The Company and its subsidiaries will institute and maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to comply with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws, not later than the relevant statutory and regulatory deadlines therefor.

 

(ll) Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where the Company or any of its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(mm) Compliance with OFAC. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is an individual or entity (an “OFAC Person”), or is owned or controlled by an OFAC Person, that is currently the subject or target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. government (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”) or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company or any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or the target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria (each, a “Sanctioned Country”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other OFAC Person (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any OFAC Person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject or the target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any OFAC Person (including any OFAC Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions. Since the Company’s inception, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any OFAC Person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.

 

 

 

 

(nn) No Registration Rights. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any person, on the other hand, granting such person any rights (except for any such rights that have been waived) to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to include such securities in any securities to be registered pursuant to any registration statement to be filed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries under the Securities Act.

 

(oo) Subsidiaries. The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed in Schedule III attached hereto.

 

(pp) No Restrictions on Subsidiaries. No subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock or similar ownership interest, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.

 

(qq) No Broker’s Fees. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or the Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities.

 

(rr) Exchange Listing. Subject to notice of issuance, the Closing Shares, the Option Shares, the Underlying Shares and Warrants have been approved for listing on the Exchange.

 

Any certificate signed by an officer of the Company and delivered to the Underwriter or to counsel for the Underwriter shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriter as to the matters set forth therein.

 

2. Representations and Warranties of the Underwriter.

 

The Underwriter represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company:

 

(a) No Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Underwriter has not (i) alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication and (ii) authorized anyone to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Underwriter has not distributed, or authorized anyone else to distribute, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications.

 

3. Purchase and Resale.

 

(a) Agreements to Sell and Purchase. On the basis of the representations, warranties and covenants herein and subject to the conditions herein and any adjustments made in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof,

 

(i) The Company agrees to issue and sell the Closing Units to the Underwriter; and

 

(ii) The Underwriter agrees to purchase from the Company the number of Closing Units set forth on Schedule I hereto.

 

(iii) The purchase price per Closing Unit to be paid by the Underwriter to the Company shall be $[●] per Closing Unit, which purchase price will be allocated as $[●] per Closing Share and $0.001 per Closing Warrant. The Closing Units are to be offered initially to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of the Final Prospectus.

 

 

 

 

(iv) Payment for the Closing Units (the Closing Units Payment”) shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Company to the Underwriter at the offices of Kaufman & Canoles, P.C. at [●] a.m., ET, on [●], 2022 or at such other place on the same or such other date and time, not later than the fifth Business Day thereafter, as the Underwriter and the Company may agree upon in writing (the “Closing Date). The Closing Units Payment shall be made against delivery of the Closing Units to be purchased on the Closing Date to the Underwriter, with any transfer taxes, stamp duties and other similar taxes payable in connection with the sale of the Closing Units duly paid by the Company. Delivery of the Firm Shares shall be made through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC), unless the Underwriter shall otherwise instruct.

 

(b) Over-Allotment Option. On the basis of the representations, warranties and covenants herein and subject to the conditions herein,

 

(i) the Underwriter is hereby granted an option (the “Over-Allotment Option”) to purchase, in the aggregate, up to [●] additional shares of Common Stock and/or Pre-funded Warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock, representing 15.0% of the Closing Units sold in the offering from the Company (the “Option Shares” or “Option Pre-funded Warrants,” as applicable) and/or up to [●]Warrants to purchase an aggregate of an additional [●] shares of Common Stock, representing 15.0% of the Closing Units sold in the offering from the Company (the “Option Warrants”). The purchase price to be paid per Option Share or Option Pre-funded Warrant shall be equal to the price per Closing Unit set forth in Section 3(a) hereof (less $0.001 allocated to each Warrant) and the purchase price to be paid per Option Warrant shall be equal to $0.001 per Option Warrant. The Over-allotment Option is, at the Underwriters’ sole discretion, for Option Shares and Option Warrants together, Option Pre-funded Warrants and Option Warrants together, solely Option Shares, solely Option Pre-funded Warrants, solely Option Warrants, or any combination thereof (each, an “Option Security” and collectively, the “Option Securities”). The Closing Units and the Option Securities are collectively referred to as the “Securities”. The Securities and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants and the Warrants (the “Underlying Shares”), are collectively referred to as the “Public Securities.” The Public Securities shall be issued directly by the Company and shall have the rights and privileges described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The Closing Warrants and the Option Warrants, if any, shall be issued pursuant to, and shall have the rights and privileges set forth in, a warrant agent agreement, dated on or before the Closing Date, between the Company and Endeavor Trust Corporation as warrant agent, and the Closing Pre-funded Warrants and the Option Pre-funded Warrants, if any, shall be issued pursuant to, and shall have the rights and privileges set forth in, a warrant agent agreement, dated on or before the Closing Date, between the Company and Endeavor Trust Corporation as warrant agent. The certificate (the “Pre-funded Warrant Certificate”) evidencing the Closing Pre-funded Warrants and the Option Pre-funded Warrants, if any, will be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.   The offering and sale of the Public Securities is herein referred to as the “Offering”.

 

(ii) upon an exercise of the Over-Allotment Option and subject to the terms and conditions herein, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Option Securities to the Underwriter;

 

(iii) The Underwriter may exercise the Over-Allotment Option at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the forty-fifth (45th) day following the date of the Final Prospectus, by written notice from the Underwriter to the Company (the “Over-Allotment Exercise Notice”). The Underwriter must give the Over-Allotment Exercise Notice to the Company at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Additional Closing Date, as the case may be. The Underwriter may cancel any exercise of the Over-Allotment Option at any time prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, by giving written notice of such cancellation to the Company.

 

(iv) The Over-Allotment Exercise Notice shall set forth:

 

(A) the aggregate number of Option Securities as to which the Over-Allotment Option is being exercised;

 

(B) the purchase price for the Option Securities;

 

 

 

 

(C) the names and denominations in which the Option Securities are to be registered; and

 

(D) the applicable Additional Closing Date, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date nor later than the tenth (10th) full Business Day after the date of the Over-Allotment Exercise Notice.

 

(v) Payment for the Option Securities (the “Option Securities Payment”) shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Company to the Underwriter at the offices of Kaufman & Canoles, P.C. at [●] a.m. ET on the date specified in the corresponding Over-Allotment Exercise Notice, or at such other place on the same or such other date and time, not later than the fifth Business Day thereafter, as the Underwriter and the Company may agree upon in writing (an “Additional Closing Date”). The Option Securities Payment shall be made against delivery to the Underwriter for the respective accounts of the Underwriter of the Option Securities to be purchased on any Additional Closing Date, with any transfer taxes, stamp duties and other similar taxes payable in connection with the sale of the Option Securities duly paid by the Company. Delivery of the Option Shares shall be made through the facilities of DTC unless the Underwriter shall otherwise instruct.

 

(vi) As additional compensation for the Underwriter’s services, the Company shall issue to the Underwriter or its designees at the closing of the Offering warrants (the “Underwriter’s Warrant”) to purchase that number of the Company’s shares of Common Stock equal to 5.0% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering. The Underwriter’s Warrant will be exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the period commencing six months after the commencement of the sale of the Offering and ending on the fifth anniversary of the commencement of the sale of the Offering, at a price per share equal to 125.0% of the offering price per share of the shares of Common Stock at the Offering. The Underwriter’s Warrant and the shares issuable upon exercise thereof are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Underwriter’s Securities.The Underwriter understands and agrees that there are restrictions pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110 against transferring the Underwriter’s Warrant and the underlying shares during the 180-day period after the commencement of sales of the Firm Shares in the Offering and by its acceptance thereof shall agree that it and its respective designees, if any, will not, sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate their respective Underwriter’s Securities, or any portion thereof, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities for a period of 180 days following the commencement of sales of the Firm Shares in the Offering to anyone other than (A) an Underwriter or a selected dealer in connection with the Offering, or (B) a bona fide officer or partner of the Underwriter or selected dealer; and only if any such transferee agrees to the foregoing lock-up restrictions. Delivery of the executed Underwriter’s Warrant Agreement shall be made on the Closing Date and the Underwriter’s Warrant shall be issued in the name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Underwriter may request.

 

(c) Public Offering. The Company understands that the Underwriter intends to make a public offering of the Closing Units as soon after the execution and delivery of this Agreement as in the judgment of the Underwriter is advisable, and initially to offer the Closing Units on the terms set forth in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Disclosure Package. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriter may offer and sell Closing Units to or through any Affiliate of an Underwriter.

 

(d) List of Qualified Holders. Within ten (10) Business Days following the Additional Closing Date, the Underwriter shall deliver to the Company a list of the names, addresses and number of Qualified Warrants issued to each Qualified Holder in the Offering.

 

 

 

  

4. Covenants of the Company.

 

The Company hereby covenants and agrees with each Underwriter as follows:

 

(a) Filings with the Commission. The Company will:

 

(i) prepare and file the Final Prospectus (in a form approved by the Underwriter and containing the Rule 430A Information) with the Commission in accordance with and within the time periods specified by Rules 424(b) and 430A under the Securities Act;

 

(ii) file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus with the Commission to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and

 

(iii) file with the Commission such reports as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

 

(b) Notice to the Underwriter. The Company will advise the Underwriter promptly, and confirm such advice in writing:

 

(i) when the Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission;

 

(ii) when the Final Prospectus has been filed with the Commission;

 

(iii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective;

 

(iv) when any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission;

 

(v) when any supplement to the Final Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any amendment to the Final Prospectus has been filed or distributed;

 

(vi) of (x) any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Final Prospectus, (y) the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or (z) any other request by the Commission for any additional information, including, but not limited to, any request for information concerning any Testing-the-Waters Communication;

 

(vii) of (x) the issuance by the Commission of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Final Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or (y) the initiation or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act;

 

(viii) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which, the Final Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Final Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package, any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading;

 

(ix) of the issuance by any governmental or regulatory authority or any order preventing or suspending the use of any of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Final Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Testing-the-Waters Communication or the initiation or threatening for that purpose; and

 

 

 

 

(x) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Closing Units for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.

 

(c) Ongoing Compliance.

 

(i) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period:

 

(A) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Final Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Final Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, the Company will, as soon as reasonably possible, notify the Underwriter thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to Section 4(e) hereof, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriter and to such dealers as the Underwriter may designate such amendments or supplements to the Final Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Final Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Final Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading; or

 

(B) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Final Prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Company will, as soon as reasonably possible, notify the Underwriter thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to Section 4(d) hereof, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriter and to such dealers as the Underwriter may designate such amendments or supplements to the Final Prospectus as may be necessary so that the Final Prospectus will comply with applicable law; and

 

(ii) if at any time prior to the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be:

 

(A) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, the Company will immediately notify the Underwriter thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to Section 4(e) hereof, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriter and to such dealers as the Underwriter may designate such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading; or

 

(B) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with applicable law, the Company will immediately notify the Underwriter thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to Section 4(d) hereof, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriter and to such dealers as the Underwriter may designate such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with applicable law.

 

 

 

 

(d) Amendments, Supplements and Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. Before (i) using, authorizing, approving, referring to, distributing or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) filing (x) any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or (y) any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Final Prospectus, or (iii) distributing any amendment or supplement to the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Underwriter and counsel for the Underwriter a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or other amendment or supplement for review and will not use, authorize, refer to, distribute or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, or file or distribute any such proposed amendment or supplement (A) to which the Underwriter reasonably objects in a timely manner and (B) which is not in compliance with the Securities Act. The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.

 

(e) Delivery of Copies. The Company will, upon request of the Underwriter, deliver, without charge, (i) to the Underwriter, three signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case, including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits and consents) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period, as many copies of the Final Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Underwriter may reasonably request.

 

(f) Emerging Growth Company Status. The Company will promptly notify the Underwriter if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Closing Units within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the Lock-Up Period (as defined below).

 

(g) Blue Sky Compliance. The Company will use its best commercially reasonable efforts, with the Underwriter’s cooperation, if necessary, to qualify or register (or to obtain exemptions from qualifying or registering) the Securities and the Underwriter’s Securities for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Underwriter shall reasonably request and will use its reasonable best efforts, if necessary, to continue such qualifications, registrations and exemptions in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Securities and the Underwriter’s Securities; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

 

(h) Earning Statement. The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the Exchange Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriter the benefits contemplated by, Rule 158(a) under Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.

 

(i) Use of Proceeds. The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Closing Units and the Option Securities in the manner described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.

 

(j) Clear Market.

 

(i) For a period of one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the Closing Date (the “Lock-Up Period”), the Company will not (x) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (y) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the shares of Common Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (x) or (y) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter.

 

 

 

 

(ii) The restrictions contained in Section 4(j)(i) hereof shall not apply to: (A) the Securities, (B) any warrants to be issued by the Company in connection with the Offering or shares of Common Stock issued under Company Stock Plans or warrants issued by the Company, in each case, described as outstanding in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, (C) any options and other awards granted under a Company Stock Plan as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, (D) the filing by the Company of any registration statement on Form S-8 or any analogous form for foreign private issuers for so long as the Company qualifies as such or any successor forms thereto relating to a Company Stock Plan described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus and (E) shares of Common Stock or other securities issued in connection with a transaction with an unaffiliated third party that includes a bona fide commercial relationship (including joint ventures, marketing or distribution arrangements, collaboration agreements or intellectual property license agreements) or any acquisition of assets or acquisition; (x) the recipient of any such shares of Common Stock or other securities issued or granted pursuant to clauses (B), (C)) and (E) during the Lock-Up Period shall enter into an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A-4 hereto.

 

(iii) If the Underwriter, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in any Lock-Up Agreement and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto at least three (3) Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver, then the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two (2) Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

(iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 4(j) shall not apply to Exempt Issuance.

 

(k) No Stabilization or Manipulation. None of the Company, its Affiliates or any person acting on its or any of their behalf (other than the Underwriter, as to which no covenant is given) will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that constitutes or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any securities of the Company. The Company acknowledges that the Underwriter may engage in passive market making transactions in the shares of Common Stock on the Exchange in accordance with Regulation M.

 

(l) Investment Company Act. The Company shall not invest, or otherwise use the proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the Securities in such a manner as would require the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register as an “investment company” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) under the Investment Company Act.

 

(m) Transfer Agent. For the period of two years from the date of this Agreement, the Company shall engage and maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for the shares of Common Stock.

 

(n) Reports. For the period of two years from the date of this Agreement, the Company will furnish to the Underwriter, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Securities, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided that the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Underwriter to the extent they are filed on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system.

 

 

 

 

(o) Right of First Refusal. The Company agrees that, if, for the period ending fifteen (15) months from the Closing Date , the Company or any of its subsidiaries: (i) decides to finance or refinance any indebtedness, the Underwriter (or any affiliate designated by the Underwriter) shall have the right to act as sole book-runner, sole manager, sole placement agent or sole agent with respect to such financing or refinancing; or (ii) decides to raise funds by means of a public offering (including at-the-market facility) or a private placement or any other capital raising financing of equity, equity-linked or debt securities, the Underwriter (or any affiliate designated by the Underwriter) shall have the right to act as sole book-running manager, sole underwriter or sole placement agent for such financing. If the Underwriter or one of its affiliates decides to accept such engagement, the agreement governing such engagement (each a “Subsequent Transaction Agreement”) will contain, among other things, provisions for customary fees for transactions of similar size and nature, but in no event will the fees be less than those outlined herein, and the provisions of this Agreement, including indemnification, which appropriate to such transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the decision to accept the Company’s engagement under this Section 4(p) shall be made by the Underwriter or one of its affiliates, by a written notice to the Company, within ten (10) days of the receipt of the Company’s notification of its financing needs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a tier I investment bank proposes to act as an underwriter or a placement agent in connection with a proposed public offering or private placement by the Company in the United States, then the Underwriter agrees to have such bank lead the transaction with the Underwriter being part of the syndicate.

 

5. Covenants of the Underwriter. Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, hereby covenants and agrees with the Company as follows:

 

(a) Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus. The Underwriter has not used, authorized the use of, referred to or participated in the planning for use of, and will not use, authorize the use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any Free Writing Prospectus (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a Free Writing Prospectus that contains no “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act (“Issuer Information”) that was not included in the Pricing Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed in Schedule II hereto or prepared pursuant to Section 1(e)(iv) or Section 4(d) hereof (including any electronic road show), or (iii) any Free Writing Prospectus prepared by the Underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing.

 

(b) Section 8A Proceedings. The Underwriter is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering of the Securities and will promptly notify the Company if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period.

 

6. Payment of Expenses.

 

(a) Company Expenses. The Company hereby agrees to pay on the Closing Date all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement including, but not limited to: (a) all filing fees and expenses relating to the registration of the Securities with the Commission; (b) all filing fees and expenses associated with the review of the offering of the Securities by FINRA; (c) all fees and expenses relating to the listing of the Securities on the Exchange; (d) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of the Securities as the Underwriter may reasonably designate; (e) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of the Securities under the securities laws of such foreign jurisdictions as the Underwriter may reasonably designate; (f) the costs of all mailing and printing of the underwriting documents, the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package, the Final Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Testing-the-Waters Communication and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto as the Underwriter may reasonably deem necessary; (g) fees and expenses of the transfer agent for the shares of Common Stock; (h) stock transfer and/or stamp taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of securities from the Company to the Underwriter; (i) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants; (k) the “road show” expenses; (l) the fees and expenses of the Company’s legal counsel and other agents and representatives; (m) the fees and expenses of the Underwriter’s counsel. Subject to Section 11 hereof, the total amount payable to the Underwriter pursuant to (c), (k) and (m) shall not to exceed $100,000. The Underwriter may deduct from the net proceeds of the Offering payable to the Company on the Closing Date the expenses set forth herein to be paid by the Company to the Underwriter. Except as provided for in this Agreement, the Underwriter shall bear the costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the sale of the Securities and the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

 

 

 

(b) Non-accountable Expenses. On the Closing Date, the Company shall pay to the Underwriter, by deduction from the net proceeds of the Offering a non-accountable expense allowance equal to one percent (1.0%) of the gross proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the Closing Units), provided, however, that in the event that the Offering is terminated, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriter pursuant to Section 11 hereof.

 

(c) Underwriter Expenses. Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Section 6 or Section 8 hereof, the Underwriter will pay all of its own costs and expenses, including the fees and expenses of their counsel, any stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Securities held by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

 

(d) Company Reimbursement. The provisions of this Section 6 shall not affect any agreement that the Company may make for the sharing of such costs and expenses.

 

7. Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriter.

 

The obligations of the Underwriter to purchase the Closing Units as provided herein on the Closing Date or the Option Securities as provided herein on any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be subject to the timely performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional conditions:

 

(a) Registration Compliance; No Stop Order.

 

(i) The Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto shall have become effective, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission.

 

(ii) The Company shall have filed the Final Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus with the Commission in accordance with and within the time periods prescribed by Section 4(a) hereof.

 

(iii) The Company shall have (A) disclosed to the Underwriter all requests by the Commission for additional information relating to the offer and sale of the Securities and (B) complied with such requests to the reasonable satisfaction of the Underwriter.

 

(b) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

(c) Accountants’ Comfort Letters. On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, Matheson Carr-Hilton LaBonte LLP, Chartered Professional Accountants, shall have furnished to the Underwriter, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriter, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriter, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than two Business Days prior to the Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

 

 

 

(d) No Material Adverse Change. No event or condition of a type described in Section 1(l) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus (in each case, exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), the effect of which in the reasonable judgment of the Underwriter makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Securities on the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, in the manner and on the terms contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus (in each case, exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(e) Opinion and Negative Assurance Letter of Counsel to the Company. Lucosky Brookman LLP, U.S. counsel to the Company with respect to U.S. securities matters, shall have furnished to the Underwriter, at the request of the Company, its (i) written opinion, addressed to the Underwriter and dated the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (ii) negative assurance letter, addressed to the Underwriter and dated the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and DuMoulin Black LLP, Canadian counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Underwriter, at the request of the Company, its written opinion, addressed to the Underwriter and dated the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with respect to Canadian law matters, in each case, each in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriter.

 

(f) Officer’s Certificate. The Underwriter shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, a certificate of an executive officer of the Company who has specific knowledge of the Company’s financial matters in the form attached hereto as “Exhibit D”, (i) confirming that such officer has carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Final Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus; (ii) to the effect set forth in clause (i) of Section 1(k) and Section 7(a)(i) hereof; and (iii) confirming that all of the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and that the Company has complied with all agreements and covenants and satisfied all other conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

(g) No Legal Impediment to Issuance and Sale. No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance, sale or delivery of the Securities by the Company; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance, sale or delivery of the Securities.

 

(h) Lock-Up Agreements. The Lock-Up Agreements executed by the officers, directors and certain shareholders of the Company, in the forms of Exhibit A1-A4, as applicable, shall have been delivered to the Underwriter on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

(i) Underwriter’s Warrant Agreement. The Underwriter’s Warrant Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, executed by the officers of the Company, shall have been delivered to the Underwriter on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

(j) Exchange Listing. On the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Closing Shares, the Option Shares and the Underlying Shares shall have been approved for listing on the Exchange, subject to notice of issuance.

 

(k) Good Standing. The Underwriter shall have received on and as of the Closing Date and any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company under the laws of Canada as of the date hereof.

 

 

 

 

(l) Additional Documents. On or prior to the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Underwriter and its counsel shall have received such information, certificates and other additional documents from the Company as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as contemplated herein or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties, or the satisfaction of any of the covenants, closing conditions or other obligations, contained in this Agreement.

 

All opinions, letters, certificates and other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement will be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to counsel for the Underwriter.

 

If any condition specified in this Section 7 is not satisfied when and as required to be satisfied, this Agreement and all obligations of the Underwriter hereunder may be terminated by the Underwriter by notice to the Company at any time on or prior to the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, which termination shall be without liability on the part of any party to any other party, except that the Company shall continue to be liable for the payment of expenses under Section 6 and Section 11 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 8 and Section 9 hereof shall at all times be effective and shall survive any such termination.

 

8. Indemnification.

 

(a) Indemnification of the Underwriter by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents and each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, all reasonable legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), the Final Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Information, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any Road Show, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 8(a) shall be in addition to any liabilities that the Company may otherwise have.

 

(b) Indemnification of the Company by the Underwriter. The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each officer who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, all reasonable legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in Section 8(a) hereof; provided, however, that each Underwriter shall be liable only to the extent that any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), the Final Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Information, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or any Road Show in reliance upon, and in conformity with, the Underwriter Information relating to the Underwriter. The indemnity agreement set forth in this Section 8(d) shall be in addition to any liabilities that each Underwriter may otherwise have.

 

 

 

 

(c) Notifications and Other Indemnification Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to any of the preceding subsections of this Section 8, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under any of the preceding subsections of this Section 8 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under any of the preceding subsections of this Section 8. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interest between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for (i) the Underwriter, its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents and each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall be designated in writing by the Underwriter; and (ii) the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall be designated in writing by the Company.

 

(d) Settlements. The Indemnifying Person under this Section 8 shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify the Indemnified Person from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested an Indemnifying Person to reimburse the Indemnified Person for any reasonably incurred and documented fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this Section 8, the Indemnifying Person agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such Indemnifying Person of the aforesaid request, (ii) such Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request, or shall not have disputed in good faith the Indemnified Person’s entitlement to such reimbursement, prior to the date of such settlement and (iii) such Indemnified Person shall have given the Indemnifying Person at least 45 days’ prior notice of its intention to settle. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Person effect any settlement, compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnity was or could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from and against all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding and (y) does not include any statements as to or any findings of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

 

 

 

 

9. Contribution. To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 8 hereof is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnified Person in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the aggregate amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person, as incurred, as a result of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriter, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriter, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriter, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriter, on the other hand, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Final Prospectus bear to the aggregate initial offering price of the Securities. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriter, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, on the one hand, or the Underwriter, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8 hereof, all reasonable legal or other fees or expenses incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim. The provisions set forth in Section 8 hereof with respect to notice of commencement of any action shall apply if a claim for contribution is to be made under this Section 9; provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required with respect to any action for which notice has been given under Section 8 hereof for purposes of indemnification.

 

The Company and the Underwriter agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 9.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, the Underwriter shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total discounts and commissions received by the Underwriter in connection with the Securities distributed by it exceeds the amount of any damages the Underwriter has otherwise paid or become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

For purposes of this Section 9, each director, officer, employee and agent of the Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Underwriter, and each director and officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company with the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

 

The remedies provided for in Section 8 and Section 9 hereof are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

 

 

 

 

10. Termination. Prior to the delivery of and payment for the Securities on the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, this Agreement may be terminated by the Underwriter in the absolute discretion of the Underwriter by notice given to the Company if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement: (i) trading or quotation of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended or materially limited on any securities exchange, quotation system or in the over-the-counter market; (ii) trading in securities generally on any of the New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq shall have been suspended or materially limited; (iii) a general banking moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York state authorities; (iv) there shall have occurred a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States; (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of national or international hostilities or any crisis or calamity, or any change in the United States or international financial markets, or any substantial change or development involving a prospective substantial change in general economic, financial or political conditions in the United States or internationally, as in the reasonable judgment of the Underwriter is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Securities on the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, in the manner and on the terms described in the Pricing Disclosure Package or to enforce contracts for the sale of securities; or (vi) the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained a loss by strike, fire, flood, earthquake, accident or other calamity of such character as in the judgment of the Underwriter may interfere materially with the conduct of the business and operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity, regardless of whether or not such loss shall have been insured.

 

Any termination pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of: (x) the Company to the Underwriter, except that the Company shall continue to be liable for the payment of expenses under Section 6; (y) the Underwriter to the Company; or (z) any party hereto to any other party except that the provisions of Section 8 and Section 9 hereof shall at all times be effective and shall survive any such termination.

 

11. Reimbursement of the Underwriter’s Expenses. If (a) the Company fails to deliver the Securities to the Underwriter for any reason at the Closing Date or any Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, in accordance with this Agreement or (b) the Underwriter declines to purchase the Securities for any reason permitted under this Agreement, then the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriter for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriter) incurred by the Underwriter in connection with this Agreement and the applicable offering contemplated hereby not to exceed $25,000.

 

12. Representations and Indemnities to Survive Delivery. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the Underwriter set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company or the Underwriter pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriter, the Company or any of their respective officers or directors or any controlling person, as the case may be, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Securities sold hereunder and any termination of this Agreement.

 

13. Notices. All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt), (ii) when received by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (receipt requested), (iii) on the date sent by email of a PDF document (with confirmation of receipt from the intended recipient by return email or other written acknowledgment) , or (iv) on the third day after the date mailed, by certified or registered mail (in each case, return receipt requested, postage pre-paid). Such communications must be sent to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 13):

 

If to the Underwriter:   Aegis Capital Corp.
1345 Avenue of the Americas
27th Floor
New York, NY 10105
Email Address: [*]
Attention: Robert Eide

 

 

 

 

with a copy to

(which shall not constitute notice):

 

Kaufman & Canoles, P.C.
Two James Center
1021 East Cary Street, Suite 1400
Richmond, VA 23219
Email: [*]
Attention: Anthony W. Basch

     
If to the Company:  

Bruush Oral Care Inc.
30 Wellington Street West, 5th Floor

Toronto, Ontario M5L 1E2, Canada
Email: [*]
Attention: Aneil Manhas

     

with a copy to

(which shall not constitute notice):

 

Lucosky Brookman LLP
101 Wood Avenue South, 5th Floor

Woodbridge, NJ 08830
Email: [*]

Attention: Joseph M. Lucosky

 

Any party hereto may change the address for receipt of communications by giving written notice to the others in accordance with this Section 13.

 

14. Successors. This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriter, the Company and the other indemnified parties referred to in Section 8 and Section 9 hereof, and in each case their respective successors. Nothing in this Agreement is intended, or shall be construed, to give any other person or entity any legal or equitable right, benefit, remedy or claim under, or in respect of or by virtue of, this Agreement or any provision contained herein. The term “successors,” as used herein, shall not include any purchaser of the Securities from the Underwriter merely by reason of such purchase.

 

15. Equitable Remedies. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that (a) a breach or threatened breach by the Company of any of its obligations under Section 4(j) or Section 4(o) would give rise to irreparable harm to the Underwriter for which monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy and (b) if a breach or a threatened breach by the Company of any such obligations occurs, the Underwriter will, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies that may be available to such party at law, at equity, or otherwise in respect of such breach, be entitled to equitable relief, including a temporary restraining order, an injunction, specific performance of the terms of Sections 4(j) or 4(o), as applicable, and any other relief that may be available from a court of competent jurisdiction, without any requirement to (i) post a bond or other security, or (ii) prove actual damages or that monetary damages will not afford an adequate remedy. Each party to this Agreement agrees that such party shall not oppose or otherwise challenge the existence of irreparable harm, the appropriateness of equitable relief or the entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of an order granting equitable relief, in either case, consistent with the terms of this Section 15.

 

16. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

 

17. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York.

 

18. Consent to Jurisdiction. No legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “Related Proceeding”) may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts (collectively, the “Specified Courts”) shall have jurisdiction over the adjudication of any Related Proceeding, and the parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably consent to the exclusive jurisdiction the Specified Courts and personal service of process with respect thereto. The parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably waive any objection to the laying of venue of any Related Proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim in any Specified Court that any Related Proceeding brought in any Specified Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

 

 

 

19. Waiver of Jury Trial. The parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any Related Proceeding.

 

20. No Fiduciary Relationship. The Company acknowledges and agrees that: (i) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriter, on the other hand; (ii) in connection with each transaction contemplated hereby and the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or its Affiliates, stockholders, members, partners, creditors or employees or any other party; (iii) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement; (iv) the Underwriter and its respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company, and the Underwriter has no obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any fiduciary or advisory relationship; and (v) the Underwriter has not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice in any jurisdiction with respect to the offering contemplated hereby, and the Company has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they deemed appropriate. The Company waives and releases, to the full extent permitted by applicable law, any claims it may have against the Underwriter arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Securities or any matters leading up to the offering of the Securities.

 

21. Compliance with the USA Patriot Act. In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56), the Underwriter is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies its clients, including the Company, which information may include the name and address of its clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriter to properly identify its respective clients.

 

22. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Securities, represents the entire agreement among the Company and the Underwriter with respect to the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Final Prospectus, each Preliminary Prospectus, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, each Testing-the-Waters Communication, the purchase and sale of the Securities and the conduct of the offering contemplated hereby.

 

23. Amendments or Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by all the parties hereto. No waiver by any party shall operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any failure, breach or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring before or after the waiver. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

 

24. Section Headings. The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

25. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will be deemed to be one and the same agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via email (including PDF or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000) or other transmission method, and any counterpart so delivered will be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

 

 

 

26. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

 

(a) In the event that the Underwriter that is a Covered Entity (as defined below) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from the Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime (as defined below) if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

(b) In the event that the Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate (as defined below) of the Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights (as defined below) under this Agreement that may be exercised against the Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

(c) As used in this section:

 

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

 

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

 

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

 

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

 

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

 

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

 

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

 

 

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.
 

 

 
  By:  
  Name: Aneil Manhas
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Confirmed and agreed as of the date first above written:

 

AEGIS CAPITAL CORP.

 
     
By:    
Name: Robert Eide  
Title: Chief Executive Officer  

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

 

Underwriter   Number of Closing Units to Be
Purchased
  Number of Option Securities to Be
Purchased if the Maximum Over-
Allotment Option Is Exercised
Aegis Capital Corp.   Common Units: [●]
Pre-funded Units: [●]
  [●]
Total:   [●]   [●]

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE II

 

Pricing Disclosure Package

 

Number of Closing Units:     [●]  
● Number of Closing Common Units     [●]  
● Number of Closing Pre-funded Units     [●]  
Number of Option Shares:     [●]  
Number of Option Warrants:     [●]  
Number of Underwriter’s Warrants:     [●]  
Public Offering Price per Closing Common Unit:   $ [●]  
Public Offering Price per Closing Pre-funded Unit:   $ [●]  
Exercise Price per Pre-Funded Warrant:   $ [●]  
Exercise Price per Warrant per whole share:   $ [●]  
Exercise Price of Underwriter’s Warrant:   $ [●]  
Public Price per Option Share:   $ [●]  
Public Price per Option Pre-Funded Warrant:   $ [●]  
Price per Option Warrant:   $ [●]  
Underwriting Discount per Closing Common Unit:   $ [●]  
Underwriting Discount per Closing Pre-funded Unit:   $ [●]  
Underwriting Discount per Option Share:   $ [●]  
Non-accountable expense allowance per Common Unit and per Pre-funded Unit:   $ [●]  

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE III

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Organization
[●]   [●]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

Shareholder Group I

 

_____, 2022

 

Aegis Capital Corp.

1345 Avenue of the Americas
27th Floor
New York, NY 10105

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned understands that Aegis Capital Corp. (the “Underwriter”), proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Bruush Oral Care Inc., a company incorporated under the law of the Province of British Columbia, Canada (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) of [●] units (each, a “Closing Unit”), with each Closing Unit consisting of either: (A) one share of common stock, no par value, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) and one warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock (the “Warrant”); or (B) one pre-funded warrant (each, a “Pre-funded Warrant”) to purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.001 and one Warrant.

 

To induce the Underwriter to continue its efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, the undersigned will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending one hundred twenty (120) days after the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Public Offering (the “Lock-Up Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”); (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Lock-Up Securities; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement relating to any Lock-Up Securities.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of the Underwriter in connection with

 

  (a) transactions relating to Lock-Up Securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering; provided that no filing under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Lock-Up Securities acquired in such open market transactions;
     
  (b) transfers of Lock-Up Securities as a bona fide gift, by will or intestacy or to a family member or trust for the benefit of the undersigned (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “family member” means any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin);
     
  (c) transfers of Lock-Up Securities to a charity or educational institution;
     
  (d) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, (i) any transfers of Lock-Up Securities to another corporation, partnership or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the undersigned or (ii) distributions of Lock-Up Securities to members, partners, stockholders, subsidiaries or affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned;
     
  (e) if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustee or beneficiary of the trust; provided that in the case of any transfer pursuant to the foregoing clauses (b), (c) (d) or (e), (i) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (ii) each transferee shall sign and deliver to the Underwriter a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of this agreement and (iii) no filing under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

 

 

 

 

  (f) the receipt by the undersigned from the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or stock units or upon the exercise of options to purchase the Company’s shares of Common Stock issued under an equity incentive plan of the Company or an employment arrangement described in the Pricing Prospectus (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) (the “Plan Shares”) or the transfer or withholding of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into shares of Common Stock to the Company upon a vesting event of the Company’s securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase the Company’s securities, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax obligations of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise, provided that if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such schedule or report to the effect that the purpose of such transfer was to cover tax withholding obligations of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise and, provided further, that the Plan Shares shall be subject to the terms of this agreement;
     
  (g) the transfer of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to agreements described in the Pricing Prospectus under which the Company has the option to repurchase such securities or a right of first refusal with respect to the transfer of such securities, provided that if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such schedule or report describing the purpose of the transaction;
     
  (h) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of Lock-Up Securities, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Lock-Up Securities during the Lock-Up Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such public announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Lock-Up Securities may be made under such plan during the Lock-Up Period;
     
  (i) the transfer of Lock-Up Securities that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that the transferee agrees to sign and deliver an agreement substantially in the form of this agreement for the balance of the Lock-Up Period, and provided further, that any filing under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act that is required to be made during the Lock-Up Period as a result of such transfer shall include a statement that such transfer has occurred by operation of law; and
     
  (j) the transfer of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of shares of Common Stock involving a change of control (as defined below) of the Company after the closing of the Public Offering and approved by the Company’s board of directors; provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Lock-Up Securities owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this agreement. “Change of control” means the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” or “group” of persons (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d- 5 of the Exchange Act) of a majority of total voting power of the voting stock of the Company.

 

 

 

 

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with this lock-up agreement.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the undersigned agrees that the foregoing restrictions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed or “friends and family” securities that the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering; (ii) the Underwriter agrees that, at least three (3) Business Days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Lock-Up Securities, the Underwriter will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver; and (iii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two (2) Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Underwriter hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two (2) Business Days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of Lock-Up Securities not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this lock-up agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of such transfer.

 

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriter are relying upon this lock-up agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement is not executed by [●], 2022 or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the shares of Common Stock to be sold thereunder, then this lock-up agreement shall be void and of no further force or effect.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  (Name - Please Print)
   
   
   
  (Signature)
   
   
   
   
   
  (Name of Signatory, in the case of entities -
Please Print)
   
   
   
  (Title of Signatory, in the case of entities -
Please Print)
   
  Address:  
   
     

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A-2

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

Shareholder Group II

 

_____, 2022

 

Aegis Capital Corp.

1345 Avenue of the Americas
27th Floor
New York, NY 10105

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned understands that Aegis Capital Corp. (the “Underwriter”), proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Bruush Oral Care Inc., a company incorporated under the law of the Province of British Columbia, Canada (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) of [●] units (each, a “Closing Unit”), with each Closing Unit consisting of either: (A) one share of common stock, no par value, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) and one warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock (the “Warrant”); or (B) one pre-funded warrant (each, a “Pre-funded Warrant”) to purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.001 and one Warrant.

 

To induce the Underwriter to continue its efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, the undersigned will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending one hundred fifty (150) days after the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Public Offering (the “Lock-Up Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”); (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Lock-Up Securities; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement relating to any Lock-Up Securities.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of the Underwriter in connection with

 

  (a) transactions relating to Lock-Up Securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering; provided that no filing under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Lock-Up Securities acquired in such open market transactions;
     
  (b) transfers of Lock-Up Securities as a bona fide gift, by will or intestacy or to a family member or trust for the benefit of the undersigned (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “family member” means any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin);
     
  (c) transfers of Lock-Up Securities to a charity or educational institution;
     
  (d) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, (i) any transfers of Lock-Up Securities to another corporation, partnership or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the undersigned or (ii) distributions of Lock-Up Securities to members, partners, stockholders, subsidiaries or affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned;
     
  (e) if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustee or beneficiary of the trust; provided that in the case of any transfer pursuant to the foregoing clauses (b), (c) (d) or (e), (i) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (ii) each transferee shall sign and deliver to the Underwriter a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of this agreement and (iii) no filing under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

 

 

 

 

  (f) the receipt by the undersigned from the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or stock units or upon the exercise of options to purchase the Company’s shares of Common Stock issued under an equity incentive plan of the Company or an employment arrangement described in the Pricing Prospectus (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) (the “Plan Shares”) or the transfer or withholding of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into shares of Common Stock to the Company upon a vesting event of the Company’s securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase the Company’s securities, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax obligations of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise, provided that if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such schedule or report to the effect that the purpose of such transfer was to cover tax withholding obligations of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise and, provided further, that the Plan Shares shall be subject to the terms of this agreement;
     
  (g) the transfer of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to agreements described in the Pricing Prospectus under which the Company has the option to repurchase such securities or a right of first refusal with respect to the transfer of such securities, provided that if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such schedule or report describing the purpose of the transaction;
     
  (h) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of Lock-Up Securities, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Lock-Up Securities during the Lock-Up Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such public announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Lock-Up Securities may be made under such plan during the Lock-Up Period;
     
  (i) the transfer of Lock-Up Securities that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that the transferee agrees to sign and deliver an agreement substantially in the form of this agreement for the balance of the Lock-Up Period, and provided further, that any filing under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act that is required to be made during the Lock-Up Period as a result of such transfer shall include a statement that such transfer has occurred by operation of law; and
     
  (j) the transfer of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of shares of Common Stock involving a change of control (as defined below) of the Company after the closing of the Public Offering and approved by the Company’s board of directors; provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Lock-Up Securities owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this agreement. “Change of control” means the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” or “group” of persons (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d- 5 of the Exchange Act) of a majority of total voting power of the voting stock of the Company.

 

 

 

 

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with this lock-up agreement.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the undersigned agrees that the foregoing restrictions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed or “friends and family” securities that the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering; (ii) the Underwriter agrees that, at least three (3) Business Days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Lock-Up Securities, the Underwriter will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver; and (iii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two (2) Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Underwriter hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two (2) Business Days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of Lock-Up Securities not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this lock-up agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of such transfer.

 

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriter are relying upon this lock-up agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement is not executed by [●], 2022 or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the shares of Common Stock to be sold thereunder, then this lock-up agreement shall be void and of no further force or effect.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  (Name - Please Print)
   
   
   
  (Signature)
   
   
   
   
   
  (Name of Signatory, in the case of entities -
Please Print)
   
   
   
  (Title of Signatory, in the case of entities -
Please Print)
   
  Address:  
   
     

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A-3

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

Shareholder Group III

 

_____, 2022

 

Aegis Capital Corp.

1345 Avenue of the Americas
27th Floor
New York, NY 10105

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned understands that Aegis Capital Corp. (the “Underwriter”), proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Bruush Oral Care Inc., a company incorporated under the law of the Province of British Columbia, Canada (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) of [●] units (each, a “Closing Unit”), with each Closing Unit consisting of either: (A) one share of common stock, no par value, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) and one warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock (the “Warrant”); or (B) one pre-funded warrant (each, a “Pre-funded Warrant”) to purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.001 and one Warrant. 

 

To induce the Underwriter to continue its efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, the undersigned will not, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”); (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Lock-Up Securities; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement relating to any Lock-Up Securities, on or before the date such Lock-Up Securities are released in accordance with the release schedule set forth below:

 

Percentage of Lock-Up Securities   Release Date
50%   One hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Public Offering
50%   Three hundred sixty (360) days after the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Public Offering

 

The periods commencing on the date hereof and ending on the release dates set out directly above shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Lock-Up Periods”.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of the Underwriter in connection with

 

(a)transactions relating to Lock-Up Securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering; provided that no filing under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Lock-Up Securities acquired in such open market transactions;
   
(b)transfers of Lock-Up Securities as a bona fide gift, by will or intestacy or to a family member or trust for the benefit of the undersigned (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “family member” means any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin);
   
(c)transfers of Lock-Up Securities to a charity or educational institution;
   
(d)if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, (i) any transfers of Lock-Up Securities to another corporation, partnership or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the undersigned or (ii) distributions of Lock-Up Securities to members, partners, stockholders, subsidiaries or affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned;
   
(e)if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustee or beneficiary of the trust;  provided that in the case of any transfer pursuant to the foregoing clauses (b), (c) (d) or (e), (i) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (ii) each transferee shall sign and deliver to the Underwriter a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of this agreement and (iii) no filing under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Periods, as applicable;
   
(f)the receipt by the undersigned from the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or stock units or upon the exercise of options to purchase the Company’s shares of Common Stock issued under an equity incentive plan of the Company or an employment arrangement described in the Pricing Prospectus (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) (the “Plan Shares”) or the transfer or withholding of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into shares of Common Stock to the Company upon a vesting event of the Company’s securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase the Company’s securities, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax obligations of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise, provided that if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock during the Lock-Up Periods, as applicable, the undersigned shall include a statement in such schedule or report to the effect that the purpose of such transfer was to cover tax withholding obligations of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise and, provided further, that the Plan Shares shall be subject to the terms of this agreement;
   
(g)the transfer of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to agreements described in the Pricing Prospectus under which the Company has the option to repurchase such securities or a right of first refusal with respect to the transfer of such securities, provided that if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock during the Lock-Up Periods, as applicable, the undersigned shall include a statement in such schedule or report describing the purpose of the transaction;
   
(h)the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of Lock-Up Securities, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Lock-Up Securities during the Lock-Up Periods, as applicable, and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such public announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Lock-Up Securities may be made under such plan during the Lock-Up Periods, as applicable;
   
(i)the transfer of Lock-Up Securities that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that the transferee agrees to sign and deliver an agreement substantially in the form of this agreement for the balance of the Lock-Up Periods, as applicable, and provided further, that any filing under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act that is required to be made during the Lock-Up Periods, as applicabl,e as a result of such transfer shall include a statement that such transfer has occurred by operation of law; and

 

 

 

 

(j)the transfer of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of shares of Common Stock involving a change of control (as defined below) of the Company after the closing of the Public Offering and approved by the Company’s board of directors; provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Lock-Up Securities owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this agreement. “Change of control” means the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” or “group” of persons (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d- 5 of the Exchange Act) of a majority of total voting power of the voting stock of the Company.

 

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with this lock-up agreement.

  

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the undersigned agrees that the foregoing restrictions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed or “friends and family” securities that the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering; (ii) the Underwriter agrees that, at least three (3) Business Days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Lock-Up Securities, the Underwriter will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver; and (iii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two (2) Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Underwriter hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two (2) Business Days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of Lock-Up Securities not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this lock-up agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of such transfer.

 

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriter are relying upon this lock-up agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement is not executed by [●], 2022 or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the shares of Common Stock to be sold thereunder, then this lock-up agreement shall be void and of no further force or effect.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  (Name - Please Print)
   
   
   
  (Signature)
   
   
   
   
   
  (Name of Signatory, in the case of entities -
Please Print)
   
   
   
  (Title of Signatory, in the case of entities -
Please Print)
   
  Address:   
   
     

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A-4

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

Officers and Directors

 

_____, 2022

 

Aegis Capital Corp.

1345 Avenue of the Americas
27th Floor
New York, NY 10105

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned understands that Aegis Capital Corp. (the “Underwriter”), proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Bruush Oral Care Inc., a company incorporated under the law of the Province of British Columbia, Canada (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) of [●] units (each, a “Closing Unit”), with each Closing Unit consisting of either: (A) one share of common stock, no par value, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) and one warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock (the “Warrant”); or (B) one pre-funded warrant (each, a “Pre-funded Warrant”) to purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.001 and one Warrant.

 

To induce the Underwriter to continue its efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, the undersigned will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending one hundred eight (180) days after the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Public Offering (the “Lock-Up Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”); (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Lock-Up Securities; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement relating to any Lock-Up Securities.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of the Underwriter in connection with

 

(a)transactions relating to Lock-Up Securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering; provided that no filing under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Lock-Up Securities acquired in such open market transactions;
   
(b)transfers of Lock-Up Securities as a bona fide gift, by will or intestacy or to a family member or trust for the benefit of the undersigned (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “family member” means any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin);
   
(c)transfers of Lock-Up Securities to a charity or educational institution;
   
(d)if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, (i) any transfers of Lock-Up Securities to another corporation, partnership or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the undersigned or (ii) distributions of Lock-Up Securities to members, partners, stockholders, subsidiaries or affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned;
   
(e)if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustee or beneficiary of the trust; provided that in the case of any transfer pursuant to the foregoing clauses (b), (c) (d) or (e), (i) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (ii) each transferee shall sign and deliver to the Underwriter a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of this agreement and (iii) no filing under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period;

 

 

 

 

(f)the receipt by the undersigned from the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or stock units or upon the exercise of options to purchase the Company’s shares of Common Stock issued under an equity incentive plan of the Company or an employment arrangement described in the Pricing Prospectus (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) (the “Plan Shares”) or the transfer or withholding of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into shares of Common Stock to the Company upon a vesting event of the Company’s securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase the Company’s securities, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax obligations of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise, provided that if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such schedule or report to the effect that the purpose of such transfer was to cover tax withholding obligations of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise and, provided further, that the Plan Shares shall be subject to the terms of this agreement;
   
(g)the transfer of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to agreements described in the Pricing Prospectus under which the Company has the option to repurchase such securities or a right of first refusal with respect to the transfer of such securities, provided that if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such schedule or report describing the purpose of the transaction;
   
(h)the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of Lock-Up Securities, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Lock-Up Securities during the Lock-Up Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such public announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Lock-Up Securities may be made under such plan during the Lock-Up Period;
   
(i)the transfer of Lock-Up Securities that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that the transferee agrees to sign and deliver an agreement substantially in the form of this agreement for the balance of the Lock-Up Period, and provided further, that any filing under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act that is required to be made during the Lock-Up Period as a result of such transfer shall include a statement that such transfer has occurred by operation of law; and
   
(j)the transfer of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of shares of Common Stock involving a change of control (as defined below) of the Company after the closing of the Public Offering and approved by the Company’s board of directors; provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Lock-Up Securities owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this agreement. “Change of control” means the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” or “group” of persons (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d- 5 of the Exchange Act) of a majority of total voting power of the voting stock of the Company.

 

 

 

 

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with this lock-up agreement.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the undersigned agrees that the foregoing restrictions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed or “friends and family” securities that the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering; (ii) the Underwriter agrees that, at least three (3) Business Days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Lock-Up Securities, the Underwriter will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver; and (iii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two (2) Business Days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Underwriter hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two (2) Business Days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of Lock-Up Securities not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this lock-up agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of such transfer.

 

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriter are relying upon this lock-up agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement is not executed by [●], 2022 or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the shares of Common Stock to be sold thereunder, then this lock-up agreement shall be void and of no further force or effect.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  (Name - Please Print)
   
   
   
  (Signature)
   
   
   
   
   
  (Name of Signatory, in the case of entities -
Please Print)
   
   
   
  (Title of Signatory, in the case of entities -
Please Print)
   
  Address:  
   
     

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Form of Lock-Up Waiver

 

[●], 2022

 

[NAME AND ADDRESS]

Re: Lock-Up Agreement Waiver

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

[Pursuant to Section 4(j) of the Underwriting Agreement, dated [●], 2022 (the “Underwriting Agreement”), among Bruush Oral Care Inc., a company incorporated under the law of the Province of British Columbia, Canada (the “Company”), and Aegis Capital Corp. (the “Underwriter”), and the Lock-Up Agreement, dated [●], 2022 (the “Lock-Up Agreement”), between you and the Underwriter relating to the Company’s shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”), the Underwriter hereby gives its consent to allow you to sell up to [●] Shares [solely from and including [●] to and including [●]].]

 

[Pursuant to Section 4(j) of the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriter hereby gives its consent to allow the Company to issue and sell up to [●] Shares pursuant to an offering of the Shares to commence prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period as defined in the Underwriting Agreement[, provided that such offering closes on or prior to [●]].]

 

  By:  
  Name: Robert Eide
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

Form of Lock-Up Waiver Press Release

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

 

[●], 202[●]

 

Bruush Oral Care Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Aegis Capital Corp., acting as Underwriter in the Company’s recent public offering of the Company’s shares of Common Stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to the Company’s shares of Common Stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [●], and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

 

This press release is not an offer or sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer or sale is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

Form of Officer’s Certificate

 

[●], 2022

 

I, [●], Chief Financial Officer of Bruush Oral Care Inc., a company incorporated under the law of the Province of British Columbia, Canada (the “Company”), solely in such capacity and not in my individual capacity, do hereby certify that this certificate is being delivered by me pursuant to Section 7(f) of that certain underwriting agreement, dated [●], 2022, by and between the Company and Aegis Capital Corp. (the “Underwriting Agreement”) and do hereby further certify on behalf of the Company that:

 

1. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Free Writing Prospectus and the Final Prospectus (in each case exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus there has been no material adverse change, or any development that could result in a material adverse change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, or results of operations, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company;

 

2. The Company has timely performed the covenants and other obligations set forth in Section 7(a) of the Agreement; and

 

3. All of the other representations and warranties of the Company in the Underwriting Agreement are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date and the Company has complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants and satisfied all other conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied thereunder at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement,

 

  Bruush Oral Care Inc.
     
  By:  
  Name: Matthew Kavanagh
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

Form of Underwriter’s Warrant Agreement

 

 

 

 

Exhibit F

 

Form of Pre-funded Warrant Certificate

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

 

Warrant Certificate No.: [●]   Issue Date: _____________, 2022
     
Certificate for [●] Warrants, each entitling the holder to acquire one (1) Warrant Share (subject to adjustment as provided herein)   Initial Exercise Date: _____________, 2022

 

CUSIP: [●]

ISIN: [●]

 

THIS COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT (the “Warrant”) certifies that [●] or its registered assigns (the “Holder”) is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the limitations on exercise and the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date hereof (the “Initial Exercise Date”) and on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on _____________, 2027 (the “Termination Date”) but not thereafter, to subscribe for and purchase from Bruush Oral Care Inc., a company incorporated under the law of the Province of British Columbia, Canada (the “Company”), up to _________________ shares of Common Stock (as subject to adjustment hereunder, the “Warrant Shares”). The purchase price of one share of Common Stock under this Warrant shall be equal to the Exercise Price, as defined in Section 2(b). This Warrant shall initially be issued and maintained in the form of a security held in book-entry form and the Depository Trust Company or its nominee (“DTC”) shall initially be the sole registered holder of this Warrant, subject to a Holder’s right to elect to receive a Warrant in certificated form pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Agent Agreement.

 

Section 1. Definitions. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Warrant, the following terms have the meanings indicated in this Section 1:

 

Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

Bid Price” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the shares of Common Stock are then listed or quoted on a Trading Market, the bid price of a share of Common Stock for the time in question (or the nearest preceding date) on the Trading Market on which the shares of Common Stock are then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to 4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b) if OTCQB or OTCQX is not a Trading Market, the volume weighted average per share price of the shares of Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on OTCQB or OTCQX as applicable, (c) if the shares of Common Stock are not then listed or quoted for trading on OTCQB or OTCQX and if prices for the shares of Common Stock are then reported on the Pink Open Market (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of Common Stock so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of an share of Common Stock as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Holders of a majority in interest of the Warrants then outstanding and reasonably acceptable to the Company, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.

 

Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided, however, for clarification, commercial banks shall not be deemed to be authorized or required by law to remain closed due to “stay at home”, “shelter-in-place”, “non-essential employee” or any other similar orders or restrictions or the closure of any physical branch locations at the direction of any governmental authority so long as the electronic funds transfer systems (including for wire transfers) of commercial banks in The City of New York generally are open for use by customers on such day.

 

 
 

 

 

Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Common Stock” means the common stock, no par value, of the Company, and any other class of securities into which such securities may hereafter be reclassified or changed.

 

Common Stock Equivalents” means any securities of the Company or the Subsidiaries which would entitle the holder thereof to acquire at any time shares of Common Stock, including, without limitation, any debt, preferred stock, right, option, warrant or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Equity Conditions” means, with respect to any given date of determination: (i) on such applicable date of determination one or more registration statements (each, the “Forced Exercise Registration Statement”) shall be effective and the prospectus contained therein shall be available on such applicable date of determination (with, for the avoidance of doubt, any shares of Common Stock previously issued pursuant to such prospectus deemed unavailable) for the issuance of all the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and other warrants issued pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement (collectively, the “Registered Warrants”) in connection with the event requiring determination (such applicable aggregate number of shares of Common Stock, each, a “Required Minimum Securities Amount”); (ii) on each day during the period beginning thirty (30) calendar days prior to the applicable date of determination and ending on and including the applicable date of determination (the “Equity Conditions Measuring Period”), the shares of Common Stock (including the shares of Common Stock to be issued in the event requiring this determination) is listed or designated for quotation (as applicable) on a Trading Market and shall not have been suspended from trading on a Trading Market (other than suspensions of not more than two (2) days and occurring prior to the applicable date of determination due to business announcements by the Company) nor shall delisting or suspension by a Trading Market have been threatened (with a reasonable prospect of delisting occurring after giving effect to all applicable notice, appeal, compliance and hearing periods) or reasonably likely to occur or pending as evidenced by (A) a writing by such Trading Market or (B) the Company falling below the minimum listing maintenance requirements of the Trading Market on which the shares of Common Stock is then listed or designated for quotation (as applicable); (iii) during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, the Company shall have delivered all Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant on a timely basis as set forth in Section 2 hereof and all other share capital required to be delivered by the Company on a timely basis as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement; (iv) the Required Minimum Securities Amount of shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the event requiring determination may be issued in full without violating the rules or regulations of the Trading Market on which the shares of Common Stock is then listed or designated for quotation (as applicable); (v) on each day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, no public announcement of a pending, proposed or intended Fundamental Transaction shall have occurred which has not been abandoned, terminated or consummated; (vi) the Company shall have no knowledge of any fact that would reasonably be expected to cause the applicable Forced Exercise Registration Statement to not be effective or the prospectus contained therein to not be available for the issuance of the Required Minimum Securities Amount of shares of Common Stock in connection with the event requiring such determination; (vii) the Holder shall not be in possession of any material, non-public information provided to any of them by the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective affiliates, employees, officers, representatives, agents or the like; (viii) on each day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, the Company otherwise shall have been in compliance with each, and shall not have breached any representation or warranty in any material respect (other than representations or warranties subject to material adverse effect or materiality, which may not be breached in any respect) or any covenant or other term or condition of this Warrant or the Underwriting Agreement, including, without limitation, the Company shall not have failed to timely make any payment pursuant to this Warrant or the Underwriting Agreement; (ix) on the applicable date of determination (A) a sufficient number of shares shall be authorized and reserved in accordance with Section 6(d) and (B) all Warrant Shares to be issued in connection with the event requiring this determination may be issued in full without resulting in a violation of Section 6(d); (x) the issuance of Required Minimum Securities Amount of shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the event requiring determination will not result in an violation of Section 6(d); (xi) any shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the event requiring determination may be issued in full without violating Section 2(e) hereof (or the equivalent provisions of any other applicable Registered Warrants), (xii) no bone fide dispute shall exist, by and between any of holder of the Registered Warrants, the Company, the principal Trading Market and/or FINRA with respect to any term or provision of this Warrant or the Underwriting Agreement and (xiii) no Forced Exercise hereunder shall have occurred during the seven (7) Trading Day period immediately prior to such date of determination, and (xiv) the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Registered Warrants are duly authorized and listed and eligible for trading without restriction on an Trading Market.

 

 
 

 

Equity Conditions Failure” means that on each day during the period commencing ten (10) Trading Days prior to the applicable Forced Exercise Notice Date through and including the applicable Forced Exercise Date, the Equity Conditions have not been satisfied (or waived in writing by the Holder).

for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive, shares of Common Stock.

 

Person” means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, government (or an agency or subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.

 

Qualified Holder” means each Holder, including each “beneficial holder”, together with all Affiliates of such Holder and/or “beneficial holder”, that purchased Qualified Warrants in connection with the Offering, provided such Qualified Holder continues to hold any Warrants as of the event described herein to which Qualified Holder status applies. For the sake of clarity, no holder shall be considered to be a Qualified Holder for more Warrants than the number of Qualified Warrants purchased by such Qualified Holder in the Company’s initial public offering; provided, however, that a Qualified Holder may sell and buy Warrants following completion of the Offering, and such Warrants shall benefit from adjustments hereunder up to the number of Qualified Warrants for such Qualified Holder.

 

Qualified Warrants” means [●] Warrants purchased in connection with the Offering by any Holder, including each “beneficial holder” of Warrants, taken together with all Affiliates of such Holder and/or “beneficial holder”. Qualified Warrants shall not include Pre-funded Warrants. The number of Qualified Warrants shall be fixed at completion of the Offering.

 

“Registered Warrants” means this Warrant and any other warrants issued pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

 

Registration Statement” means the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-265969), as amended.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Company and shall, where applicable, also include any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company formed or acquired after the date hereof.

 

Trading Day” means a day on which the shares of Common Stock are traded on a Trading Market.

 

 
 

 

Trading Market” means any of the following markets or exchanges on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or quoted for trading on the date in question: the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the New York Stock Exchange, OTCQB or OTCQX (or any successors to any of the foregoing).

 

Transfer Agent” means Endeavor Trust Corporation, and any successor transfer agent of the Company.

 

Underwriting Agreement” means the underwriting agreement, dated as of ___________, 2022, among the Company and Aegis Capital Corp., as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

VWAP” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the shares of Common Stock are then listed or quoted on a Trading Market, the daily volume weighted average price per share of the shares of Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the Trading Market on which the shares of Common Stock are then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to 4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b) if OTCQB or OTCQX is not a Trading Market, the volume weighted average price per share of shares of Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on OTCQB or OTCQX as applicable, (c) if the shares of Common Stock are not then listed or quoted for trading on OTCQB or OTCQX and if prices for shares of Common Stock are then reported on the OTC Pink Open Market (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of Common Stock so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the holders of a majority in interest of the Warrants then outstanding and reasonably acceptable to the Company, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.

 

Warrant Agent Agreement” means that certain warrant agent agreement, dated __________, 2022, between the Company and the Warrant Agent.

 

Warrant Agent” means the Transfer Agent and any successor warrant agent of the Company.

 

Warrants” means this Warrant and other common stock purchase warrants issued to investors by the Company pursuant to the Registration Statement, other than any additional warrant issued in connection with Section 3(f)(vi) hereof or any pre-funded warrant issued pursuant to the Registration Statement, each of which shall be subject to the terms of such form of additional warrant or pre-funded warrant, as applicable.

 

 
 

 

Section 2. Exercise.

 

a) Exercise of Warrant. Subject to the provisions of Section 2(e) herein, exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be made, in whole or in part, at any time or times on or after the Initial Exercise Date and on or before the Termination Date, by delivery to the Warrant Agent of a duly executed Notice of Exercise in the form annexed hereto as Annex A (the “Notice of Exercise”) together with the Warrant Certificate, and, unless the cashless exercise procedure specified in Section 2(c) below is specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise, delivery to the Company of the aggregate Exercise Price of the Warrant Shares specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise as specified in this Section 2(a). Within the earlier of (i) two (2) Trading Days and (ii) the number of Trading Days comprising the Standard Settlement Period (as defined in Section 2(d)(i) herein) following the date of exercise as aforesaid, the Holder shall deliver the aggregate Exercise Price for the Warrant Shares specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise by wire transfer of immediately available funds or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank unless the cashless exercise procedure specified in Section 2(c) below is specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise. No ink-original Notice of Exercise shall be required, nor shall any medallion guarantee (or other type of guarantee or notarization) of any Notice of Exercise be required. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company until the Holder has purchased all of the Warrant Shares available hereunder and the Warrant has been exercised in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company for cancellation within three (3) Trading Days of the date on which the final Notice of Exercise is delivered to the Company. Partial exercises of this Warrant resulting in purchases of a portion of the total number of Warrant Shares available hereunder shall have the effect of lowering the outstanding number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder in an amount equal to the applicable number of Warrant Shares purchased. The Holder and the Company shall maintain records showing the number of Warrant Shares purchased and the date of such purchases. The Company shall deliver any objection to any Notice of Exercise within one (1) Trading Day of receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Notice(s) of Exercise delivered on or prior to 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Trading Date prior to the Initial Exercise Date, which may be delivered at any time after the time of execution of the Underwriting Agreement, the Company agrees to deliver the Warrant Shares subject to such notice(s) by 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Initial Exercise Date and the Initial Exercise Date shall be the Warrant Share Delivery Date for purposes hereunder, provided that payment of the aggregate Exercise Price (other than in the case of a cashless exercise) is received by such Warrant Share Delivery Date. The Holder and any assignee, by acceptance of this Warrant, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of this paragraph, following the purchase of a portion of the Warrant Shares hereunder, the number of Warrant Shares available for purchase hereunder at any given time may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 2(a), a holder whose interest in this Warrant is a beneficial interest in certificate(s) representing this Warrant held in book-entry form through DTC (or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions), shall effect exercises made pursuant to this Section 2(a) by delivering to DTC (or such other clearing corporation, as applicable) the appropriate instruction form for exercise, complying with the procedures to effect exercise that are required by DTC (or such other clearing corporation, as applicable), subject to a Holder’s right to elect to receive a Warrant in certificated form pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Agent Agreement.

 

b) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Common Stock under this Warrant shall be $_________ (the “Initial Exercise Price”), subject to adjustment hereunder (as in effect from time to time, the “Exercise Price”).

 

c) Cashless Exercise. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to remain effective with a current prospectus and to maintain the registration of the shares of Common Stock and of the Warrants under the Exchange Act. If at any time after the Initial Exercise Date, there is no effective registration statement registering, or no current prospectus available for the issuance of the Warrant Shares to the Holder, then this Warrant may also be exercised, in whole or in part, at such time by means of a “cashless exercise” in which the Holder shall be entitled to receive a number of Warrant Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing [(A-B) (X)] by (A), where:

 

 
 

 

 

  (A) = as applicable: (i) the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise if such Notice of Exercise is (1) both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof on a day that is not a Trading Day or (2) both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof on a Trading Day prior to the opening of “regular trading hours” (as defined in Rule 600(b)(68) of Regulation NMS) on such Trading Day, (ii) at the option of the Holder, either (y) the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise or (z) the Bid Price of the shares of Common Stock on the principal Trading Market as reported by Bloomberg L.P. as of the time of the Holder’s execution of the applicable Notice of Exercise if such Notice of Exercise is executed during “regular trading hours” on a Trading Day and is delivered within two (2) hours thereafter (including until two (2) hours after the close of “regular trading hours” on a Trading Day) pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof or (iii) the VWAP on the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise if the date of such Notice of Exercise is a Trading Day and such Notice of Exercise is both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof after the close of “regular trading hours” on such Trading Day;
     
  (B) = the Exercise Price of this Warrant, as adjusted hereunder; and
     
  (X) = the number of Warrant Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise.

 

If Warrant Shares are issued in such a cashless exercise, the parties acknowledge and agree that in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, the Warrant Shares shall take on the registered characteristics of the Warrants being exercised. The Company agrees not to take any position contrary to this Section 2(c).

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that, on the Termination Date, there is no effective registration statement registering, or no current prospectus available for the issuance of, the Warrant Shares to the Holder, this Warrant shall be automatically exercised via cashless exercise pursuant to this Section 2(c) on such Termination Date.

 

d) Mechanics of Exercise.

 

i. Delivery of Warrant Shares Upon Exercise. The Company shall cause the Warrant Shares purchased hereunder to be transmitted by the Transfer Agent to the Holder by crediting the account of the Holder’s or its designee’s balance account with The Depository Trust Company through its Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian system (“DWAC”) if the Company is then a participant in such system and either (A) there is an effective registration statement permitting the issuance of the Warrant Shares to or resale of the Warrant Shares by Holder or (B) this Warrant is being exercised via cashless exercise, and otherwise by physical delivery of a certificate, registered in the Company’s share register in the name of the Holder or its designee, for the number of Warrant Shares to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise to the address specified by the Holder in the Notice of Exercise by the date that is the earliest of (i) two (2) Trading Days after the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise, (ii) one (1) Trading Day after delivery of the aggregate Exercise Price to the Company and (iii) the number of Trading Days comprising the Standard Settlement Period after the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise (such date, the “Warrant Share Delivery Date”). Upon delivery of the Notice of Exercise, the Holder shall be deemed for all corporate purposes to have become the holder of record of the Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant has been exercised, irrespective of the date of delivery of the Warrant Shares, provided that payment of the aggregate Exercise Price (other than in the case of a cashless exercise) is received within the earlier of (i) two (2) Trading Days and (ii) the number of Trading Days comprising the Standard Settlement Period following delivery of the Notice of Exercise. If the Company fails for any reason to deliver to the Holder the Warrant Shares subject to a Notice of Exercise by the Warrant Share Delivery Date, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in cash, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, for each $1,000 of Warrant Shares subject to such exercise (based on the VWAP of the shares of Common Stock on the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise), $10 per Trading Day (increasing to $20 per Trading Day on the fifth Trading Day after such liquidated damages begin to accrue) for each Trading Day after such Warrant Share Delivery Date until such Warrant Shares are delivered or Holder rescinds such exercise. The Company agrees to maintain a transfer agent that is a participant in the FAST program so long as this Warrant remains outstanding and exercisable. As used herein, “Standard Settlement Period” means the standard settlement period, expressed in a number of Trading Days, on the Company’s primary Trading Market with respect to the shares of Common Stock as in effect on the date of delivery of the Notice of Exercise.

 

 
 

 

ii. Delivery of New Warrants Upon Exercise. If this Warrant shall have been exercised in part, the Company shall, upon surrender of this Warrant certificate, at the time of delivery of the Warrant Shares, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder to purchase the unpurchased Warrant Shares called for by this Warrant, which new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical with this Warrant.

 

iii. Rescission Rights. If the Company fails to cause the Transfer Agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) by the Warrant Share Delivery Date, then the Holder will have the right to rescind such exercise; provided, however, that the Holder shall be required to return any Warrant Shares subject to any such rescinded exercise notice concurrently with the return to Holder of the aggregate Exercise Price paid to the Company for such Warrant Shares and the restoration of Holder’s right to acquire such Warrant Shares pursuant to this Warrant (including, issuance of a replacement warrant certificate evidencing such restored right).

 

iv. Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Deliver Warrant Shares Upon Exercise. In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the Company fails to cause the Transfer Agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(d)(i) above pursuant to an exercise on or before the Warrant Share Delivery Date, and if after such date the Holder is required by its broker to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise) or the Holder’s brokerage firm otherwise purchases, shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the Warrant Shares which the Holder anticipated receiving upon such exercise (a “Buy-In”), then the Company shall (A) pay in cash to the Holder the amount, if any, by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the shares of Common Stock so purchased exceeds (y) the amount obtained by multiplying (1) the number of Warrant Shares that the Company was required to deliver to the Holder in connection with the exercise at issue times (2) the price at which the sell order giving rise to such purchase obligation was executed, and (B) at the option of the Holder, either reinstate the portion of the Warrant and equivalent number of Warrant Shares for which such exercise was not honored (in which case such exercise shall be deemed rescinded) or deliver to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued had the Company timely complied with its exercise and delivery obligations hereunder. For example, if the Holder purchases shares of Common Stock having a total purchase price of $11,000 to cover a Buy-In with respect to an attempted exercise of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate sale price giving rise to such purchase obligation of $10,000, under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence the Company shall be required to pay the Holder $1,000. The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In and, upon request of the Company, evidence of the amount of such loss. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely deliver shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

v. No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. As to any fraction of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Company shall, at its election, either pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price or round up to the next whole share.

 

 
 

 

 

vi. Charges, Taxes and Expenses. Issuance of Warrant Shares shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such Warrant Shares, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such Warrant Shares shall be issued in the name of the Holder or in such name or names as may be directed by the Holder; provided, however, that, in the event that Warrant Shares are to be issued in a name other than the name of the Holder, this Warrant when surrendered for exercise shall be accompanied by the Assignment Form attached hereto as Annex B duly executed by the Holder and the Company may require, as a condition thereto, the payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any transfer tax incidental thereto. The Company shall pay all Transfer Agent fees required for same-day processing of any Notice of Exercise and all fees to the Depository Trust Company (or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions) required for same-day electronic delivery of the Warrant Shares.

 

vii. Closing of Books. The Company will not close its stockholder books or records in any manner which prevents the timely exercise of this Warrant, pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

e) Holder’s Exercise Limitations. The Company shall not effect any exercise of this Warrant, and a Holder shall not have the right to exercise any portion of this Warrant, pursuant to Section 2 or otherwise, to the extent that after giving effect to such issuance after exercise as set forth on the applicable Notice of Exercise, the Holder (together with the Holder’s Affiliates, and any other Persons acting as a group together with the Holder or any of the Holder’s Affiliates (such Persons, “Attribution Parties”)), would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined below). For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Holder and its Affiliates and Attribution Parties shall include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which such determination is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, non-exercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates or Attribution Parties and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or non-converted portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any other shares of Common Stock Equivalents) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates or Attribution Parties. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this Section 2(e), beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, it being acknowledged by the Holder that the Company is not representing to the Holder that such calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the Holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed in accordance therewith. To the extent that the limitation contained in this Section 2(e) applies, the determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates and Attribution Parties) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable shall be in the sole discretion of the Holder, and the submission of a Notice of Exercise shall be deemed to be the Holder’s determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates and Attribution Parties) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable, in each case subject to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination. In addition, a determination as to any group status as contemplated above shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this Section 2(e), in determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, a Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (A) the Company’s most recent periodic or annual report filed with the Commission, as the case may be, (B) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (C) a more recent written notice by the Company or the Transfer Agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Upon the written or oral request of a Holder, the Company shall within one Trading Day confirm orally and in writing to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the Holder or its Affiliates or Attribution Parties since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was reported. The “Beneficial Ownership Limitation” shall be 4.99% (or, upon election by a Holder prior to the issuance of any Warrants, 9.99%) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant. The Holder, upon notice to the Company, may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation provisions of this Section 2(e), provided that the Beneficial Ownership Limitation in no event exceeds 9.99% of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of this Warrant held by the Holder and the provisions of this Section 2(e) shall continue to apply. Any increase in the Beneficial Ownership Limitation will not be effective until the 61st day after such notice is delivered to the Company. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 2(e) to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended Beneficial Ownership Limitation herein contained or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor holder of this Warrant.

 

 
 

 

Section 3. Certain Adjustments.

 

a) Stock Dividends and Splits. If the Company, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding: (i) pays a stock dividend or otherwise makes a distribution or distributions on its shares of Common Stock or any other equity or equity equivalent securities payable in shares of Common Stock (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon exercise of this Warrant), (ii) subdivides outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares, (iii) combines (including by way of reverse stock split) outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issues by reclassification of shares of Common Stock any shares of capital stock of the Company, then in each case the Exercise Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event, and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be proportionately adjusted such that the aggregate Exercise Price of this Warrant shall remain unchanged. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or re-classification.

 

b) Reserved.

 

c) Subsequent Rights Offerings. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 3(a) above, if at any time the Company grants, issues or sells any share of Common Stock Equivalents or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to all (or substantially all) of the record holders of any class of shares of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights (provided, however, that, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Purchase Right would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Purchase Right to such extent (or beneficial ownership of such shares of Common Stock as a result of such Purchase Right to such extent) and such Purchase Right to such extent shall be held in abeyance for the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation).

 

 
 

 

d) Pro Rata Distributions. During such time as this Warrant is outstanding, if the Company shall declare or make any dividend or other distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to all (or substantially all) of holders of shares of Common Stock, by way of return of capital or otherwise (including, without limitation, any distribution of cash, stock or other securities, property or options by way of a dividend, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement, scheme of arrangement or other similar transaction) (a “Distribution”), at any time after the issuance of this Warrant, then, in each such case, the Holder shall be entitled to participate in such Distribution to the same extent that the Holder would have participated therein if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date of which a record is taken for such Distribution, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the participation in such Distribution (provided, however, that, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Distribution would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Distribution to such extent (or in the beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock as a result of such Distribution to such extent) and the portion of such Distribution shall be held in abeyance for the benefit of the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation).

 

e) Fundamental Transaction. If, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, (i) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person, (ii) the Company or any Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (approved or recommended by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof) is completed pursuant to which holders of shares of Common Stock are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (iv) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of shares of Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the shares of Common Stock are effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (v) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off, merger or scheme of arrangement) with another Person or group of Persons whereby such other Person or group acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (not including any shares of Common Stock held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination) (each a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, upon any subsequent exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Warrant Share that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction, at the option of the Holder (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant), the number of shares of Common Stock of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration (the “Alternate Consideration”) receivable as a result of such Fundamental Transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant). For purposes of any such exercise, the determination of the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one share of Common Stock in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Company shall apportion the Exercise Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of shares of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any exercise of this Warrant following such Fundamental Transaction.

 

 
 

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event of a Fundamental Transaction, the Company or any Successor Entity (as defined below) shall, at the Holder’s option, exercisable at any time concurrently with, or within 30 days after, the consummation of the Fundamental Transaction (or, if later, the date of the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction), purchase this Warrant from the Holder by paying to the Holder an amount of cash equal to the Black Scholes Value (as defined below) of the remaining unexercised portion of this Warrant on the date of the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction; provided, however, that, if the Fundamental Transaction is not within the Company’s control, including not approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, Holder shall only be entitled to receive from the Company or any Successor Entity the same type or form of consideration (and in the same proportion), at the Black Scholes Value of the unexercised portion of this Warrant, that is being offered and paid to the holders of shares of Common Stock of the Company in connection with the Fundamental Transaction, whether that consideration be in the form of cash, stock or any combination thereof, or whether the holders of shares of Common Stock are given the choice to receive from among alternative forms of consideration in connection with the Fundamental Transaction; provided, further, that if holders of shares of Common Stock of the Company are not offered or paid any consideration in such Fundamental Transaction, such holders will be deemed to have received shares of Common Stock of the Successor Entity (which Entity may be the Company following such Fundamental Transaction) in such Fundamental Transaction.

 

Black Scholes Value” means the value of this Warrant based on the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model obtained from the “OV” function on Bloomberg determined as of the day of consummation of the applicable Fundamental Transaction for pricing purposes and reflecting (A) a risk-free interest rate corresponding to the U.S. Treasury rate for a period equal to the time between the date of the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction and the Termination Date, (B) an expected volatility equal to the greater of 100% and the 100 day volatility obtained from the “HVT” function on Bloomberg (determined utilizing a 365 day annualization factor) as of the Trading Day immediately following the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction, (C) the underlying price per share used in such calculation shall be the greater of (i) the sum of the price per share being offered in cash, if any, plus the value of any non-cash consideration, if any, being offered in such Fundamental Transaction and (ii) the highest VWAP during the period beginning on the Trading Day immediately preceding the announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction (or the consummation of the applicable Fundamental Transaction, if earlier) and ending on the Trading Day of the Holder’s request pursuant to this Section 3(d) and (D) a remaining option time equal to the time between the date of the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction and the Termination Date and (E) a zero cost of borrow. The payment of the Black Scholes Value will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds (or such other consideration) within the later of (i) five (5) Business Days of the Holder’s election and (ii) the date of consummation of the Fundamental Transaction.

 

The Company shall cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Company is not the survivor (the “Successor Entity”) to assume in writing all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3(e) pursuant to written agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Holder and approved by the Holder (without unreasonable delay) prior to such Fundamental Transaction and shall, at the option of the Holder, deliver to the Holder in exchange for this Warrant a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Warrant which is exercisable for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the shares of Common Stock acquirable and receivable upon exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant) prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with an exercise price which applies the exercise price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such number of shares of capital stock and such exercise price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of this Warrant immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction), and which is reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Holder. Upon the occurrence of any such Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such Fundamental Transaction, the provisions of this Warrant referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and power of the Company and shall assume all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant with the same effect as if such Successor Entity had been named as the Company herein.

 

 
 

 

f) Adjustment Upon Issuance of shares of Common Stock. From the date hereof until the later of (a) two (2) years after the Issuance Date or (b) the date no Qualified Holders hold any Warrants (such period, the “Adjustment Period”), the Company issues or sells, or, in accordance with this Section 3(f), is deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of Common Stock (excluding any Excluded Securities (as defined below) issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold) for a consideration per share (the “New Issuance Price”) less than a price equal to the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale or deemed issuance or sale (such Exercise Price then in effect is referred to as the “Applicable Price”) (the foregoing a “Dilutive Issuance”), then immediately after such Dilutive Issuance, the Exercise Price then in effect shall be reduced to an amount equal to the New Issuance Price. “Excluded Securities” means any issuance of shares of Common Stock, restricted share units, Options and/or Convertible Securities (i) under the Company’s current or future equity incentive plans or issued to employees, directors, consultants or officers as compensation or consideration in the ordinary course of business, including any issuance of Options (and the underlying shares of Common Stock) in exchange for Options issued under the Company’s equity incentive plans, subject to a limitation of 15% of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the Issuance Date, (ii) issued pursuant to agreements, Options, restricted share units, Convertible Securities or Adjustment Rights (as defined below) existing as of the date hereof, provided that such agreements, Options, Convertible Securities or Adjustment Rights have not been amended since the initial issuance date of this Warrant to increase the number of such securities or decrease the exercise price, exchange price or conversion price of such securities, (iii) issued pursuant to acquisitions (whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of equity, purchase of assets, reorganization or otherwise), mergers, consolidations, reorganizations or strategic transactions approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Company, provided that any such issuance shall only be to a Person (or to the equity holders of a Person) which is, itself or through its subsidiaries, an operating company or an owner of an asset in a business complementary with the business of the Company and shall provide to the Company additional benefits in addition to the investment of funds, but shall not include a transaction in which the Company is issuing securities primarily for the purpose of raising capital or to an entity whose primary business is investing in securities, or (iv) to which the Holder consents in writing. “Adjustment Right” means any right granted with respect to any securities issued in connection with, or with respect to, any issuance or sale (or deemed issuance or sale in accordance with this Section 3(f)) of shares of Common Stock (other than rights of the type described in Sections 3(a) through (e)) that could result in a decrease in the net consideration received by the Company in connection with, or with respect to, such securities (including, without limitation, any cash settlement rights, cash adjustment or other similar rights). For all purposes of the foregoing, the following shall be applicable:

 

 
 

 

i. Issuance of Options. If, during the Adjustment Period, the Company in any manner grants or sells any Options (other than Excluded Securities) and the lowest price per share for which one share of Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise of any such Option or upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of any such Option (such shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise of any Option or upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Securities, the “Convertible Securities Shares”) is less than the Applicable Price, then such shares of Common Stock shall be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Company at the time of the granting or sale of such Option for such price per share. For purposes of this Section 3(f)(i), the “lowest price per share for which one share of Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise of any such Option or upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of any such Option” shall be equal to (A) the sum of (1) the lowest amount of consideration (if any) received or receivable by the Company with respect to any one Convertible Securities Share upon the granting or sale of such Option, upon exercise of such Option and upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Security issuable upon exercise of such Option and (2) the lowest exercise price set forth in such Option for which one Convertible Securities Share is issuable upon the exercise of any such Option or upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of any such Option, minus (B) the sum of all amounts paid or payable to the holder of such Option (or any other Person), with respect to any one Convertible Securities Share, upon the granting or sale of such Option, upon exercise of such Option and upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Security issuable upon exercise of such Option plus the value of any other consideration received or receivable by, or benefit conferred on, the holder of such Option (or any other Person), with respect to any one Convertible Securities Share. Except as contemplated below, no further adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made upon the actual issuance of such Convertible Securities Share or of such Convertible Securities upon the exercise of such Options or upon the actual issuance of such Convertible Securities Share upon conversion, exercise or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

ii. Issuance of Convertible Securities. If, during the Adjustment Period, the Company in any manner issues or sells any Convertible Securities (other than Excluded Securities) and the lowest price per share for which one Convertible Securities Share is issuable upon the conversion, exercise or exchange thereof is less than the Applicable Price, then such Convertible Securities Share shall be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Company at the time of the issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities for such price per share. For the purposes of this Section 3(f)(ii), the “lowest price per share for which one Convertible Securities Share is issuable upon the conversion, exercise or exchange thereof” shall be equal to (A) the sum of (1) the lowest amount of consideration (if any) received or receivable by the Company with respect to one Convertible Securities Share upon the issuance or sale of the Convertible Security and upon conversion, exercise or exchange of such Convertible Security and (2) the lowest conversion price set forth in such Convertible Security for which one Convertible Securities Share is issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange thereof, minus (B) the sum of all amounts paid or payable to the holder of such Convertible Security (or any other Person), with respect to any one Convertible Securities Share, upon the issuance or sale of such Convertible Security plus the value of any other consideration received or receivable by, or benefit conferred on, the holder of such Convertible Security (or any other Person), with respect to any one Convertible Securities Share. Except as contemplated below, no further adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made upon the actual issuance of such Convertible Securities Share upon conversion, exercise or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and if any such issue or sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Options for which adjustment of the Exercise Price has been or is to be made pursuant to other provisions of this Section 3(f), except as contemplated below, no further adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made by reason of such issue or sale.

 

 
 

 

iii. Change in Option Price or Rate of Conversion. If, during the Adjustment Period, the purchase or exercise price provided for in any Options, the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the issue, conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Securities, or the rate at which any Convertible Securities are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock increases or decreases at any time (other than proportional changes in conversion or exercise prices, as applicable, in connection with an event referred to in Section 3(a)), the Exercise Price in effect at the time of such increase or decrease shall be adjusted to the Exercise Price which would have been in effect at such time had such Options or Convertible Securities provided for such increased or decreased purchase price, additional consideration or increased or decreased conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued or sold. For purposes of this Section 3(f)(iii), if the terms of any Option or Convertible Security that was outstanding as of the date of issuance of this Warrant are increased or decreased in the manner described in the immediately preceding sentence, then such Option or Convertible Security and the Convertible Securities Shares deemed issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued as of the date of such increase or decrease. No adjustment pursuant to this Section 3(f) shall be made if such adjustment would result in an increase of the Exercise Price then in effect.

 

iv. Calculation of Consideration Received. If any Option or Convertible Security is issued in connection with the issuance or sale or deemed issuance or sale of any other securities of the Company (the “Primary Security”, and such Option or Convertible Security, the “Secondary Securities” and together with the Primary Security, each a “Unit”), together comprising one integrated transaction, the aggregate consideration per share of Common Stock with respect to such Primary Security shall be deemed to be the lowest of (x) the purchase price of such Unit, (y) if such Primary Security is an Option and/or Convertible Security, the lowest price per share for which one share of Common Stock is at any time issuable upon the exercise or conversion of the Primary Security in accordance with Section 3(f)(i) or 3(f)(ii) above and (z) the lowest VWAP of the shares of Common Stock on any Trading Day during the five Trading Day period immediately following the public announcement of such Dilutive Issuance (for the avoidance of doubt, if such public announcement is released prior to the opening of the Principal Market on a Trading Day, such Trading Day shall be the first Trading Day in such five Trading Day period); provided. If any shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities are issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold for cash, the consideration received therefor will be deemed to be the net amount of cash received by the Company therefor. If any shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities are issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of such consideration received by the Company will be the fair value of such consideration, except where such consideration consists of publicly traded securities, in which case the amount of consideration received by the Company for such securities will be the arithmetic average of the VWAPs of such security for each of the five (5) Trading Days immediately preceding the date of receipt. If any shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities are issued to the owners of the non-surviving entity in connection with any merger in which the Company is the surviving entity, the amount of consideration therefor will be deemed to be the fair market value of such portion of the net assets and business of the non-surviving entity as is attributable to such shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities (as the case may be). The fair market value of any consideration other than cash or publicly traded securities will be determined jointly by the Company and the Holder. If such parties are unable to reach agreement within ten (10) days after the occurrence of an event requiring valuation (the “Valuation Event”), the fair market value of such consideration will be determined within five (5) Trading Days after the tenth (10th) day following such Valuation Event by an independent, reputable appraiser jointly selected by the Company and the Holder. The determination of such appraiser shall be final and binding upon all parties absent manifest error and the fees and expenses of such appraiser shall be borne by the Company.

 

v. Record Date. If, during the Adjustment Period, the Company takes a record of the holders of the shares of Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them (A) to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in shares of Common Stock, Options or in Convertible Securities or (B) to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, then such record date will be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or the making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such right of subscription or purchase (as the case may be).

 

 
 

 

vi. Adjustment to Warrant Shares. In the event any adjustment under this Section 3(f), 3(i) or 3(j) results in a reduction of the Exercise Price, in aggregate, to 50% of the Initial Exercise Price then in connection with such adjustment, each Qualified Holder shall receive two (2) additional warrants for each one (1) Qualified Warrant held by such Qualified Holder on the date of adjustment. Such additional warrants shall be on substantially the same terms as the as-adjusted Warrant; provided, however, that the term of the additional warrant shall be five (5) years from the issuance date and such additional warrant will not be a tradable warrant.

 

vii. Exercise Floor Price. No adjustment to the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 3(f) of this Warrant shall cause the Exercise Price to be less than 50% of the Initial Exercise Price of warrants issued in the Company’s initial public offering (as adjusted pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof for share splits, share dividends, recapitalizations and similar events, the “Exercise Floor Price”). For the avoidance of doubt, if a Dilutive Issuance would cause the Exercise Price to be lower than the Exercise Floor Price but for the immediately preceding sentence, then the Exercise Price shall be equal to the Exercise Floor Price.

 

g) Calculations. All calculations under this Section 3 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 3, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued and outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) issued and outstanding.

 

h) Notice to Holder.

 

i. Adjustment to Exercise Price. Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 3, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Holder by facsimile or email a notice setting forth the Exercise Price after such adjustment and any resulting adjustment to the number of Warrant Shares and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

 

ii. Notice to Allow Exercise by Holder. If (A) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form) on the shares of Common Stock, (B) the Company shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the shares of Common Stock, (C) the Company shall authorize the granting to all holders of the shares of Common Stock rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any rights, (D) the approval of any stockholders of the Company shall be required in connection with any reclassification of the shares of Common Stock, any consolidation or merger to which the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries) is a party, any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the shares of Common Stock are converted into other securities, cash or property, or (E) the Company shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be delivered by facsimile or email to the Holder at its last facsimile number or email address as it shall appear upon the Warrant Register of the Company, at least 20 calendar days prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice (unless such information is filed with the Commission, in which case a notice shall not be required) stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of the shares of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distributions, redemption, rights or warrants are to be determined or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the shares of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange; provided that the failure to deliver such notice or any defect therein or in the delivery thereof shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. To the extent that any notice provided in this Warrant constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission pursuant to a Report on Form 6-K. The Holder shall remain entitled to exercise this Warrant during the period commencing on the date of such notice to the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein.

 

 
 

 

i) Reset of Exercise Price. If, on the date that is ninety (90) calendar days immediately following the initial issuance date of this Warrant (the “Issuance Date”), the Reset Price, as defined below, is less than the Exercise Price at such time, the Exercise Price shall be decreased to the Reset Price. “Reset Price” shall mean the greater of (i) 50% of the Initial Exercise Price (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, recapitalizations and similar events pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof) and (ii) 100% of the lowest VWAP occurring during the ninety (90) calendar days following the Issuance Date.

 

j) Voluntary Adjustment by Company. Subject to the rules and regulations of the Trading Market, the Company may at any time during the term of this Warrant, subject to the prior written consent of the Holder, reduce the then current Exercise Price to any amount and for any period of time deemed appropriate by the board of directors of the Company.

 

k) Home Country Practice. For so long as this Warrant remains outstanding, the Company shall elect to follow home country practice in lieu of any rules and regulations of the Trading Market that would limit the Company’s ability to effect the provisions of this Warrant, including but not limited to shareholder approval rules related to the issuance of securities or adjustment of terms of this Warrant for the benefit of Holders.

 

Section 4. Transfer of Warrant.

 

a) Transferability. This Warrant and all rights hereunder (including, without limitation, any registration rights) are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company or its designated agent, together with a written assignment of this Warrant substantially in the form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder or its agent or attorney and funds sufficient to pay any transfer taxes payable upon the making of such transfer. Upon such surrender and, if required, such payment, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees, as applicable, and in the denomination or denominations specified in such instrument of assignment, and shall issue to the assignor a new Warrant evidencing the portion of this Warrant not so assigned, and this Warrant shall promptly be cancelled. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company unless the Holder has assigned this Warrant in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company within three (3) Trading Days of the date on which the Holder delivers an assignment form to the Company assigning this Warrant in full. The Warrant, if properly assigned in accordance herewith, may be exercised by a new holder for the purchase of Warrant Shares without having a new Warrant issued.

 

b) New Warrants. If this Warrant is not held in global form through DTC (or any successor depositary), this Warrant may be divided or combined with other Warrants upon presentation hereof at the aforesaid office of the Company, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new Warrants are to be issued, signed by the Holder or its agent or attorney. Subject to compliance with Section 4(a), as to any transfer which may be involved in such division or combination, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in exchange for the Warrant or Warrants to be divided or combined in accordance with such notice. All Warrants issued on transfers or exchanges shall be dated the initial issuance date of this Warrant and shall be identical with this Warrant except as to the number of Warrant Shares issuable pursuant thereto.

 

 
 

 

c) Warrant Register. The Warrant Agent shall register this Warrant, upon records to be maintained by the Warrant Agent for that purpose (the “Warrant Register”), in the name of the record Holder hereof from time to time. The Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the registered Holder of this Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for the purpose of any exercise hereof or any distribution to the Holder, and for all other purposes, absent actual notice to the contrary.

 

Section 5. Participation Right. Until six (6) months following [●], 2022, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, issue, offer, sell, grant any option or right to purchase, or otherwise dispose of (or announce any issuance, offer, sale, grant of any option or right to purchase or other disposition of) any equity security or any equity-linked or related security (including, without limitation, any “equity security” (as that term is defined under Rule 405 promulgated under the 1933 Act)), any Convertible Securities (as defined below), any debt, any preferred shares or any purchase rights (any such issuance, offer, sale, grant, disposition or announcement is referred to as a “Subsequent Placement”) unless the Company shall have first complied with this Section 5. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the right set forth in this Section 5 is a right granted by the Company, separately, to each Qualified Holder.

 

a) Between the time period of 4:00 pm (New York City time) and 6:00 pm (New York City time) on the Trading Day immediately prior to the Trading Day of the expected announcement of the Subsequent Placement (or, if the Trading Day of the expected announcement of the Subsequent Placement is the first Trading Day following a holiday or a weekend (including a holiday weekend), between the time period of 4:00 pm (New York City time) on the Trading Day immediately prior to such holiday or weekend and 2:00 pm (New York City time) on the day immediately prior to the Trading Day of the expected announcement of the Subsequent Placement), the Company shall deliver to each Qualified Holder a written notice (each such notice, a “Pre-Notice”), which Pre-Notice shall not contain any information (including, without limitation, material, non-public information) other than: (A) if the proposed Offer Notice (as defined below) constitutes or contains material, non-public information, a statement asking whether the Investor is willing to accept material non-public information or (B) if the proposed Offer Notice does not constitute or contain material, non-public information, (x) a statement that the Company proposes or intends to effect a Subsequent Placement, (y) a statement that the statement in clause (x) above does not constitute material, non-public information and (z) a statement informing such Qualified Holder that it is entitled to receive an Offer Notice (as defined below) with respect to such Subsequent Placement upon its written request. Upon the written request of a Qualified Holder prior to 5:30 am (New York City time) on the Trading Day following the date on which such Pre-Notice is delivered to such Qualified Holder, and only upon a written request by such Qualified Holder, the Company shall promptly, but no later than one (1) Trading Day after such request, deliver to such Qualified Holder an irrevocable written notice (the “Offer Notice”) of any proposed or intended issuance or sale or exchange (the “Offer”) of the securities being offered (the “Offered Securities”) in a Subsequent Placement, which Offer Notice shall (A) identify and describe the Offered Securities, (B) describe the price and other terms upon which they are to be issued, sold or exchanged, and the number or amount of the Offered Securities to be issued, sold or exchanged, (C) identify the Persons (if known) to which or with which the Offered Securities are to be offered, issued, sold or exchanged and (D) offer to issue and sell to or exchange with such Qualified Holder in accordance with the terms of the Offer such Qualified Holder’s pro rata portion of 30% of the Offered Securities, provided that the number of Offered Securities which such Qualified Holder shall have the right to subscribe for under this Section 5 shall be (x) based on such Qualified Holder’s pro rata purchased portion of the aggregate number of Qualified Warrants purchased by all Qualified Holders on the date of such Offer Notice (the “Initial Amount”), and (y) with respect to each Qualified Holder that elects to purchase its Initial Amount, any additional portion of the Offered Securities attributable to the Initial Amounts of other Qualified Holders as such Qualified Holder shall indicate it will purchase or acquire should the other Qualified Holders subscribe for less than their Initial Amounts (the “Undersubscription Amount”), which process shall be repeated until each Qualified Holder shall have an opportunity to subscribe for any remaining Undersubscription Amount.

 

 
 

 

b) To accept an Offer, in whole or in part, such Qualified Holder must deliver a written notice to the Company prior to 6:30 am (New York City time) on the Trading Day following the date on which the Offer Notice is delivered to such Qualified Holder (the “Offer Period”), setting forth the portion of such Qualified Holder’s Initial Amount that such Qualified Holder elects to purchase and, if such Qualified Holder shall elect to purchase all of its Initial Amount, the Undersubscription Amount, if any, that such Qualified Holder elects to purchase (in either case, the “Notice of Acceptance”). If the Initial Amounts subscribed for by all Qualified Holders are less than the total of all of the Initial Amounts, then each Qualified Holder that has set forth an Undersubscription Amount in its Notice of Acceptance shall be entitled to purchase, in addition to the Initial Amounts subscribed for, the Undersubscription Amount it has subscribed for; provided, however, if the Undersubscription Amounts subscribed for exceed the difference between the total of all the Initial Amounts and the Initial Amounts subscribed for (the “Available Undersubscription Amount”), each Qualified Holder that has subscribed for any Undersubscription Amount shall be entitled to purchase only that portion of the Available Undersubscription Amount as the Initial Amount of such Qualified Holder bears to the total Initial Amounts of all Qualified Holders that have subscribed for Undersubscription Amounts, subject to rounding by the Company to the extent it deems reasonably necessary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company desires to modify or amend the terms and conditions of the Offer prior to the expiration of the Offer Period, the Company may deliver to each Qualified Holder a new Offer Notice and the Offer Period shall expire at 6:30 am (New York City time) on the Trading Day following the date after such Qualified Holder’s receipt of such new Offer Notice.

 

c) The Company shall have two (2) Business Days from the expiration of the Offer Period above (A) to offer, issue, sell or exchange all or any part of such Offered Securities as to which a Notice of Acceptance has not been given by a Qualified Holder (the “Refused Securities”) pursuant to a definitive agreement(s) (the “Subsequent Placement Agreement”), but only to the offerees described in the Offer Notice (if so described therein) and only upon terms and conditions (including, without limitation, unit prices and interest rates) that are not more favorable to the acquiring Person or Persons or less favorable to the Company than those set forth in the Offer Notice and (B) to publicly announce (x) the execution of such Subsequent Placement Agreement, and (y) either (I) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such Subsequent Placement Agreement or (II) the termination of such Subsequent Placement Agreement, which shall be filed with the SEC on a Report on Form 6-K with such Subsequent Placement Agreement and any documents contemplated therein filed as exhibits thereto.

 

d) In the event the Company shall propose to sell less than all the Refused Securities (any such sale to be in the manner and on the terms specified in Section 5(c) above), then each Qualified Holder may, at its sole option and in its sole discretion, reduce the number or amount of the Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance to an amount that shall be not less than the number or amount of the Offered Securities that such Qualified Holder elected to purchase pursuant to Section 5(b) above multiplied by a fraction, (A) the numerator of which shall be the number or amount of Offered Securities the Company actually proposes to issue, sell or exchange (including Offered Securities to be issued or sold to Qualified Holders pursuant to this Section 5 prior to such reduction) and (B) the denominator of which shall be the original amount of the Offered Securities. In the event that any Qualified Holder so elects to reduce the number or amount of Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance, the Company may not issue, sell or exchange more than the reduced number or amount of the Offered Securities unless and until such securities have again been offered to the Qualified Holders in accordance with Section 5(a) above.

 

 
 

 

e) Upon the closing of the issuance, sale or exchange of all or less than all of the Refused Securities, such Qualified Holder shall acquire from the Company, and the Company shall issue to such Qualified Holder, the number or amount of Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance, as reduced pursuant to Section 5(d) above if such Qualified Holder has so elected, upon the terms and conditions specified in the Offer. The purchase by such Qualified Holder of any Offered Securities is subject in all cases to the preparation, execution and delivery by the Company and such Qualified Holder of a separate purchase agreement relating to such Offered Securities reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to such Qualified Holder and its counsel.

 

f) Any Offered Securities not acquired by a Qualified Holder or other Persons in accordance with this Section 5 may not be issued, sold or exchanged until they are again offered to such Qualified Holder under the procedures specified in this Agreement.

 

g) The Company and each Qualified Holder agree that if any Qualified Holder elects to participate in the Offer, neither the Subsequent Placement Agreement with respect to such Offer nor any other transaction documents related thereto (collectively, the “Subsequent Placement Documents”) shall include any term or provision whereby such Qualified Holder shall be required to agree to any restrictions on trading as to any securities of the Company or be required to consent to any amendment to or termination of, or grant any waiver, release or the like under or in connection with, any agreement previously entered into with the Company or any instrument received from the Company.

 

h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5 and unless otherwise agreed to by such Qualified Holder, the Company shall either confirm in writing to such Qualified Holder that the transaction with respect to the Subsequent Placement has been abandoned or shall publicly disclose its intention to issue the Offered Securities, in either case, in such a manner such that such Qualified Holder will not be in possession of any material, non-public information, by the 9:30 am (New York City time) second (2nd) Business Day following delivery of the Offer Notice. If by 9:30 am (New York City time) on such second (2nd) Business Day, no public disclosure regarding a transaction with respect to the Offered Securities has been made, and no notice regarding the abandonment of such transaction has been received by such Qualified Holder, such transaction shall be deemed to have been abandoned and such Qualified Holder shall not be in possession of any material, non-public information with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Should the Company decide to pursue such transaction with respect to the Offered Securities, the Company shall provide such Qualified Holder with another Offer Notice and such Qualified Holder will again have the right of participation set forth in this Section 5. The Company shall not be permitted to deliver more than one such Offer Notice to such Qualified Holder in any sixty (60) day period, except as expressly contemplated by the last sentence of Section 5(b).

 

i) The restrictions contained in this Section 5 shall not apply in connection with the issuance of any Exempt Issuance. The Company shall not circumvent the provisions of this Section 5 by providing terms or conditions to one Qualified Holder that are not provided to all Qualified Holders.

 

Section 6. Forced Exercise.

 

(a) General. Subject to Section 2(e), if at any time after the six month anniversary of the Issue Date (x) the VWAP of the shares of Common Stock listed on the principal Trading Market exceeds [●] (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, recapitalizations and similar events) (the “Forced Exercise Minimum Price”) for ten (10) consecutive Trading Days (each, a “Forced Exercise Measuring Period”) and (y) no Equity Conditions Failure then exists (unless waived, in whole or in part, in writing by the Holder (and, if in part, only to the extent of the Warrant Shares applicable to such partial waiver)) (collectively, the “Forced Exercise Conditions”), the Company shall have the right to require the Holder to exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 2 into up to such aggregate number of fully paid, validly issued and non-assessable Warrant Shares equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate number of all remaining Warrant Shares available for purchase hereunder, (ii) the aggregate number of Warrant Shares then permitted to be issued to the Holder in compliance with Section 2(e) above, and (iii) the Holder’s Forced Exercise Limitation (such lesser number of Warrant Shares, the “Maximum Forced Exercise Share Amount”) as designated in the applicable Forced Exercise Notice (as defined below) to be issued and delivered in accordance with Section 1(a) hereof (each, a “Forced Exercise”).

 

 
 

 

(b) Mechanics. The Company may exercise its right to require a Forced Exercise under this Section 5 on the Trading Day immediately following any Forced Exercise Measuring Period by delivering a written notice thereof, by electronic mail to all, but not less than all, of the holders of the Registered Warrants (each, a “Forced Exercise Notice”, and the date thereof, each a “Forced Exercise Notice Date”). For purposes of Section 2(a) hereof, “Forced Exercise Notice” shall be deemed to replace “Exercise Notice” for all purposes thereunder as if the Holder delivered an Exercise Notice to the Company on the Forced Exercise Notice Date, mutatis mutandis. Each Forced Exercise Notice shall be irrevocable. The Company may only deliver one Forced Exercise Notice in any given twenty (20) Trading Day period. Each Forced Exercise Notice shall (x) state that the Company is electing to effect a Forced Exercise on the second (2nd) Trading Day following the applicable Forced Exercise Notice Date (the “Forced Exercise Date”), (y) state the aggregate number of Warrant Shares to be exercised by the Holder (not in excess of the Maximum Forced Exercise Share Amount) and all of the holders of the Registered Warrants on the Forced Exercise Date (subject to any adjustments thereto pursuant to Section 3 that may occur prior to the Forced Exercise Date), and (z) contain a certification from an officer or director of the Company that the Forced Exercise Conditions shall have been satisfied as of the Forced Exercise Notice Date.

 

(c) Pro Rata Exercise Requirement. If the Company elects to cause a Forced Exercise of this Warrant pursuant to this Section 5, then it must simultaneously take the same action in the same proportion with respect to all of the Registered Warrants.

 

Section 7. Miscellaneous.

 

a) No Rights as Stockholder until Exercise; No Settlement in Cash. This Warrant does not entitle the Holder to any voting rights, dividends or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof as set forth in Section 2(d)(i), except as expressly set forth in Section 3. Without limiting any rights of a Holder to receive Warrant Shares on a “cashless exercise” pursuant to Section 2(c) or to receive cash payments pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) and Section 2(d)(iv) herein, including if the Company is for any reason unable to issue and deliver Warrant Shares upon exercise of this Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof, in no event shall the Company be required to net cash settle an exercise of this Warrant or cash settle in any other form.

 

b) Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant. The Company covenants that upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant or any stock certificate relating to the Warrant Shares, and in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it (which, in the case of the Warrant, shall not include the posting of any bond), and upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or stock certificate, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate of like tenor and dated as of such cancellation, in lieu of such Warrant or stock certificate.

 

c) Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a Business Day, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

 
 

 

d) Authorized Shares.

 

The Company covenants that, during the period the Warrant is outstanding, it will reserve from its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon the exercise of any purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company further covenants that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of issuing the necessary Warrant Shares upon the exercise of the purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company will take all such reasonable action as may be necessary to assure that such Warrant Shares may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of the Trading Market upon which the shares of Common Stock may be listed. The Company covenants that all Warrant Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant and payment for such Warrant Shares in accordance herewith, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges created by the Company in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue).

 

Except and to the extent as waived or consented to by the Holder, the Company shall not by any action, including, without limitation, amending its certificate of incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to protect the rights of Holder as set forth in this Warrant against impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will (i) not increase the par value of any Warrant Shares above the amount payable therefor upon such exercise immediately prior to such increase in par value, (ii) take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all such authorizations, exemptions or consents from any public regulatory body having jurisdiction thereof, as may be, necessary to enable the Company to perform its obligations under this Warrant.

 

Before taking any action which would result in an adjustment in the number of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable or in the Exercise Price, the Company shall obtain all such authorizations or exemptions thereof, or consents thereto, as may be necessary from any public regulatory body or bodies having jurisdiction thereof.

 

e) Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York. Each party agrees that all legal proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Warrant (whether brought against a party hereto or their respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees or agents) shall be commenced exclusively in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the City and County of New York for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is improper or is an inconvenient venue for such proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Warrant and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. If either party shall commence an action, suit or proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Warrant, the prevailing party in such action, suit or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for their reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this paragraph shall limit or restrict the federal district court in which a Holder may bring a claim under the U.S. federal securities laws.

 

 
 

 

f) Restrictions. The Holder acknowledges that the Warrant Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Warrant, if not registered, and the Holder does not utilize cashless exercise, will have restrictions upon resale imposed by state and federal securities laws.

 

g) Non-Waiver and Expenses. No course of dealing or any delay or failure to exercise any right hereunder on the part of Holder shall operate as a waiver of such right or otherwise prejudice the Holder’s rights, powers or remedies. No provision of this Warrant shall be construed as a waiver by the Holder of any rights which the Holder may have under the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Without limiting any other provision of this Warrant, if the Company willfully and knowingly fails to comply with any provision of this Warrant, which results in any material damages to the Holder, the Company shall pay to the Holder such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover any costs and expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, including those of appellate proceedings, incurred by the Holder in collecting any amounts due pursuant hereto or in otherwise enforcing any of its rights, powers or remedies hereunder.

 

h) Notices. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Holders hereunder including, without limitation, any Notice of Exercise, shall be in writing and delivered personally, by e-mail, or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, addressed to (A) the Company, at 30 Wellington Street West, 5th Floor, Toronto, Ontario M5L 1E2, Canada, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, email address: [  ], or such other email address or address as the Company may specify for such purposes by notice to the Holders; and (B) the Warrant Agent, at 702 – 777 Hornby Street, Vancouver, British Columbia V6Z 1S4, Attention: Securities Processing, email address: [*]. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Company hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally, by e-mail, or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service addressed to each Holder at the e-mail address or address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Company. Any notice or other communication or deliveries hereunder shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (i) the time of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via e-mail at the e-mail address set forth in this Section prior to 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any date, (ii) the next Trading Day after the time of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via e-mail at the e-mail address set forth in this Section on a day that is not a Trading Day or later than 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any Trading Day, (iii) the second Trading Day following the date of mailing, if sent by U.S. nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (iv) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given. To the extent that any notice provided hereunder constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company or any Subsidiaries, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission pursuant to a Report on Form 6-K.

 

i) Limitation of Liability. No provision hereof, in the absence of any affirmative action by the Holder to exercise this Warrant to purchase Warrant Shares, and no enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder, shall give rise to any liability of the Holder for the purchase price of any shares of Common Stock or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

 

j) Remedies. The Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Warrant. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Warrant and hereby agrees to waive and not to assert the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

 
 

 

k) Successors and Assigns. Subject to applicable securities laws, this Warrant and the rights and obligations evidenced hereby shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Company and the successors and permitted assigns of Holder. The provisions of this Warrant are intended to be for the benefit of any Holder from time to time of this Warrant and shall be enforceable by the Holder or holder of Warrant Shares.

 

l) Amendment. This Warrant may be modified or amended or the provisions hereof waived with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

 

m) Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Warrant shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Warrant shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provisions or the remaining provisions of this Warrant.

 

n) Headings. The headings used in this Warrant are for the convenience of reference only and shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Warrant.

 

o) Warrant Agent Agreement. If this Warrant is held in global form through DTC (or any successor depositary), this Warrant is issued subject to the Warrant Agent Agreement. To the extent any provision of this Warrant conflicts with the express provisions of the Warrant Agent Agreement, the provisions of this Warrant shall govern and be controlling.

 

********************

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

 
 

 

ANNEX A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO: BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

 

(1) The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ________ Warrant Shares of the Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant (only if exercised in full), and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

(2) Payment shall take the form of (check applicable box):

 

  in lawful money of the United States; or

 

  if permitted the cancellation of such number of Warrant Shares as is necessary, in accordance with the formula set forth in subsection 2(c), to exercise this Warrant with respect to the maximum number of Warrant Shares purchasable pursuant to the cashless exercise procedure set forth in subsection 2(c).

 

(3) Please issue said Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

     

 

The Warrant Shares shall be delivered to the following DWAC Account Number:

 

     
     
     

 

[SIGNATURE OF HOLDER]

 

Name of Investing Entity: _______________________________________________________________________

Signature of Authorized Signatory of Investing Entity: _________________________________________________

Name of Authorized Signatory: ___________________________________________________________________

Title of Authorized Signatory: ____________________________________________________________________

Date: _______________________________________________________________________________________

 

 
 

 

ANNEX B

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

(To assign the foregoing Warrant, execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to purchase shares.)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to:

 

Name:  
  (Please Print)
   
Address:  
  (Please Print)
   
Phone Number:  
   
Email Address:  
   
Dated: _______________ __, ______  

 

Holder’s Signature:    
     
Holder’s Address:    

 

(Signature Guaranteed): Date: ___________________, _____

 

Signature to be guaranteed by an authorized officer of a chartered bank, trust company or medallion guaranteed by an investment dealer who is a member of a recognized stock exchange.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.4

 

THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE WARRANT BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS PURCHASE WARRANT EXCEPT AS HEREIN PROVIDED AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE WARRANT AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER, ASSIGN, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATE THIS PURCHASE WARRANT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY DAYS FOLLOWING [●], 2022 (THE “EFFECTIVE DATE”) TO ANYONE OTHER THAN (I) AEGIS CAPITAL CORP. OR A SELECTED DEALER IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING FOR WHICH THIS PURCHASE WARRANT WAS ISSUED TO THE UNDERWRITER AS CONSIDERATION (THE “OFFERING”), OR (II) A BONA FIDE OFFICER OR PARTNER OF AEGIS CAPITAL CORP.

 

THIS PURCHASE WARRANT IS NOT EXERCISABLE PRIOR TO [●], 2022. VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., EASTERN TIME, [●], 2027.

 

Common Stock Purchase Warrant

 

For the Purchase of [●] Shares of Common Stock

 

of

 

Bruush Oral Care Inc.

 

1. Purchase Warrant. THIS CERTIFIES THAT, in consideration of funds duly paid by or on behalf of Aegis Capital Corp. (“Holder”), as registered owner of this Purchase Warrant, to Bruush Oral Care Inc., an Canadian company (the “Company”), Holder is entitled, at any time or from time to time beginning [●], 2022 (the “Commencement Date”), and at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on [●], 2027 (the “Expiration Date”), but not thereafter, to subscribe for, purchase and receive, in whole or in part, up to [●] shares of common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock”), no par value per share (the “Shares”), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6 hereof. If the Expiration Date is not a Business Day, then this Purchase Warrant may be exercised on the next succeeding Business Day. During the period ending on the Expiration Date, the Company agrees not to take any action that would terminate this Purchase Warrant. This Purchase Warrant is initially exercisable at $[●] per Share; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 6 hereof, the rights granted by this Purchase Warrant, including the exercise price per Share and the number of Shares to be received upon such exercise, shall be adjusted as therein specified. The term “Exercise Price” shall mean the initial exercise price or the adjusted exercise price, depending on the context, and the term “Business Day” shall mean a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day which is a federal legal holiday in the United States or any day on which the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close, provided that the Federal Reserve Bank of New York shall not be deemed to be authorized or obligated to be closed due to a “shelter in place,” “non-essential employee” or similar closure of physical location at the direction of any governmental authority if the bank’s electronic funds transfer systems (including for wire transfers) are open for use by customers on such day.

 

2. Exercise.

 

2.1 Exercise Form. In order to exercise this Purchase Warrant, the exercise form attached hereto must be duly executed and completed and delivered to the Company, together with this Purchase Warrant and, subject to Section 2.2, payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares being purchased payable in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company or by certified check or official bank check. If the subscription rights represented hereby shall not be exercised at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Expiration Date, this Purchase Warrant shall become and be void without further force or effect, and all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire. Each exercise hereof shall be irrevocable.

 

 
 

 

2.2 Cashless Exercise. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to remain effective with a current prospectus and to maintain the registration of the shares of Common Stock and of the Warrants under the Exchange Act. If at any time on or after the Initial Exercise Date, there is no effective registration statement registering, or the prospectus contained therein is not available for the issuance of the Purchase Warrant to the Holder, then this Warrant may also be exercised, in whole or in part, at such time by means of a “cashless exercise” in which the Holder shall be entitled to receive the number of Purchase Warrants equal to the quotient obtained by dividing [(A-B) (X)] by (A), where:

 

  (A) = as applicable: (i) the volume-weighted average price, or “VWAP,” defined below, on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise if such Notice of Exercise is (1) both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof on a day that is not a Trading Day or (2) both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof on a Trading Day prior to the opening of “regular trading hours” (as defined in Rule 600(b)(64) of Regulation NMS promulgated under the federal securities laws) on such Trading Day, (ii) at the option of the Holder, either (y) the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise or (z) the Bid Price of the shares of Common Stock on the principal Trading Market as reported by Bloomberg L.P. as of the time of the Holder’s execution of the applicable Notice of Exercise if such Notice of Exercise is executed during “regular trading hours” on a Trading Day and is delivered within two (2) hours thereafter (including until two (2) hours after the close of “regular trading hours” on a Trading Day) pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof or (iii) the VWAP on the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise if the date of such Notice of Exercise is a Trading Day and such Notice of Exercise is both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof after the close of “regular trading hours” on such Trading Day;
     
  (B) = the Exercise Price of this Warrant, as adjusted hereunder; and
     
  (X) = the number of Warrant Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise.

 

If Purchase Warrants are issued in such a “cashless exercise,” the parties acknowledge and agree that in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, the Warrant Shares shall take on the registered characteristics of the Warrants being exercised, and the holding period of the Warrants being exercised may be tacked on to the holding period of the Purchase Warrants. The Company agrees not to take any position contrary to this Section 2.2.

 

For purposes of this Section 2.2, the fair market value of a Share is defined as follows:

 

“VWAP” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the shares of Common Stock then listed or quoted on a Trading Market, the daily volume weighted average price of the shares of Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the Trading Market on which the shares of Common Stock are then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to 4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b) if OTCQB or OTCQX is not a Trading Market, the volume weighted average price of a share of shares of Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the OTCQB or OTCQX as applicable, (c) if shares of Common Stock are not then listed or quoted for trading on the OTCQB or OTCQX and if prices for shares of Common Stock are then reported on the OTC Pink Open Market (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of Common Stock so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Holder and reasonably acceptable to the Company, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.

 

 2 
 

 

2.3 Legend. Each certificate for the securities purchased under this Purchase Warrant shall bear a legend as follows unless such securities have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”):

 

The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or applicable state law. Neither the securities nor any interest therein may be offered for sale, sold or otherwise transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act, or pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state law which, in the opinion of counsel to Bruush Oral Care Inc., is available.

 

2.4 Resale of Shares. Holder and the Company acknowledge that as of the date hereof the Staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the SEC has published Compliance & Disclosure Interpretation 528.04 in the Securities Act Rules section thereof, stating that the holder of securities issued in connection with a public offering may not rely upon Rule 144 promulgated under the Act to establish an exemption from registration requirements under Section 4(a)(1) under the Act, but may nonetheless apply Rule 144 constructively for the resale of such shares in the following manner: (a) provided that six months has elapsed since the last sale under the registration statement, an underwriter or finder may resell the securities in accordance with the provisions of Rule 144(c), (e), and (f), except for the notice requirement; (b) a purchaser of the shares from an underwriter receives restricted securities unless the sale is made with an appropriate, current prospectus, or unless the sale is made pursuant to the conditions contained in (a) above; (c) a purchaser of the shares from an underwriter who receives restricted securities may include the underwriter’s holding period, provided that the underwriter or finder is not an affiliate of the issuer; and (d) if an underwriter transfers the shares to its employees, the employees may tack the firm’s holding period for purposes of Rule 144(d), but they must aggregate sales of the distributed shares with those of other employees, as well as those of the underwriter or finder, for a six-month period from the date of the transfer to the employees. Holder and the Company also acknowledge that the Staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the SEC has advised in various no-action letters that the holding period associated with securities issued without registration to a service provider commences upon the completion of the services, which the Company agrees and acknowledges shall be the final closing of the Offering, and that Rule 144(d)(3)(ii) provides that securities acquired from the issuer solely in exchange for other securities of the same issuer shall be deemed to have been acquired at the same time as the securities surrendered for conversion (which the Company agrees is the date of the initial issuance of this Purchase Warrant). In the event that following a reasonably-timed written request by Holder to transfer the Shares in accordance with Compliance & Disclosure Interpretation 528.04 counsel for the Company in good faith concludes that Compliance & Disclosure Interpretation 528.04 no longer may be relied upon as a result of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or interpretations of the SEC Division of Corporation Finance, or as a result of judicial interpretations not known by the Company or its counsel on the date hereof (either, a “Registration Trigger Event”), then the Company shall promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days following the request, provide written notice to Holder of such determination. As a condition to giving such notice, the parties shall negotiate in good faith a single demand registration right pursuant to an agreement in customary form reasonably acceptable to the parties; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the obligations of the Company pursuant to this Section 2 shall terminate on the fifth anniversary of the commencement of sales of the public offering. In the absence of such conclusion by counsel for the Company, the Company shall, upon such a request of Holder given no earlier than six months after the final closing of the Offering, instruct its transfer agent to permit the transfer of such shares in accordance with Compliance & Disclosure Interpretation 528.04, provided that Holder has provided such documentation as shall be reasonably be requested by the Company to establish compliance with the conditions of Compliance & Disclosure Interpretation 528.04. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(A), the Holder shall not be entitled to more than one demand registration right hereunder and the duration of the registration rights hereunder shall not exceed five years from the commencement of sales of the public offering.

 

3. Transfer.

 

3.1 General Restrictions. The registered Holder of this Purchase Warrant agrees by such Holder’s acceptance hereof, that such Holder will not: (a) sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate this Purchase Warrant for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the Effective Date to anyone other than: (i) Holder or an underwriter, placement agent, or a selected dealer participating in the Offering, or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of Holder or of any such underwriter, placement agent or selected dealer, in each case in accordance with FINRA Conduct Rule 5110(g)(1), or (b) for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the Effective Date cause this Purchase Warrant or the securities issuable hereunder to be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of this Purchase Warrant or the securities hereunder, except as provided for in FINRA Rule 5110(g)(2). After 180 days after the Effective Date, transfers to others may be made subject to compliance with or exemptions from applicable securities laws. In order to make any permitted assignment, the Holder must deliver to the Company the assignment form attached hereto duly executed and completed, together with the Purchase Warrant and payment of all transfer taxes, if any, payable in connection therewith. The Company shall within five (5) Business Days transfer this Purchase Warrant on the books of the Company and shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Warrant or Purchase Warrants of like tenor to the appropriate assignee(s) expressly evidencing the right to purchase the aggregate number of Shares purchasable hereunder or such portion of such number as shall be contemplated by any such assignment.

 

 3 
 

 

3.2 Restrictions Imposed by the Act. The securities evidenced by this Purchase Warrant shall not be transferred unless and until: (i) if required by applicable law, the Company has received the opinion of counsel for the Company that the securities may be transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state securities laws, or (ii) a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of such securities has been filed by the Company and declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and compliance with applicable state securities law has been established.

 

4. Piggyback Registration Rights.

 

4.1 Grant of Right. In the event that there is not an effective registration statement covering the Purchase Warrant or the underlying Shares, whenever the Company proposes to register any of its shares of Common Stock under the Act (other than (i) a registration effected solely to implement an employee benefit plan or a transaction to which Rule 145 of the Act is applicable, or (ii) a registration statement on Form S-4, S-8 or any successor form thereto or another form not available for registering the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant for sale to the public, whether for its own account or for the account of one or more stockholders of the Company (a “Piggyback Registration”), the Company shall give prompt written notice (in any event no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the filing of such registration statement) to the Holder of the Company’s intention to effect such a registration and, subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 4.1, shall include in such registration such number of Shares underlying this Purchase Warrant (the “Registrable Securities”) that the Holders have (within ten (10) Business Days of the respective Holder’s receipt of such notice) requested in writing (including such number) to be included within such registration. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company that it has determined in good faith that marketing factors require a limit on the number of shares of Common Stock to be included in such registration, including all Shares issuable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant (if the Holder has elected to include such shares in such Piggyback Registration) and all other shares of Common Stock proposed to be included in such underwritten offering, the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the number of shares of Common Stock that the Company proposes to issue and sell pursuant to such underwritten offering and (ii) second, the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, requested to be included therein by selling stockholders (including the Holder) allocated pro rata among all such persons on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock then owned by each such person. If any Piggyback Registration is initiated as a primary underwritten offering on behalf of the Company, the Company shall select the investment banking firm or firms to act as the managing underwriter or underwriters in connection with such offering. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the obligations of the Company pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date and (ii) the date that Rule 144 would allow the Holder to sell its Registrable Securities during any ninety (90) day period, and shall not be applicable so long as the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (No. 333-265969 covering the Registrable Securities remains effective at such time. The duration of the piggyback registration right shall not exceed seven years from the commencement of sales of the public offering.

 

4.2 Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify the Holder(s) of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to any registration statement hereunder and each person, if any, who controls such Holders within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 (a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from such registration statement but only to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions pursuant to which the Company has agreed to indemnify Holder contained in the Underwriting Agreement between Holder and the Company, dated as of [●], 2022. The Holder(s) of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to such registration statement, and their successors and assigns, shall severally, and not jointly, indemnify the Company, against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which they may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from information furnished by or on behalf of such Holders, or their successors or assigns, in writing, for specific inclusion in such registration statement to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions contained in the Underwriting Agreement pursuant to which Holder has agreed to indemnify the Company.

 

 4 
 

 

4.3 Exercise of Purchase Warrants. Nothing contained in this Purchase Warrant shall be construed as requiring the Holder(s) to exercise their Purchase Warrants prior to or after the initial filing of any registration statement or the effectiveness thereof.

 

4.4 Documents Delivered to Holders. The Company shall deliver promptly to each Holder participating in the offering requesting the correspondence and memoranda described below, copies of all correspondence between the Commission and the Company, its counsel or auditors and all memoranda relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect to the registration statement and permit each Holder and underwriter to do such investigation, upon reasonable advance notice, with respect to information contained in or omitted from the registration statement as it deems reasonably necessary to comply with applicable securities laws or rules of FINRA. Such investigation shall include access to books, records and properties and opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its officers and independent auditors, all to such reasonable extent and at such reasonable times, during normal business hours, as any such Holder shall reasonably request.

 

4.5 Underwriting Agreement. The Holders shall be parties to any underwriting agreement relating to a Piggyback Registration. Such Holders shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters except as they may relate to such Holders, their Shares and the amount and nature of their ownership thereof and their intended methods of distribution.

 

4.6 Documents to be Delivered by Holder(s). Each of the Holder(s) participating in any of the foregoing offerings shall furnish to the Company a completed and executed questionnaire provided by the Company requesting information customarily sought of selling security holders.

 

4.7 Damages. Should the Company fail to comply with such provisions, the Holder(s) shall, in addition to any other legal or other relief available to the Holder(s), be entitled to obtain specific performance or other equitable (including injunctive) relief against the threatened breach of such provisions or the continuation of any such breach, without the necessity of proving actual damages and without the necessity of posting bond or other security.

 

5. New Purchase Warrants to be Issued.

 

5.1 Partial Exercise or Transfer. Subject to the restrictions in Section 3 hereof, this Purchase Warrant may be exercised or assigned in whole or in part. In the event of the exercise or assignment hereof in part only, upon surrender of this Purchase Warrant for cancellation, together with the duly executed exercise or assignment form and funds sufficient to pay any Exercise Price and/or transfer tax if exercised pursuant to Section 2.1 hereto, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder without charge a new Purchase Warrant of like tenor to this Purchase Warrant in the name of the Holder evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the number of Shares purchasable hereunder as to which this Purchase Warrant has not been exercised or assigned.

 

 5 
 

 

5.2 Lost Certificate. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Purchase Warrant and of reasonably satisfactory indemnification or the posting of a bond, determined in the sole discretion of the Company, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Warrant of like tenor and date. Any such new Purchase Warrant executed and delivered as a result of such loss, theft, mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation on the part of the Company.

 

6. Adjustments.

 

6.1 Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Securities. The Exercise Price and the number of Shares underlying the Purchase Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter set forth:

 

6.1.1 Share Dividends; Split Ups. If, after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the number of outstanding Shares is increased by a stock dividend payable in Shares or by a split up of Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective day thereof, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding Shares, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased.

 

6.1.2 Aggregation of Shares. If, after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the number of outstanding Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination or reclassification of Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date thereof, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Shares, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

6.1.3 Replacement of Securities upon Reorganization, Etc. In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Shares other than a change covered by Section 6.1.1 or 6.1.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such Shares, or in the case of any share reconstruction or amalgamation or consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation or merger in which the Company is the continuing company and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Holder of this Purchase Warrant shall have the right thereafter (until the expiration of the right of exercise of this Purchase Warrant) to receive upon the exercise hereof, for the same aggregate Exercise Price payable hereunder immediately prior to such event, the kind and amount of shares or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, share reconstruction or amalgamation, or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, by a Holder of the number of Shares of the Company obtainable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in Shares covered by Section 6.1.1 or 6.1.2, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Sections 6.1.1, 6.1.2 and this Section 6.1.3. The provisions of this Section 6.1.3 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, share reconstructions or amalgamations, or consolidations, sales or other transfers.

 

6.1.4 Changes in Form of Purchase Warrant. This form of Purchase Warrant need not be changed because of any change pursuant to this Section 6.1, and Purchase Warrants issued after such change may state the same Exercise Price and the same number of Shares as are stated in the Purchase Warrants initially issued pursuant to this Agreement. The acceptance by any Holder of the issuance of new Purchase Warrants reflecting a required or permissive change shall not be deemed to waive any rights to an adjustment occurring after the Commencement Date or the computation thereof.

 

 6 
 

  

6.2 Substitute Purchase Warrant. In case of any consolidation of the Company with, or share reconstruction or amalgamation or merger of the Company with or into, another corporation (other than a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation or merger which does not result in any reclassification or change of the outstanding Shares), the corporation formed by such consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation shall execute and deliver to the Holder a supplemental Purchase Warrant providing that the holder of each Purchase Warrant then outstanding or to be outstanding shall have the right thereafter (until the stated expiration of such Purchase Warrant) to receive, upon exercise of such Purchase Warrant, the kind and amount of shares and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation, by a holder of the number of Shares of the Company for which such Purchase Warrant might have been exercised immediately prior to such consolidation, share reconstruction or amalgamation or merger, sale or transfer. Such supplemental Purchase Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be identical to the adjustments provided for in this Section 6. The above provision of this Section shall similarly apply to successive consolidations or share reconstructions or amalgamations or mergers.

 

6.3 Elimination of Fractional Interests. The Company shall not be required to issue certificates representing fractions of Shares upon the exercise of the Purchase Warrant, nor shall it be required to issue scrip or pay cash in lieu of any fractional interests, it being the intent of the parties that all fractional interests shall be eliminated by rounding any fraction up or down, as the case may be, to the nearest whole number of Shares or other securities, properties or rights.

 

7. Reservation. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized Shares, solely for the purpose of issuance upon exercise of the Purchase Warrants, such number of Shares or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon the exercise thereof. The Company covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of the Purchase Warrants and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, in accordance with the terms hereby, all Shares and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any shareholder.

 

8. Certain Notice Requirements.

 

8.1 Holder’s Right to Receive Notice. Nothing herein shall be construed as conferring upon the Holder the right to vote or consent or to receive notice as a shareholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any rights whatsoever as a shareholder of the Company. If, however, at any time prior to the expiration of the Purchase Warrants and their exercise, any of the events described in Section 8.2 shall occur, then, in one or more of said events, the Company shall deliver to each Holder a copy of each notice relating to such events given to the other shareholders of the Company at the same time and in the same manner that such notice is given to the shareholders.

 

8.2 Events Requiring Notice. The Company shall be required to give the notice described in this Section 8 upon one or more of the following events: (i) if the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Shares for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or distribution payable otherwise than in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution payable otherwise than out of retained earnings, as indicated by the accounting treatment of such dividend or distribution on the books of the Company, or (ii) the Company shall offer to all the holders of its Shares any additional shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or warrant to subscribe therefor.

 

8.3 Notice of Change in Exercise Price. The Company shall, within 3 Business Days after an event requiring a change in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 6 hereof, send notice to the Holders of such event and change (“Price Notice”). The Price Notice shall describe the event causing the change and the method of calculating same.

 

 7 
 

 

8.4 Transmittal of Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Purchase Warrant shall be in writing and delivered personally, by e-mail, or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service to following addresses or to such other address as the Holder or the Company may designate by notice to the other party and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (i) the time of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via e-mail (with confirmation of receipt from the intended recipient by return e-mail or other written acknowledgment) at the e-mail address set forth in this Section prior to 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any date, (ii) the next Business Day after the time of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via e-mail (with confirmation of receipt from the intended recipient by return email or other written acknowledgment) at the e-mail address set forth in this Section on a day that is not a Business Day or later than 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any Business Day, (iii) the second Business Day following the date of mailing, if sent by U.S. nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (iv) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given:

 

If to the Holder:

 

Aegis Capital Corp.,

1345 Avenue of the Americas 27th Floor

New York, NY 10105

Attention: Global Equity Markets

E-mail: [*]

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Anthony W. Basch, Esq.

Kaufman & Canoles, P.C.

1021 E. Cary Street, Suite 1400

Two James Center

Richmond, VA 23219

E-mail: [*]

 

If to the Company:

 

Bruush Oral Care Inc.

128 West Hastings Street, Unit 210

Vancouver, British Columbia V6B 1G8, Canada

Attention: Aneil Singh Manhas, Chief Executive Officer

E-mail: [*]

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Lucosky Brookman LLP

101 Wood Avenue South

Woodbridge, NJ 08830

Attention: Joseph M. Lucosky, Esq.

E-mail: [*]

 

9. Miscellaneous.

 

9.1 Amendments. The Company and Holder may from time to time supplement or amend this Purchase Warrant without the approval of any of the Holders in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder that the Company and Holder may deem necessary or desirable and that the Company and Holder deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holders. All other modifications or amendments shall require the written consent of and be signed by (i) the Company and (ii) the Holder(s) of Purchase Warrants then-exercisable for at least a majority of the Shares then-exercisable pursuant to all then-outstanding Purchase Warrants.

 

9.2 Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Purchase Warrant.

 

9.3. Entire Agreement. This Purchase Warrant (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Purchase Warrant) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

 8 
 

 

9.4 Binding Effect. This Purchase Warrant shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon, the Holder and the Company and their permitted assignees, respective successors, legal representative and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Purchase Warrant or any provisions herein contained.

 

9.5 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Trial by Jury. This Purchase Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Purchase Warrant shall be brought and enforced in the courts located in the City of New York, County of New York, and State of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 8 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company and the Holder agree that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and the Holder hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

9.6 Non-Waiver. The failure of the Company or the Holder to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Purchase Warrant shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Purchase Warrant or any provision hereof or the right of the Company or any Holder to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Purchase Warrant. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Purchase Warrant shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

 

9.7 Exchange Agreement. As a condition of the Holder’s receipt and acceptance of this Purchase Warrant, Holder agrees that, at any time prior to the complete exercise of this Purchase Warrant by Holder, if the Company and Holder enter into an agreement (“Exchange Agreement”) pursuant to which they agree that all outstanding Purchase Warrants will be exchanged for securities or cash or a combination of both, then Holder shall agree to such exchange and become a party to the Exchange Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 9 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Purchase Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.

 

Bruush Oral Care Inc.      
   
By:  
  Name: Aneil Manhas  
  Title: Chief Executive Officer  

 

 10 
 

 

[Form to be used to exercise Purchase Warrant]

 

Date: __________, 20___

 

The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to exercise the Purchase Warrant for ______ shares of Common Stock, no par value per share (the “Shares”), of Bruush Oral Care Inc., an Canadian company (the “Company”), and hereby makes payment of $____ (at the rate of $____ per Share) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant thereto. Please issue the Shares as to which this Purchase Warrant is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below and, if applicable, a new Purchase Warrant representing the number of Shares for which this Purchase Warrant has not been exercised.

 

or

 

The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to convert its right to purchase ___ Shares of the Company under the Purchase Warrant for ______ Shares, as determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

  X =   Y(A-B)   
    A    

 

Where,    
  X = The number of Shares to be issued to Holder;
  Y = The number of Shares for which the Purchase Warrant is being exercised;
  A = The fair market value of one Share which is equal to $_____; and
  B = The Exercise Price which is equal to $______ per share

 

The undersigned agrees and acknowledges that the calculation set forth above is subject to confirmation by the Company and any disagreement with respect to the calculation shall be resolved by the Company in its sole discretion.

 

Please issue the Shares as to which this Purchase Warrant is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below and, if applicable, a new Purchase Warrant representing the number of Shares for which this Purchase Warrant has not been converted.

 

Signature  ____________________________  

 

Signature Guaranteed ____________________  

 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

 

Name: _____________________________________  
                                 (Print in Block Letters)    

 

Address:  __________________________________  
   __________________________________  

 

NOTICE: The signature to this form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Purchase Warrant without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank, other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.

 

 11 
 

 

[Form to be used to assign Purchase Warrant]

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

(To be executed by the registered Holder to effect a transfer of the within Purchase Warrant):

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, __________________ does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto the right to purchase shares of Common Stock, no par value per share, of Bruush Oral Care Inc. (the “Company”), evidenced by the Purchase Warrant and does hereby authorize the Company to transfer such right on the books of the Company.

 

Dated: __________, 20__    
     
Signature __________________________    
     
Signature Guaranteed _________________    

 

NOTICE: The signature to this form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Purchase Warrant without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank, other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.

 

 12 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.5

 

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

 

Warrant Shares: ______________ Issue Date: _____________, 202[●]

 

THIS COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT (the “Warrant”) certifies that, for value received, [●] or its registered assigns (the “Holder”) is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the limitations on exercise and the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date hereof (the “Issue Date”) and on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on _____________, 2027 (the “Termination Date”) but not thereafter, to subscribe for and purchase from Bruush Oral Care Inc. (the “Company”), up to _________________ shares of the Company’s Common Stock (as subject to adjustment hereunder, the “Warrant Shares”). The purchase price of one share of Common Stock under this Warrant shall be equal to the Exercise Price, as defined in Section 2(b).

 

Section 1. Definitions. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Warrant, the following terms have the meanings indicated in this Section 1:

 

Affiliate” means any Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with a Person, as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

Bid Price” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the shares of Common Stock are then listed or quoted on a Trading Market, the bid price of one share of Common Stock for the time in question (or the nearest preceding date) on the Trading Market on which the shares of Common Stock are then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to 4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b) if OTCQB or OTCQX is not a Trading Market, the volume weighted average per share price of the shares of Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on OTCQB or OTCQX as applicable, (c) if the shares of Common Stock are not then listed or quoted for trading on OTCQB or OTCQX and if prices for the shares of Common Stock are then reported on the Pink Open Market (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of Common Stock so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of one share of Common Stock as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Holders of a majority in interest of the Warrants then outstanding and reasonably acceptable to the Company, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.

 

Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided, however, for clarification, commercial banks shall not be deemed to be authorized or required by law to remain closed due to “stay at home”, “shelter-in-place”, “non-essential employee” or any other similar orders or restrictions or the closure of any physical branch locations at the direction of any governmental authority so long as the electronic funds transfer systems (including for wire transfers) of commercial banks in The City of New York generally are open for use by customers on such day.

 

Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1

 

 

Equity Conditions” means, with respect to any given date of determination: (i) on such applicable date of determination one or more registration statements (each, the “Forced Exercise Registration Statement”) shall be effective and the prospectus contained therein shall be available on such applicable date of determination (with, for the avoidance of doubt, any shares of Common Stock previously issued pursuant to such prospectus deemed unavailable) for the issuance of all the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and other warrants issued pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement (collectively, the “Registered Warrants”) in connection with the event requiring determination (such applicable aggregate number of shares of Common Stock , each, a “Required Minimum Securities Amount”); (ii) on each day during the period beginning thirty (30) calendar days prior to the applicable date of determination and ending on and including the applicable date of determination (the “Equity Conditions Measuring Period”), the shares of Common Stock (including the shares of Common Stock to be issued in the event requiring this determination) is listed or designated for quotation (as applicable) on a Trading Market and shall not have been suspended from trading on a Trading Market (other than suspensions of not more than two (2) days and occurring prior to the applicable date of determination due to business announcements by the Company) nor shall delisting or suspension by a Trading Market have been threatened (with a reasonable prospect of delisting occurring after giving effect to all applicable notice, appeal, compliance and hearing periods) or reasonably likely to occur or pending as evidenced by (A) a writing by such Trading Market or (B) the Company falling below the minimum listing maintenance requirements of the Trading Market on which the shares of Common Stock is then listed or designated for quotation (as applicable); (iii) during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, the Company shall have delivered all Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant on a timely basis as set forth in Section 2 hereof and all other share capital required to be delivered by the Company on a timely basis as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement; (iv) the Required Minimum Securities Amount of shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the event requiring determination may be issued in full without violating the rules or regulations of the Trading Market on which the shares of Common Stock is then listed or designated for quotation (as applicable); (v) on each day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, no public announcement of a pending, proposed or intended Fundamental Transaction shall have occurred which has not been abandoned, terminated or consummated; (vi) the Company shall have no knowledge of any fact that would reasonably be expected to cause the applicable Forced Exercise Registration Statement to not be effective or the prospectus contained therein to not be available for the issuance of the Required Minimum Securities Amount of shares of Common Stock in connection with the event requiring such determination; (vii) the Holder shall not be in possession of any material, non-public information provided to any of them by the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective affiliates, employees, officers, representatives, agents or the like; (viii) on each day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, the Company otherwise shall have been in compliance with each, and shall not have breached any representation or warranty in any material respect (other than representations or warranties subject to material adverse effect or materiality, which may not be breached in any respect) or any covenant or other term or condition of this Warrant or the Underwriting Agreement, including, without limitation, the Company shall not have failed to timely make any payment pursuant to this Warrant or the Underwriting Agreement; (ix) on the applicable date of determination (A) a sufficient number of shares shall be authorized and reserved in accordance with Section 6(d) and (B) all Warrant Shares to be issued in connection with the event requiring this determination may be issued in full without resulting in a violation of Section 6(d); (x) the issuance of Required Minimum Securities Amount of shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the event requiring determination will not result in an violation of Section 6(d); (xi) any shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the event requiring determination may be issued in full without violating Section 2(e) hereof (or the equivalent provisions of any other applicable Registered Warrants), (xii) no bone fide dispute shall exist, by and between any of holder of the Registered Warrants, the Company, the principal Trading Market and/or FINRA with respect to any term or provision of this Warrant or the Underwriting Agreement and (xiii) no Forced Exercise hereunder shall have occurred during the seven (7) Trading Day period immediately prior to such date of determination, and (xiv) the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Registered Warrants are duly authorized and listed and eligible for trading without restriction on an Trading Market.

 

2

 

 

Equity Conditions Failure” means that on each day during the period commencing ten (10) Trading Days prior to the applicable Forced Exercise Notice Date through and including the applicable Forced Exercise Date, the Equity Conditions have not been satisfied (or waived in writing by the Holder).

 

Offering Warrants” means the Common Stock purchase warrants issued by the Company pursuant to the Registration Statement at closing of the Company’s public offering or in connection with the exercise of the overallotment option included therein.

 

Common Stock” means shares of common stock, no par value, of the Company, and any other class of securities into which such securities may hereafter be reclassified or changed.

 

Common Stock Equivalents” means any securities of the Company or the Subsidiaries which would entitle the holder thereof to acquire at any time shares of Common Stock , including, without limitation, any debt, preferred stock, right, option, warrant or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive, shares of Common Stock .

 

Person” means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, government (or an agency or subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.

 

Qualified Holder” means each Holder, including each “beneficial holder”, together with all Affiliates of such Holder and/or “beneficial holder”, that purchased Qualified Warrants in connection with the Offering, provided such Qualified Holder continues to hold any Offering Warrants as of the event described herein to which Qualified Holder status applies. For the sake of clarity, no holder shall be considered to be a Qualified Holder for more Offering Warrants than the number of Qualified Warrants purchased by such Qualified Holder in the Company’s initial public offering; provided, however, that a Qualified Holder may sell and buy Offering Warrants following completion of the Offering, and such Offering Warrants shall benefit from adjustments hereunder up to the number of Qualified Warrants for such Qualified Holder.

 

Qualified Warrants” means at least $500,000 Offering Warrants purchased in connection with the Offering by any Holder, including each “beneficial holder” of Warrants, taken together with all Affiliates of such Holder and/or “beneficial holder”. Qualified Warrants shall not include Pre-funded Warrants. The number of Qualified Warrants shall be fixed at completion of the Offering.

 

“Registered Warrants” means this Warrant and any other warrants issued pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

 

Registration Statement” means the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-[●]), as amended.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Company and shall, where applicable, also include any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company formed or acquired after the date hereof.

 

Trading Day” means a day on which the shares of Common Stock are traded on a Trading Market.

 

Trading Market” means any of the following markets or exchanges on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or quoted for trading on the date in question: the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the New York Stock Exchange, OTCQB or OTCQX (or any successors to any of the foregoing).

 

3

 

 

Transfer Agent” means [●], and any successor transfer agent of the Company.

 

Underwriting Agreement” means the underwriting agreement, dated as of [●], 2022, among the Company and Aegis Capital Corp. as representative of the underwriters named therein, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

VWAP” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the shares of Common Stock are then listed or quoted on a Trading Market, the daily volume weighted average price per share of the shares of Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the Trading Market on which the shares of Common Stock are then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to 4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b) if OTCQB or OTCQX is not a Trading Market, the volume weighted average price per share of shares of Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on OTCQB or OTCQX as applicable, (c) if the shares of Common Stock are not then listed or quoted for trading on OTCQB or OTCQX and if prices for shares of Common Stock are then reported on the OTC Pink Open Market (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of Common Stock so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of one share of Common Stock as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the holders of a majority in interest of the Warrants then outstanding and reasonably acceptable to the Company, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.

 

Warrant Agent Agreement” means that certain warrant agent agreement, dated on or about the [●], 2022, between the Company and the Warrant Agent.

 

Warrant Agent” means the Transfer Agent and any successor warrant agent of the Company.

 

Warrants” means this Warrant and other Common Stock purchase warrants issued by the Company pursuant to Section 3(f)(vi) of the Offering Warrants.

 

Section 2. Exercise.

 

a) Exercise of Warrant. Subject to the provisions of Section 2(e) herein, exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be made, in whole or in part, at any time or times on or after the Issue Date and on or before the Termination Date, by delivery to the Company of a duly executed PDF copy submitted by e-mail (or e-mail attachment) of the Notice of Exercise in the form annexed hereto as Annex A (the “Notice of Exercise”), and, unless the cashless exercise procedure specified in Section 2(c) below is specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise, delivery of the aggregate Exercise Price of the Warrant Shares specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise as specified in this Section 2(a). Within the earlier of (i) two (2) Trading Days and (ii) the number of Trading Days comprising the Standard Settlement Period (as defined in Section 2(d)(i) herein) following the date of exercise as aforesaid, the Holder shall deliver the aggregate Exercise Price for the Warrant Shares specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise by wire transfer of immediately available funds or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank unless the cashless exercise procedure specified in Section 2(c) below is specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise. No ink-original Notice of Exercise shall be required, nor shall any medallion guarantee (or other type of guarantee or notarization) of any Notice of Exercise be required. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company until the Holder has purchased all of the Warrant Shares available hereunder and the Warrant has been exercised in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company for cancellation within three (3) Trading Days of the date on which the final Notice of Exercise is delivered to the Company. Partial exercises of this Warrant resulting in purchases of a portion of the total number of Warrant Shares available hereunder shall have the effect of lowering the outstanding number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder in an amount equal to the applicable number of Warrant Shares purchased. The Holder and the Company shall maintain records showing the number of Warrant Shares purchased and the date of such purchases. The Company shall deliver any objection to any Notice of Exercise within one (1) Trading Day of receipt of such notice. The Holder and any assignee, by acceptance of this Warrant, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of this paragraph, following the purchase of a portion of the Warrant Shares hereunder, the number of Warrant Shares available for purchase hereunder at any given time may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.

 

4

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing in this Section 2(a), a holder whose interest in this Warrant is a beneficial interest in certificate(s) representing this Warrant held in book-entry form through DTC (or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions), shall effect exercises made pursuant to this Section 2(a) by delivering to DTC (or such other clearing corporation, as applicable) the appropriate instruction form for exercise, complying with the procedures to effect exercise that are required by DTC (or such other clearing corporation, as applicable), subject to a Holder’s right to elect to receive a Warrant in certificated form pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Agent Agreement, in which case this sentence shall not apply.

 

b) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Common Stock under this Warrant shall be $_________ (the “Initial Exercise Price”), subject to adjustment hereunder (as in effect from time to time, the “Exercise Price”). 

 

c) Cashless Exercise. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to remain effective with a current prospectus and to maintain the registration of the shares of Common Stock and of the Warrants under the Exchange Act. If at any time after the Issue Date, there is no effective registration statement registering, or no current prospectus available for the issuance of the Warrant Shares to the Holder, then this Warrant may also be exercised, in whole or in part, at such time by means of a “cashless exercise” in which the Holder shall be entitled to receive a number of Warrant Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing [(A-B) (X)] by (A), where:

 

  (A) = as applicable: (i) the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise if such Notice of Exercise is (1) both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof on a day that is not a Trading Day or (2) both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof on a Trading Day prior to the opening of “regular trading hours” (as defined in Rule 600(b)(68) of Regulation NMS promulgated under the federal securities laws) on such Trading Day, (ii) at the option of the Holder, either (y) the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise or (z) the Bid Price of the shares of Common Stock on the principal Trading Market as reported by Bloomberg L.P. as of the time of the Holder’s execution of the applicable Notice of Exercise if such Notice of Exercise is executed during “regular trading hours” on a Trading Day and is delivered within two (2) hours thereafter (including until two (2) hours after the close of “regular trading hours” on a Trading Day) pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof or (iii) the VWAP on the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise if the date of such Notice of Exercise is a Trading Day and such Notice of Exercise is both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof after the close of “regular trading hours” on such Trading Day;
     
  (B) = the Exercise Price of this Warrant, as adjusted hereunder; and
     
  (X) = the number of Warrant Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise.

 

If Warrant Shares are issued in such a cashless exercise, the parties acknowledge and agree that in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, the Warrant Shares shall take on the registered characteristics of the Warrants being exercised. The Company agrees not to take any position contrary to this Section 2(c).

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that, on the Termination Date, there is no effective registration statement registering, or no current prospectus available for the issuance of, the Warrant Shares to the Holder, this Warrant shall be automatically exercised via cashless exercise pursuant to this Section 2(c) on such Termination Date.

 

5

 

 

d) Mechanics of Exercise.

 

i. Delivery of Warrant Shares Upon Exercise. The Company shall cause the Warrant Shares purchased hereunder to be transmitted by the Transfer Agent to the Holder by crediting the account of the Holder’s or its designee’s balance account with The Depository Trust Company through its Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian system (“DWAC”) if the Company is then a participant in such system and either (A) there is an effective registration statement permitting the issuance of the Warrant Shares to or resale of the Warrant Shares by Holder or (B) this Warrant is being exercised via cashless exercise, and otherwise by physical delivery of a certificate, registered in the Company’s share register in the name of the Holder or its designee, for the number of Warrant Shares to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise to the address specified by the Holder in the Notice of Exercise by the date that is the earliest of (i) two (2) Trading Days after the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise, (ii) one (1) Trading Day after delivery of the aggregate Exercise Price to the Company and (iii) the number of Trading Days comprising the Standard Settlement Period after the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise (such date, the “Warrant Share Delivery Date”). Upon delivery of the Notice of Exercise, the Holder shall be deemed for all corporate purposes to have become the holder of record of the Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant has been exercised, irrespective of the date of delivery of the Warrant Shares, provided that payment of the aggregate Exercise Price (other than in the case of a cashless exercise) is received within the earlier of (i) two (2) Trading Days and (ii) the number of Trading Days comprising the Standard Settlement Period following delivery of the Notice of Exercise. If the Company fails for any reason to deliver to the Holder the Warrant Shares subject to a Notice of Exercise by the Warrant Share Delivery Date, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in cash, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, for each $1,000 of Warrant Shares subject to such exercise (based on the VWAP of the shares of Common Stock on the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise), $10 per Trading Day (increasing to $20 per Trading Day on the fifth Trading Day after such liquidated damages begin to accrue) for each Trading Day after such Warrant Share Delivery Date until such Warrant Shares are delivered or Holder rescinds such exercise. The Company agrees to maintain a transfer agent that is a participant in the FAST program so long as this Warrant remains outstanding and exercisable. As used herein, “Standard Settlement Period” means the standard settlement period, expressed in a number of Trading Days, on the Company’s primary Trading Market with respect to the shares of Common Stock as in effect on the date of delivery of the Notice of Exercise.

 

ii. Delivery of New Warrants Upon Exercise. If this Warrant shall have been exercised in part, the Company shall, at the request of a Holder and upon surrender of this Warrant certificate, at the time of delivery of the Warrant Shares, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder to purchase the unpurchased Warrant Shares called for by this Warrant, which new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical with this Warrant.

 

iii. Rescission Rights. If the Company fails to cause the Transfer Agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) by the Warrant Share Delivery Date, then the Holder will have the right to rescind such exercise; provided, however, that the Holder shall be required to return any Warrant Shares subject to any such rescinded exercise notice concurrently with the return to Holder of the aggregate Exercise Price paid to the Company for such Warrant Shares and the restoration of Holder’s right to acquire such Warrant Shares pursuant to this Warrant (including, issuance of a replacement warrant certificate evidencing such restored right).

 

6

 

 

iv. Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Deliver Warrant Shares Upon Exercise. In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the Company fails to cause the Transfer Agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(d)(i) above pursuant to an exercise on or before the Warrant Share Delivery Date, and if after such date the Holder is required by its broker to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise) or the Holder’s brokerage firm otherwise purchases, shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the Warrant Shares which the Holder anticipated receiving upon such exercise (a “Buy-In”), then the Company shall (A) pay in cash to the Holder the amount, if any, by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the shares of Common Stock so purchased exceeds (y) the amount obtained by multiplying (1) the number of Warrant Shares that the Company was required to deliver to the Holder in connection with the exercise at issue times (2) the price at which the sell order giving rise to such purchase obligation was executed, and (B) at the option of the Holder, either reinstate the portion of the Warrant and equivalent number of Warrant Shares for which such exercise was not honored (in which case such exercise shall be deemed rescinded) or deliver to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued had the Company timely complied with its exercise and delivery obligations hereunder. For example, if the Holder purchases shares of Common Stock having a total purchase price of $11,000 to cover a Buy-In with respect to an attempted exercise of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate sale price giving rise to such purchase obligation of $10,000, under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence the Company shall be required to pay the Holder $1,000. The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In and, upon request of the Company, evidence of the amount of such loss. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely deliver shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

v. No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. As to any fraction of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Company shall, at its election, either pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price or round up to the next whole share.

 

vi. Charges, Taxes and Expenses. Issuance of Warrant Shares shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such Warrant Shares, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such Warrant Shares shall be issued in the name of the Holder or in such name or names as may be directed by the Holder; provided, however, that, in the event that Warrant Shares are to be issued in a name other than the name of the Holder, this Warrant when surrendered for exercise shall be accompanied by the Assignment Form attached hereto as Annex B duly executed by the Holder and the Company may require, as a condition thereto, the payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any transfer tax incidental thereto. The Company shall pay all Transfer Agent fees required for same-day processing of any Notice of Exercise and all fees to the Depository Trust Company (or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions) required for same-day electronic delivery of the Warrant Shares.

 

vii. Closing of Books. The Company will not close its stockholder books or records in any manner which prevents the timely exercise of this Warrant, pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

7

 

 

e) Holder’s Exercise Limitations. The Company shall not effect any exercise of this Warrant, and a Holder shall not have the right to exercise any portion of this Warrant, pursuant to Section 2 or otherwise, to the extent that after giving effect to such issuance after exercise as set forth on the applicable Notice of Exercise, the Holder (together with the Holder’s Affiliates, and any other Persons acting as a group together with the Holder or any of the Holder’s Affiliates (such Persons, “Attribution Parties”)), would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined below). For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Holder and its Affiliates and Attribution Parties shall include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which such determination is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, non-exercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates or Attribution Parties and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or non-converted portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any other shares of Common Stock Equivalents) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates or Attribution Parties. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this Section 2(e), beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, it being acknowledged by the Holder that the Company is not representing to the Holder that such calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the Holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed in accordance therewith. To the extent that the limitation contained in this Section 2(e) applies, the determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates and Attribution Parties) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable shall be in the sole discretion of the Holder, and the submission of a Notice of Exercise shall be deemed to be the Holder’s determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates and Attribution Parties) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable, in each case subject to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination. In addition, a determination as to any group status as contemplated above shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this Section 2(e), in determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock , a Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (A) the Company’s most recent periodic or annual report filed with the Commission, as the case may be, (B) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (C) a more recent written notice by the Company or the Transfer Agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Upon the written or oral request of a Holder, the Company shall within one Trading Day confirm orally and in writing to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the Holder or its Affiliates or Attribution Parties since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was reported. The “Beneficial Ownership Limitation” shall be 4.99% (or, upon election by a Holder prior to the issuance of any Warrants, 9.99%) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant. The Holder, upon notice to the Company, may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation provisions of this Section 2(e), provided that the Beneficial Ownership Limitation in no event exceeds 9.99% of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of this Warrant held by the Holder and the provisions of this Section 2(e) shall continue to apply. Any increase in the Beneficial Ownership Limitation will not be effective until the 61st day after such notice is delivered to the Company. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 2(e) to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended Beneficial Ownership Limitation herein contained or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor holder of this Warrant.

 

8

 

 

Section 3. Certain Adjustments.

 

a) Stock Dividends and Splits. If the Company, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding: (i) pays a stock dividend or otherwise makes a distribution or distributions on its shares of Common Stock or any other equity or equity equivalent securities payable in shares of Common Stock (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon exercise of this Warrant), (ii) subdivides outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares, (iii) combines (including by way of reverse stock split) outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issues by reclassification of shares of Common Stock any shares of capital stock of the Company, then in each case the Exercise Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event, and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be proportionately adjusted such that the aggregate Exercise Price of this Warrant shall remain unchanged. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or re-classification.

 

b) Reserved.

 

c) Subsequent Rights Offerings. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 3(a) above, if at any time the Company grants, issues or sells any Common Stock Equivalents or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to all (or substantially all) of the record holders of any class of shares of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights (provided, however, that, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Purchase Right would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Purchase Right to such extent (or beneficial ownership of such shares of Common Stock as a result of such Purchase Right to such extent) and such Purchase Right to such extent shall be held in abeyance for the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation).

 

d) Pro Rata Distributions. During such time as this Warrant is outstanding, if the Company shall declare or make any dividend or other distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to all (or substantially all) of holders of shares of Common Stock , by way of return of capital or otherwise (including, without limitation, any distribution of cash, stock or other securities, property or options by way of a dividend, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement, scheme of arrangement or other similar transaction) (a “Distribution”), at any time after the issuance of this Warrant, then, in each such case, the Holder shall be entitled to participate in such Distribution to the same extent that the Holder would have participated therein if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date of which a record is taken for such Distribution, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the participation in such Distribution (provided, however, that, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Distribution would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Distribution to such extent (or in the beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock as a result of such Distribution to such extent) and the portion of such Distribution shall be held in abeyance for the benefit of the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation).

 

9

 

 

e) Fundamental Transaction. If, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, (i) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person, (ii) the Company or any Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (approved or recommended by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof) is completed pursuant to which holders of shares of Common Stock are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock , (iv) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of shares of Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the shares of Common Stock are effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (v) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off, merger or scheme of arrangement) with another Person or group of Persons whereby such other Person or group acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (not including any shares of Common Stock held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination) (each a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, upon any subsequent exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Warrant Share that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction, at the option of the Holder (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant), the number of shares of Common Stock of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration (the “Alternate Consideration”) receivable as a result of such Fundamental Transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant). For purposes of any such exercise, the determination of the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one share of Common Stock in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Company shall apportion the Exercise Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of shares of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any exercise of this Warrant following such Fundamental Transaction.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event of a Fundamental Transaction, the Company or any Successor Entity (as defined below) shall, at the Holder’s option, exercisable at any time concurrently with, or within 30 days after, the consummation of the Fundamental Transaction (or, if later, the date of the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction), purchase this Warrant from the Holder by paying to the Holder an amount of cash equal to the Black Scholes Value (as defined below) of the remaining unexercised portion of this Warrant on the date of the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction; provided, however, that, if the Fundamental Transaction is not within the Company’s control, including not approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, Holder shall only be entitled to receive from the Company or any Successor Entity the same type or form of consideration (and in the same proportion), at the Black Scholes Value of the unexercised portion of this Warrant, that is being offered and paid to the holders of shares of Common Stock of the Company in connection with the Fundamental Transaction, whether that consideration be in the form of cash, stock or any combination thereof, or whether the holders of shares of Common Stock are given the choice to receive from among alternative forms of consideration in connection with the Fundamental Transaction; provided, further, that if holders of shares of Common Stock of the Company are not offered or paid any consideration in such Fundamental Transaction, such holders will be deemed to have received shares of Common Stock of the Successor Entity (which Entity may be the Company following such Fundamental Transaction) in such Fundamental Transaction.

 

10

 

 

Black Scholes Value” means the value of this Warrant based on the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model obtained from the “OV” function on Bloomberg determined as of the day of consummation of the applicable Fundamental Transaction for pricing purposes and reflecting (A) a risk-free interest rate corresponding to the U.S. Treasury rate for a period equal to the time between the date of the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction and the Termination Date, (B) an expected volatility equal to the greater of 100% and the 100 day volatility obtained from the HVT function on Bloomberg (determined utilizing a 365 day annualization factor) as of the Trading Day immediately following the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction, (C) the underlying price per share used in such calculation shall be the greater of (i) the sum of the price per share being offered in cash, if any, plus the value of any non-cash consideration, if any, being offered in such Fundamental Transaction and (ii) the highest VWAP during the period beginning on the Trading Day immediately preceding the announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction (or the consummation of the applicable Fundamental Transaction, if earlier) and ending on the Trading Day of the Holder’s request pursuant to this Section 3(d) and (D) a remaining option time equal to the time between the date of the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction and the Termination Date and (E) a zero cost of borrow. The payment of the Black Scholes Value will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds (or such other consideration) within the later of (i) five (5) Business Days of the Holder’s election and (ii) the date of consummation of the Fundamental Transaction.

 

The Company shall cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Company is not the survivor (the “Successor Entity”) to assume in writing all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3(e) pursuant to written agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Holder and approved by the Holder (without unreasonable delay) prior to such Fundamental Transaction and shall, at the option of the Holder, deliver to the Holder in exchange for this Warrant a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Warrant which is exercisable for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the shares of Common Stock acquirable and receivable upon exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant) prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with an exercise price which applies the exercise price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such number of shares of capital stock and such exercise price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of this Warrant immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction), and which is reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Holder. Upon the occurrence of any such Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such Fundamental Transaction, the provisions of this Warrant referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and power of the Company and shall assume all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant with the same effect as if such Successor Entity had been named as the Company herein.

 

11

 

 

f) Adjustment Upon Issuance of shares of Common Stock . From the date hereof until the later of (a) two (2) years after the Issuance Date or (b) the date there are no Qualified Holders (such period, the “Adjustment Period”), the Company issues or sells, or, in accordance with this Section 3(f), is deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of Common Stock (excluding any Excluded Securities (as defined below) issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold) for a consideration per share (the “New Issuance Price”) less than a price equal to the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale or deemed issuance or sale (such Exercise Price then in effect is referred to as the “Applicable Price”) (the foregoing a “Dilutive Issuance”), then immediately after such Dilutive Issuance, the Exercise Price then in effect shall be reduced to an amount equal to the New Issuance Price. “Excluded Securities” means any issuance of shares of Common Stock , restricted share units, Options and/or Convertible Securities (i) under the Company’s current or future equity incentive plans or issued to employees, directors, consultants or officers as compensation or consideration in the ordinary course of business, including any issuance of Options (and the underlying shares of Common Stock ) in exchange for Options issued under the Company’s equity incentive plans, subject to a limitation of 15% of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the Issuance Date, (ii) issued pursuant to agreements, Options, restricted share units, Convertible Securities or Adjustment Rights (as defined below) existing as of the date hereof, provided that such agreements, Options, Convertible Securities or Adjustment Rights have not been amended since the initial issuance date of this Warrant to increase the number of such securities or decrease the exercise price, exchange price or conversion price of such securities, (iii) issued pursuant to acquisitions (whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of equity, purchase of assets, reorganization or otherwise), mergers, consolidations, reorganizations or strategic transactions approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Company, provided that any such issuance shall only be to a Person (or to the equity holders of a Person) which is, itself or through its subsidiaries, an operating company or an owner of an asset in a business complementary with the business of the Company and shall provide to the Company additional benefits in addition to the investment of funds, but shall not include a transaction in which the Company is issuing securities primarily for the purpose of raising capital or to an entity whose primary business is investing in securities, or (iv) to which the Holder consents in writing. “Adjustment Right” means any right granted with respect to any securities issued in connection with, or with respect to, any issuance or sale (or deemed issuance or sale in accordance with this Section 3(f)) of shares of Common Stock (other than rights of the type described in Sections 3(a) through (e)) that could result in a decrease in the net consideration received by the Company in connection with, or with respect to, such securities (including, without limitation, any cash settlement rights, cash adjustment or other similar rights). For all purposes of the foregoing, the following shall be applicable:

 

i. Issuance of Options. If, during the Adjustment Period, the Company in any manner grants or sells any Options (other than Excluded Securities) and the lowest price per share for which one share of Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise of any such Option or upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of any such Option (such shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise of any Option or upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Securities, the “Convertible Securities Shares”) is less than the Applicable Price, then such shares of Common Stock shall be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Company at the time of the granting or sale of such Option for such price per share. For purposes of this Section 3(f)(i), the “lowest price per share for which one share of Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise of any such Option or upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of any such Option” shall be equal to (A) the sum of (1) the lowest amount of consideration (if any) received or receivable by the Company with respect to any one Convertible Securities Share upon the granting or sale of such Option, upon exercise of such Option and upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Security issuable upon exercise of such Option and (2) the lowest exercise price set forth in such Option for which one Convertible Securities Share is issuable upon the exercise of any such Option or upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of any such Option, minus (B) the sum of all amounts paid or payable to the holder of such Option (or any other Person), with respect to any one Convertible Securities Share, upon the granting or sale of such Option, upon exercise of such Option and upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Security issuable upon exercise of such Option plus the value of any other consideration received or receivable by, or benefit conferred on, the holder of such Option (or any other Person), with respect to any one Convertible Securities Share. Except as contemplated below, no further adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made upon the actual issuance of such Convertible Securities Share or of such Convertible Securities upon the exercise of such Options or upon the actual issuance of such Convertible Securities Share upon conversion, exercise or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

12

 

 

ii. Issuance of Convertible Securities. If, during the Adjustment Period, the Company in any manner issues or sells any Convertible Securities (other than Excluded Securities) and the lowest price per share for which one Convertible Securities Share is issuable upon the conversion, exercise or exchange thereof is less than the Applicable Price, then such Convertible Securities Share shall be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Company at the time of the issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities for such price per share. For the purposes of this Section 3(f)(ii), the “lowest price per share for which one Convertible Securities Share is issuable upon the conversion, exercise or exchange thereof” shall be equal to (A) the sum of (1) the lowest amount of consideration (if any) received or receivable by the Company with respect to one Convertible Securities Share upon the issuance or sale of the Convertible Security and upon conversion, exercise or exchange of such Convertible Security and (2) the lowest conversion price set forth in such Convertible Security for which one Convertible Securities Share is issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange thereof, minus (B) the sum of all amounts paid or payable to the holder of such Convertible Security (or any other Person), with respect to any one Convertible Securities Share, upon the issuance or sale of such Convertible Security plus the value of any other consideration received or receivable by, or benefit conferred on, the holder of such Convertible Security (or any other Person), with respect to any one Convertible Securities Share. Except as contemplated below, no further adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made upon the actual issuance of such Convertible Securities Share upon conversion, exercise or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and if any such issue or sale of such Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Options for which adjustment of the Exercise Price has been or is to be made pursuant to other provisions of this Section 3(f), except as contemplated below, no further adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made by reason of such issue or sale.

 

iii. Change in Option Price or Rate of Conversion. If, during the Adjustment Period, the purchase or exercise price provided for in any Options, the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the issue, conversion, exercise or exchange of any Convertible Securities, or the rate at which any Convertible Securities are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock increases or decreases at any time (other than proportional changes in conversion or exercise prices, as applicable, in connection with an event referred to in Section 3(a)), the Exercise Price in effect at the time of such increase or decrease shall be adjusted to the Exercise Price which would have been in effect at such time had such Options or Convertible Securities provided for such increased or decreased purchase price, additional consideration or increased or decreased conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued or sold. For purposes of this Section 3(f)(iii), if the terms of any Option or Convertible Security that was outstanding as of the date of issuance of this Warrant are increased or decreased in the manner described in the immediately preceding sentence, then such Option or Convertible Security and the Convertible Securities Shares deemed issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued as of the date of such increase or decrease. No adjustment pursuant to this Section 3(f) shall be made if such adjustment would result in an increase of the Exercise Price then in effect.

 

13

 

 

iv. Calculation of Consideration Received. If any Option or Convertible Security is issued in connection with the issuance or sale or deemed issuance or sale of any other securities of the Company (the “Primary Security”, and such Option or Convertible Security, the “Secondary Securities” and together with the Primary Security, each a “Unit”), together comprising one integrated transaction, the aggregate consideration per share of Common Stock with respect to such Primary Security shall be deemed to be the lowest of (x) the purchase price of such Unit, (y) if such Primary Security is an Option and/or Convertible Security, the lowest price per share for which one share of Common Stock is at any time issuable upon the exercise or conversion of the Primary Security in accordance with Section 3(f)(i) or 3(f)(ii) above and (z) the lowest VWAP of the shares of Common Stock on any Trading Day during the five Trading Day period immediately following the public announcement of such Dilutive Issuance (for the avoidance of doubt, if such public announcement is released prior to the opening of the Principal Market on a Trading Day, such Trading Day shall be the first Trading Day in such five Trading Day period); provided. If any shares of Common Stock , Options or Convertible Securities are issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold for cash, the consideration received therefor will be deemed to be the net amount of cash received by the Company therefor. If any shares of Common Stock , Options or Convertible Securities are issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of such consideration received by the Company will be the fair value of such consideration, except where such consideration consists of publicly traded securities, in which case the amount of consideration received by the Company for such securities will be the arithmetic average of the VWAPs of such security for each of the five (5) Trading Days immediately preceding the date of receipt. If any shares of Common Stock , Options or Convertible Securities are issued to the owners of the non-surviving entity in connection with any merger in which the Company is the surviving entity, the amount of consideration therefor will be deemed to be the fair market value of such portion of the net assets and business of the non-surviving entity as is attributable to such shares of Common Stock , Options or Convertible Securities (as the case may be). The fair market value of any consideration other than cash or publicly traded securities will be determined jointly by the Company and the Holder. If such parties are unable to reach agreement within ten (10) days after the occurrence of an event requiring valuation (the “Valuation Event”), the fair market value of such consideration will be determined within five (5) Trading Days after the tenth (10th) day following such Valuation Event by an independent, reputable appraiser jointly selected by the Company and the Holder. The determination of such appraiser shall be final and binding upon all parties absent manifest error and the fees and expenses of such appraiser shall be borne by the Company.

 

v. Record Date. If, during the Adjustment Period, the Company takes a record of the holders of the shares of Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them (A) to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in shares of Common Stock , Options or in Convertible Securities or (B) to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock , Options or Convertible Securities, then such record date will be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or the making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such right of subscription or purchase (as the case may be).

 

vi. Exercise Floor Price. No adjustment to the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 3(f) of this Warrant shall cause the Exercise Price to be less than 50% of the Initial Exercise Price of warrants issued in the Company’s public offering (as adjusted pursuant to Section 3(a) for share splits, share dividends, recapitalizations and similar events, the “Exercise Floor Price”). For the avoidance of doubt, if a Dilutive Issuance would cause the Exercise Price to be lower than the Exercise Floor Price but for the immediately preceding sentence, then the Exercise Price shall be equal to the Exercise Floor Price.

 

14

 

 

g) Calculations. All calculations under this Section 3 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 3, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued and outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) issued and outstanding.

 

h) Notice to Holder.

 

i. Adjustment to Exercise Price. Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 3, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Holder by facsimile or email a notice setting forth the Exercise Price after such adjustment and any resulting adjustment to the number of Warrant Shares and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

 

ii. Notice to Allow Exercise by Holder. If (A) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form) on the shares of Common Stock , (B) the Company shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the shares of Common Stock , (C) the Company shall authorize the granting to all holders of the shares of Common Stock rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any rights, (D) the approval of any stockholders of the Company shall be required in connection with any reclassification of the shares of Common Stock , any consolidation or merger to which the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries) is a party, any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the shares of Common Stock are converted into other securities, cash or property, or (E) the Company shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be delivered by facsimile or email to the Holder at its last facsimile number or email address as it shall appear upon the Warrant Register of the Company, at least 20 calendar days prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice (unless such information is filed with the Commission, in which case a notice shall not be required) stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of the shares of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distributions, redemption, rights or warrants are to be determined or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the shares of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange; provided that the failure to deliver such notice or any defect therein or in the delivery thereof shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. To the extent that any notice provided in this Warrant constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission pursuant to a Report on Form 6-K. The Holder shall remain entitled to exercise this Warrant during the period commencing on the date of such notice to the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein.

 

i) Voluntary Adjustment by Company. Subject to the rules and regulations of the Trading Market, the Company may at any time during the term of this Warrant, subject to the prior written consent of the Holder, reduce the then current Exercise Price to any amount and for any period of time deemed appropriate by the board of directors of the Company.

 

j) Home Country Practice. For so long as this Warrant remains outstanding, the Company shall elect to follow home country practice in lieu of any rules and regulations of the Trading Market that would limit the Company’s ability to effect the provisions of this Warrant, including but not limited to shareholder approval rules related to the issuance of securities or adjustment of terms of this Warrant for the benefit of Holders.

 

15

 

 

Section 4. Transfer of Warrant.

 

a) Transferability. This Warrant and all rights hereunder (including, without limitation, any registration rights) are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company or its designated agent, together with a written assignment of this Warrant substantially in the form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder or its agent or attorney and funds sufficient to pay any transfer taxes payable upon the making of such transfer. Upon such surrender and, if required, such payment, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees, as applicable, and in the denomination or denominations specified in such instrument of assignment, and shall issue to the assignor a new Warrant evidencing the portion of this Warrant not so assigned, and this Warrant shall promptly be cancelled. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company unless the Holder has assigned this Warrant in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company within three (3) Trading Days of the date on which the Holder delivers an assignment form to the Company assigning this Warrant in full. The Warrant, if properly assigned in accordance herewith, may be exercised by a new holder for the purchase of Warrant Shares without having a new Warrant issued.

 

b) New Warrants. If this Warrant is not held in global form through DTC (or any successor depositary), this Warrant may be divided or combined with other Warrants upon presentation hereof at the aforesaid office of the Company, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new Warrants are to be issued, signed by the Holder or its agent or attorney. Subject to compliance with Section 4(a), as to any transfer which may be involved in such division or combination, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in exchange for the Warrant or Warrants to be divided or combined in accordance with such notice. All Warrants issued on transfers or exchanges shall be dated the initial issuance date of this Warrant and shall be identical with this Warrant except as to the number of Warrant Shares issuable pursuant thereto.

 

c) Warrant Register. The Warrant Agent shall register this Warrant, upon records to be maintained by the Warrant Agent for that purpose (the “Warrant Register”), in the name of the record Holder hereof from time to time. The Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the registered Holder of this Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for the purpose of any exercise hereof or any distribution to the Holder, and for all other purposes, absent actual notice to the contrary.

 

Section 5. Participation Right. Until six (6) months following [●], 2022 [date of the closing of the Company’s initial public offering], neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, issue, offer, sell, grant any option or right to purchase, or otherwise dispose of (or announce any issuance, offer, sale, grant of any option or right to purchase or other disposition of) any equity security or any equity-linked or related security (including, without limitation, any “equity security” (as that term is defined under Rule 405 promulgated under the 1933 Act)), any Convertible Securities (as defined below), any debt, any preferred shares or any purchase rights (any such issuance, offer, sale, grant, disposition or announcement is referred to as a “Subsequent Placement”) unless the Company shall have first complied with this Section 5. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the right set forth in this Section 5 is a right granted by the Company, separately, to each Qualified Holder.

 

16

 

 

a) Between the time period of 4:00 pm (New York City time) and 6:00 pm (New York City time) on the Trading Day immediately prior to the Trading Day of the expected announcement of the Subsequent Placement (or, if the Trading Day of the expected announcement of the Subsequent Placement is the first Trading Day following a holiday or a weekend (including a holiday weekend), between the time period of 4:00 pm (New York City time) on the Trading Day immediately prior to such holiday or weekend and 2:00 pm (New York City time) on the day immediately prior to the Trading Day of the expected announcement of the Subsequent Placement), the Company shall deliver to each Qualified Holder a written notice (each such notice, a “Pre-Notice”), which Pre-Notice shall not contain any information (including, without limitation, material, non-public information) other than: (A) if the proposed Offer Notice (as defined below) constitutes or contains material, non-public information, a statement asking whether the Investor is willing to accept material non-public information or (B) if the proposed Offer Notice does not constitute or contain material, non-public information, (x) a statement that the Company proposes or intends to effect a Subsequent Placement, (y) a statement that the statement in clause (x) above does not constitute material, non-public information and (z) a statement informing such Qualified Holder that it is entitled to receive an Offer Notice (as defined below) with respect to such Subsequent Placement upon its written request. Upon the written request of a Qualified Holder prior to 5:30 am (New York City time) on the Trading Day following the date on which such Pre-Notice is delivered to such Qualified Holder, and only upon a written request by such Qualified Holder, the Company shall promptly, but no later than one (1) Trading Day after such request, deliver to such Qualified Holder an irrevocable written notice (the “Offer Notice”) of any proposed or intended issuance or sale or exchange (the “Offer”) of the securities being offered (the “Offered Securities”) in a Subsequent Placement, which Offer Notice shall (A) identify and describe the Offered Securities, (B) describe the price and other terms upon which they are to be issued, sold or exchanged, and the number or amount of the Offered Securities to be issued, sold or exchanged, (C) identify the Persons (if known) to which or with which the Offered Securities are to be offered, issued, sold or exchanged and (D) offer to issue and sell to or exchange with such Qualified Holder in accordance with the terms of the Offer such Qualified Holder’s pro rata portion of 30% of the Offered Securities, provided that the number of Offered Securities which such Qualified Holder shall have the right to subscribe for under this Section 5 shall be (x) based on such Qualified Holder’s pro rata purchased portion of the aggregate number of Qualified Warrants purchased by all Qualified Holders on the date of such Offer Notice (the “Initial Amount”), and (y) with respect to each Qualified Holder that elects to purchase its Initial Amount, any additional portion of the Offered Securities attributable to the Initial Amounts of other Qualified Holders as such Qualified Holder shall indicate it will purchase or acquire should the other Qualified Holders subscribe for less than their Initial Amounts (the “Undersubscription Amount”), which process shall be repeated until each Qualified Holder shall have an opportunity to subscribe for any remaining Undersubscription Amount.

 

b) To accept an Offer, in whole or in part, such Qualified Holder must deliver a written notice to the Company prior to 6:30 am (New York City time) on the Trading Day following the date on which the Offer Notice is delivered to such Qualified Holder (the “Offer Period”), setting forth the portion of such Qualified Holder’s Initial Amount that such Qualified Holder elects to purchase and, if such Qualified Holder shall elect to purchase all of its Initial Amount, the Undersubscription Amount, if any, that such Qualified Holder elects to purchase (in either case, the “Notice of Acceptance”). If the Initial Amounts subscribed for by all Qualified Holders are less than the total of all of the Initial Amounts, then each Qualified Holder that has set forth an Undersubscription Amount in its Notice of Acceptance shall be entitled to purchase, in addition to the Initial Amounts subscribed for, the Undersubscription Amount it has subscribed for; provided, however, if the Undersubscription Amounts subscribed for exceed the difference between the total of all the Initial Amounts and the Initial Amounts subscribed for (the “Available Undersubscription Amount”), each Qualified Holder that has subscribed for any Undersubscription Amount shall be entitled to purchase only that portion of the Available Undersubscription Amount as the Initial Amount of such Qualified Holder bears to the total Initial Amounts of all Qualified Holders that have subscribed for Undersubscription Amounts, subject to rounding by the Company to the extent it deems reasonably necessary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company desires to modify or amend the terms and conditions of the Offer prior to the expiration of the Offer Period, the Company may deliver to each Qualified Holder a new Offer Notice and the Offer Period shall expire at 6:30 am (New York City time) on the Trading Day following the date after such Qualified Holder’s receipt of such new Offer Notice.

 

17

 

 

c) The Company shall have two (2) Business Days from the expiration of the Offer Period above (A) to offer, issue, sell or exchange all or any part of such Offered Securities as to which a Notice of Acceptance has not been given by a Qualified Holder (the “Refused Securities”) pursuant to a definitive agreement(s) (the “Subsequent Placement Agreement”), but only to the offerees described in the Offer Notice (if so described therein) and only upon terms and conditions (including, without limitation, unit prices and interest rates) that are not more favorable to the acquiring Person or Persons or less favorable to the Company than those set forth in the Offer Notice and (B) to publicly announce (x) the execution of such Subsequent Placement Agreement, and (y) either (I) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such Subsequent Placement Agreement or (II) the termination of such Subsequent Placement Agreement, which shall be filed with the SEC on a Report on Form 6-K with such Subsequent Placement Agreement and any documents contemplated therein filed as exhibits thereto.

 

d) In the event the Company shall propose to sell less than all the Refused Securities (any such sale to be in the manner and on the terms specified in Section 5(c) above), then each Qualified Holder may, at its sole option and in its sole discretion, reduce the number or amount of the Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance to an amount that shall be not less than the number or amount of the Offered Securities that such Qualified Holder elected to purchase pursuant to Section 5(b) above multiplied by a fraction, (A) the numerator of which shall be the number or amount of Offered Securities the Company actually proposes to issue, sell or exchange (including Offered Securities to be issued or sold to Qualified Holders pursuant to this Section 5 prior to such reduction) and (B) the denominator of which shall be the original amount of the Offered Securities. In the event that any Qualified Holder so elects to reduce the number or amount of Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance, the Company may not issue, sell or exchange more than the reduced number or amount of the Offered Securities unless and until such securities have again been offered to the Qualified Holders in accordance with Section 5(a) above.

 

e) Upon the closing of the issuance, sale or exchange of all or less than all of the Refused Securities, such Qualified Holder shall acquire from the Company, and the Company shall issue to such Qualified Holder, the number or amount of Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance, as reduced pursuant to Section 5(d) above if such Qualified Holder has so elected, upon the terms and conditions specified in the Offer. The purchase by such Qualified Holder of any Offered Securities is subject in all cases to the preparation, execution and delivery by the Company and such Qualified Holder of a separate purchase agreement relating to such Offered Securities reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to such Qualified Holder and its counsel.

 

f) Any Offered Securities not acquired by a Qualified Holder or other Persons in accordance with this Section 5 may not be issued, sold or exchanged until they are again offered to such Qualified Holder under the procedures specified in this Agreement.

 

g) The Company and each Qualified Holder agree that if any Qualified Holder elects to participate in the Offer, neither the Subsequent Placement Agreement with respect to such Offer nor any other transaction documents related thereto (collectively, the “Subsequent Placement Documents”) shall include any term or provision whereby such Qualified Holder shall be required to agree to any restrictions on trading as to any securities of the Company or be required to consent to any amendment to or termination of, or grant any waiver, release or the like under or in connection with, any agreement previously entered into with the Company or any instrument received from the Company.

 

h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5 and unless otherwise agreed to by such Qualified Holder, the Company shall either confirm in writing to such Qualified Holder that the transaction with respect to the Subsequent Placement has been abandoned or shall publicly disclose its intention to issue the Offered Securities, in either case, in such a manner such that such Qualified Holder will not be in possession of any material, non-public information, by the 9:30 am (New York time) second (2nd) Business Day following delivery of the Offer Notice. If by 9:30 am (New York time) on such second (2nd) Business Day, no public disclosure regarding a transaction with respect to the Offered Securities has been made, and no notice regarding the abandonment of such transaction has been received by such Qualified Holder, such transaction shall be deemed to have been abandoned and such Qualified Holder shall not be in possession of any material, non-public information with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Should the Company decide to pursue such transaction with respect to the Offered Securities, the Company shall provide such Qualified Holder with another Offer Notice and such Qualified Holder will again have the right of participation set forth in this Section 5. The Company shall not be permitted to deliver more than one such Offer Notice to such Qualified Holder in any sixty (60) day period, except as expressly contemplated by the last sentence of Section 5(b).

 

18

 

 

i) The restrictions contained in this Section 5 shall not apply in connection with the issuance of any Exempt Issuance. The Company shall not circumvent the provisions of this Section 5 by providing terms or conditions to one Qualified Holder that are not provided to all Qualified Holders.

 

Section 5. Forced Exercise.

 

(a) General. Subject to Section 2(e), if at any time after the six month anniversary of the Issue Date (x) the VWAP of the shares of Common Stock listed on the principal Trading Market exceeds [200% of the Initial Exercise Price] (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, recapitalizations and similar events) (the “Forced Exercise Minimum Price”) for ten (10) consecutive Trading Days (each, a “Forced Exercise Measuring Period”) and (y) no Equity Conditions Failure then exists (unless waived, in whole or in part, in writing by the Holder (and, if in part, only to the extent of the Warrant Shares applicable to such partial waiver)) (collectively, the “Forced Exercise Conditions”), the Company shall have the right to require the Holder to exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 2 into up to such aggregate number of fully paid, validly issued and non-assessable Warrant Shares equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate number of all remaining Warrant Shares available for purchase hereunder, (ii) the aggregate number of Warrant Shares then permitted to be issued to the Holder in compliance with Section 2(e) above, and (iii) the Holder’s Forced Exercise Limitation (such lesser number of Warrant Shares, the “Maximum Forced Exercise Share Amount”) as designated in the applicable Forced Exercise Notice (as defined below) to be issued and delivered in accordance with Section 1(a) hereof (each, a “Forced Exercise”).

 

(b) Mechanics. The Company may exercise its right to require a Forced Exercise under this Section 5 on the Trading Day immediately following any Forced Exercise Measuring Period by delivering a written notice thereof, by electronic mail to all, but not less than all, of the holders of the Registered Warrants (each, a “Forced Exercise Notice”, and the date thereof, each a “Forced Exercise Notice Date”). For purposes of Section 2(a) hereof, “Forced Exercise Notice” shall be deemed to replace “Exercise Notice” for all purposes thereunder as if the Holder delivered an Exercise Notice to the Company on the Forced Exercise Notice Date, mutatis mutandis. Each Forced Exercise Notice shall be irrevocable. The Company may only deliver one Forced Exercise Notice in any given twenty (20) Trading Day period. Each Forced Exercise Notice shall (x) state that the Company is electing to effect a Forced Exercise on the second (2nd) Trading Day following the applicable Forced Exercise Notice Date (the “Forced Exercise Date”), (y) state the aggregate number of Warrant Shares to be exercised by the Holder (not in excess of the Maximum Forced Exercise Share Amount) and all of the holders of the Registered Warrants on the Forced Exercise Date (subject to any adjustments thereto pursuant to Section 3 that may occur prior to the Forced Exercise Date), and (z) contain a certification from an officer or director of the Company that the Forced Exercise Conditions shall have been satisfied as of the Forced Exercise Notice Date.

 

(c) Pro Rata Exercise Requirement. If the Company elects to cause a Forced Exercise of this Warrant pursuant to this Section 5, then it must simultaneously take the same action in the same proportion with respect to all of the Registered Warrants .

 

Section 6. Miscellaneous.

 

a) No Rights as Stockholder until Exercise; No Settlement in Cash. This Warrant does not entitle the Holder to any voting rights, dividends or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof as set forth in Section 2(d)(i), except as expressly set forth in Section 3. Without limiting any rights of a Holder to receive Warrant Shares on a “cashless exercise” pursuant to Section 2(c) or to receive cash payments pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) and Section 2(d)(iv) herein, including if the Company is for any reason unable to issue and deliver Warrant Shares upon exercise of this Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof, in no event shall the Company be required to net cash settle an exercise of this Warrant or cash settle in any other form.

 

b) Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant. The Company covenants that upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant or any stock certificate relating to the Warrant Shares, and in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it (which, in the case of the Warrant, shall not include the posting of any bond), and upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or stock certificate, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate of like tenor and dated as of such cancellation, in lieu of such Warrant or stock certificate.

 

19

 

 

c) Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a Business Day, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

d) Authorized Shares.

 

The Company covenants that, during the period the Warrant is outstanding, it will reserve from its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon the exercise of any purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company further covenants that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of issuing the necessary Warrant Shares upon the exercise of the purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company will take all such reasonable action as may be necessary to assure that such Warrant Shares may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of the Trading Market upon which the shares of Common Stock may be listed. The Company covenants that all Warrant Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant and payment for such Warrant Shares in accordance herewith, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges created by the Company in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue).

 

Except and to the extent as waived or consented to by the Holder, the Company shall not by any action, including, without limitation, amending its certificate of incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to protect the rights of Holder as set forth in this Warrant against impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will (i) not increase the par value of any Warrant Shares above the amount payable therefor upon such exercise immediately prior to such increase in par value, (ii) take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all such authorizations, exemptions or consents from any public regulatory body having jurisdiction thereof, as may be, necessary to enable the Company to perform its obligations under this Warrant.

 

Before taking any action which would result in an adjustment in the number of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable or in the Exercise Price, the Company shall obtain all such authorizations or exemptions thereof, or consents thereto, as may be necessary from any public regulatory body or bodies having jurisdiction thereof.

 

e) Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Each party agrees that all legal proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Warrant (whether brought against a party hereto or their respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees or agents) shall be commenced exclusively in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is improper or is an inconvenient venue for such proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Warrant and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. If either party shall commence an action, suit or proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Warrant, the prevailing party in such action, suit or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for their reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this paragraph shall limit or restrict the federal district court in which a Holder may bring a claim under the U.S. federal securities laws.

 

20

 

 

f) Restrictions. The Holder acknowledges that the Warrant Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Warrant, if not registered, and the Holder does not utilize cashless exercise, will have restrictions upon resale imposed by state and federal securities laws.

 

g) Non-waiver and Expenses. No course of dealing or any delay or failure to exercise any right hereunder on the part of Holder shall operate as a waiver of such right or otherwise prejudice the Holder’s rights, powers or remedies. No provision of this Warrant shall be construed as a waiver by the Holder of any rights which the Holder may have under the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Without limiting any other provision of this Warrant, if the Company willfully and knowingly fails to comply with any provision of this Warrant, which results in any material damages to the Holder, the Company shall pay to the Holder such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover any costs and expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, including those of appellate proceedings, incurred by the Holder in collecting any amounts due pursuant hereto or in otherwise enforcing any of its rights, powers or remedies hereunder.

 

h) Notices. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Holders hereunder including, without limitation, any Notice of Exercise, shall be in writing and delivered personally, by e-mail, or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, addressed to the Company, at 30 Wellington Street West, 5th Floor, Toronto, ON M5L 1E2, Canada, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, email address: [*], or such other email address or address as the Company may specify for such purposes by notice to the Holders. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Company hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally, by e-mail, or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service addressed to each Holder at the e-mail address or address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Company. Any notice or other communication or deliveries hereunder shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (i) the time of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via e-mail at the e-mail address set forth in this Section prior to 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any date, (ii) the next Trading Day after the time of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via e-mail at the e-mail address set forth in this Section on a day that is not a Trading Day or later than 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any Trading Day, (iii) the second Trading Day following the date of mailing, if sent by U.S. nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (iv) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given. To the extent that any notice provided hereunder constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company or any Subsidiaries, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission pursuant to a Report on Form 6-K.

 

i) Limitation of Liability. No provision hereof, in the absence of any affirmative action by the Holder to exercise this Warrant to purchase Warrant Shares, and no enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder, shall give rise to any liability of the Holder for the purchase price of any shares of Common Stock or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

 

j) Remedies. The Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Warrant. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Warrant and hereby agrees to waive and not to assert the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

k) Successors and Assigns. Subject to applicable securities laws, this Warrant and the rights and obligations evidenced hereby shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Company and the successors and permitted assigns of Holder. The provisions of this Warrant are intended to be for the benefit of any Holder from time to time of this Warrant and shall be enforceable by the Holder or holder of Warrant Shares.

 

l) Amendment. This Warrant may be modified or amended or the provisions hereof waived with the written consent of the Company, on the one hand, and the Holder, on the other hand.

 

m) Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Warrant shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Warrant shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provisions or the remaining provisions of this Warrant.

 

n) Headings. The headings used in this Warrant are for the convenience of reference only and shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Warrant.

 

o) Warrant Agent Agreement. If this Warrant is held in global form through DTC (or any successor depositary), this Warrant is issued subject to the Warrant Agent Agreement. To the extent any provision of this Warrant conflicts with the express provisions of the Warrant Agent Agreement, the provisions of this Warrant shall govern and be controlling.

 

********************

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

21

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above indicated.

 

  BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.
     
  By:  
    Aneil Manhas
    Chief Executive Officer

 

22

 

 

ANNEX A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO: BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

 

(1) The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ________ Warrant Shares of the Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant (only if exercised in full), and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

(2) Payment shall take the form of (check applicable box):

 

☐ in lawful money of the United States; or

 

☐ if permitted the cancellation of such number of Warrant Shares as is necessary, in accordance with the formula set forth in subsection 2(c), to exercise this Warrant with respect to the maximum number of Warrant Shares purchasable pursuant to the cashless exercise procedure set forth in subsection 2(c).

 

(3) Please issue said Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

_______________________________

 

The Warrant Shares shall be delivered to the following DWAC Account Number:

_______________________________

_______________________________

_______________________________

 

[SIGNATURE OF HOLDER]

 

Name of Investing Entity: _______________________________________________________________________

Signature of Authorized Signatory of Investing Entity: _________________________________________________

Name of Authorized Signatory: ___________________________________________________________________

Title of Authorized Signatory: ____________________________________________________________________

Date: _______________________________________________________________________________________

 

23

 

 

ANNEX B

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

(To assign the foregoing Warrant, execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to purchase shares.)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to:

 

Name:  
  (Please Print)
   
Address:  
  (Please Print)
   
Phone Number:  
   
Email Address:  
   
Dated: _______________ __, ______  

 

Holder’s Signature:    
     
Holder’s Address:    

 

(Signature Guaranteed): Date: ___________________, _____

 

Signature to be guaranteed by an authorized officer of a chartered bank, trust company or medallion guaranteed by an investment dealer who is a member of a recognized stock exchange.

 

24

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

DuMoulin Black LLP

10th Floor 595 Howe Street

Vancouver BC Canada V6C 2T5

www.dumoulinblack.com

 

Telephone No. (604) 687-1224

 

 

  File No. 5680-004

 

July 29, 2022

 

Bruush Oral Care Inc.

128 West Hastings Street, Unit 210

Vancouver, British Columbia V6B 1G8

Canada

 

Dear Sirs/Mesdames:

 

Re: Bruush Oral Care Inc. (the “Company”)

 

We are British Columbia (the “Province”) securities counsel for the Company and are rendering this opinion in connection with the filing of a registration statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with respect to the offering made pursuant to an underwriting agreement between the Company and Aegis Capital Corp. (the “Underwriter”) pursuant to which the Company has agreed to offer and sell to the Underwriter (the “Offering”): (i) units (“Offered Units”), each Offered Unit consisting of one common share of the Company (an “Offered Share”) and one common share purchase warrant (an “Offered Warrant”) exercisable to purchase one common share of the Company (an “Offered Warrant Share”) at a price equal to the Offering price per Unit, (ii) pre-funded units (“Pre-Funded Units”) to be issued in lieu of the Offered Units, with each Pre-Funded Unit consisting of a pre-funded warrant (an “Offered Pre-Funded Warrant”) to purchase one common share of the Company (an “Offered Pre-Funded Warrant Share”) at a price of $0.001 and one Offered Warrant, and (iii) additional Offered Shares (the “Additional Shares”) and/or Offered Pre-Funded Warrants (the “Additional Pre-Funded Warrants ”) representing up to 15% of the Offered Units sold in the Offering, and/or additional Offered Warrants (“Additional Offered Warrants”) representing up to 15% of the Offered Units sold in the Offering, all pursuant to the over-allotment option granted to the Underwriter, all as further described in the Registration Statement.

 

Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references hereinafter to: (i) the “Shares” shall mean, collectively, the Offered Shares and the Additional Shares; (ii) the “Pre-Funded Warrants” shall mean, collectively, the Offered Pre-Funded Warrants and the Additional Pre-Funded Warrants; (iii) the “Warrants” shall mean, collectively, the Offered Warrants and the Additional Offered Warrants; (iv) the “Pre-Funded Warrant Shares” shall mean, collectively, the Offered Pre-Funded Warrant Shares purchasable under the Pre-Funded Warrants; and (v) the “Warrant Shares” shall mean, collectively, the Offered Warrant Shares purchasable under the Warrants; and “Securities” shall mean, collectively, the Shares, the Pre-Funded Warrants, the Pre-Funded Warrant Shares, the Warrants and the Warrant Shares.

 

For the purposes of our opinion below, we have relied solely on:

 

(i) a certificate of an officer of the Company (the “Officer’s Certificate”) dated the date hereof certifying the Certificate of Incorporation, Notice of Articles and Articles of the Company; and

 

 
-2-

 

(ii) a certificate dated July 28, 2022 (the “Certificate of Good Standing”) issued pursuant to the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) (the “BCBCA”) relating to the Company.

 

Whenever our opinion refers to shares of the Company whether issued or to be issued, as being “fully paid and non-assessable”, such opinion indicates that the holder of such shares will not be liable to contribute any further amounts to the Company by virtue of its status as a holder of such shares, either in order to complete payment for the shares or to generally satisfy claims of creditors of the Company. No opinion is expressed as to actual receipt by the Company of the consideration for the issuance of such shares or as to the adequacy of any consideration received.

 

We have also examined and relied upon such other documents as we have deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinions hereinafter expressed. We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity at all relevant times of any individual signing such documents, the authenticity and completeness of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies or facsimiles (including scanned copies provided by email), and the authenticity of the originals of such certified or photostatic copies or facsimiles and the truth and accuracy of all corporate records of the Company and certificates of officers provided to us by the Company.

 

We are solicitors qualified to practice law in the Province only and we express no opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction, or as to any matters governed by the laws of any jurisdiction, other than the laws of the Province and the laws of Canada applicable therein. The opinions herein are based on the laws of the Province and the laws of Canada applicable therein in effect on the date hereof.

 

The opinions expressed below are given as of the date of this letter and are not prospective. We disclaim any obligation to advise the addressees or any other person of any change in law or any fact which may come or be brought to our attention after the date of this letter.

 

In rendering the opinion expressed in paragraph 1 hereof, we have relied exclusively and without independent investigation upon the Certificate of Good Standing, which we assume continues to be accurate on the date hereof.

 

Our opinions expressed in paragraphs 2 through 4 hereof are subject to the qualification that all necessary corporate action will have been taken in accordance with the BCBCA to duly authorize the issuance, sale and delivery of the applicable Securities including, without limitation, to set the issue price therefor.

 

Other than our review of the Officer’s Certificate, we have not undertaken any special or independent investigation to determine the existence or absence of any facts or circumstances on which our opinions herein are based, and no inference as to our knowledge of the existence of such facts or circumstances should be drawn merely from our representation of the Company.

 

Based and relying upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions and qualifications expressed above and below, we are of the opinion that:

 

1. the Company was duly incorporated as a company under the laws of the Province, is a valid and existing company and is, with respect to the filing of annual reports, in good standing;

 

 
-3-

 

2. upon full receipt of payment of the issue price of the Shares and the issuance thereof, the Shares will be validly issued as fully paid and non-assessable shares in the capital of the Company;
   
3. upon receipt by the Company of the exercise price in full for the Warrant Shares and the issuance of the Warrant Shares in consideration for such exercise price in accordance with the terms of the Warrants, the Warrant Shares will be validly issued as fully paid and non-assessable shares in the capital of the Company;
   
4. upon receipt by the Company of the exercise price in full for the Pre-Funded Warrant Shares and the issuance of the Pre-Funded Warrant Shares in consideration for such exercise price in accordance with the terms of the Pre-Funded Warrants, the Pre-Funded Warrant Shares will be validly issued as fully paid and non-assessable shares in the capital of the Company.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Yours truly,

 

/s/ DuMoulin Black LLP

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

ENDORSEMENT AND PROMOTIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This Endorsement and Promotional Services Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 29th day of October 2020 (the “Effective Date”) by and between K. Hart Enterprises, Inc. (“Furnishing Company”), a California corporation, for the services of Kevin Hart (“Talent”) and Bruush Oral Care Inc. (“Bruush”), a British Columbia corporation. Furnishing Company and Bruush may sometimes be referred to herein collectively as the “Parties” and each individually as a “Party.”

 

WHEREAS, Furnishing Company has the authority to furnish the services of Talent to Bruush in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof;

 

WHEREAS, Bruush is a manufacturer and distributor of oral care products under the brand name “Brüush” (individually or collectively, the “Brand”);

 

WHEREAS, in consideration for the compensation set forth herein, Furnishing Company will provide, and will cause Talent to provide, certain promotional benefits and services to Bruush in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth in this Agreement, the adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties each intending to be legally bound by this Agreement, do promise and agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions.

 

1.01 “Talent Attributes” means trade names, corporate names or other commercial designations of Talent, Talent’s social media handles, and Talent’s name, professional name, sobriquet, image, likeness, biographical material, voice, performance, statements about or attributed to Talent, or other identifying material.

 

1.02 “Talent Content” means all content, materials and other deliverables provided by a Talent Party or Talent to a Bruush Party pursuant to this Agreement, whether written, audio, visual, audio-visual, and/or otherwise including Talent’s contributions to any Talent Posts (as defined herein).

 

1.03 “Talent Party(ies)” means Furnishing Company or any of its parents, affiliates, or subsidiaries, Talent or Talent’s affiliates.

 

1
 

 

1.06 “Bruush Content” means all content, materials and other deliverables provided by a Bruush Party to a Talent Party and/or Talent pursuant to this Agreement and/or otherwise created by Bruush hereunder, whether written, audio, visual, audio- visual, including any spots, interviews, messaging or other materials or content featuring Talent Attributes or Talent Content that are created by Bruush hereunder and portions of any Talent Post contributed by Bruush.

 

1.07 “Bruush Marks” means Bruush’s service marks, trademarks, logos, trade names, corporate names, trade dress, slogans or other commercial designations of Bruush, including the Brand.

 

1.08 “Bruush Party(ies)” means Bruush or any of its parents, affiliates and subsidiaries their respective agents or contractors, including without limitation, any third- party advertising agency engaged by Bruush but solely to the extent of, and in connection with, fulfilling any of Bruush’s obligations in connection with this Agreement and/or any promotions or advertising conducted by Bruush in connection with this Agreement, provided that, Bruush will contractually require any such party to comply with the terms hereof that apply to fulfillment of such Bruush obligations hereunder.

 

1.09 “Territory” means the United States and Canada but worldwide with respect to the Internet.

 

2. Purpose; Publicity; Inducement Letter.

 

2.01 Purpose. The Parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is to set forth the terms and conditions on which Talent will provide certain promotional services and benefits to Bruush expressly set forth herein which are, in each case, in connection with one or more promotional campaigns to be conducted by Bruush during the Term to promote its oral care products and Talent’s endorsement thereof (the “Campaign”).

 

2.02 Publicity. During the Term, Bruush will be entitled to create various mutually agreed public relations and marketing materials regarding Talent’s association with Bruush in connection with the Campaign, which may include one (1) press release to announce the collaboration with Talent (the “Press Release”). Furnishing Company will cause Talent’s publicist to collaborate with Bruush to review and edit the Press Release and, at Talent’s publicist’s election, assist in its distribution. The content and method of distribution of all such materials (including the Press Release) shall be mutually agreed upon by Bruush and Furnishing Company and Bruush will meaningfully consult with Furnishing Company regarding the timing of distribution of any such approved materials (provided that the timing of the Press Release will be subject to mutual approval but will occur promptly following commencement of the Term or in conjunction with launch of the first Campaign hereunder). Further, Furnishing Company will cause Talent to review and approve five (5) Talent quotes regarding Bruush products, the Campaign, and/or Talent’s relationship with the Brand for use by Bruush in the Press Release and to promote the Campaign throughout the Term. Talent will have approval over the context in which each quote will be used.

 

2
 

 

2.03 Inducement. Furnishing Company will cause Talent to execute an inducement letter in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and deliver such letter to Bruush as a condition to Bruush entering into this Agreement.

 

3. Term; Optional Renewal Term:

 

3.01 Initial Term. The initial term (the “Initial Term”) of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and expire two (2) years following the date of the first public announcement of the Campaign hereunder or first public mention of Talent (if earlier) (including any social media posts by Bruush or Talent) (such date, the “First Air Date”). “Year 1” of the Term shall be the period commencing on the First Air Date and ending on the first anniversary of the First Air Date, provided that Year 1 of the Initial Term shall not extend later than December 31, 2021 (the “Year 1 End Date”); “Year 2” of the Term shall be the period commencing on the first day immediately following the Year 1 End Date (“Year 2 Commencement Date”) and ending on first anniversary of the Year 1 End Date provided that Year 2 of the Initial Term shall not extend later than December 31, 2022.

 

3.02. Renewal Term. In addition, during the Renewal Negotiation Period (as defined below), Furnishing Company grants Bruush the exclusive right within the Competitive Category (as defined below) to negotiate an extension of the Term for a mutually-agreed additional period, which would commence as of the first day immediately following the date of expiration of the Initial Term, of no less than six (6) months and no longer than two (2) years (the “Renewal Term”). Specifically, during the period of sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term (the “Renewal Negotiation Period”), Furnishing Company will negotiate in good faith exclusively with Bruush within the Competitive Category for the terms of the Renewal Term provided that such terms and conditions shall be no less favorable than the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement with respect to the Initial Term. If no agreement is reached during the Renewal Negotiation Period, the Term shall expire at the end of the Initial Term. The Initial Term and/or Renewal Term, if any, shall collectively be referred to herein as the Term.” During the Renewal Negotiation Period, Furnishing Company and Talent will not engage in any negotiations or discussions with any Competitor (as defined below) for any deal which would be prohibited by the terms of Section 5 (Exclusivity) below.

 

3.03 Termination. The provisions of this Section 3 shall be in effect subject to the termination provisions set forth in this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event termination occurs during the Initial Term, there will be no Renewal Term.

 

3
 

 

4. Compensation; Bruush Deliverables

 

4.01 Cash Fee. In consideration of the rights and benefits granted to Bruush hereunder during the Initial Term, Bruush will pay to Furnishing Company a total cash fee (the “Fee”) of One Million and Five Hundred Thousand U.S. Dollars (US$1,500,000), on a pay-or-play basis, as follows:

 

(a) The first installment of Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand U.S. Dollars (US$750,000) of the Fee (the “Initial Installment”) will be due and payable on the earlier of full execution of this Agreement (including the inducement letter by Talent) and one (1) day prior to the first date of Talent’s services under this Agreement, provided that for the avoidance of doubt, there will be no use of Talent’s name or Talent Attributes, and Talent shall not be required to render any services hereunder, until the entire Initial Installment has been received by Talent’s business manager; and

 

(b) The second installment of Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand U.S. Dollars (US$750,000) of the Fee (the “Second Installment”) will be due and payable on earlier of (i) one (1) day prior to the Service Day referenced in Section 6.02(B), or (ii) the commencement date of Year 2 of the Initial Term, provided that, there will be no use of Talent’s name or Talent Attributes permitted in Year 2 of the Initial Term, and Talent shall not be required to render any services in Year 2 of the Initial Term hereunder, or on the Service Day referenced in Section 6.02(B) if such Service Day is scheduled to occur prior to the Year 2 Commencement Date, until the entire Second Installment has been received by Talent’s business manager.

 

4.02 Royalty. In consideration of the rights and benefits granted to Bruush hereunder during the Initial Term, Bruush will pay Furnishing Company a royalty of three percent (3%) of all (i.e.,100%) Revenues (the “Royalty”). “Revenues” shall mean all gross revenues actually received by or credited to Bruush (or any of Bruush’s affiliates or unaffiliated third parties who receive any such revenues on Bruush’s behalf) during the Term from the sales of any Bruush electric toothbrush kits and/or other products or services of Bruush (which for clarity includes any subscription fees for subscriptions to Bruush products or services that are offered by Bruush, if any) taking into account any customer returns, credits or refunds and less any platform processing fees (e.g., Shopify) actually paid by Bruush to unaffiliated third-party companies, credit card processing fees actually paid by Bruush to unaffiliated third-party credit card companies and legally required sales taxes actually paid by Bruush, or with respect to any sales outside of the US and Canada any legally required value-added or goods and services taxes actually paid by Bruush and in respect of which Bruush is not entitled to any credit.

 

4
 

 

4.03 Payment Terms. Bruush will make each payment of the Fee on or prior to the date on which such payment is due in accordance with Section 4.01 hereof. Furnishing Company will provide an invoice accurately reflecting that such payment is due. Accounting of any royalties shall be made on a quarterly basis during the Term and statements (setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount of the Royalty payment) and accompanying payments shall be provided to Furnishing Company within forty-five (45) days following the end of the applicable quarterly period. All payments due to Furnishing Company hereunder including payment of the Fee and payment of Royalties shall be made by wire transfer to an account designated by Furnishing Company in writing to Bruush. Furnishing Company and Talent agree to provide or execute such tax-related forms (e.g., W-9) and other documents as may be legally required in connection therewith. Except as otherwise set forth herein, Bruush shall not be required to make any payments to Furnishing Company or Talent of any nature for, or in connection with, the acquisition, exercise, or exploitation of the rights granted to Bruush hereunder.

 

4.04 Equity. In consideration of the rights and benefits granted to Bruush hereunder during the Initial Term, Bruush shall (i) issue to Talent or Talent’s designated entity 309,498 Class B common shares of Bruush constituting two percent (2%) of the total (i.e., 100%) outstanding common shares of Bruush as of the Effective Date (the “Class B Shares”); or (ii) grant to Talent or Talent’s designated entity stock options to acquire 309,498 Class B Shares on terms to be negotiated in good faith pursuant to the Equity Documents (as defined below) (the “Class B Options”). The Class B Shares or Class B Options, as applicable, shall be issued to Talent or Talent’s designated entity pursuant to a mutually-agreed schedule and subject to the execution by the Parties of such additional mutually-agreed documents that are reasonably required by any Party in connection with such issuance or grant, as applicable (the “Equity Documents”) and that will be negotiated in good faith by the Parties no later than seven (7) business days or such later period that is mutually-agreed to in writing by the Parties following the execution of this Agreement.

 

5
 

 

4.05 Bruush Products. During each of the two (2) holiday seasons occurring during the Initial Term (i.e., likely to be November-December 2020 and 2021 time periods), Bruush shall, on behalf of Talent (indicated as “A gift from Kevin Hart”), and at Bruush’s sole expense, gift no less than one hundred (100) Bruush electric toothbrush kits (“Required Gifted Products”) to high-profile and other friends of Talent and family members of Talent who are located within the United States or Canada, as designated by Talent. Furnishing Company will provide Bruush with a list of such gift recipients together with addresses where such gifts should be sent no later than December 1st of the applicable holiday season for this purpose. During the Initial Term, Furnishing Company and/or Talent may continue to request Bruush to gift a mutually-agreed number of Bruush electric toothbrush kits to Talent’s high-profile and other friends and family who are located within the United States or Canada, subject to their availability. Subject to their availability, during the Initial Term, Bruush will use best efforts to provide Talent and Talent’s immediate family with Bruush electric toothbrush kits on a gratis basis for Talent’s and Talent’s immediate family’s personal use. Any names and/or addresses provided to Bruush in connection with this Section 4.05 will be considered Confidential Information of Furnishing Company (not subject to the exceptions of Paragraph 14.03) for the purposes of this Agreement. Bruush will not send any such recipients of gifts any unsolicited mail, email or other communications unless such recipients affirmatively opt- in to receive such communications from Bruush. To the extent Furnishing Company or Talent are required to pay any out-of-pocket, income taxes to the Internal Revenue Service or the California Franchise Tax Board(“Tax Regulator”) on the amount of any Required Gifted Products gifted by Bruush pursuant to this Paragraph 4.05 to any third parties (i.e., other than any taxes relating to those products that are provided to Talent to perform his obligations hereunder and/or provided to any friends or family members of Talent upon Talent’s request) (the “Gift-Related Tax”), Bruush will reimburse Furnishing Company or Talent for the amount of the Gift-Related Tax actually paid by Furnishing Company or Talent to the Tax Regulator (grossed up for the amount of any tax payable by Furnishing Company or Talent to the Tax Regulator on the reimbursable amount of the Gift-Related Tax paid hereunder) subject to receipt by Bruush of reasonable documents evidencing the Gift-Related Tax (and grossed up amount) payment made by Furnishing Company or Talent to the Tax Regulator.

 

6
 

 

4.06 SAG-AFTRA. The Parties agree that the performing services hereunder (the “SAG-AFTRA Services”) will be subject to the SAG-AFTRA Commercials Contract (the “SAG-AFTRA Agreement”), and Talent will be engaged by a SAG-AFTRA signatory (the “Signatory”) in connection therewith. Bruush shall cause the Signatory to assign in writing to Bruush any usage rights that may be obtained by the Signatory under the SAG- AFTRA Agreement and/or Exhibit A-1, and Bruush’s usage rights shall be governed by the usage terms set forth in this Agreement. Bruush shall contractually ensure that the Signatory does not exercise any usage or other rights that may be obtained by the Signatory under the SAG-AFTRA Agreement and/or Exhibit A-1. Bruush agrees to directly pay, or cause to be directly paid, benefits contributions on the Fee specified in Section 4.01 hereunder allocated to the SAG-AFTRA Services, which amount equals One Hundred Thousand U.S. Dollars (US$100,000) (the “SAG-AFTRA Fee”), as required under the SAG- AFTRA Agreement. The Parties agree that all amounts of the SAG-AFTRA Fee in excess of 200% of the applicable minimum session fee under the SAG-AFTRA Agreement shall be applicable against any additional payment due to Talent, including but not limited to use fees and holding fees, if any, under the SAG-AFTRA Agreement (all of which use and holding fees are to be calculated at the minimum amounts required thereunder). To the extent any of the provisions of the SAG-AFTRA Agreement are more favorable to Talent than those contained in this Agreement, the more favorable provision of the SAG-AFTRA Agreement shall govern but only to the minimum extent necessary to comply with the SAG-AFTRA Agreement. In accordance with the foregoing, Talent agrees to execute and deliver to Bruush or its designee for the SAG-AFTRA Services the standard talent engagement agreement, attached hereto as “Exhibit A-1,” and the compensation payable to Talent by Bruush or its designee thereunder shall serve to satisfy the amount of compensation payable to Talent under the terms as set forth in the Agreement. The Parties agree that the terms and conditions of Exhibit A-1 are subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and that in the event of a conflict between Exhibit A-1 and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

4.07 Accounting and Audit Rights. Bruush shall maintain complete and accurate books and records concerning any sales and distribution of its products and services to the extent necessary to verify its Royalty obligations to Furnishing Company hereunder (“Books and Records”). A certified public accountant (“Auditor”) on Furnishing Company’s behalf, at Furnishing Company’s cost, may examine and make copies of Bruush’s Books and Records solely for the purpose of verifying the accuracy of Royalty payments and statements sent to Furnishing Company hereunder and subject to such Auditor signing an appropriate mutually agreeable confidentiality agreement that prohibits any disclosure of any information including copies of Books and Records derived from any audit other than to Furnishing Company, Talent or their respective advisors or representatives, as required by law or court order or to enforce the terms of this Agreement. Any such audit shall be conducted reasonably in a manner so as to not disrupt Bruush’s other functions and shall take place at Bruush’s office where such Books and Records are kept, during regular business hours and upon reasonable advance written notice of no less than thirty (30) days. Furnishing Company shall not conduct any audit more frequently than once a year. Bruush will maintain such Books and Records for each quarterly accounting period, and Furnishing Company’s audit rights shall expire, two (2) years following the receipt by Furnishing Company and its designated representative of the applicable statement. Bruush shall promptly make all undisputed underpayments of Royalties revealed by an audit. Auditor will furnish a copy of its audit report to Bruush no later than thirty (30) days following completion of the audit.

 

7
 

 

5. Exclusivity.

 

5.01 During the Initial Term, neither Furnishing Company nor Talent shall grant any third party manufacturer and/or distributor of any oral care products, and/or subscription services for such products (“Services”), as its primary business other than Bruush, including but not limited to, Oral B, Philips, Quip, Burst, Goby and Shyn (each, a “Competitor”) in the market category of oral care products or Services, (the “Competitive Category”) any rights to use Talent Attributes in any advertising, promotional or marketing promotions or campaigns or materials in connection therewith (“Promotional Rights”), in the Territory. During the Initial Term, neither Furnishing Company nor Talent shall grant Promotional Rights or appear in any Competitor’s campaign in the Territory, nor appear as an actor or spokesperson in any advertisements or commercials that originate in the Territory, for any products or Services in the Competitive Category (“Competitive Products”). Additionally, during the Term, Furnishing Company will not make, and will cause Talent to not make, negative public statements about or disparage Bruush or its products or Services, or make any positive testimonials or endorsements about any Competitive Products or Competitor publicly.

 

5.02 Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, Talent’s appearance in, association with and/or participation in any motion picture, television program, appearance, live show, event, Internet program, charitable, entertainment or other project/production regardless of its sponsorship or Competitive Product placement therein (including merchandising and commercial tie-ins in connection therewith), shall not be deemed to be a breach hereof, provided that Talent does not directly endorse a Competitor or Competitive Product in connection therewith.

 

6. Talent Personal Services.

 

6.01 Campaign Sessions. Furnishing Company will cause Talent to participate in one (1) introductory session for up to thirty (30) minutes on a mutually agreed date and time following the Effective Date and prior to the First Air Date via any mutually agreed remote communication medium by which participants can clearly hear and/or see each other (Skype, Zoom, WebEx, phone etc.) during which Talent will be presented with Bruush’s vision and direction for the Campaign. Thereafter, during each of Year 1 and Year 2 of the Initial Term, Furnishing Company will cause Talent to participate in one (1) ongoing collaboration meeting for up to thirty (30) minutes in duration per meeting regarding the Campaign with Bruush representatives via any mutually-agreed remote communication medium by which participants can clearly hear and/or see each other (Skype, Zoom, WebEx, phone etc.) on an as-needed basis on mutually-agreed dates and times subject to Talent’s professional commitments and schedule.

 

8
 

 

6.02 Service Days. During the Initial Term, Furnishing Company will cause Talent to provide Bruush with (A) one (1) full service day or two (2) half service days (in each case, to be mutually determined) (each, a “Service Day”) for the purpose of enabling Bruush to produce certain mutually agreed Bruush Content relating to Bruush and for the launch of the Campaign during the first holiday season occurring during the Initial Term (i.e., such holiday season is likely to be November-December 2020, and such Service Day is scheduled to occur on October 31, 2020), and (B) one (1) full Service Day or two (2) half Service Days (in each case, to be mutually determined) for the purpose of enabling Bruush to produce certain mutually agreed Bruush Content relating to Bruush for release of the Campaign during the subsequent holiday season occurring during the Initial Term (i.e., such holiday season is likely to be November-December 2021). One (1) full Service Day shall mean Talent’s services for up to ten (10) consecutive hours duration inclusive of any travel time between locations during the Service Day and time (of no more than two hours in the aggregate) for hair, make-up and/or styling of Talent (“Glam”), meals and reasonable breaks but exclusive of any travel time provided that Talent will not be required to expend more than one (1) hour of ground travel to and from the location of the Service Day and Talent’s then-current location, and one (1) half Service Day shall mean Talent’s services for up to five (5) consecutive hours duration inclusive of any travel time between locations during the Service Day and time (of no more than one hour in the aggregate) for Glam, meals and reasonable breaks but exclusive of any travel time provided that Talent will not be required to expend more than one (1) hour of ground travel to and from the location of the Service Day and Talent’s then-current location. On such Service Days and in each case as mutually agreed, Furnishing Company will cause Talent to permit Bruush or its designee to film, photograph and/or record Talent in order to enable Bruush to photograph, record and produce audio, visual or audio-visual Bruush Content, which may include behind-the-scenes content and photographs (plus a reasonable number of cut-down versions) for use in connection with the Campaign. Bruush will provide Talent with a creative brief as to the content to be captured at any Service Day. The content to be photographed, recorded or filmed and manner in which such content will be photographed, recorded or filmed on any Service Day will be mutually agreed by Bruush and Talent in writing in advance of each Service Day. The Service Days will be on mutually agreed dates, times and locations in the United States or Canada during the Term, and any scheduling of a Service Day will take into account Talent’s professional commitments and availability. Bruush or a Bruush Party shall arrange and coordinate all logistics of such Service Day, including the venue and hiring of a videographer and the photographer, director and/or producer, in each case as approved by Talent, and Bruush will solely be responsible for the costs thereof and all other costs relating to the Service Days. Further, Bruush will be responsible for the travel expenses of Talent as described in Section 6.05. For each Service Day, Bruush shall provide Talent with a first-class private dressing room or area or a private star trailer for his exclusive use, with access to a private bathroom and shower and other customary first-class amenities (including WiFi) and which will be locked, cleaned and restocked daily (the “Dressing Facilities”).

 

9
 

 

6.03 Brand Events or Alternate Service Days/Appearances. During each of Year 1 and Year 2 of the Initial Term, Furnishing Company will cause Talent to attend one of the following, as elected by Bruush but subject to Furnishing Company’s approval thereof: (a) one (1) Bruush brand event for up to three (3) consecutive hours duration, (b) one (1) partial service day for creation of additional Campaign content for up to three (3) consecutive hours duration, or (c) one (1) appearance relating to the Campaign (including for the purposes of a media interview) for up to three (3) consecutive hours duration, in each case, exclusive of Glam and mutually agreed travel time on mutually-agreed dates, times and locations in the United States or Canada, and any scheduling of such appearance or service day will take into account Talent’s professional commitments and availability. If Bruush and Talent mutually agree, the brand event or appearance may be an in-person event or a virtual event. At such event, service day or appearance, in each case as mutually agreed, Furnishing Company will cause Talent to permit Bruush or its designee to film, photograph and/or record Talent to produce mutually agreed content. In the event Bruush and Talent mutually agree to a service day pursuant to this Section 6.03, Bruush will provide Talent with a creative brief as to the content to be captured at any such service day. The content to be photographed, recorded or filmed on such service day and the manner in which such content will be photographed, recorded or filmed will be mutually agreed by Bruush and Talent in writing in advance of such service day. Bruush or a Bruush Party shall arrange and coordinate all logistics of such event, service day or appearance (with the logistics of any service day or any media interview, and any event which is centered around Talent (e.g., a Q&A session), to be mutually agreed) and will be responsible for all costs relating to the event, service day or appearance, including, without limitation, the travel expenses set forth in Section 6.05 and reasonable Talent- approved security personnel for Talent. For any service day under this Section 6.03, Bruush shall provide Dressing Facilities. The details for any event or appearance under this Section 6.03, including Talent’s exact services, will be determined in good faith and mutually agreed in advance in writing, and at a minimum, Bruush will provide a private VIP area with exclusive private bathroom access for Talent.

 

10
 

 

6.04 Media Interviews. During each of Year 1 and Year 2 of the Initial Term, Furnishing Company will cause Talent to participate in four (4) media interviews with Talent approved media outlets for up to ten (10) minutes in duration for each media interview on mutually agreed dates and times via any mutually-agreed remote communication medium by which participants can clearly hear and/or see each other (Skype, Zoom, WebEx, phone etc.) or if mutually-agreed to be in-person (at a mutually- agreed location) or by email. Additionally, during the Initial Term, Furnishing Company agrees to cause Talent to use good faith efforts to give positive mentions and promote the Campaign in his personal publicity in Talent’s reasonable discretion.

 

6.05 Travel Expenses. Talent shall not be required to travel to a city outside of Talent’s then-current location in the United States or Canada to provide any services hereunder. In connection with all services rendered by Talent hereunder, Bruush will reimburse Talent for local ground transportation by one (1) private luxury car service for Talent and his representative(s) to and from each service location. Bruush will not be required to reimburse or pay Furnishing Company or Talent for any other travel expenses (including without limitation any air travel or accommodations) with respect to any service day or appearance hereunder unless Talent were to incur such expenses solely for the purpose of traveling for a service day, event or appearance hereunder and such expenses were pre-approved by Bruush in writing.

 

6.06 Additional Services Terms.

 

a. The dates, times and locations of all Talent’s services hereunder will be mutually agreed, and scheduling of any such services will take into account Talent’s professional commitments and availability. The location of any in-person appearance, events, Service Day or service day pursuant to Section 6.03 shall be in the United States or Canada.

 

b. If the Parties agree that b-roll or behind-the-scenes content will be captured during any services hereunder, the following shall apply: Bruush will engage a videographer designated or approved by Talent. Talent will have approval over all set-ups, and such materials will not contain any product interaction or integration without Talent’s prior approval. There will be no behind-the-scenes or b-roll filming until Talent gives verbal consent that he is “camera ready”, and Talent will work proactively with the crew, and the behind-the-scenes or b-roll content will only be filmed at mutually agreed-upon times. For the avoidance of doubt, such footage shall not be filmed while Talent is in hair, makeup, or wardrobe or during meals or other breaks, and there will be no “blooper” footage used unless as otherwise agreed by Talent in writing.

 

11
 

 

c. In connection with all photos and video footage of Talent captured in connection with this Agreement, Bruush shall contractually prohibit any photographer or videographer engaged by Bruush or a Bruush Party from using any images or video of Talent without Talent’s prior written consent, and Bruush shall restrict the use of unapproved photography or video recording during the rendition of Talent’s services at any Service Day or service day pursuant to Section 6.03 under this Agreement, including but not limited to, the use of cell phone cameras.

 

d. There will be no press on set/location during any Service Day or any service day under Section 6.03 without Talent’s written approval prior to any such service day or Service Day.

 

e. Bruush will provide sample talking points, and upon Talent’s request, hold a briefing session with Talent prior to any interviews, events and appearances at a mutually-agreed time and on a mutually-agreed date.

 

7. Social Media Services.

 

7.01 Talent Posts. During each of Year 1 and Year 2 of the Initial Term, Furnishing Company will cause Talent to publish four (4) so-called permanent/in-grid/in-feed posts and four (4) so-called “story” or ephemeral posts on Talent’s official Instagram, Facebook and Twitter accounts (the “Talent Channels”) to feature and promote Bruush/its products and the Campaign (“Talent Posts”). The Talent Posts may be organic stills, videos, or boomerangs as mutually-agreed and any Talent Post constituting a so-called “story” will have up to two (2) frames.

 

12
 

 

7.02 Requirements; Timing; Content. Talent will be permitted to fulfill his requirements of posting across all Talent Channels by syndicating the Talent Post posted on one (1) Talent Channel contemporaneously to the other Talent Channels and such syndicated posts on various Talent Channels will constitute a single Talent Post by Talent for the purposes of this Section 7. For e.g., Talent may post the contents of an Instagram story (i.e., including all frames in such story) to a Facebook story and Twitter post and all such posts will be considered a part of a single Talent Post by Talent hereunder. Each Talent Post shall be unique and distinct from any other Talent Post to be made by Talent hereunder. Per calendar quarterly period of the Term on a mutually-agreed date and time, Talent will publish one (1) Talent Post constituting a so-called permanent or in- grid/in-feed social media post and one (1) Talent Post constituting a “story” or ephemeral post so as to evenly publish such posts throughout the Term and to align with Bruush’s Campaign initiatives and product promotions. Bruush will provide Furnishing Company with drafts of Talent Posts for Talent’s review and approval (which drafts will include any necessary verbiage or disclaimers required by the Federal Trade Commission’s (“FTC”) revised Guides Concerning the Use of Endorsements and Testimonials in Advertising (“Endorsement Guidelines”)) and Talent will create the final Talent Post in his own voice but not inconsistent with the directives, suggested themes, topics or storyboard in any draft Talent Posts provided by Bruush hereunder without mutual agreement. Bruush’s draft posts will contain mutually-agreed hashtags and handles (Talent to make best efforts to include #weBruush and #keepitFRUUSH if included in the draft post provided to Talent) and will comply with the requirements of this Paragraph 7.02 in all respects and any other reasonable instructions provided by Bruush to Talent in writing. At Bruush’s request during the Initial Term, Furnishing Company will use good faith efforts to provide Bruush with reporting metrics (i.e., data analytics, social media post views and impressions numbers) for each Talent Post following any publication thereof, provided that failure to provide such metrics will not be deemed a breach hereof. Furnishing Company will cause Talent to modify or remove any Talent Post, as directed by Bruush, as soon as practicable upon Furnishing Company’s receipt of written notice from Bruush, but in any event no later than twenty-four (24) hours after receipt of such notice if any such Talent Post is in breach of this Agreement, applicable law, policies or regulations of any applicable social media platforms or violates or infringes upon the rights of any third party. Furnishing Company authorizes, and shall not object to any action of Bruush to directly file take-down requests with any platforms for any Talent Posts that is in breach of this Agreement, applicable law, policies or regulations of any applicable social media platforms or violates or infringes upon the rights of any third party. Talent’s use of any content in Bruush’s draft posts will not be deemed to be a breach by Talent hereof, and Talent’s use thereof shall be deemed to be in compliance with the Endorsement Guidelines.

 

7.03 Disclosure Obligations. In public statements made by Talent regarding the Campaign under this Agreement (if applicable), Furnishing Company shall cause Talent to clearly and conspicuously disclose his relationship to Bruush in a mutually agreed manner and will at all times truthfully represent the nature of Talent’s professional relationship with Bruush and the means by which Talent obtained and used any Bruush products (including free products). Furnishing Company will cause Talent to execute the FTC Endorsement Guidelines Certificate attached hereto as Exhibit B comply during the Term with Bruush’s most-current reasonable talent guidelines or policies that are provided to Talent in writing in connection with the Campaign. Drafts of Talent Posts provided by Bruush to Talent hereunder will be in compliance with this Paragraph 7.03.

 

13
 

 

7.04 Bruush Posts. During the Term, subject to Talent’s approval rights set forth below, Bruush will have the right to (a) create its own social media posts for use on its official owned and Bruush branded social media platforms including without limitation Bruush’s Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, Pinterest, LinkedIn, YouTube and TikTok pages or channels (the “Bruush Platforms”) concerning the Campaign and Talent’s role in the Campaign; and (b) re-post, re-gram, re-tweet or share all Talent Posts relating to the Campaign, one time per Talent Post, on the Bruush Platforms during the Term (except during the final month of the term unless Bruush is running a current, mutually agreed, holiday season Campaign hereunder and such final month is November or December in which case such posting is permissible in the final month) (the “Shared Posts”). Bruush will obtain Furnishing Company’s prior written approval on all posts made by Bruush featuring Talent, including any hashtags or handles in such post (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Bruush shall not “whitelist” Talent Posts, which, for clarity, means that Bruush shall not have the right to boost, or “promote” the Talent Posts, or the Shared Posts with paid media. Bruush will have the right to boost, promote or put paid media behind Bruush’s original social media posts (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, the Shared Posts) during the Term, provided that: (i) Bruush will be permitted to tag Talent or link back to Talent’s social media accounts in any such posts as approved by Talent, and (ii) Talent shall have approval over any direct or intentional targeting of Talent’s “followers” or “followers” of Talent’s projects (e.g., followers of “Irresponsible,” “Jumanji,” “Cold as Balls,” “Die Hart,” etc.) in each instance.

 

8. Bruush Usage Rights.

 

8.01 During the Initial Term, Bruush and Talent shall mutually agree on the content featuring Talent and/or using Talent Attributes or Talent Content for the Campaign to be created by or on behalf of Bruush hereunder (the “Campaign Assets”) and the manner in which each Campaign Asset may be used hereunder. Subject to approval over each Campaign Asset and its particular use, Bruush will have the right, at its cost, (a) to advertise, market and promote its association with the Talent solely in connection with the Campaign in the Territory, and (b) to use the approved Campaign Assets, which may include, in each case if and as approved by Talent, Talent Attributes, Talent Content and Bruush Content, to advertise and promote the Campaign in the Territory through (i) digital media or online media (including pre-roll, mid-roll or other ads on YouTube) and/or on Bruush owned and/or controlled Bruush-branded websites (including without limitation email to opt-in users only) and in Talent-approved voice over ads featuring Talent in Talent-approved third party podcasts; (ii) social media advertising, including any organic social media posts made by Bruush regarding the Campaign, as permitted by Section 7.04 above or paid social media advertising on Bruush Platforms as permitted hereunder; and (iii) the dissemination of editorials and other public relations materials (including without limitation the Press Release, images on wire and any earned media assets). All content or materials containing any Talent Attributes or Talent Content will require written approval by Furnishing Company prior to any use by Bruush. Following the Term, Bruush shall be entitled to use any Talent-approved Bruush Content created hereunder for the Campaign for internal, non-public archival purposes, and internal non-public corporate uses in perpetuity.

 

14
 

 

8.02 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, there shall be no use hereunder of any material which contains Talent Content or Talent Attributes as follows: (i) banner ads, pop-ups, pop-unders, page takeovers, SMS blasts and media which has spam-like qualities (e.g., is interruptive, unwanted and intrusive), (ii) out-of-home (OOH), (iii) in- store, (iv) point-of-sale, (v) co-promotions, co-packaging or third-party commercial tie- ins, provided that Bruush may distribute Talent-approved voice over ads featuring Talent in the Campaign in connection with third party podcasts as approved by Talent, (vi) hang tags, bags, labels, cut-outs (including life-size cut outs), catalogues, mailers, and packaging, (vii) in-cinema, (viii) traditional television and “digital television” (i.e., as pre- roll or mid-roll commercials or in other paid placements within digital television programming (e.g., on Hulu, cbs.com, tvland.com, comedycentral.com, etc.), (ix) in tabloid or gossip publications or websites or other publications or websites that are controversial in nature (e.g., that are sexually or politically oriented), (x) in the form of leaflets, flyers or wild postings, or (xi) (except as otherwise pre-approved by Talent in writing) as an endorsement or advertisement of any other product, brand, service or cause. In addition, for the sake of clarity, Bruush may not use Talent Attributes in any paid search keywords without Talent’s approval. Any materials containing Talent Attributes created hereunder which are provided to press will be provided only to mutually approved media outlets.

 

8.03 For the avoidance of doubt, Bruush shall not have the right to use or repost any materials containing Talent Content or Talent Attributes after the Term, and Bruush shall be obligated to remove any such materials from its website and any other websites owned or controlled by Bruush. Both during and after the Term, Bruush shall use reasonable good faith efforts to prevent any unauthorized uses of materials containing Talent Content or Talent Attributes created and distributed by Bruush hereunder.

 

8.04 There will be no use of Talent look-alikes or sound-alikes, Talent dubbing or doubling, without Talent’s written approval, and there will be no references to discounts, pricing information or sales in any materials containing or sections of any websites displaying Talent Attributes.

 

15
 

 

9. Intellectual Property; Approvals.

 

9.01 Licenses to Bruush. Furnishing Company, on behalf of itself and Talent, hereby grants to the Bruush Parties a fully-paid, royalty-free, license during the Initial Term and in the Territory, to use the Talent Attributes and Talent Content solely in the approved Campaign Assets in connection with the Campaign-related activities as expressly set forth in this Agreement, or as otherwise expressly approved by Furnishing Company pursuant to this Agreement. Unless otherwise expressly stated herein, such license is non-exclusive. For the avoidance of doubt, Furnishing Company will have the right to approve all uses of the Talent Attributes and Talent Content by the Bruush Parties, and such approval must be obtained prior to any use. In all cases, the Talent Attributes and Talent Content may only be used as part of the Campaign as expressly provided herein. Any use by a Bruush Party of any of the Talent Attributes will be accompanied by proprietary notices designated by Furnishing Company. Bruush acknowledges and agrees that the Talent Attributes and Talent Content, and the goodwill represented thereby are owned and controlled by the applicable Talent Party or Talent (as applicable) and that neither this Agreement nor the performance hereof by any Party hereto will give a Bruush Party any ownership or proprietary interest therein. All uses of the Talent Attributes and Talent Content under this Agreement will inure solely to the benefit of the applicable Talent Party or Talent (as applicable).

 

9.02 Bruush Marks. Bruush hereby grants to Furnishing Company and Talent, a fully-paid, royalty-free, license during the Initial Term and in the Territory, to use the Bruush Marks and if applicable any Bruush Content solely in connection with Talent Posts and other Campaign-related activities and materials as expressly set forth in this Agreement, or as otherwise expressly approved by Bruush pursuant to this Agreement. Unless otherwise expressly stated herein, such license is non-exclusive. Any use by Furnishing Company or Talent of any of the Bruush Marks will be subject to Bruush’s prior review and written approval and will be accompanied by proprietary notices as designated by Bruush. Furnishing Company acknowledges and agrees that the Bruush Marks and the goodwill represented thereby are owned and controlled by Bruush or a Bruush Party, and that neither this Agreement nor the performance hereof by any Party hereto will give a Talent Party or Talent any ownership or proprietary interest therein. All uses of the Bruush Marks under this Agreement will inure solely to the benefit of the applicable Bruush Party.

 

16
 

 

9.03 Ownership.

 

(a) Furnishing Company agrees that the applicable Bruush Party will retain all intellectual property rights (including without limitation, all copyrights, trademarks and trade secret rights) embodied in, or applicable to, any and all of the Bruush Marks and Bruush Content (subject to, and excluding to the extent of, Furnishing Company and/or Talent’s ownership rights in Talent Attributes and Talent Content contained therein) and no change in the ownership of such Bruush Marks and Bruush Content will be affected by this Agreement. All rights and licenses not expressly granted by Bruush to Furnishing Company and/or Talent in respect of the Bruush Marks and Bruush Content, or otherwise, under this Agreement, are hereby reserved to Bruush. Except as expressly stated in this Agreement, no exclusive rights or licenses are granted by Bruush to Furnishing Company or Talent under this Agreement. Upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement, and except as set forth in this Agreement, all rights and licenses granted by Bruush to Furnishing Company or Talent hereunder will immediately terminate provided that if the Agreement expires Furnishing Company or Talent may but will not be required to remove any Talent Posts made by Talent during the Initial Term unless instructed to do so in writing by Bruush and provided further that if the Agreement is terminated during the Initial Term, Furnishing Company or Talent will remove any Talent Posts made by Talent during the Initial Term.

 

(b) Bruush agrees that the applicable Talent Party and/or Talent (as applicable) will retain all intellectual property rights (including without limitation, all copyright, trademark and trade secret rights) embodied in, or applicable to, any and all of the Talent Attributes and Talent Content, and no change in the ownership of such Talent Attributes and Talent Content will be effected by this Agreement. All rights and licenses not expressly granted by Furnishing Company to Bruush Parties in respect of the Talent Attributes and Talent Content or otherwise, under this Agreement, are hereby reserved to the applicable Talent Party and/or Talent. Except as expressly stated in this Agreement, no exclusive rights or licenses are granted by Furnishing Company or Talent under this Agreement. Upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement, and except as set forth in this Agreement, all rights and licenses granted by the Talent Parties or Talent to Bruush Parties under this Agreement, will immediately terminate.

 

9.04 Approvals. All approvals from Furnishing Company and Talent must be obtained in writing and will be requested by email from Wayne Brown or his designee in writing hereafter. Furnishing Company will use best efforts to respond to all requests for approval within five (5) business days (or a shorter time period for urgent requests as will be indicated in the Approval Request) from receipt thereof. All approvals from Bruush will be requested by email from Aneil Manhas or any other person(s) identified by Bruush hereafter. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Bruush agrees to submit to Furnishing Company for its written approval and review (each an “Approval Request”) all materials containing any element of Talent Attributes or Talent Content prior to use of the same. Furnishing Company’s approval shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld and will be exercised reasonably and not in any manner to circumvent or frustrate the intent and purpose of the Agreement. In the event Furnishing Company disapproves of any Approval Request, Bruush shall have the opportunity to re-submit an Approval Request to Furnishing Company.

 

17
 

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary and without limitation of approval rights set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, Furnishing Company or Talent shall have the right to approve the following relating to the Campaign or any Campaign Assets:

 

a. any celebrity or on-camera talent appearing in the Campaign Assets with Talent or otherwise as part of the Campaign provided that for the avoidance of doubt, neither Furnishing Company nor Talent will have the right to approve any talent appearing in Bruush’s other promotional campaigns during the Term;

 

b. the concepts of all Campaign Assets created hereunder;

 

c. all talking points in connection with Talent’s services;

 

d. all directors, photographers and videographers (including any BTS/b-roll photographers/videographers);

 

e. all key creative of Campaign Assets, including scripts and storyboards;

 

f. the “look” of Talent’s hair, makeup and wardrobe;

 

g. the rough cuts and final cuts of all Campaign Assets, including any lifts, tags, edits and cutdowns, provided Bruush agrees that all Campaign Assets, as produced, will conform in all material respects to the Talent-approved scripts and story- boards (if any) in connection therewith, unless the parties have mutually agreed to any material deviations from such approved scripts and story-boards;

 

h. all still photographs and non-photographic likenesses of Talent used hereunder (including any retouching or other modification in any noticeable manner after Talent’s initial approval of such materials);

 

i. the “layouts” of all photographs and any print materials;

 

j. the copy, images and footage of all social media posts that include Talent Attributes or Talent Content;

 

k. all BTS and b-roll footage which include or reference Talent Attributes;

 

l. any product interaction;

 

m. all media outlets; and

 

18
 

 

n. for the avoidance of doubt, Talent will have the right to approve each use of Talent’s name (including in the Press Release, social media posts and all “tags” and “mentions” of Talent’s social media accounts), voice, image (including screen grabs and moving images (e.g., GIFs)), likeness, biography, and quotes attributed to Talent, in each instance.

 

9.05 Talent’s Designation. With respect to hair, make-up, wardrobe and security personnel, Bruush will hire the persons designated by Talent, and Bruush will hire a videographer designated or approved by Talent, for all Service Days (including any service day under Section 6.03), events and appearances. Bruush shall provide wardrobe for the Service Days (including any service day under Section 6.03) as approved by Talent.

 

10. Termination.

 

10.01 Early Termination for Breach. In addition to all other remedies available at law or in equity, either Party may terminate this Agreement if the other Party breaches any of its material representations, warranties, obligations, covenants or agreements hereunder, and, if such breach is capable of being cured, is not cured within fifteen (15) calendar days following receipt of written notice thereof from the non-breaching Party (five (5) business days if the breach is non-payment).

 

10.02 Early Termination for Morals Clause/Disparagement. Furnishing Company acknowledges that Talent’s actions and behavior may affect the value of Talent’s endorsement of Bruush and negatively impact Bruush. In addition to all other remedies available at law or in equity, Bruush will have the right to terminate this Agreement on written notice to Furnishing Company if, (i) Talent is charged with or indicted for or convicted of any felony crime involving moral turpitude or Talent has committed or commits an act inconsistent with Talent’s persona which brings Talent into public disrepute, contempt, or scandal, provided that the foregoing will not apply to any act which is already a matter of public record as of the Effective Date and before any termination, Bruush shall first discuss its concerns with Talent and accord Talent a reasonable opportunity to cure such conduct (e.g., through a retraction, clarification and/or apology); (ii) Talent publicly disparages Bruush or the Campaign; and (iii) Talent is unable to perform services at any service day (including the Service Days), event or press obligations or other appearances set forth herein because Talent is intoxicated or under the influence of drugs. In addition to all other remedies available at law or in equity, Furnishing Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement on written notice to Bruush if, (a) Bruush (or any of Bruush’s C-suite executives) are charged with or indicted for or convicted of any felony crime involving moral turpitude or any of Bruush’s C-suite executives have committed or commits an act which brings Bruush into public disrepute, contempt, or scandal, or (ii) Bruush (or any C-suite executive) publicly disparages Furnishing Company or Talent or any of Talent’s projects.

 

19
 

 

10.03 Early Termination Due to Force Majeure. In the event that a Service Day or service day pursuant to Section 6.03, event or appearance that has been scheduled is subsequently cancelled due to a Force Majeure Event (as set forth in Section 15.05), Furnishing Company/Talent and Bruush will use good faith efforts to reschedule such services or find a mutually agreeable substitute service day, event or appearance by Talent during the Initial Term. If Furnishing Company/Talent and Bruush are unable to reschedule services for a Service Day, service day pursuant to Section 6.03, event or appearance that has been scheduled or find a mutually agreeable substitute activity during the Initial Term and as a result it becomes impossible for either Party to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement or fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, then each Party hereto will have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, neither Party will have the right to terminate this Agreement for a Force Majeure Event (i) after the completion of the Service Day referenced in Section 6.02(A) but prior to the Service Day referenced in Section 6.02(B) unless the Force Majeure Event in question is Talent’s death or Disability, and (ii) provided that the Agreement has not been terminated by any Party as permitted herein prior to the completion of the Service Day referenced in Section 6.02(B), neither Party will have the right to terminate this Agreement for a Force Majeure Event after the completion of the Service Day referenced in Section 6.02(B) other than if the Force Majeure Event in question is Talent’s death. “Disability” means Talent suffering from any long-term or permanent injury, infirmity or incapacity that renders Talent to be unable to effectively perform Talent’s services for the Service Day referenced in Section 6.02(B) hereunder within a time frame that would enable Bruush to release mutually-agreed Campaign Assets to be captured on such Service Day referenced in Section 6.02(B) and launch the Campaign during a holiday season occurring during the Initial Term (i.e., in 2021 or 2022).

 

10.04 Consequences of Termination.

 

a. The early termination of this Agreement by either Party shall not relieve (i) either Party of its indemnification, confidentiality or other obligations hereunder that are intended to survive any termination of this Agreement, (ii) Bruush of its obligations to reimburse Furnishing Company for any approved, non-refundable costs Bruush is responsible for reimbursing hereunder and that have been incurred as of the date of termination and for covering Bruush’s own costs and costs Bruush is responsible for as set forth in this Agreement, including without limitation Gift-Related Taxes under Paragraph 4.05, the costs of any Service Day or hiring of Talent’s designated or approved personnel, and (iii) subject to Sections 10.04(c) and 10.04(d), Bruush from making payment of the Fee and Royalties that have vested and/or accrued to Furnishing Company as of the effective date of termination as set forth herein.

 

20
 

 

b. Upon the termination or expiration of the Term of this Agreement for any reason (i) Bruush will, and will cause the Bruush Parties to, cease all uses and exploitation of the Campaign Assets, Talent Attributes and Talent Content and will be obligated to remove all Campaign Assets and materials containing Talent Attributes and/or Talent Content from any Bruush owned or controlled websites; (ii) Furnishing Company will cease using (and will cause Talent to cease using) the Bruush Marks and Bruush Content (except to the extent incorporated into the Talent Posts); and (iii) neither Party shall have any further obligations with respect to this Agreement, except for any provisions hereof which provide for survival after termination or expiration of the Term of this Agreement. In the event the Term expires (as opposed to termination of this Agreement for any reason), Bruush will not be required to take down any social media posts containing Talent Attributes or Talent Content from its historical timelines on its social media channels (provided that such posts were posted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement during the Term), provided that Bruush will not repost, promote, “boost”, or otherwise publicize or interact with such materials from their existing state on Bruush’s social media sites. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event this Agreement has been terminated for any reason (as opposed to expiration of the Term), Bruush shall be obligated to remove all materials and all uses of Talent Attributes and Talent Content, from all Bruush owned and/or controlled media, including without limitation, any Bruush social media accounts.

 

c. In the event of a termination as set forth herein, the amount of the Fee and Royalties payable to Furnishing Company and the Class B Shares or Class B Options to which Talent or Talent’s designated entity would be entitled, as applicable, shall be determined as set forth in this subsection 10.04(c). In the event the Term is terminated by Furnishing Company pursuant to Section 10.01 or Section 10.02: (i) Furnishing Company shall be entitled to the full amount of the Fee, and Bruush shall promptly pay any unpaid portion thereof, (ii) Bruush shall pay Furnishing Company any unpaid Royalties which have accrued or continue to accrue during the royalty period in which the termination occurs, and (iii) all Class B Shares that have not been issued as of the effective termination date or Class B Options that have not been granted as of the effective termination date, as applicable, shall be deemed to have been issued or granted, as applicable. In the event the Term is terminated by Bruush pursuant to Section 10.01 or Section 10.02 or if either Party terminates pursuant to Section 10.03, Furnishing Company shall be entitled to the Vested Fee, Vested Royalties and Vested Class B Shares or Vested Class B Options, as applicable as set forth in Paragraph 10.04 (d) below and Furnishing Company shall promptly refund any unvested portion of the Fee to Bruush.

 

21
 

 

d. The Fee shall vest as follows: (i) fifty percent (50%) of the Initial Installment shall vest on completion of the Service Day referenced in Section 6.02(A), (ii) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Initial Installment shall vest on the First Air Date, (iii) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Initial Installment shall vest equally over Year 1 of the Initial Term (i.e., to determine such vested amount, an amount equal to 25% of the Initial Installment will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the number of days that have elapsed in Year 1 of the Initial Term and the denominator of which will be the total number of days in Year 1 of the Initial Term), (iv) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Second Installment shall vest on the Year 2 Commencement Date if such date occurs prior to the Service Day referenced in Section 6.02(B), (v) fifty percent (50%) of the Second Installment shall vest on completion of the Service Day referenced in Section 6.02(B) provided that if such Service Day occurs prior to the Year 2 Commencement Date seventy- five percent (75%) of the Second Installment shall vest on completion of the Service Day referenced in Section 6.02(B), and (vi) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Second Installment shall vest equally over Year 2 of the Initial Term (i.e., to determine such vested amount, an amount equal to 25% of the Second Installment will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the number of days that have elapsed in Year 2 of the Initial Term and the denominator of which will be the total number of days in Year 2 of the Initial Term). The aggregate vested amount of the Fee as set forth in this Section 10.04(d) shall be referred to as the “Vested Fee.” Royalties for each applicable calendar quarter shall vest upon the commencement of each such calendar quarter (such vested Royalties, the “Vested Royalties”). The Class B Shares shall be deemed to have been issued (such issued shares, the “Class B Vested Shares”) or the Class B Options shall be deemed to have been vested (such vested options, the “Class B Vested Options”) in accordance with a mutually-agreed issuance or vesting schedule to be negotiated in good faith and as set forth in the Equity Documents.

 

10.05 Survival. In the event of the expiration or termination of the Term of this Agreement for any reason, all definitions will survive, along with any other provisions that by their nature or language are intended to survive, including without limitation, Sections 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15 hereof.

 

22
 

 

11. Representations and Warranties.

 

11.01 Parties Representations and Warranties. Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that: (i) it has the full right, power and authority to enter into and to perform this Agreement; (ii) the performance of this Agreement is not a violation of any other agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound; and (iii) in the performance of such Party’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement and in connection with the Campaign, such Party will not violate any applicable federal, state or local statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, court orders or other laws.

 

11.02 Furnishing Company Representations and Warranties. Furnishing Company represents and warrants to Bruush that (i) none of the Talent Attributes, Talent Content, or other deliverables provided or licensed by Furnishing Company or Talent pursuant to this Agreement will violate or infringe upon any copyrights or, to the best of Furnishing Company’s knowledge, any other common law or statutory rights of any third party, including contractual rights, trademark rights and rights of privacy or publicity, or will defame any third party; (ii) subject to the terms of Paragraph 7.02 above, Furnishing Company and Talent will comply with all FTC regulations and guidelines (including, without limitation, the Endorsement Guidelines) as well as any applicable Talent Channel policies and procedures throughout the Term. Furnishing Company’s or Talent’s breach of subsection (ii) of this Section 11.02 will be deemed a material breach by Furnishing Company and Talent of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the foregoing representations and warranties of Furnishing Company will apply regarding the Talent Posts only to the extent of Talent’s original contributions and/or edits to such Talent Posts.

 

11.03 Bruush Representations and Warranties. Bruush represents and warrants to Furnishing Company that none of the Bruush Marks, Bruush Content, or other deliverables, including with limitation the Campaign Assets (or portions thereof other than portions added or provided by, or on behalf of, Furnishing Company, Talent or a Talent Party) or any other materials created in connection with the Campaign, or the exploitation or use thereof by Furnishing Company or Talent (or any of their respective affiliates) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will violate or infringe upon any copyrights, or to the best of Furnishing Company’s knowledge common law or statutory rights of any third party, including contractual rights, , trademark rights and rights of privacy or publicity, or will defame any third party. Bruush further represents and warrants that: (a) it shall comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders and ordinances in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including but not limited to the Endorsement Guidelines, (b) any postings submitted by Bruush relating to the Campaign containing Talent Attributes or Talent Content on any social media or other web or mobile platforms in connection with this Agreement will comply with the terms of use and other policies of that site or platform, and (c) the design, manufacture, packing, packaging, labeling, distribution, sale, advertising, marketing and promotion by Bruush of its products and services do not violate any laws or any copyrights, or to the best of Furnishing Company’s knowledge any common law or statutory rights of any third party.

 

23
 

 

12. Insurance. Throughout the Term, Bruush will maintain, at its sole cost, general liability and product liability and errors and omissions insurance policies, with a high rated (A-level) insurance carrier. Furnishing Company and Talent shall be named as additional insureds on such policies. Such insurance coverage shall provide worldwide general commercial liability insurance and errors and omissions insurance in connection with Bruush’s activities under this Agreement, including product liability coverage, with limits of not less than Five Million Canadian Dollars (CAD$5,000,000) single occurrence and aggregate limits, and include the defense of lawsuits covered by such insurance brought worldwide. All insurance coverage herein shall be “occurrence based” policies and shall be primary, non-contributory and shall provide for no right of subrogation. All such insurance coverage herein shall provide Furnishing Company with at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of cancellation or material modification thereof. Bruush shall deliver a certificate of such insurance to Furnishing Company within ten (10) business days of the execution of this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Section 12 shall be deemed to limit in any way Bruush’s indemnification obligations herein.

 

13. Indemnification and Limitations.

 

13.01 By Furnishing Company. Furnishing Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, in accordance with the other terms of this Section 13, any and all Bruush Parties and all of their respective employees, officers, directors, managers, members, shareholders, successors and permitted assigns (each, a “Bruush Indemnity Party”), from and against any and all third party claims and all resulting damages, liabilities, costs and expenses whatsoever (including reasonable outside attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “Third Party Claims”), arising out of or relating to: (a) any breach by Furnishing Company or Talent (each a “Talent Indemnity Party”) of any of the warranties, representations, covenants or agreements hereunder; and (b) any intentionally tortious acts or gross negligence of a Talent Indemnity Party related to Talent’s services rendered pursuant to this Agreement or any intentionally tortious acts or gross negligence of Talent’s representative who accompanies Talent to any Service Day, service day or appearance hereunder.

 

24
 

 

13.02 By Bruush. Bruush hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless, in accordance with the other terms of this Section 13, the Talent Parties (and each of them), Talent and all of the respective employees, officers, directors, members, managers, shareholders, successors and permitted assigns of the foregoing parties, and Talent’s heirs, executors, and administrators from and against any and all Third Party Claims arising out of or relating to: (a) any breach by a Bruush Indemnity Party of any of the warranties, representations, covenants or agreements hereunder, (b) any intentionally tortious acts or gross negligence of a Bruush Indemnity Party related to Bruush’s obligations under this Agreement; (c) any Bruush Content and Bruush promotion hereunder including, without limitation, publicity, press releases, marketing, or other promotions prepared or released by or on behalf of Bruush and/or a Bruush Party other than to the extent the claim substantially relates to rights granted by Furnishing Company or Talent to Bruush hereunder or materials supplied by Furnishing Company or Talent to Bruush, Talent Attributes or Talent Content if used in accordance with this Agreement;

 

(d) loss, personal injury, death or property damage suffered by any person or entity at an appearance, service day or other Bruush event, but solely to the extent such Third Party Claims arise as a result of the intentionally tortious acts or gross negligence of a Bruush Indemnity Party; (e) otherwise in connection with the development, production, advertising, distribution, exploitation or other usage of the Campaign Assets or other materials created in connection with the Campaign (other than to the extent covered by Furnishing Company’s indemnification obligations above); and (f) use of any of Bruush’s products or services.

 

13.03 General Terms. The persons and entities entitled to be defended and/or indemnified under this Section 13 (individually and collectively referred to as the “Indemnitee”) shall promptly inform the indemnifying party under the applicable Section (individually and collectively referred to as the “Indemnitor”) of each Third Party Claim with respect to which the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified. Furnishing Company and Talent will reasonably cooperate with Bruush in connection with the defense of any such claim (provided, however, that the Indemnitee shall have the opportunity to participate in the defense of such claim with counsel of its choice).

 

13.04 EXCLUSIONS. EXCEPT FOR LIABILITY ARISING FROM A PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS AS SET FORTH ABOVE AND CLAIMS OF BREACH OF CONFIDENTIALITY, NEITHER PARTY WILL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY, ITS PARENTS, SUBSIDIARIES, OR AFFILIATES, OR ITS OR THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, MEMBERS, SHAREHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES, CONTRACTORS, REPRESENTATIVES OR AGENTS, FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR OTHER INDIRECT DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFIT OR GOODWILL, OR FOR PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE PARTIES KNEW, OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN, THAT SUCH DAMAGES WERE POSSIBLE.

 

25
 

 

14. Confidential Information.

 

14.01 Definition. Furnishing Company on the one hand, and Bruush, on the other hand, acknowledges that in performing under this Agreement, it may gain access to confidential private or business information belonging to the other Party (or Talent), including but not limited to product information, technical and commercial information, business plans and strategies, marketing and promotion plans and strategies, social media plans and strategies, personal information of Talent, customer lists, marketing surveys and data, marketing research, business and financial information, data pertaining to the substantiation, creation or evaluation of advertising, pricing, packaging specifications, information embodying product concepts, designs, development, improvements and packaging, and production volumes both current and forecasted (the “Confidential Information”) and that such Confidential Information may contain trade secrets or other proprietary information of the disclosing Party or Parties. Accordingly, when any Party (the “Receiving Party”) receives or accesses Confidential Information from or of the other Party (the “Disclosing Party”) the Receiving Party will, both during the Term and after the Term; (a) maintain the Confidential Information received from the Disclosing Party in strict confidence; (b) not disclose the Confidential Information from the Disclosing Party to any third party without the Disclosing Party’s prior written approval, subject to Section 14.02 below; and (c) not use the Confidential Information received from the Disclosing Party for any purpose other than for the purposes permitted by this Agreement. The Receiving Party will take reasonable measures to prevent the unauthorized use or disclosure of such information by persons or parties under its control or direction, which measures, in any event, will be no less stringent than the measures taken by the Receiving Party to protect its own confidential and proprietary information of a similar nature. The Receiving Party may disclose the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party only to those of its officers, directors, employees, contractors, attorneys, accountants, agents and managers who have a need to know such Confidential Information for the purposes of enabling a Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Receiving Party undertakes to ensure that such officers, directors, employees, contractors, attorneys, accountants, agents, managers and other professional representatives are bound by confidentiality and non-disclosure obligations with respect to such Confidential Information that are no less strict than the confidentiality obligations set forth in this Section 14.01. Neither Party will intentionally disclose Confidential Information to the other Party (or to Talent) unless such information is necessary for the other Party to fulfill its obligations hereunder. All Confidential Information provided to a Receiving Party shall be returned to the Disclosing Party (or destroyed) promptly after the end of the Term upon written request from the Disclosing Party therefor.

 

26
 

 

14.02 Required Disclosures. A Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party to the extent required by applicable law or by order of a governmental agency or court of competent jurisdiction, provided that the Receiving Party notifies the Disclosing Party promptly after becoming aware of its obligation to make such disclosure (and prior to any such disclosure) and cooperates with the Disclosing Party in any efforts to seek a protective order or otherwise to challenge or limit such disclosure. In addition, a Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information to a court in order to enforce such Party’s rights under this Agreement, provided that such Party uses good faith reasonable efforts to obtain a protective order from the court covering the disclosed Confidential Information.

 

14.03 Exceptions. The obligations contained in this Section 14 will not apply, or will cease applying, as the case may be, to specific Confidential Information to the extent that: (a) it is publicly known at the time of disclosure to the Receiving Party or, at the time of an alleged breach hereof, has become publicly known other than as a result of any act or failure to act on the part of the Receiving Party; (b) it was rightfully in the Receiving Party’s possession prior to its confidentiality obligations hereunder; (c) at the time of an alleged breach hereof, it had been obtained from a third party not under any confidentiality, fiduciary, or similar obligation; or (d) at the time of an alleged breach hereof, it had been independently developed by persons without reference to any Confidential Information.

 

15. Miscellaneous.

 

15.01 Notices. All notices, requests, demands or other communications under this Agreement must be in writing in order to be effective, and will be deemed to have been duly given or made: (a) on the date delivered in person; (b) on the date indicated on the return receipt if mailed postage prepaid, by certified or registered U.S. Mail or Canada Postal Services, with return receipt requested; (c) if sent by FedEx, U.P.S. Next Day Air, or other internationally recognized overnight courier service, with service charges or postage prepaid, on the next business day after delivery to the courier service (if sent in time for and specifying next day delivery); or (d) via email (with receipt confirmed). In each case, such notices, requests, demands, and other communications will be sent to a Party at its address as set forth below or such other address as such Party may provide for such purposes from time to time in writing by notice given as provided herein:

 

If to Bruush:

Bruush Oral Care Inc.

#403 – 1155 Mainland Street

Vancouver, BC V6B 5P2 Canada

Attention: Aneil Manhas

Email:                                

 

27
 

 

With a copy to:

 

Serling Rooks Hunter McKoy Worob & Averill, LLP

119 Fifth Avenue, 3rd Floor

New York, NY 10003

Attention: Laxmi Vijaysankar, Esq.

Email:                                     

 

If to Furnishing Company or Talent:

 

K. Hart Enterprises, Inc.

                                   

                                             

                                

                    

                                     

With a copy to:

 

ROCNATION

540 West 26 Street

New York, NY 10001

Attn: Andrew Eiger

Email:                            

 

Schreck Rose Dapello Adams Berlin & Dunham LLP

888 Seventh Avenue, 19th Floor

New York, NY 10106

Attn: James S. Adams, Esq. and Liza Montesano, Esq.

Email:                             and                                   

 

All payments to Furnishing Company shall be sent via wire

transfer as provided herein, with confirmation sent to

I Work 4 U Entertainment

15910 Ventura Blvd., Suite 1701

Encino, CA 91436

Attn: Leland Wigington

Email:                                         

 

28
 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any communications regarding requests for approval or for scheduling purposes hereunder may be made via email pursuant to Section 9.04 hereof.

 

15.02 Independent Contractors. The relationship between Furnishing Company and Bruush (or between Bruush and Talent) will at all times be that of independent contractors and nothing contained herein will render or constitute such Parties as joint venturers, partners, franchisees, or agents of the other Party, nor will such Party hold itself out to third parties contrary to the foregoing.

 

15.03 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be held illegal or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be severed and the entire Agreement shall not fail on account thereof, and the balance of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. The Parties agree to replace the legally invalid provision, if possible, by an effective provision whose economic effect is as similar as possible to the original provision, and the Parties agree that this new provision will be deemed to have been agreed upon from the time when the original provision became invalid.

 

15.04 Cumulative Remedies. No remedy made available hereunder is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, and each and every remedy will be cumulative and in addition to any other remedy hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity, by statute, or otherwise.

 

15.05 Force Majeure. Neither Party will be deemed in breach of its obligations hereunder if performance thereof is delayed or becomes impossible or impractical by reason of acts of God, epidemic, failure of public transportation, actions, directives or recommendations by governmental authority (whether valid or invalid), fires, terrorist acts, explosions, riots, floods, earthquakes, windstorms or other natural disasters, wars, embargo, sabotage, or labor strikes, or other similar causes or events beyond on a Party’s reasonable control (such cause or event, a “Force Majeure Event”); provided, however, that such Party notifies the other Party as soon as is reasonably practicable after discovery of such Force Majeure Event and uses its commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the effects of such Force Majeure Event and to resume performance as soon as practicable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that the effect of the current COVID-19 pandemic is unpredictable and may impair a Party’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder but the Parties agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy their respective obligations hereunder to the best of their respective abilities during the COVID-19 pandemic and the Parties will not use the COVID- 19 pandemic to circumvent the spirit and purpose of this Agreement.

 

29
 

 

15.06 Assignment. Neither Party will assign this Agreement, nor any of the rights or obligations granted to it pursuant to this Agreement, in whole or in part without the prior written consent of the other Party provided however that Bruush shall have the right to assign this Agreement together with its obligations hereunder solely to any affiliate of Bruush, provided that such affiliate assumes all Bruush’s obligations in writing and Bruush remains secondarily liable. Any purported assignment in violation of the foregoing will be deemed null and void without force or effect. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be binding upon and will inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

15.07 Waiver. If either Party waives any breach or default by the other Party, such waiver will not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default. If a Party resorts to any remedy or remedies, such resort will not limit that Party’s right to resort to any and all other legal and equitable remedies that are available to that Party. A Party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to exercise any of its rights or remedies will not constitute a waiver of such Party’s other rights or any of such other Party’s obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, Bruush shall not be under any obligation to actually use or avail of any of the benefits or deliverables that are or may be provided by Furnishing Company or Talent to Bruush hereunder or to otherwise exercise any of the rights granted to Bruush or Bruush Party hereunder.

 

15.08 Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the SAG-AFTRA Agreement and Exhibit A-1(which includes the exhibits attached hereto which are hereby incorporated by reference) contains the entire understanding and complete agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and all understandings and agreements previously reached between the Parties, are superseded by this Agreement. No amendment or modification of this Agreement will be valid or binding upon the Parties unless made in writing and executed by an authorized representative of each Party.

 

15.09 Examples; Headings. Whenever examples are used in this Agreement with the words “including,” “for example,” “e.g.,” “such as,” “etc.” or any derivation thereof, such examples are intended to be illustrative and not in limitation thereof. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference only and will not affect the meaning of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

15.10 Governing Law and Jurisdiction. This Agreement and any amendments thereto will be governed by, and its terms and conditions construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the Province of British Columbia, Canada without giving effect to the conflict of law rules, and the exclusive jurisdiction and venue for resolution of all disputes will be the Province of British Columbia, Canada.

 

15.11 Joint Drafting. In the event of any legal proceeding brought by any Party hereto to enforce or interpret this Agreement or any of the terms contained herein, both Parties shall be deemed to have jointly drafted this Agreement, and neither Party shall enjoy the benefit of any evidentiary presumptions based upon the identity of the drafter hereof.

 

15.12 Counterparts; Electronic Copies. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and such counterparts together will constitute one and the same instrument. Each Party will receive a duplicate original of the counterpart copy or copies executed by it. For purposes hereof, a PDF copy of this Agreement or signature transmitted by e-mail or other comparable electronic means, including the signature pages hereto, will be deemed to be an original.

 

30
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be signed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.

 

K. HART ENTERPRISES, INC. BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.
       
By: (Signed) “Kevin Hart” By: (Signed) “Aneil Manhas”
       
Name: Kevin Hart Name: Aneil Manhas
       
Title: ceo Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
Date: 10/29/2020 Date: 10/29/2020

 

31
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Inducement Letter

 

To induce Bruush Oral Care Inc. (“Bruush”) to enter into the Endorsement and Promotional Services Agreement dated as of October 29, 2020 (the “Agreement”) and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, I hereby agree as follows: (i) I agree with the Agreement insofar as I am concerned, and grant all of the rights granted therein in so far as they relate to me individually; (ii) I confirm the authority and right of K. Hart Enterprises, Inc. (“Furnishing Company”) to enter into the Agreement; (iii) I represent, warrant, covenant and agree that Furnishing Company is, and at all times during the Term will be, entitled to my personal services and has the right, power, title and authority to make them available to Bruush pursuant to the terms of the Agreement; (iv) I understand and agree that the Agreement is a personal services agreement requiring my performance as a condition and I agree to perform all services and undertakings required of me personally, and to abide by all restrictions required of me personally and other provisions relating to me personally, as specified in the Agreement; and (v) I agree that unless I am substituted as a direct party to the Agreement, all payments to or on behalf Furnishing Company shall discharge any obligations of Bruush to me in connection with payments owed pursuant to the Agreement, and I shall look solely to Furnishing Company for all compensation for my services pursuant to the Agreement and the results, products and proceeds thereof.

 

(Signed) “Kevin Hart  
Kevin Hart  
Date: October 29, 2020  

 

32
 

 

EXHIBIT A-1

SAG-AFTRA PERFORMER AGREEEMENT

 

(Please see separate attachment)

 

33
 

 

 

34
 

 

 

35
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FTC Endorsement Guidelines Certificate

 

Reference is made to the Endorsement and Promotional Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) by and between K. Hart Enterprises, Inc. furnishing the services of Kevin Hart (“Talent”) and Bruush Oral Care Inc. (“Bruush”) effective as of October 29, 2020. Defined terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. In order to ensure Talent’s compliance with the Federal Trade Commission “Guides Concerning the Use of Endorsements and Testimonials in Advertising,” Talent hereby certifies as of the Effective Date of the Agreement to the following:

 

1. that any testimonial or endorsement made in any video, social media post or other means of mass communication, including, without limitation, newspapers, magazines, radio, television or Internet media outlets, directly by Talent regarding any Bruush product or service (each, a “Public Communication”) shall reflect the honest opinions, findings, beliefs, and/or experiences of Talent with respect to such product or service;

 

2. that Talent shall promptly notify Bruush if any of Talent’s opinions, findings, beliefs and/or experiences with respect to any Bruush product or service change from that which Talent has previously expressed in any Public Communication or to Bruush prior to or during the Term of the Agreement;

 

3. that in connection with any testimonial or endorsement made by Talent in any Public Communication regarding any Bruush product or service, Talent shall affirmatively, clearly and conspicuously disclose that he is a compensated endorser of Bruush and its relevant products or services in close proximity to such testimonial or endorsement; and

 

4. that for any social media posts made by Talent for the Campaign, Talent will include #ad or #sponsored or another mutually agreed hashtag in each such post in the first two lines of the description of such post and within the video of any post constituting a “story”.

 

(Signed) “Kevin Hart  
Kevin Hart  
Date: October 29, 2020  

 

36

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Executive Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of July 28, 2022, by and between Bruush Oral Care Inc. (the “Company”) and Aneil Manhas (“Executive”).

 

RECITALS

 

  A. The Executive founded the Company and is knowledgeable with respect to the business of the Company.
  B. The Company desires to offer employment to the Executive and the Executive desires to be employed by Company.
  C. The Company and the Executive agree to enter into an Employment Agreement providing for the term set forth in Article I below on the terms and conditions herein provided.

 

In consideration of the mutual promises set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Term of Employment

 

1.01 Term. Subject to the provisions of Article V, and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Company will continue to employ Executive for the period beginning on the date the Company’s stock begins trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market (the “Commencement Date”) and ending on the third (3rd) anniversary of such date (the “Initial Term”). The Initial Term shall be automatically renewed for successive consecutive one (1) year periods (each, a “Renewal Term” and the Initial Term and Renewal Term are collectively referred to as the “term of employment”) thereafter unless either party sends written notice to the other party, not less than 90 days before the end of the then-existing term of employment, of such party’s desire to terminate the Agreement at the end of the then-existing term, in which case this Agreement will terminate at the end of the then-existing term. Executive will serve the Company during the term of employment.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Duties

 

2.01. During the term of employment, Executive will: (i) Promote the interests, within the scope of his duties, of the Company and devote his full working time and efforts to the Company’s business and affairs, except as otherwise permitted by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”); (ii) Serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company; and (iii) Perform the duties and services consistent with the title and function of such office, including without limitation, those set forth in the By-Laws of the Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Base Compensation

 

3.01 Base Salary. The Company will compensate Executive for the duties performed by him hereunder by payment of a base salary at the rate of Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000) per annum (the “Base”), payable in equal semi-monthly installments, subject to customary withholding taxes and other normal and customary withholding items. The Base will be increased on January 1st of each year by to the higher of: (i) an amount as may be determined by the Board in its sole discretion; or Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) per annum over the then-existing Base. All dollar references contained herein shall be references to United States dollars.

 

 
 

 

3.02 Cash Bonus. In the event the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) determines, in its sole discretion, that Executive has satisfactorily performed his duties as set forth herein, the Company shall pay to the Executive, in addition to the Base, an annual cash bonus equal to the higher of: (i) an amount as may be determined by the Board in its sole discretion; or (ii) 1.5% of the Company’s total gross revenues for the Company’s fiscal year ending October 31st of each year during the term (the “Cash Bonus”). The Cash Bonus, if any, shall be paid to Executive by December 31st of each year during the term of this Agreement.

 

3.03 Stock Bonus. The Executive will participate in the Bruush Oral Care, Inc. 2022 Omnibus Securities and Incentive Plan. Pursuant to such Plan, the Board has approved One Million (1,000,000) Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) for Executive, which shall vest over 3 years in equal installments, with 1/3 of the RSUs vesting on June 30, 2023, 1/3 of the RSUs vesting on June 30, 2024 and 1/3 of the RSUs vesting on June 30, 2025. In addition, if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that Executive has satisfactorily performed his duties as set forth herein, Executive shall receive stock-based bonuses (the “Stock Bonus”) equal to higher of: (i) an amount as may be determined by the Board in its discretion; or (ii) Two Hundred Fifty Thousand (250,000) shares of the Company’s common stock when the Company reaches a market capitalization of Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000), followed by Five Hundred Thousand (500,000) shares of the Company’s common stock for each One Hundred Million Dollar ($100,000,000) increase in market capitalization of the Company, with the first market capitalization threshold being One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000). As such, the Executive will receive a Stock Bonus of Five Hundred Thousand (500,000) shares of the Company’s common stock when the Company reaches a market capitalization of One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000), an additional Five Hundred Thousand (500,000) shares of the Company’s common stock when the Company reaches a market capitalization of Two Hundred Million Dollars ($200,000,000), an additional Five Hundred Thousand (500,000) shares of the Company’s common stock when the Company reaches a market capitalization of Three Hundred Million Dollars ($300,000,000), and so on. The Stock Bonus is based on the shares outstanding on the Commencement Date and shall be granted anti-dilution treatment based on the shares outstanding on the Commencement Date.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Reimbursement and Employment Benefits

 

4.01 Health and Other Medical. Executive shall be eligible to participate in all health, medical, dental and life insurance employee benefits that are available from time to time to other key executive employees (and their families) of the Company, including a Life Insurance Plan, Medical and Dental Insurance Plan, and a Long-Term Disability Plan (the “Plans”). The Company shall pay all premiums with respect to such Plans. To the extent that such reimbursement is deemed to be includable in Executive’s gross income and taxable, the Company shall pay to the Executive an additional amount that shall be computed to cause the tax expenses associated with the payment of benefits and the reimbursement thereof to be received by the Executive with effectively no net tax expense to the Executive (the “Gross-Up Payment”).

 

4.02 Vacation. Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks of vacation per year, to be taken in such amounts and at such times as shall be mutually convenient for Executive and the Company. Any time not taken by Executive in one year shall be carried forward to subsequent years. If all such vacation and personal time to which Executive is entitled is not taken by Executive before the termination of this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to be reimbursed upon termination (for any reason) for such lost time in accordance with the Base then in effect.

 

4.03 Performance-Enhancing Items. Executive shall be entitled to receive from the Company a home office and car allowance of Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000) per month. To the extent that any and all such reimbursements or payments by the Company are includable in Executive’s gross income and taxable, then the Company shall remit a Gross-Up Payment to the Executive.

 

4.04 Reimbursable Expenses. The Company shall, in accordance with its standard policies in effect from time to time, reimburse Executive for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred by him in the conduct of the business of the Company including, but not limited to, telephone, internet, air travel, hotels, ground transportation, entertainment and similar executive expenditures, provided that Executive submits all substantiation of such expenses to the Company on a timely basis in accordance with such standard policies.

 

2
 

 

4.05 Savings Plan. Executive will be eligible to enroll and participate, and be immediately vested in (to the extent legally possible and in accordance with existing Company benefit plans), all Company savings and registered retirement savings or pension plans, if any. To the extent permissible by law and the Company’s benefit plan documentation and requirements, the Company shall match in cash fifty percent (50%) of all of Executive’s contributions to such plan or plans. To the extent that any and all such reimbursements or payments by the Company are includable in Executive’s gross income and taxable, then the Company shall remit a Gross-Up Payment to the Executive.

 

4.06 Life Insurance. The Company shall pay all premiums for Executive to receive on his term life insurance premiums paid by Executive on his own life, provided that the life insurance proceeds do not exceed ten (10) times the Executive’s previous year’s Base and Bonus. To the extent that any and all such reimbursements or payments by the Company are includable in Executive’s gross income and taxable, then the Company shall, on or before June 1 of the year after the payment is made, remit a Gross-Up Payment to the Executive.

 

4.07 Directors and Officers Liability Insurance. The Company will provide liability insurance coverage protecting Executive and his estate, to the extent permitted by law against suits by fellow employees, shareholders and third parties and criminal and regulatory investigations arising out of any alleged act or omission occurring with the course and scope of Executive’s employment with the Company. Such insurance will be in an amount not less than two million dollars ($2,000,000).

 

ARTICLE V

 

Termination

 

5.01 Automatic. This Agreement shall be automatically terminated upon the first to occur of the following:

 

(a) the Company’s termination pursuant to section 5.02:

(b) the Executive’s termination pursuant to section 5.03: or

(c) the Executive’s death.

 

5.02 By the Company. This Agreement may be terminated by the Company upon written notice to the Executive upon the first to occur of the following:

 

(a) Disability. Upon the Executive’s Disability (as defined herein). The term “Disability” shall mean the Executive cannot on a sustained basis physically or mentally perform the essential functions of the position with or without reasonable accommodations.

 

(b) Cause. Upon the Executive’s commission of Cause (as defined herein). The term “Cause” shall mean the following:

 

  (i) Any willful violation by Executive of any material provision of this Agreement or any other agreement entered into between the Company, or any of its affiliates, and Executive, causing demonstrable and serious injury to the Company, upon written notice of same by the Company describing in detail the breach asserted and stating that it constitutes notice pursuant to this Section 5.02(b)(i), which breach, if capable of being cured, has not been cured within sixty (60) days after such notice or such longer period of time if Executive proceeds with due diligence not later than ten (10) days after such notice to cure such breach; provided, however, that no such cure period shall be available in the event that the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that any such breach is not reasonably curable;
     
  (ii) Embezzlement by Executive of funds or property of the Company;

 

3
 

 

  (iii) Fraud or willful misconduct on the part of Executive in the performance of his duties as an employee of the Company, or gross negligence on the part of Executive in the performance of his duties as an employee of the Company causing demonstrable and serious injury to the Company, provided that the Company has given written notice of such breach which notice describes in detail the breach asserted and stating that it constitutes notice pursuant to this Section 5.02(b)(iii), and which breach, if capable of being cured, has not been cured within sixty (60) days after such notice or such longer period of time if Executive proceeds with due diligence not later than ten (10) days after such notice to cure such breach; provided, however, that no such cure period shall be available in the event that the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that any such breach is not reasonably curable; or
     
  (iv) Being charged with a felony or a crime of moral turpitude.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, Executive shall continue to be employed by the Company under the terms of this Agreement – with all of its enumerated compensation, benefits and restrictions – even if his role at the Company shifts from Chief Executive Officer to another role, such as Executive Chairman. Upon a termination for Cause, the Company shall pay Executive his Base and benefits including vacation pay through the date of termination of employment and Executive shall receive no severance under this Agreement.

 

5.03 By the Executive. This Agreement may be terminated by Executive, and Executive may voluntarily resign, upon written notice to the Company for any reason by providing 30 days’ written notice.

 

5.04 Consequences of Termination Without Cause. Upon any termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, except for a termination for Cause, the Executive shall be entitled to: (a) a payment equal to two (2) years’ worth of the then-existing Base and the prior year’s Cash Bonus (the “Severance”); and (b) retain the benefits set forth in Article IV for the balance of the term and all outstanding compensation owing as of the termination date. The Severance shall be paid, at Executive’s option, either (x) in a lump sum upon termination or (y) as and when normal payroll payments are made (except in the case of the Cash Bonus which shall be payable in a lump sum between on December 31st of each year). As a condition to the Company’s obligation to pay said Severance, Executive shall execute a comprehensive release of any and all claims that Executive may have against the Company (excluding any claims for the Company to pay or provide Accrued Obligations and Severance Benefits) (Release of Claims) within twenty one (21) days of the effective date of termination of employment and Executive shall not revoke said release in writing within seven (7) days of execution.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Covenants

 

6.01 Confidentiality. Executive shall treat as confidential and keep secret the affairs of the Company and shall not at any time during the term of employment or for a period of two (2) years thereafter, without the prior written consent of the Company, divulge, furnish, or make known or accessible to, or use for the benefit of, anyone other than the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates any information of a confidential nature relating in any way to the business of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates or their clients and obtained by him in the course of his employment hereunder, provided, however, that confidential information of the Company shall not include any information known or available generally to the public (other than as a result of unauthorized disclosure by Executive).

 

6.02 Records. All records, papers, and documents kept or made by Executive relating to the business of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates or their clients shall be and remain the property of the Company.

 

6.03 Non-Solicitation. Following the termination of Executive’s employment hereunder for any reason except for those set forth in section 5.03 in which event this section is inapplicable, Executive shall not for a period of six (6) months from such termination, solicit any employee of the Company to leave such employ to enter the employ of Executive or of any person, firm, or Company with which Executive is then associated (except solicitation by general means such as newspapers). During Executive’s employment with the Company and for a period of 6 months after termination of Executive’s employment at any time and for any reason, except for those set forth in Section 5.03 in which event this section is inapplicable, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit any person who during any portion of the time of Executive’s employment or at the time of termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, was a client, customer, policyholder, vendor, consultant or agent of the Company to discontinue business, in whole or in part, with the Company. Executive further agrees that, during such time, if such a client, customer, policyholder, vendor, or consultant or agent contacts Executive about discontinuing business with the Company or moving that business elsewhere, Executive will inform such client, customer, policyholder, vendor, consultant or agent that he or she cannot discuss the matter further without the consent of the Company.

 

4
 

 

6.04. Non-Competition. Executive agrees as follows, except in the event of a termination pursuant to Section 5.03, in which event this section is inapplicable:

 

  (a) Executive agrees that during the term of his employment with the Company, neither he nor any of his Affiliates (Executive’s Affiliates is defined as any legal entity in which Executive directly or indirectly owns at least a 50% interest or any entity or person which is under the control of the Executive) will directly or indirectly compete with the Company in any way in any business in which the Company or its Affiliates is engaged in, and that he will not act as an officer, director, employee, consultant, shareholder, lender, or agent of any entity which is engaged in any business of the same nature as, or in competition with the businesses in which the Company is now engaged or in which the Company becomes engaged during the term of employment; provided, however, that this Section shall not prohibit Executive or any of his Affiliates from purchasing or holding an aggregate equity interest of up to 10% in any publicly traded business in competition with the Company, so long as Executive and his Affiliates combined do not purchase or hold an aggregate equity interest of more than 10%. Furthermore, Executive agrees that during the term of employment, he will not accept any board of director seat or officer role or undertake any planning for the organization of any business activity competitive with the Company (without the approval of the Board of Directors) and Executive will not combine or conspire with any other Executives of the Company for the purpose of the organization of any such competitive business activity.
     
  (b) In order to protect the Company against the unauthorized use or disclosure of any confidential information of the Company presently known or hereinafter obtained by Executive during his employment under this Agreement, Executive agrees that for a period of six (6) months following the termination of this Agreement for any reason, neither Executive nor any of his Affiliates, shall, directly or indirectly, for itself or himself or on behalf of any other corporation, person, firm, partnership, association, or any other entity (whether as an individual, agent, servant, employee, employer, officer, director, shareholder, investor, principal, consultant or in any other capacity):

 

  (i) engage or participate in any business, regardless of where situated, which engages in direct market competition with such businesses being conducted by the Company during the term of employment; or
     
  (ii) assist or finance any person or entity in any manner or in any way inconsistent with the intents and purposes of this Agreement.

 

6.05. Non-Disparagement. Executive agrees that at no time during his employment by the Company or thereafter, shall he make, or cause or assist any other person to make, any statement or other communication to any third party which impugns or attacks, or is otherwise critical of, the reputation, business or character of the Company or any of its respective directors, officers or executives. In addition, the Company agrees that its Board and executives will not disparage the Executive so long as the Executive separates from the Company in good standing and abides by all terms of this agreement and signed non-disclosure and non-compete agreements.

 

6.06 .Scope and Duration. If at the time of enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, a court shall hold that the duration, scope, or area restriction of any provision hereof is unreasonable under circumstances now or then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum duration, scope, or area reasonable under the circumstances shall be substituted by the court for the stated duration, scope, or area.

 

6.07. Equitable Relief. Executive acknowledges that any breach by him of the provisions of this Article VI of this Agreement shall cause irreparable harm to the Company and that a remedy at law for any breach or attempted breach of Article VI of this Agreement will be inadequate, and agrees that, notwithstanding Article VIII hereof, the Company shall be entitled to exercise all remedies available to it, including specific performance and injunctive and other equitable relief, in the case of any such breach or attempted breach.

 

 

6.08. Authorization. The Company represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed, and delivered on behalf of the Company and that this Agreement represents the legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Company and does not conflict with any other agreement binding on the Company.

 

5
 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Assignment

 

7.01. Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company without relieving the Company of its obligations hereunder. Neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder shall be assignable by Executive and any such purported assignment by him shall be void.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Entire Agreement

 

8.01. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the Company and Executive concerning his employment by the Company and supersedes any and all previous agreements between Executive and the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries concerning such employment. Each party hereto shall pay its own costs and expenses (including legal fees) except as otherwise expressly provided herein incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be changed orally, but only in a written instrument signed by both parties hereto.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Applicable Law. Miscellaneous

 

9.01. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of British Columbia and the laws of Canada applicable therein. All actions brought to interpret or enforce this Agreement shall be brought in courts located in British Columbia, Canada.

 

 

9.02. Indemnification of Officers. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Executive to the full extent authorized or permitted by law with respect to any claim, liability, action, or proceeding instituted or threatened against or incurred by Executive or his legal representatives and arising in connection with Executive’s conduct or position at any time as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company or any subsidiary thereof. The Company shall not change, modify, alter, or in any way limit the existing indemnification and reimbursement provisions relating to and for the benefit of its directors and officers without the prior written consent of the Executive, including any modification or limitation of any directors and officers liability insurance policy.

 

9.03. Waiver. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a continuing waiver or a waiver of any similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party hereto which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.

 

9.04. Enforceability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

9.05. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9.06. Headings. The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

6
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  Company:
     
  Bruush Oral Care Inc.
     
  By:  
  Name:  Kia Besharat
  Title:  Director
     
  Executive:
     
  Aneil Manhas
     
   
  Aneil Manhas

 

Signature Page to Executive Employment Agreement 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

July 29, 2022

 

Bruush Oral Care Inc.

 

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement on form F-1, of our report dated June 30, 2022, except for Notes 3, 15 and 16 to the financial statements, as to which the date is July 15, 2022, relating to the financial statements as of October 31, 2021 and for the nine month period ended October 31, 2021, and our report dated June 30, 2022, except for Notes 3 and 14 to the financial statements, as to which the date is July 15, 2022, relating to the financial statements as of January 31, 2021 and for year ended January 31, 2021 of Bruush Oral Care Inc., which is contained in that Prospectus. Our reports contain an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

Yours very truly,

 

/s/ DMCL

 

DALE MATHESON CARR-HILTON LABONTE LLP

CHARTERED PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANTS

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.4

 

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

 

Bruush Oral Care Inc. (the “Company”) has filed a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (SEC File No. 333-265969, together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) registering its common stock for issuance. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a Director Nominee.

 

July 27, 2022

 

By: /s/ Robert Ward  
Name: Robert Ward  

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.5

 

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

 

Bruush Oral Care Inc. (the “Company”) has filed a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (SEC File No. 333-265969, together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) registering its common stock for issuance. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a Director Nominee.

 

July 27, 2022

 

By: /s/ Brett Yormark  
Name: Brett Yormark  

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.6

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

DISCLOSURE, CONFIDENTIALITY & INSIDER TRADING POLICY

 

The Policy

 

This Policy establishes procedures that are designed to (i) permit the disclosure of information about Bruush Oral Care Inc. (“Bruush” or the “Company”) to the public in an informative, timely and broadly disseminated manner, (ii) ensure that non-publicly disclosed information remains confidential, and (iii) ensure that trading of the Company’s securities by directors, officers and employees of the Company remains in compliance with applicable securities laws. The implementation of such policies and procedures is important in developing sound disclosure practices and maintaining investor confidence, as well as complying with securities laws and the Exchange’s rules on disclosure and trading.

 

The directors of the Company have approved this Policy.

 

Definitions Used in this Policy

 

Certain defined terms used in this Policy are set out in Schedule “A”.

 

Terms of this Policy

 

If there is any question or concern with respect to the application of this Policy to any Employee or to any particular circumstance, a Disclosure Officer (Parts I and II) or an Information Officer (Part III), as applicable, should be contacted for guidance.

 

Part I

DISCLOSURE

 

1. Timely Disclosure

 

The Company will publicly disclose Material Information immediately upon it becoming apparent that the information is material except in restricted circumstances where immediate release of the information would be unduly detrimental to the interests of the Company (and where the Company complies with any confidential filing obligations and maintains confidentiality of the information). In addition to being illegal if conducted in breach of applicable laws, unusual trading marked by significant changes in the price or trading volumes of the Company’s securities prior to the announcement of Material Information may embarrass the Company and may damage its reputation with the investing public and lead to investigations by regulatory authorities.

 

2. Disclosure Officers

 

For purposes of this Policy, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company has been designated as the Disclosure Officer and can be contacted at [*].

 

 
- 2 -

 

Generally, the Disclosure Officer, and employees/contractors engaged in investor relations activities are the only individuals authorized to communicate with analysts and investors about information concerning the Company. Employees who are not Disclosure Officers should refer all calls or other communications from shareholders and holders of other securities of the Company, the financial community and media which relate to the Company to the Disclosure Officer. If an Employee has any doubt as to whether any calls or other communications may relate to Company policies, Undisclosed Material Information or legal issues, the Employee should refrain from responding and should refer the communication to the Disclosure Officer. Employees should err on the side of caution. If it is appropriate for an Employee to discuss information about the Company, the Employee should, if possible, first advise a Disclosure Officer of the nature of the information to be discussed and, afterwards, advise the Disclosure Officer of what actually was discussed. Employees may not communicate Undisclosed Material Information unless they have prior permission from a Disclosure Officer, which permission will not be given unless the provisions of Part II of this Policy are complied with.

 

The Disclosure Officer, as well as corporate counsel, must continue to be fully apprised of Company developments, in order that they be in a position to evaluate and discuss those events that may impact on the disclosure process (e.g., the status of any merger activities, material operational developments, extraordinary transactions, management changes, etc.). The directors must also be kept aware of all material developments and significant information disseminated to the public. If it is deemed that Material Information should remain confidential, the Disclosure Officer will determine how that information will be controlled. In addition, if any Employee becomes aware of any information that may constitute Material Information, the Employee must advise a Disclosure Officer as soon as possible.

 

3. What Constitutes Material Information?

 

Information is material if it would reasonably be expected to result in a significant change in the market price or value of any of the Company’s securities. Materiality judgements involve taking into account a number of factors, including the nature of the information itself, the volatility of the Company’s securities and prevailing market conditions. The materiality of a particular event or piece of information varies between companies according to their size, the nature of their operations and many other factors. An event which is “significant” or “major” for a smaller company may not be material to a larger company. The Company will attempt to monitor the market’s reaction to information that is publicly disclosed by it. Ongoing monitoring and assessment of market reaction will be helpful when making materiality judgements in the future.

 

A good rule of thumb is that if the information would influence an Employee’s decision to buy or sell securities of the Company, the information is probably material. If an Employee is unsure whether or not information is material, the Employee should immediately contact a Disclosure Officer before disclosing it to anyone. Employees should err on the side of caution in such matters. If the Disclosure Officer is unable to determine whether or not the information is material, the Disclosure Officer may convene a meeting of senior management and, if necessary, the directors, to determine, with the assistance of the Company’s legal counsel, if appropriate, if the information is material, whether or not it should be disclosed or remain confidential, and if the information needs to be disclosed, the method for disseminating the information.

 

Developments, whether actual or proposed, which are likely to give rise to material information and thus to require prompt disclosure may include, but are not limited to, those events listed on Schedule “B”.

 

4. Basic Disclosure Rules

 

All public disclosure of Material Information pursuant to this Policy must be made by way of press release disseminated through a widely circulated newswire service company.

 

 
- 3 -

 

In order to maintain consistent and accurate disclosure about the Company, the following principles should generally be followed:

 

  (a) disclosure should be factual and balanced, neither over-emphasizing favourable news nor under-emphasizing unfavourable news. Disclosure must include any information without which the rest of the disclosure would be misleading;
     
  (b) unfavourable information must be disclosed as promptly and completely as favourable information;
     
  (c) avoid unnecessary detail, exaggerated reports or promotional commentary;
     
  (d) no selective disclosure. Previously undisclosed information may not be disclosed to selected persons; if there is disclosure it must be made widely (i.e., by way of a press release);
     
  (e) disclosure must be updated if earlier disclosure has become misleading as a result of intervening events; and
     
  (f) if Material Information is to be announced at an analyst or securityholders’ meeting or a press conference or other forum, any such announcement must be co-ordinated with an advance general public announcement by a press release containing the relevant information.

 

The Company has developed and intends to maintain a routine procedure for all corporate communications. The procedure consists of drafting a press release, circulating it for review to the Disclosure Officers and directors, and other officers as appropriate, alerting the Exchange if required by the policies of the Exchange and disseminating the release through a national wire service and other distribution channels so as to effect broad dissemination to the public. A similar review process applies to all other corporate communications, including brochures, web presentations, videos or other electronic communications used for promotional or investor relations purposes. Any significant changes to these communications should go through the same process. The Company will keep a record of the approval of these communications and make sure that only the currently approved version can be obtained.

 

The following general guidelines should be considered for the preparation and dissemination of news releases: (a) be clear and specific with assumptions and numbers; (b) do not hide negative facts; and (c) with the exception of Material Changes requiring immediate disclosure, news releases should be released prior to the market opening whenever possible.

 

Any news release containing financial information based on the Company’s financial statements (prior to the release of such financial statements) must be approved by the audit committee of the Company prior to dissemination.

 

5. Conference Calls; Industry Conferences

 

Conference calls may be held to discuss quarterly and annual results and major corporate developments, where discussion of key aspects is accessible simultaneously to all interested parties. Such calls will be preceded by a press release containing all relevant Material Information. At the beginning of the call, a Company spokesperson will provide appropriate cautionary language with respect to any forward-looking information and direct participants to publicly available documents containing, if applicable, the assumptions, sensitivities and a discussion of the risks and uncertainties.

 

 
- 4 -

 

The Company will provide advance public notice of the conference call by issuing a press release announcing the date and time, the subject matter of the call and providing information on how interested parties may access the call. In addition, the Company may send invitations to analysts, institutional investors, the media and others to participate. A tape recording of the conference call and/or an archived audio webcast or transcript on the Internet will be made available following the call for a reasonable period of time (generally a minimum of 30 days), for anyone interested in listening to a replay.

 

In advance of an analyst conference call or industry conference, to the extent practicable, the Company will endeavour to script comments and responses to anticipated questions in order to identify Undisclosed Material Information that should be publicly disclosed and will limit comments and responses to non-material information and Material Information that has previously been publicly disclosed. After the call or presentation, a debriefing should be conducted to review what was actually said and a record of what was said should be filed in the disclosure record referred to in section 12 below. If there was any unintentional selective disclosure, immediate steps should be taken to make a full public announcement.

 

6. Forward-Looking Information

 

Subject to the approval and disclosure procedures provided elsewhere in this Policy, the Company may provide limited forward-looking information to enable securityholders and the investment community to better evaluate the Company and its prospects, provided the Company has a reasonable basis for the forward-looking information. The Company will ensure that such statements are identified as forward-looking. Moreover, meaningful cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the statements and a description of the factors or assumptions that were used in making the forward-looking statements will accompany such statements. The Company will seek the assistance of its legal counsel as appropriate to ensure that securities laws that relate to disclosure of forward-looking information are complied with.

 

The Company undertakes no obligations to update forward-looking statements, except as required by applicable law.

 

The Company, to the extent practicable in the circumstances, will update forward-looking statements that continue to be material and that change materially.

 

7. Correction of Selective Disclosure

 

If previously Undisclosed Material Information has been inadvertently disclosed to an analyst or any other person, the information must be publicly disclosed immediately by way of press release. The Exchange should be contacted and a halt in trading in the Company’s securities should be requested pending the issuance of the press release. Pending the public release of the Material Information, the parties who have knowledge of the information should be advised that the information is material and has not been generally disclosed.

 

Selective disclosure most often occurs in one-on-one discussions (such as analyst meetings) and in industry conferences and other types of private meetings and break-out sessions, but it can occur elsewhere. For example, the Company should not discuss Undisclosed Material Information at its annual general meeting of shareholders.

 

 
- 5 -

 

8. Rumours

 

Rumours can cause unusual market activity. The Company will respond consistently to market rumours in the following manner: “it is our policy not to comment on market rumours or speculation”. If market activity indicates that trading is being unduly influenced by rumours, the Exchange may request, or the Company may determine, that a clarifying statement be made through a press release. A trading halt may be instituted or requested pending an announcement by the Company. If the rumour is true, either in whole or in part, immediate disclosure will generally be required. The determination to make disclosure will be made by the Disclosure Officer.

 

9. Contact with Analysts and Others; Analyst Reports

 

The Company recognizes that meetings with analysts and significant investors are an important element of the Company’s investor relations program. The Company, with the approval of either the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Executive Officer or the board of directors of the Company, will meet with analysts and investors on an individual or small group basis (including participating in industry conferences) as needed and will initiate contacts or respond to calls in a timely, consistent and accurate fashion in accordance with the requirements of this Policy. The Company recognizes, however, that private meetings with analysts and other small group meetings carry with them the risk of inadvertent selective disclosure, which should be avoided. After an interview, press conference, discussion with an analyst or visit to the Company’s office by an analyst, a debriefing should be conducted to review what was actually said and a record of what was said should be filed in the disclosure record referred to in section 12 below.

 

The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Executive Officer should avoid getting involved in the contents of an analyst’s report, except to correct factual errors. Confirmation of or attempting to influence an analyst’s opinions or conclusions may be considered to be selective disclosure by the Company. “No comment” is an acceptable answer to questions that cannot be answered without violating the rule against selective disclosure. With regard to responding to financial models or drafts of analysts’ reports, it is the Company’s policy to review, on request, the model or report for publicly disclosed factual content only (not “soft” information) and to give guidance only when assumptions have been made on the basis of incorrect public data that render unrealistic conclusions. It is imperative that the control of this process be centralized through the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Company should confirm in writing that its review has been limited to publicly available factual information and detail what information (if any) has been provided by the Company to the analyst. The Company will not confirm, or attempt to influence, an analyst’s opinions or conclusions and will not express comfort with an analyst’s model. Meetings with analysts may include general discussions regarding the Company’s prospects, business environment, management philosophy and long-term strategy, but should avoid discussions regarding Undisclosed Material Information.

 

The Company will generally not redistribute analyst reports to persons outside of the Company (including by posting such reports on its website). The Company will consider including in its regular periodic disclosures (such as its quarterly and annual management’s discussion and analysis disclosure) details about topics of interest to analysts, investors and other market participants as a means of providing more information to the marketplace generally and limiting its “selective disclosure” risks. The Company will ensure that disclosure will be consistent among all audiences, including the investment community, the media and investors.

 

10. Quiet Periods

 

In order to limit the potential for selective disclosure (and the perception or appearance of selective disclosure), the Company will observe a “quiet period” during which time there will be no comment on analysts’ estimates or any other comments with respect to the current financial period’s operations or expected results. The quiet period will normally commence on the last day of an interim or annual financial period and end on the trading day following the issuance of a press release or other document disclosing the results for the period.

 

 
- 6 -

 

11. Notification of Market Surveillance

 

When the Exchange is open for trading, advance notice of a press release announcing Material Information must be provided to the market surveillance department (or similar department or regulation service provider) of the Exchange to determine if a halt in trading is necessary to provide time for the market to digest the news. When a press release announcing Material Information is issued outside of trading hours, the market surveillance department of the Exchange should be notified before the market opens. Copies of all press releases should be supplied to the market surveillance department of the Exchange and to the relevant securities regulators immediately.

 

12. Disclosure Record

 

The Company will maintain a file containing all public information about the Company. This includes news releases, approved corporate communications, brokerage research reports, reports in the press and notes from meetings with analysts, securityholders and other market participants.

 

13. Electronic Communications; Company Website

 

This Policy also applies to electronic communications, including the Company’s website. Accordingly, officers and personnel responsible for written and oral public disclosures will also be responsible for electronic communications.

 

The Chief Executive Officer of the Company is responsible for monitoring all information placed on the website to ensure that it is accurate, complete, up-to-date and in compliance with relevant securities laws. Disclosure on the Company’s website alone does not constitute adequate disclosure of information that is considered Undisclosed Material Information. Any disclosure of Material Information on the website will be preceded by the issuance of a press release. The Company will, however, endeavour to concurrently post to its website (or provide a link to) all documents filed on SEDAR by the Company in an effort to improve investor access to its information. Where practicable, the Company will also endeavour to post on its website all supplemental information that is given to analysts, institutional investors and other market professionals such as data books, fact sheets, slides of investor presentations or other relevant materials.

 

The Company will not link to or post analysts reports on its website. The Chief Executive Officer is also principally responsible for responses to electronic inquiries. Only public information or information which could otherwise be provided in accordance with this Policy will be utilized in responding to electronic inquiries.

 

In order to ensure that no Undisclosed Material Information is inadvertently disclosed, Employees may not participate in Internet chat rooms or newsgroup discussions on matters pertaining to the Company’s activities or its securities. Employees who encounter a discussion pertaining to the Company should advise one of the Disclosure Officers promptly, so that the discussion may be monitored, if determined appropriate. The Company will not host or link to chat rooms, bulletin boards or news groups.

 

 
- 7 -

 

Part II

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

1. When Disclosure of Material Information May Be Delayed

 

Where the immediate disclosure of Material Information, as is typically required by securities laws, would be unduly detrimental to the interests of the Company, securities laws may permit its disclosure may be delayed and kept confidential temporarily. Keeping Material Information confidential can only be justified where the potential harm to the Company, its business partners (including any entities related to the Company’s streams and royalties) or to investors caused by immediate disclosure may reasonably be considered to outweigh the undesirable consequences of delaying disclosure and where confidentiality of the information is maintained.

 

Examples of circumstances in which disclosure might be unduly detrimental to the interests of the Company include: (a) where the release of information would prejudice the ability of the Company to pursue specific and limited objectives or to complete a transaction or series of transactions that are underway; (b) where the disclosure of the information would provide competitors with confidential corporate information that would be of significant benefit to them; and (c) where the disclosure of information concerning the status of ongoing negotiations would prejudice the successful completion of those negotiations.

 

All decisions to delay disclosure of Material Information must be made by the Disclosure Officer in the first instance and thereafter by the board of directors. In such circumstances, the Company will comply with any obligation to make a confidential filing with applicable securities regulators and to notify the Exchange and market surveillance and, if applicable, the obligation to advise the applicable securities regulatory authorities of continued confidential treatment. The Company should also maintain confidentiality of the information, and market activity in the Company’s securities should be carefully monitored to assess whether any of the confidential information may have been leaked. Upon the Company becoming aware, or having reasonable grounds to believe, that persons or companies are purchasing or selling the Company’s securities with knowledge of Material Information, the Company must promptly generally disclose the Material Information.

 

2. Access to Confidential Information

 

Employees will be given access to confidential information about the Company and its business partners on an “as needed” basis only and must not disclose that information to anyone except with the prior approval of a Disclosure Officer and where such disclosure is in the necessary course of business (e.g., discussions with the Company’s bankers or advisers where the disclosure of the confidential information is necessary and the persons receiving it understand that it is to be kept confidential). Other circumstances where disclosure may be considered in the “necessary course of business” may include communications with: (i) vendors, suppliers or strategic partners; (ii) employees, officers and directors; (iii) lenders, legal counsel, auditors, underwriters and financial and other professional advisors to the Company; (iv) parties to negotiations (e.g., in connection with a private placement or acquisition); (v) labour unions and industry associations; (vi) government agencies in non-governmental regulators; and (vii) credit rating agencies. However, determining what confidential information can be disclosed in the “necessary course of business” is difficult, and the assistance of legal counsel to the Company should be sought. Selective disclosure of Material Information to analysts, institutional investors or other market professionals is not generally considered in the “necessary course of business”. Employees must not discuss confidential information in situations where they may be overheard or participate in discussions regarding decisions by others about investments in the Company.

 

3. Disclosure of Confidential Information

 

In the event that material confidential information, or rumours respecting the same, is divulged in any manner (other than in the necessary course of business), the Company is required to make an immediate announcement on the matter. The Exchange must be notified of the announcement in advance in the usual manner and a halt in trading in the Company’s securities may be required.

 

 
- 8 -

 

4. Disclosure of Information to Outsiders

 

Before a meeting with other parties at which Undisclosed Material Information of the Company may be discussed in compliance with this Policy, the other parties should be told that they must not divulge that information to anyone else, other than in the necessary course of business, and that they may not trade in the Company’s securities until after the information is publicly disclosed and a reasonable period of time for its dissemination has passed. In such circumstances, the feasibility of having such parties enter into a confidentiality agreement with the Company should be considered.

 

Part III

INSIDER TRADING POLICY

 

1. General Prohibition

 

No Employees or Restricted Persons may Trade in the securities of the Company when they are aware of Undisclosed Material Information until the information is publicly disclosed and a reasonable period of time for its dissemination has passed. Generally, “a reasonable period of time” will be two (2) trading days; however, it may be shorter or longer depending on the market following of the Company. An Information Officer should be consulted to determine what would be a “reasonable period of time” in the circumstances. Employees and Restricted Persons must “preclear” all trading in securities of the Company in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3 below.

 

This Policy applies to all transactions in the Company’s equity securities, including common stock and any other type of securities that the Company may issue, such as preferred stock, notes, bonds, convertible debentures and warrants, and exchange-traded options (including puts and calls) and other derivative securities. This Policy applies to sales, purchases, gifts, exchanges, pledges, options, hedges, puts, calls and short sales.

 

This Policy does not apply to a surrender of shares to the Company or the retention and withholding from delivery to the applicable officer, director or employee of shares by the Company (i.e., a so-called “net settlement”) upon vesting of restricted stock in satisfaction of any tax withholding obligations in a manner permitted by the applicable equity award agreement or the Company plan pursuant to which the restricted stock was granted.

 

In addition, Employees or Restricted Persons are prohibited from informing, or “tipping”, anyone else about that Undisclosed Material Information unless it is necessary in the course of the Company’s business (as discussed in Part II, section 2 above). It is also illegal for Employees or Restricted Persons with knowledge of Undisclosed Material Information to recommend or encourage another person to Trade securities of the Company. These prohibitions extend to other securities whose price or value may reasonably be expected to be affected by changes in the price of the Company’s securities and includes the granting or exercise of options. Rapid buying and selling by Employees and Restricted Persons of the Company’s securities is strongly discouraged because of the possible perception of trading on Undisclosed Material Information.

 

2. Information Officer

 

For purposes of this Policy, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company has been designated as the Information Officer. Employees or Restricted Persons must contact the Information Officer to obtain permission before Trading any securities of the Company (which includes exercise of options or other convertible securities such as warrants).

 

 
- 9 -

 

3. Requirement to Obtain Permission to Trade

 

Employees or Restricted Persons must contact an Information Officer to obtain permission before Trading any securities of the Company (which includes exercise of options or other convertible securities such as warrants).

 

Because Employees or Restricted Persons are likely to obtain Undisclosed Material Information on a regular basis, the Company requires all such persons to preclear all purchases and sales of the Company’s securities in accordance with the following procedures:

 

  (a) Subject to the exemption in part “(d)” below, no Employee or Restricted Person may, directly or indirectly, purchase or sell any security issued by the Company without first obtaining prior written approval from the Information Officer. These procedures also apply to transactions by such person’s spouse, other persons living in such person’s household and minor children, and to transactions by entities over which such person exercises control.
     
  (b) The Information Officer shall record the date each request is received and the date and time each request is approved or disapproved. Unless revoked, a grant of permission will normally remain valid until the close of trading two business days following the day on which it was granted.
     
  (c) Requests are most likely to be approved for trading that is to occur in the following “window periods”:
     
    (i) Commencing at the close of trading on the second full business day following the date of public disclosure of the financial results for a particular fiscal quarter or year and continuing until the eleventh business day of the third month of the next fiscal quarter. For example, if public disclosure occurs on Monday, May 16th, trading requests would likely be approved from Thursday, May 19th through Thursday, June 16th; or
       
    (ii) Following the wide dissemination of information on the status of the Company and current results.
     
  (d) Preclearance is not required for purchases and sales of securities under a preexisting written plan, contract, instruction, or arrangement that is adopted pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b5-1(c) (17 C.F.R. § 240.10b5-1(c)) and approved in writing by the Information Officer or such other person as the Board of Directors may designate from time to time (the “Authorizing Officer”). Generally, Rule 10b5-1(c) trading plans are developed in consultation with individual counsel and not the responsibility of the Information Officer. For more information about Rule 10b5-1 trading plans, see Section 7 below.

 

4. Undisclosed Material Information of Other Companies

 

Where Employees or Restricted Persons become aware of Undisclosed Material Information concerning another public company, they may not Trade the securities of that company until the information is publicly disclosed and a reasonable period of time for its dissemination has passed. Generally, a “reasonable period of time” will be two (2) trading days; however, it may be shorter or longer depending upon the particular market following of that other company. An Information Officer should be consulted to determine what would be a “reasonable period of time” in the circumstances.

 

 
- 10 -

 

5. Restricted Persons

 

Restricted Persons are prohibited from Trading whenever there are Pending Material Developments, even if they are unaware of the details of the same. In the circumstances where there is a Pending Material Development with respect to the Company, a confidential memo will be sent to all Restricted Persons, as well as to other Employees if it is determined appropriate, informing them of the Blackout Period with respect to such Pending Material Development at which time they shall cease Trading until further notice. No reason for the Trading restriction will be provided.

 

During a Blackout Period, the board of directors of the Company may determine that special circumstances warrant permitting a specific Trade to occur during the Blackout Period and may approve that Trade. If Employees or Restricted Persons believe that such circumstances may apply to them in a particular instance, they may request that an Information Officer present their circumstances to the board of directors.

 

The board of directors of the Company is responsible for making the determination as to when a pending transaction constitutes a Pending Material Development. As guidance, a Blackout Period must at least commence once negotiations on a proposed transaction have progressed to a point where it reasonably could be expected that the market price of the Company’s securities would be significantly affected if the status of the transaction were publicly disclosed.

 

6. Blackout Periods

 

(a) The Information Officer, in consultation with senior management, may prescribe and provide notice of Special Blackout Periods from time to time during which all Employees and Restricted Persons will be generally restricted from Trading the Company’s securities. The purpose of such Blackout Periods is to prevent Employees and Restricted Persons who may be aware of Undisclosed Material Information from Trading the Company’s securities until such information has been disclosed and for a reasonable period of time following the disclosure of that information. Generally, a “reasonable period of time” will be two (2) trading days; however, it may be shorter or longer. The Information Officer, in consultation with senior management, will be responsible for setting the length of Special Blackout Periods and notifying Employees and Restricted Persons of Special Blackout Periods in effect. The fact that a Special Blackout Period has been imposed must be kept strictly confidential.

 

(b) Regular Blackout Period Defined. Employees and Restricted Persons may not trade in Company securities to be determined by the Information Officer. For example, a Regular Blackout Period may commence on the last day of an interim or annual financial period and end on the third trading day following the issuance of a press release or financial statements and MD&A disclosing the results for the period. To provide clarity, the Information Officer will notify Employees and Restricted Persons of the date on which the blackout period begins and ends. Trades made pursuant to an approved 10b5-1 Trading Plan described below are exempted from this restriction.

 

(c) Blackout Periods Required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In order to comply with certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, no director or executive officer of the Company may, directly or indirectly, purchase, sell or otherwise acquire or transfer any equity security of the Company during any period of time that participants in the Company’s 401(k) plan, as applicable, are prohibited from trading interests in the Company’s equity securities under such plan. The “blackout period” is defined for purposes of this rule as any period of more than three consecutive business days during which the ability of 50 percent or more of the participants or beneficiaries located in the United States under all individual account plans of the Company to purchase or sell any equity securities of the Company under any such plan is suspended by action of the Company or a fiduciary of the plan. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires the Company to timely notify affected directors and executive officers and the SEC of any such blackout period. If you are a director or executive officer of the Company, the Information Officer will disapprove any requested transaction involving equity securities of the Company that would occur during a blackout period for participants in the Company’s 401(k) plan, as applicable.

 

 
- 11 -

 

(d) Hardship Trading Exceptions. The Information Officer may, on a case-by-case basis, authorize trading in Company securities during a trading blackout period due to financial or other hardship. Any person wanting to rely on this exception must first notify the Information Officer in writing of the circumstance of the hardship and the amount and nature of the proposed trade. Such person will also be required to certify to the Information Officer in writing no earlier than two business days prior to the proposed trade that he or she is not in possession of Undisclosed Material Information concerning the Company or its securities. Upon authorization from the Information Officer, the person may trade, although such person will be responsible for ensuring that any such trade complies in all other respects with this Policy.

 

7. Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans and Rule 144

 

Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans

 

Overview: Directors, officers and employees are protected from insider trading liability under Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for transactions under a previously established contract, plan or instruction to trade in the Company’s stock (a “Trading Plan”) entered into in good faith and in accordance with the terms of Rule 10b5-1 and all applicable state laws and will be exempt from the trading restrictions set forth in this Policy. The initiation of, and any modification to, any such Trading Plan will be deemed to be a transaction in the Company’s securities, and such initiation or modification is subject to all limitations and prohibitions relating to transactions in the Company’s securities. Each such Trading Plan, and any modification thereof, must be submitted to and pre-approved by the Information Officer, or such other Authorizing Officer, who may impose such conditions on the implementation and operation of the Trading Plan as the Authorizing Officer deems necessary or advisable. However, compliance of the Trading Plan to the terms of Rule 10b5-1 and the execution of transactions pursuant to the Trading Plan are the sole responsibility of the person initiating the Trading Plan, not the Company or the Authorizing Officer.

 

Rule 10b5-1 allows insiders to establish arrangements to sell (or purchase) Company stock without the restrictions of trading windows and black-out periods, even when there is undisclosed material information. Rule 10b5-1 provides an “affirmative defense” in the event there is an insider trading lawsuit. It does not prevent someone from bringing a lawsuit.

 

A director, officer or employee may enter into a Trading Plan only when he, she or they is/are not in possession of material, non-public information, and only during a trading window period outside of the trading black-out period.

 

The Company reserves the right from time to time to suspend, discontinue or otherwise prohibit any transaction in the Company’s securities, even pursuant to a previously approved Trading Plan, if the Authorizing Officer or the Board of Directors, in its discretion, determines that such suspension, discontinuation or other prohibition is in the best interests of the Company. Any Trading Plan submitted for approval hereunder should explicitly acknowledge the Company’s right to prohibit transactions in the Company’s securities. Failure to discontinue purchases and sales as directed shall constitute a violation of the terms of this Section 7 and result in a loss of the exemption set forth herein.

 

Officers, directors and employees may adopt Trading Plans with brokers that outline a pre-set plan for trading of the Company’s stock, including the exercise of options. Trades pursuant to a Trading Plan generally may occur at any time. However, the Company requires a cooling-off period of 30 days between the establishment of a Trading Plan and commencement of any transactions under such plan. An individual may adopt more than one Trading Plan. Please review the following description of how a Trading Plan works.

 

 
- 12 -

 

Pursuant to Rule 10b5-1, an individual’s purchase or sale of securities will not be “on the basis of” material, non-public information if:

 

  First, before becoming aware of the information, the individual enters into a binding contract to purchase or sell the securities, provides instructions to another person to sell the securities or adopts a written plan for trading the securities (i.e., the Trading Plan).
     
  Second, the Trading Plan must either:
     
    specify the amount of securities to be purchased or sold, the price at which the securities are to be purchased or sold and the date on which the securities are to be purchased or sold;
       
    include a written formula or computer program for determining the amount, price and date of the transactions; or
       
    prohibit the individual from exercising any subsequent influence over the purchase or sale of the Company’s stock under the Trading Plan in question.
     
  Third, the purchase or sale must occur pursuant to the Trading Plan and the individual must not enter into a corresponding hedging transaction or alter or deviate from the Trading Plan.

 

Revocation of and Amendments to Trading Plans. Revocation of Trading Plans should occur only in unusual circumstances. Effectiveness of any revocation or amendment of a Trading Plan will be subject to the prior review and approval of the Authorizing Officer. Revocation is effected upon written notice to the broker. Once a Trading Plan has been revoked, the participant should wait at least 30 days before trading outside of a Trading Plan and 180 days before establishing a new Trading Plan.

 

A person acting in good faith may amend a prior Trading Plan so long as such amendments are made outside of a quarterly trading black-out period and at a time when the Trading Plan participant does not possess material, non-public information. Plan amendments must not take effect for at least 30 days after the plan amendments are made.

 

Under certain circumstances, a Trading Plan must be revoked. This may include circumstances such as the announcement of a merger or the occurrence of an event that would cause the transaction either to violate the law or to have an adverse effect on the Company. The Authorizing Officer is authorized to notify the broker in such circumstances, thereby insulating the insider in the event of revocation.

 

Discretionary Plans. Although non-discretionary Trading Plans are preferred, discretionary Trading Plans, where the discretion or control over trading is transferred to a broker, are permitted if pre-approved by the Authorizing Officer. The Authorizing Officer of the Company must pre-approve any Trading Plan, arrangement or trading instructions, etc., involving potential sales or purchases of the Company’s stock or option exercises, including but not limited to, blind trusts, discretionary accounts with banks or brokers, or limit orders. The actual transactions effected pursuant to a pre-approved Trading Plan will not be subject to further pre-clearance for transactions in the Company’s stock once the Trading Plan or other arrangement has been pre-approved.

 

Reporting (if Required). If required, an SEC Form 144 will be filled out and filed by the individual/brokerage firm in accordance with the existing rules regarding Form 144 filings. A footnote at the bottom of the Form 144 should indicate that the trades “are in accordance with a Trading Plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 and expires _____.”

 

 
- 13 -

 

Options. Exercises of options for cash may be executed at any time. “Cashless exercise” option exercises through a broker are subject to trading windows. However, the Company will permit same day sales under Trading Plans. If a broker is required to execute a cashless exercise in accordance with a Trading Plan, then the Company must have exercise forms attached to the Trading Plan that are signed, undated and with the number of shares to be exercised left blank.

 

Once a broker determines that the time is right to exercise the option and dispose of the shares in accordance with the Trading Plan, the broker will notify the Company in writing and the Authorizing Officer will fill in the number of shares and the date of exercise on the previously signed exercise form. The insider should not be involved with this part of the exercise.

 

Trades Outside of a Trading Plan. During an open trading window, trades differing from Trading Plan instructions that are already in place are allowed as long as the Trading Plan continues to be followed.

 

Public Announcements. The Company may make a public announcement that Trading Plans are being implemented in accordance with Rule 10b5-1. It will consider in each case whether a public announcement of a particular Trading Plan should be made. It may also make public announcements or respond to inquiries from the media as transactions are made under a Trading Plan.

 

Prohibited Transactions. The transactions prohibited under Section 7 of this Policy, including among others short sales and hedging transactions, may not be carried out through a Trading Plan or other arrangement or trading instruction involving potential sales or purchases of the Company’s securities.

 

Limitation on Liability. None of the Company, the Information Officer, the Authorizing Officer or the Company’s other employees will have any liability for any delay in reviewing, or refusal of, a Trading Plan submitted pursuant to this Section 7 or a request for pre-clearance submitted pursuant to Section 7 of this Policy. Notwithstanding any review of a Trading Plan pursuant to this Section 7 or pre-clearance of a transaction pursuant to Section 7 of this Policy, none of the Company, the Information Officer, the Authorizing Officer or the Company’s other employees assumes any liability for the legality or consequences of such Trading Plan or transaction to the person engaging in or adopting such Trading Plan or transaction.

 

Rule 144

 

Rule 144 provides a safe harbor exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for certain resales of “restricted securities” and “control securities.” “Restricted securities” are securities acquired from an issuer, or an affiliate of an issuer, in a transaction or chain of transactions not involving a public offering. “Control securities” are any securities owned by directors, executive officers or other “affiliates” of the issuer, including stock purchased in the open market and stock received upon exercise of stock options. Sales of Company restricted and control securities must comply with the requirements of Rule 144, which are summarized below:

 

  Holding Period. Restricted securities must be held for at least six months before they may be sold in the market.
     
  Current Public Information. The Company must have filed all SEC-required reports during the last 12 months or such shorter period that the Company was required to file such reports.
     
  Volume Limitations. For affiliates, total sales of Company common stock for any three-month period may not exceed the greater of: (i) 1% of the total number of outstanding shares of Company common stock, as reflected in the most recent report or statement published by the Company, or (ii) the average weekly reported volume of such shares traded during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of the requisite Form 144.

 

 
- 14 -

 

  Method of Sale. For affiliates, the shares must be sold either in a “broker’s transaction” or in a transaction directly with a “market maker.” A “broker’s transaction” is one in which the broker does no more than execute the sale order and receive the usual and customary commission. Neither the broker nor the selling person can solicit or arrange for the sale order. In addition, the selling person or Board member must not pay any fee or commission other than to the broker. A “market maker” includes a specialist permitted to act as a dealer, a dealer acting in the position of a block positioner, and a dealer who holds himself out as being willing to buy and sell Company common stock for his own account on a regular and continuous basis.
     
  Notice of Proposed Sale. For affiliates, a notice of the sale (a Form 144) may be required to be filed with the SEC at the time of the sale. Brokers generally have internal procedures for executing sales under Rule 144 and will assist you in completing the Form 144 and in complying with the other requirements of Rule 144.

 

If you are subject to Rule 144, you must instruct your broker who handles trades in Company securities to follow the brokerage firm’s Rule 144 compliance procedures in connection with all trades.

 

8. Insider Trading Reports

 

“Reporting insiders” of the Company are required to file insider trading reports within five (5) days of a change in their ownership position in any securities of the Company (this includes the grant of options or other convertible securities to such persons or the exercise by them of such options or convertible securities). Reporting insiders are also required to file an “initial” insider report within ten days of the date on which the person or the Company became a reporting insider (an initial report is not required, however, when a person becomes a reporting insider if he/she has no direct or indirect beneficial ownership, control or direction over securities of the Company). These reports are to be filed electronically using the EDGAR system. Schedule “C” sets out those persons who are “reporting insiders”.

 

9. Prohibited Activities

 

Prohibitions. Except for limited exceptions described below, the following activities are prohibited under this Policy.

 

(i) No Employee or Restricted Person may purchase, sell, transfer or effectuate any other transaction in Company securities while in possession of Undisclosed Material Information concerning the Company or its securities. This prohibition includes sales of shares received upon exercise of stock options or upon vesting of Restricted Stock Units and Awards, and shares held in the Company’s 401(k) plan, as applicable.

 

(ii) No Employee or Restricted Person may “tip” or disclose Undisclosed Material Information concerning the Company or its securities to any outside person (including family members, affiliates, analysts, investors, members of the investment community and news media). Should a Employee or Restricted Person inadvertently disclose such information to an outsider, the Employee or Restricted Person must promptly inform the Information Officer regarding this disclosure. The Company will take steps necessary to preserve the confidentiality of the information, including requiring the outsider to agree in writing to comply with the terms of this Policy and/or sign a confidentiality agreement.

 

(iii) No Employee or Restricted Person may purchase Company securities on margin, hold Company securities in a margin account, or otherwise pledge Company securities as collateral for a loan because, in the event of a margin call or default on the loan, the broker or lender could sell the shares at a time when the Employee or Restricted Person is in possession of Undisclosed Material Information, resulting in liability for insider trading. In addition, pledging of securities by Employees or Restricted Persons, including margin arrangements, can be perceived to undermine the alignment of their interests and incentives with the long-term interests of other stockholders.

 

 
- 15 -

 

(iv) Short-term and speculative trading in Company securities, as well as hedging and other derivative transactions involving Company securities, can create the appearance of impropriety and may become the subject of an SEC investigation, particularly if the trading occurs before a major Company announcement or is followed by unusual activity or price changes in the Company’s stock. Therefore, it is the Company’s policy to prohibit the following activities, even if you are not in possession of Undisclosed Material Information:

 

  1. No Employee or Restricted Person may trade in any interest or position relating to the future price of Company securities, such as put or call options or other derivatives, or short sale of Company securities.
     
  2. No Employee or Restricted Person may hedge Company securities. A “hedge” is a transaction designed to offset or reduce the risk of a decline in the market value of an equity security, and can include, but is not limited to, prepaid variable forward contracts, equity swaps, collars, and exchange funds.
     
  3. Employees or Restricted Persons may not trade in securities of the Company on an active basis, including short term speculation.

 

(v) No Employee or Restricted Person may trade in securities of another company if the Employee or Restricted Person is in possession of Undisclosed Material Information about that other company which the Employee or Restricted Person learned in the course of their work for the Company.

 

(vi) “Quiet” Periods. The Company’s announcement of its quarterly financial results has the potential to have a material effect on the market for the Company’s securities. Therefore, to avoid even the appearance of trading on the basis of Undisclosed Material Information, Employees or Restricted Persons who are subject to the pre-clearance procedure set forth above may not, except as expressly permitted under this Policy, carry out any transaction in the Company’s securities during the period beginning on the 15th day of the last month of each quarter (March, June, September, December) and ending on the third business day following the release of the Company’s earnings for that quarter.

 

(vii) Event-Specific Quiet Periods. The Company reserves the right to close any open window period at any time if the Information Officer, or his or her designee, determines, in his or her sole discretion, that there may be Undisclosed Material Information with respect to the Company. If the Company closes an open window, it will not pre- clear any transaction that is not expressly permitted by this Policy during the period that such open window is closed

 

The Company may on occasion issue interim earnings guidance or other potentially material information by means of a press release, Current Report on Form 6-K filed with the SEC, or other means designed to achieve widespread dissemination of the information. Employees or Restricted Persons should anticipate that trading will be prohibited while the Company is in the process of assembling the information to be released and until the information has been released and absorbed by the market.

 

From time to time, an event may occur that is material to the Company and is known by only a few directors, executives, or other employees. So long as the event remains material and non-public, the persons who are aware of the event, as well as all Designated Persons, may not trade in the Company’s securities.

 

The existence of an event-specific quiet period will not be announced, other than to those who are aware of the event giving rise to the quiet period. If, however, a person whose trades are subject to the pre-clearance requirements set forth above desires to effect a transaction during an event-specific quiet period, the Information Officer may refuse to grant permission to carry out the transaction and will have no obligation to disclose to the person the reason for the refusal or the reason for the event-specific quiet period. Any person who becomes aware of the existence of an event-specific quiet period shall not disclose the existence of the quiet period to any other person. The failure of the Information Officer to inform a person that they are subject to an event-specific quiet period will not relieve that person of the obligation not to trade while aware of Undisclosed Material Information.

 

 
- 16 -

 

Exceptions to Prohibited Activities. Prohibitions in trading securities under this Policy do not include:

 

(i) The investment of 401(k) plan contributions in a Company stock fund in accordance with the terms of the Company’s 401(k) plan, as applicable. However, any changes in your investment election regarding the Company’s stock are subject to trading restrictions under this Policy.

 

(ii) The exercise of vested employee stock options where no Company stock is sold to fund the option exercise.1

 

(iii) The receipt of Company stock upon vesting of Restricted Stock Units and Awards, as well as the withholding of Company stock by the Company in payment of tax obligations.

 

(iv) Securities of the Company purchased or sold under a Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan authorized by the Company (see Section 4(d) above).

 

(v) Transfers of shares of capital stock of the Company by an Employee or Restricted Person into a trust for which the Employee or Restricted Person is a trustee, or from the trust back into the name of the Employee or Restricted Person.

 

10. Penalties

 

Penalties for trading on or communicating Undisclosed Material Information are severe, both for individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers and supervisors. A person who violates the insider trading laws can be sentenced to imprisonment for a substantial period of time and required to pay a penalty of several times the amount of profits gained or losses avoided.

 

Moreover, Congress has passed insider trading legislation that, in a significant departure from prior law, explicitly empowers the Securities and Exchange Commission to seek substantial penalties from any person who, at the time of an insider trading violation, “directly or indirectly controlled the person who committed such violation.” Such persons may be held liable for up to the greater of $1 million or three times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided. Therefore, even for violations that result in a small or no profit, the Securities and Exchange Commission can seek a minimum of $1 million from the Company and various management and supervisory personnel.

 

Given the severity of the potential penalties, compliance with the policies set forth in Section 1 of this Part III is mandatory, and noncompliance is a ground for dismissal. Exceptions to these policies, if any, may only be granted by the Information Officer and must be provided before any activity contrary to the above policies takes place.

 

11. Policy Review and Oversight

 

The board of directors of the Company will review this Policy as required from time to time to ensure that it is achieving its purpose. Based on the results of the review, the policy may be revised accordingly. The chairman of the board of directors of the Company shall be responsible for initiating the review.

 

The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the approval of the directors of the Company, shall have overall responsibility for developing and implementing this Policy, monitoring the effectiveness of and compliance with this Policy and educating the Company’s directors, officers and employees about this Policy.

 

Dated June 30, 2022

 

 

1 While vested employee stock options may be exercised at any time under this Policy, the sale of any stock acquired through such exercise is subject to this Policy.

 

 
 

 

SCHEDULE “A”

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Blackout Period” means a period during which Employees and Restricted Persons are restricted by the Company from Trading the Company’s securities;

 

Company” means Bruush Oral Care Inc. and its subsidiaries;

 

Disclosure Officers” means the individuals who are responsible for communicating with analysts, the news media and investors and ensuring that Employees do not communicate confidential information about the Company;

 

Employees” means all directors, officers, and other individuals currently employed or engaged as a consultant by the Company or those authorized to speak on the Company’s behalf who may become aware of Undisclosed Material Information;

 

Exchange” means the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC and any other stock exchange on which securities of the Company are listed from time to time;

 

Information Officers” means the individuals whom Employees or Restricted Persons may contact to determine whether or not they may Trade the Company’s securities or reveal Undisclosed Material Information in the necessary course of business;

 

insider” means:

 

  a) a director or an officer of an issuer,
     
  b) director or an officer of a person that is itself an insider or a subsidiary of an issuer,
     
  c) a person that has

 

  (i) beneficial ownership of, or control or direction over, directly or indirectly, or,
     
  (ii) a combination of beneficial ownership of, and control or direction over, directly or indirectly,

 

securities of an issuer carrying more than 5% of the voting rights attached to all the issuer’s outstanding voting securities, excluding, for the purpose of the calculation of the percentage held, any securities held by the person as underwriter in the course of a distribution,

 

  d) an issuer that has purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired a security of its own issue, for so long as it continues to hold that security,

 

 
A-2

 

Material Change” means a change in the business, operations or capital of the Company that would reasonably be expected to have a significant effect on the market price or value of any of the securities of the Company and includes a decision by the directors or senior management of the Company to implement a change, when confirmation of the decision by the directors or senior management, as applicable, is probable;

 

Material Fact” means a fact that significantly affects or would reasonably be expected to have a significant effect on the market price or value of the Company’s securities;

 

Material Information” means any information (Material Fact or Material Change) relating to the business and affairs of the Company that results in or would reasonably be expected to result in a significant change in the market price or value of any of the Company’s securities;

 

Pending Material Developments” means a proposed transaction of the Company that would constitute Material Information; however, a decision to proceed with the transaction has not been made by the directors or by senior management, although there is an expectation of occurrence from the directors;

 

Restricted Persons” means:

 

  (a) directors, officers and senior management of the Company; and
     
  (b) Employees who are routinely in possession of Undisclosed Material Information;

 

Trade” (and variants thereof including “Trading”) means entering into a transaction involving, including buying or selling, a security; and

 

Undisclosed Material Information” means Material Information pertaining to the Company or its subsidiaries that has not been publicly disclosed or information that has been publicly disclosed, but a reasonable period of time for its dissemination has not passed.

 

 
 

 

SCHEDULE “B”

 

EXAMPLES OF POTENTIALLY MATERIAL INFORMATION

 

The following are examples of the types of events or information that may be material. This list is not exhaustive.

 

Changes in Company Structure

 

  changes in security ownership that may affect control of the Company
     
  major reorganizations, amalgamations, or mergers
     
  take-over bids, issuer bids, or insider bids

 

Changes in Capital Structure

 

  the public or private sale of additional securities
     
  planned repurchases or redemptions of securities
     
  planned splits of securities or offerings of warrants or rights to buy securities
     
  any security consolidation, security exchange, or security dividend or distribution
     
  changes in the Company’s dividend payments (if any) or policies
     
  the possible initiation of a proxy fight
     
  material modifications to rights of security holders

 

Changes in Financial Results

 

  unexpected changes in the financial results for any periods
     
  shifts in financial circumstances, such as cash flow reductions, major asset write-offs or write-downs
     
  changes in the value or composition of the Company’s assets
     
  any material change in the Company’s accounting policy

 

Changes in Business and Operations

 

  significant results of business development or other similar activities
     
  a significant change in capital investment plans or corporate objectives
     
  major labour disputes or disputes with major contractors or suppliers
     
  significant new contracts or losses of significant contracts
     
  changes to the board of directors or senior management, including the departure of the CEO, CFO, or Vice President (or persons in equivalent positions)
     
  the commencement of, or developments in, material legal proceedings or regulatory matters

 

 
B-2

 

  waivers of corporate ethics and conduct rules for directors, officers and other key employees
     
  any notice that reliance on a prior audit is no longer permissible
     
  de-listing of the Company’s securities or their movement from one exchange or quotation system to another
     
  any oral or written agreement to enter into any management contract, investor relations agreement, service agreement not in the normal course of business, or related party transaction

 

Acquisitions and Dispositions

 

  significant acquisitions or dispositions of assets, property or joint venture interests
     
  acquisitions of other companies, including a take-over bid for, or merger with, another company

 

Changes in Credit Arrangements

 

  the borrowing or lending of a significant amount of money
     
  any mortgaging or encumbering of the Company’s assets
     
  defaults under debt obligations, agreements to restructure debt, or planned enforcement procedures by a bank or any other creditors
     
  changes in rating agency decisions
     
  significant new credit arrangements

 

Other

 

  any other developments relating to the business and affairs of the Company that would reasonably be expected to significantly affect the market price or value of any of the Company’s securities or that would reasonably be expected to have a significant influence on a reasonable investor’s investment decisions.
     
  Material information is not limited to historical facts but may also include projections and forecasts. With respect to a future event, such as a merger, acquisition, or introduction of a new product, the point at which negotiations or product development are determined to be material is determined by balancing the probability that the event will occur against the magnitude of the effect the event would have on a company’s operations or stock price should it occur. Thus, information concerning an event that would have a large effect on stock price, such as a merger, may be material even if the possibility that the event will occur is small. When in doubt about whether particular non-public information is material, exercise caution.

 

 
 

 

SCHEDULE “C”

 

An insider of a reporting issuer will be a “reporting insider” if the insider is:

 

a) the CEO, CFO or COO of the reporting issuer, of a “significant shareholder” of the reporting issuer or of a “major subsidiary” of the reporting issuer (as such terms are defined below);
   
b) a director of the reporting issuer, of a significant shareholder of the reporting issuer or of a major subsidiary of the reporting issuer;
   
c) a person or company responsible for a principal business unit, division or function of the reporting issuer;
   
d) a significant shareholder of the reporting issuer;
   
e) a management company that provides significant management or administrative services to the reporting issuer or a “major subsidiary” of the reporting issuer, and the CEO, CFO, COO and every director of the management company, and every significant shareholder of the management company;
   
f) an individual performing functions similar to the functions performed by any of the insiders described in paragraphs (a) to (e);
   
g) the reporting issuer itself, if it has purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired a security of its own issue, for so long as it continues to hold that security; or
   
h) any other insider that

 

  i. in the ordinary course receives or has access to information as to material facts or material changes concerning the reporting issuer before the material facts or material changes are generally disclosed; and
     
  ii. directly or indirectly exercises, or has the ability to exercise, significant power or influence over the business, operations, capital or development of the reporting issuer.

 

In determining whether an insider satisfies the “significant influence” criterion, the insider should consider whether he or she exercises, or has the ability to exercise, significant influence over the business, operations, capital or development of the issuer that is reasonably comparable to that exercised by one or more of the enumerated positions in the definition of “reporting insider”.

 

For the purposes of the definition of a reporting issuer, a subsidiary of an issuer will be considered a “major subsidiary” of a reporting issuer if the assets or revenues of the subsidiary represent 30% or more of the consolidated assets or revenues of the reporting issuer on its most recent financial statements. This requirement will increase the threshold required to be considered a “major subsidiary” from the current threshold of 20%.

 

 
 

 

Receipt of Disclosure, Confidentiality & Insider Trading Policy

Complete form and return to:

Bruush Oral Care Inc.

E-mail: [*]

 

I, _________________________ acknowledge that I have received, read, understand, accept and agree to be bound by the conditions outlined in Disclosure, Confidentiality & Insider Trading Policy dated _____________________, 2022.

 

     
Employee Signature   Date
     
     
(print employee name)    

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 107

 

Calculation of Filing Fee Tables

 

Form F-1

(Form Type)

 

BRUUSH ORAL CARE INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Table 1: Newly Registered Securities

 

  Security Type    

Security

Class Title

  Fee Calculation or Carry Forward Rule    

Amount Registered

(1)

    Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Unit     Maximum Aggregate Offering Price     Fee Rate     Amount of Registration Fee(1)(2)     Carry Forward Form Type     Carry  Forward  File  Number     Carry Forward Initial effective date     Filing Fee Previously Paid In Connection with Unsold Securities to be Carried Forward  
Newly Registered Securities
Fees to Be Paid     Equity     Units, each consisting of one share of common stock, no par value, and one Warrant     457 (o)           $       $ 17,250,000 (2)     0.0000927     $ 1,599.08                                  
      Equity     Common Stock, no par value, included in the Units     457 (i)             -       -       -       (3 )                                
      Equity     Warrants included in the Units     457 (i)             -       -       -       (3 )                                
      Equity     Common stock underlying Warrants     457 (o)                 17,250,000 (3)     0.0000927     $ 1,599.08                                  
            Underwriter’s Warrants     457 (g)             -       -       -       (4 )                                
            Common Stock underlying the Underwriter’s Warrants (5)     457 (g)                   $ 2,812,500     $ 0.0000927     $ 260.72                                  
           

Additional Warrants

   

457

(g)            

-

     

-

     

-

     

(6

)                                
      Equity     Common Stock underlying the Additional Warrants (7)                            $ 30,000,000      $ 0.0000927      $ 2,781                                  
      Equity     Common Stock issuable to selling shareholders    

457

(o)                   $

3,150,000

   

$

0.0000927

   

$

292.01

                                 
      Equity    

Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants to Purchase Common Stock issued to the selling shareholders

   

457

(g)                  

$

1,500,000

   

$

0.0000927

   

$

139.05

                                 
Total Offering Amounts     $ 71,962,500        0.0000927      $ 6,670.94                                  
Total Fees Previously Paid       -       -     6,949.03                                  
Total Fee Offsets       -       -                                          
      Net Fee Due                     $  

0.00

                          

 

(1)Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), based on an estimate of the proposed maximum offering price.
   
(2)Includes the aggregate offering price of additional common stock and/or warrants to purchase common stock that may be acquired by the underwriters to cover the option to purchase additional securities, if any
   
(3)No additional registration fee is payable pursuant to Rule 457(i) under the Securities Act.
   
(4)No additional registration fee is payable pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act.
   
(5)Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. Represents warrants to purchase a number of common stock up to 8.0% of the aggregate number of common stock sold in this offering. We have calculated the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the common stock underlying the underwriter’s warrants assuming that such warrants are exercisable at a price per common stock equal to 125% of the initial public offering price per Unit.
   
 (6)No additional registration fee is payable pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. 
   
 (7)There may be issued 5,000,000 additional warrants, each to purchase one share of common stock, to certain holders of Warrants, following adjustments to the Warrant exercise price. The additional warrants will be exercisable at a per share price which is no less than 50% of the per Unit public offering price.